diff --git a/.idea/.idea.Motherload/.idea/workspace.xml b/.idea/.idea.Motherload/.idea/workspace.xml
index 2733820..3e02e31 100644
--- a/.idea/.idea.Motherload/.idea/workspace.xml
+++ b/.idea/.idea.Motherload/.idea/workspace.xml
@@ -10,21 +10,41 @@
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
@@ -382,6 +402,7 @@
+
@@ -599,7 +620,7 @@
-
+
@@ -777,7 +798,15 @@
1717963413007
-
+
+
+ 1717968236796
+
+
+
+ 1717968236796
+
+
@@ -808,7 +837,8 @@
-
+
+
diff --git a/Engine/BaseGame.cpp b/Engine/BaseGame.cpp
index 8ab91a8..c626931 100644
--- a/Engine/BaseGame.cpp
+++ b/Engine/BaseGame.cpp
@@ -1,13 +1,3 @@
-#include "imgui/imgui.h"
-#include "imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.h"
-#include "imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h"
-#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
-#include
-#else
-#include
-#endif
-
-
#include "base.h"
#include
#include
@@ -98,20 +88,6 @@ void BaseGame::InitializeGameEngine()
// The viewport is the rectangular region of the window where the image is drawn.
glViewport(0, 0, int(m_Window.width), int(m_Window.height));
- IMGUI_CHECKVERSION();
- ImGui::CreateContext();
-
- //ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); (void)io;
- //io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("ComicSans.ttf", 18.0f, NULL, NULL);
-
-
- // Setup Dear ImGui style
- ImGui::StyleColorsDark();
- // ImGui::StyleColorsLight();
-
- // Setup Platform/Renderer backends
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(m_pWindow, m_pContext);
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init();
// Set the Modelview matrix to the identity matrix
glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
@@ -197,7 +173,6 @@ void BaseGame::Run()
// Poll next event from queue
while (SDL_PollEvent(&e) != 0)
{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(&e);
// Handle the polled event
switch (e.type)
{
@@ -251,18 +226,10 @@ void BaseGame::Run()
// Call the BaseGame object 's Update function, using time in seconds (!)
this->Update(elapsedSeconds);
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame();
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame();
- ImGui::NewFrame();
-
- this->ProcessImGui(); // Process the ImGui code in the game
-
- ImGui::Render();
// Draw in the back buffer
this->Draw();
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
// Update screen: swap back and front buffer
SDL_GL_SwapWindow(m_pWindow);
@@ -272,10 +239,6 @@ void BaseGame::Run()
void BaseGame::CleanupGameEngine()
{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown();
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown();
- ImGui::DestroyContext();
-
SDL_FreeSurface(m_pIcon);
SDL_GL_DeleteContext(m_pContext);
diff --git a/Engine/BaseGame.h b/Engine/BaseGame.h
index 7d42795..5bf6b30 100644
--- a/Engine/BaseGame.h
+++ b/Engine/BaseGame.h
@@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ public:
}
- virtual void ProcessImGui() {
- }
+
const Rectf& GetViewPort() const {
return m_Viewport;
diff --git a/Engine/Engine.vcxproj b/Engine/Engine.vcxproj
index 2e06298..95f0cd7 100644
--- a/Engine/Engine.vcxproj
+++ b/Engine/Engine.vcxproj
@@ -21,14 +21,6 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
@@ -43,16 +35,6 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/Engine/SoundEffect.h b/Engine/SoundEffect.h
index 43252dd..3a220bd 100644
--- a/Engine/SoundEffect.h
+++ b/Engine/SoundEffect.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#pragma once
#include
-class Mix_Chunk;
+struct Mix_Chunk;
class SoundEffect final
{
public:
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/ImGui.cpp b/Engine/imgui/ImGui.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f01703..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/ImGui.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15727 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.4
-// (main code and documentation)
-
-// Help:
-// - See links below.
-// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
-// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
-
-// Resources:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Homepage https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
-// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
-// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
-// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
-// - Tests & Automation https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine
-
-// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
-// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
-// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
-
-// Copyright (c) 2014-2024 Omar Cornut
-// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
-// See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License).
-// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance.
-// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts.
-// PLEASE reach out at omar AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors
-// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
-
-// It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library.
-// Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without
-// modifying imgui.h or imgui.cpp. You may include imgui_internal.h to access internal data structures, but it doesn't
-// come with any guarantee of forward compatibility. Discussing your changes on the GitHub Issue Tracker may lead you
-// to a better solution or official support for them.
-
-/*
-
-Index of this file:
-
-DOCUMENTATION
-
-- MISSION STATEMENT
-- CONTROLS GUIDE
-- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
- - READ FIRST
- - HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
- - GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
- - HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
- - HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
-- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
-- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
- - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.com/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer)
-
-CODE
-(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them)
-
-// [SECTION] INCLUDES
-// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
-// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
-// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
-// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
-// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
-// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
-// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
-// [SECTION] STYLING
-// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
-// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
-// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
-// [SECTION] INPUTS
-// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
-// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
-// [SECTION] LAYOUT
-// [SECTION] SCROLLING
-// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
-// [SECTION] POPUPS
-// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
-// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
-// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
-// [SECTION] SETTINGS
-// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
-// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
-// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
-// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
-// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
-// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
-
-*/
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// DOCUMENTATION
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
-
- MISSION STATEMENT
- =================
-
- - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools.
- - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools.
- - Easy to hack and improve.
- - Minimize setup and maintenance.
- - Minimize state storage on user side.
- - Minimize state synchronization.
- - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.).
- - Efficient runtime and memory consumption.
-
- Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user!
- Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes:
-
- - Doesn't look fancy.
- - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code.
-
-
- CONTROLS GUIDE
- ==============
-
- - MOUSE CONTROLS
- - Mouse wheel: Scroll vertically.
- - SHIFT+Mouse wheel: Scroll horizontally.
- - Click [X]: Close a window, available when 'bool* p_open' is passed to ImGui::Begin().
- - Click ^, Double-Click title: Collapse window.
- - Drag on corner/border: Resize window (double-click to auto fit window to its contents).
- - Drag on any empty space: Move window (unless io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = true).
- - Left-click outside popup: Close popup stack (right-click over underlying popup: Partially close popup stack).
-
- - TEXT EDITOR
- - Hold SHIFT or Drag Mouse: Select text.
- - CTRL+Left/Right: Word jump.
- - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right: Select words.
- - CTRL+A or Double-Click: Select All.
- - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V: Use OS clipboard.
- - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y: Undo, Redo.
- - ESCAPE: Revert text to its original value.
- - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing shortcuts and behaviors.
-
- - KEYBOARD CONTROLS
- - Basic:
- - Tab, SHIFT+Tab Cycle through text editable fields.
- - CTRL+Tab, CTRL+Shift+Tab Cycle through windows.
- - CTRL+Click Input text into a Slider or Drag widget.
- - Extended features with `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard`:
- - Tab, SHIFT+Tab: Cycle through every items.
- - Arrow keys Move through items using directional navigation. Tweak value.
- - Arrow keys + Alt, Shift Tweak slower, tweak faster (when using arrow keys).
- - Enter Activate item (prefer text input when possible).
- - Space Activate item (prefer tweaking with arrows when possible).
- - Escape Deactivate item, leave child window, close popup.
- - Page Up, Page Down Previous page, next page.
- - Home, End Scroll to top, scroll to bottom.
- - Alt Toggle between scrolling layer and menu layer.
- - CTRL+Tab then Ctrl+Arrows Move window. Hold SHIFT to resize instead of moving.
- - Output when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard set,
- - io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag is set when keyboard is claimed.
- - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set.
- - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (usually goes to back false when mouse is used).
-
- - GAMEPAD CONTROLS
- - Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
- - Particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse!
- - Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets
- - Backend support: backend needs to:
- - Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad' + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys.
- - For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly.
- Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.).
- - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead!
- - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing,
- with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved.
-
- - REMOTE INPUTS SHARING & MOUSE EMULATION
- - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback.
- - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + run examples/libs/synergy/uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app)
- in order to share your PC mouse/keyboard.
- - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions#remoting for other remoting solutions.
- - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag.
- Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs Dear ImGui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements.
- When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved.
- When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that.
- (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, Dear ImGui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back & forth!)
- (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want
- to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.)
-
-
- PROGRAMMER GUIDE
- ================
-
- READ FIRST
- ----------
- - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki)
- - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone!
- The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous
- data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs.
- - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
- Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version.
- - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build.
- - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori).
- You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki.
- - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances.
- For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI,
- where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches.
- - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right.
- - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected).
- If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert.
- - This codebase aims to be highly optimized:
- - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free.
- - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible.
- - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well.
- Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all.
- - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible:
- - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve.
- - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers,
- and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now).
- This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages.
- - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types.
- See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that.
- We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally.
- - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction
- (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!).
- - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library.
- This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup.
- This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value.
- The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends.
-
-
- HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI
- ----------------------------------------------
- - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file.
- - About imconfig.h:
- - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it.
- - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest.
- - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to
- specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one.
-
- - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h)
- - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master".
- - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file.
- - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes.
- If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed
- from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will
- likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
- - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file.
- - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date!
-
-
- GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
- - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started.
- - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library.
- - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder.
- - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system.
- It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL).
- - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types.
- - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them.
- - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide.
- Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render"
- phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render().
- - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
- - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder.
-
-
- HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE
- --------------------------------------
- EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder).
- The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure.
-
- // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
- ImGui::CreateContext();
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
- // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
- // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
-
- // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp)
- ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd);
- ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext);
-
- // Application main loop
- while (true)
- {
- // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame
- ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame();
- ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame();
- ImGui::NewFrame();
-
- // Any application code here
- ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
-
- // Render dear imgui into screen
- ImGui::Render();
- ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData());
- g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0);
- }
-
- // Shutdown
- ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown();
- ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown();
- ImGui::DestroyContext();
-
- EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE
-
- // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts
- ImGui::CreateContext();
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls.
- // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later.
- // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font.
-
- // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture
- // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer)
- int width, height;
- unsigned char* pixels = nullptr;
- io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
-
- // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system:
- // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'.
- // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID.
- MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32)
- io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture);
-
- // Application main loop
- while (true)
- {
- // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc.
- // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends)
- io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds)
- io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width
- io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here
- io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y); // update mouse position
- io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]); // update mouse button states
- io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]); // update mouse button states
-
- // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
- // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere)
- ImGui::NewFrame();
-
- // Most of your application code here
- ImGui::Text("Hello, world!");
- MyGameUpdate(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions, e.g. ImGui::Begin("My window"); ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); ImGui::End();
- MyGameRender(); // may use any Dear ImGui functions as well!
-
- // Render dear imgui, swap buffers
- // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use Dear ImGui in your own game rendering code)
- ImGui::EndFrame();
- ImGui::Render();
- ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData();
- MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data);
- SwapBuffers();
- }
-
- // Shutdown
- ImGui::DestroyContext();
-
- To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application,
- you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
- Please read the FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" about this.
-
-
- HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE
- ---------------------------------------------
- The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function.
-
- void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data)
- {
- // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled
- // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering.
- // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
- // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize
- // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color.
- ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos;
- for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
- {
- const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
- const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data; // vertex buffer generated by Dear ImGui
- const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data; // index buffer generated by Dear ImGui
- for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
- {
- const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
- if (pcmd->UserCallback)
- {
- pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
- }
- else
- {
- // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
- ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y);
- ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y);
- if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
- continue;
-
- // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it.
- // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches
- // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works!
- // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space:
- // - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size
- // - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values.
- // - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github),
- // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space.
- // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min)
- MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y);
-
- // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID().
- // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization.
- MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID());
-
- // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles.
- // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices.
- MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-
- API BREAKING CHANGES
- ====================
-
- Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix.
- Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
- When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files.
- You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
-
- - 2024/01/15 (1.90.2) - commented out obsolete ImGuiIO::ImeWindowHandle marked obsolete in 1.87, favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
- - 2023/12/19 (1.90.1) - commented out obsolete ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter redirection to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter.
- - 2023/11/06 (1.90.1) - removed CalcListClipping() marked obsolete in 1.86. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges.
- - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - imgui_freetype: commented out ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas() obsoleted in 1.81. prefer using #define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE or see commented code for manual calls.
- - 2023/11/05 (1.90.1) - internals,columns: commented out legacy ImGuiColumnsFlags_XXX symbols redirecting to ImGuiOldColumnsFlags_XXX, obsoleted from imgui_internal.h in 1.80.
- - 2023/11/09 (1.90.0) - removed IM_OFFSETOF() macro in favor of using offsetof() available in C++11. Kept redirection define (will obsolete).
- - 2023/11/07 (1.90.0) - removed BeginChildFrame()/EndChildFrame() in favor of using BeginChild() with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- those functions were merely PushStyle/PopStyle helpers, the removal isn't so much motivated by needing to add the feature in BeginChild(), but by the necessity to avoid BeginChildFrame() signature mismatching BeginChild() signature and features.
- - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: upgraded 'bool border = true' parameter to 'ImGuiChildFlags flags' type, added ImGuiChildFlags_Border equivalent. As with our prior "bool-to-flags" API updates, the ImGuiChildFlags_Border value is guaranteed to be == true forever to ensure a smoother transition, meaning all existing calls will still work.
- - old: BeginChild("Name", size, true)
- - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border)
- - old: BeginChild("Name", size, false)
- - new: BeginChild("Name", size) or BeginChild("Name", 0) or BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None)
- - 2023/11/02 (1.90.0) - BeginChild: added child-flag ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding as a replacement for the window-flag ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow.
- - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding);
- - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding, 0);
- - 2023/09/27 (1.90.0) - io: removed io.MetricsActiveAllocations introduced in 1.63. Same as 'g.DebugMemAllocCount - g.DebugMemFreeCount' (still displayed in Metrics, unlikely to be accessed by end-user).
- - 2023/09/26 (1.90.0) - debug tools: Renamed ShowStackToolWindow() ("Stack Tool") to ShowIDStackToolWindow() ("ID Stack Tool"), as earlier name was misleading. Kept inline redirection function. (#4631)
- - 2023/09/15 (1.90.0) - ListBox, Combo: changed signature of "name getter" callback in old one-liner ListBox()/Combo() apis. kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - old: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...)
- - new: bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
- - old: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*getting)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), ...);
- - new: bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), ...);
- - 2023/09/08 (1.90.0) - commented out obsolete redirecting functions:
- - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -> use GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x. Consider that generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
- - ImDrawCornerFlags_XXX -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details + grep commented names in sources.
- - commented out runtime support for hardcoded ~0 or 0x01..0x0F rounding flags values for AddRect()/AddRectFilled()/PathRect()/AddImageRounded() -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersXXX flags. Read 1.82 Changelog for details
- - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry!
- - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878)
- - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15).
- - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete).
- - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior.
- - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610)
- - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage.
- - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
- - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago:
- - ListBoxHeader() -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference)
- - ListBoxFooter() -> use EndListBox()
- - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin().
- - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices().
- - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago:
- - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp
- - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite
- - ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() -> use ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic()
- - ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo() -> use ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo()
- - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - renamed PushAllowKeyboardFocus()/PopAllowKeyboardFocus() to PushTabStop()/PopTabStop(). Kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete).
- - 2023/03/09 (1.89.4) - tooltips: Added 'bool' return value to BeginTooltip() for API consistency. Please only submit contents and call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true. In reality the function will _currently_ always return true, but further changes down the line may change this, best to clarify API sooner.
- - 2023/02/15 (1.89.4) - moved the optional "courtesy maths operators" implementation from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h.
- Even though we encourage using your own maths types and operators by setting up IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA,
- it has been frequently requested by people to use our own. We had an opt-in define which was
- previously fulfilled in imgui_internal.h. It is now fulfilled in imgui.h. (#6164)
- - OK: #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui.h" / #include "imgui_internal.h"
- - Error: #include "imgui.h" / #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS / #include "imgui_internal.h"
- - 2023/02/07 (1.89.3) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdl.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdl.h" to "imgui_impl_sdl2.h". (#6146) This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
- - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79.
- - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details.
- - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete).
- - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl
- - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift
- - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt
- - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super
- the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends.
- the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions.
- exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway.
- - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers.
- this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g.
- - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A);
- - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A')
- - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now!
- - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr);
- - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020):
- - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
- - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f.
- - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags)
- - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries.
- this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item.
- - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
- Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
- - instead, please submit an item:
- Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End();
- - alternative:
- Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End();
- - content size is now only extended when submitting an item!
- - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert.
- - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it.
- - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter.
- - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
- - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values.
- - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer.
- - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1));
- - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier.
- - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this.
- - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes).
- - Official backends from 1.87+ -> no issue.
- - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86 -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating!
- - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue.
- - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[] -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing!
- - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[].
- - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete).
- - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary.
- - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO.
- - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO.
- - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values.
- - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used).
- - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO.
- - Backend writing to io.MousePos -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent()
- - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent()
- - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent()
- - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only]
- note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current.
- read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details.
- - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details.
- - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
- - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX)
- - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes).
- - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.*
- - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert.
- - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper.
- - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum.
- - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'.
- - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019)
- - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen() -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen()
- - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x
- - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
- - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect
- - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex
- - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings
- - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function.
- - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful.
- - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019):
- - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
- - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
- - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID().
- - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do.
- - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID().
- - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags.
- - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft
- - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight
- - ImDrawCornerFlags_None -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc.
- flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API.
- breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners":
- - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (common use)
- - rounding > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding --> unchanged (common use)
- - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (unlikely use)
- - rounding > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f.
- this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok.
- the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts.
- legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise).
- - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018):
- - ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY()
- - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing.
- - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future.
- - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'.
- - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed.
- - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags.
- - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags.
- - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API.
- - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018):
- - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
- - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg
- - ImGuiInputTextCallback -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback
- - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
- - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added!
- - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API.
- - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures
- - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/.
- - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018):
- - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend
- - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
- - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
- - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
- - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
- - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018):
- - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision.
- - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter.
- - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed).
- - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently).
- - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton.
- - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory.
- - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result.
- - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now!
- - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar().
- replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags).
- worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions:
- - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected.
- - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct.
- - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f.
- see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details.
- kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used.
- for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`.
- - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime.
- - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems.
- - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79]
- - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017.
- - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular().
- - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more.
- - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead.
- - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value.
- - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.53 (December 2017):
- - ShowTestWindow() -> use ShowDemoWindow()
- - IsRootWindowFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow)
- - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() -> use IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
- - SetNextWindowContentWidth(w) -> use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)
- - GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() -> use GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
- - ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg -> use ImGuiCol_ChildBg
- - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
- - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap
- - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS
- - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API.
- - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it).
- - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert.
- - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
- - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
- - 2019/10/22 (1.74) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.52 (October 2017):
- - Begin() [old 5 args version] -> use Begin() [3 args], use SetNextWindowSize() SetNextWindowBgAlpha() if needed
- - IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() -> use IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows)
- - AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() -> use AlignTextToFramePadding()
- - SetNextWindowPosCenter() -> use SetNextWindowPos() with a pivot of (0.5f, 0.5f)
- - ImFont::Glyph -> use ImFontGlyph
- - 2019/10/14 (1.74) - inputs: Fixed a miscalculation in the keyboard/mouse "typematic" repeat delay/rate calculation, used by keys and e.g. repeating mouse buttons as well as the GetKeyPressedAmount() function.
- if you were using a non-default value for io.KeyRepeatRate (previous default was 0.250), you can add +io.KeyRepeatDelay to it to compensate for the fix.
- The function was triggering on: 0.0 and (delay+rate*N) where (N>=1). Fixed formula responds to (N>=0). Effectively it made io.KeyRepeatRate behave like it was set to (io.KeyRepeatRate + io.KeyRepeatDelay).
- If you never altered io.KeyRepeatRate nor used GetKeyPressedAmount() this won't affect you.
- - 2019/07/15 (1.72) - removed TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() which is rarely used and only does SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2019/07/12 (1.72) - renamed ImFontAtlas::CustomRect to ImFontAtlasCustomRect. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
- - 2019/06/14 (1.72) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.51 (June 2017): ImGuiCol_Column*, ImGuiSetCond_*, IsItemHoveredRect(), IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(), IsMouseHoveringWindow(), IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME. Grep this log for details and new names, or see how they were implemented until 1.71.
- - 2019/06/07 (1.71) - rendering of child window outer decorations (bg color, border, scrollbars) is now performed as part of the parent window. If you have
- overlapping child windows in a same parent, and relied on their relative z-order to be mapped to their submission order, this will affect your rendering.
- This optimization is disabled if the parent window has no visual output, because it appears to be the most common situation leading to the creation of overlapping child windows.
- Please reach out if you are affected.
- - 2019/05/13 (1.71) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpen() to SetNextItemOpen(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2019/05/11 (1.71) - changed io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned short c) signature to io.AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c).
- - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - improved ImDrawList thick strokes (>1.0f) preserving correct thickness up to 90 degrees angles (e.g. rectangles). If you have custom rendering using thick lines, they will appear thicker now.
- - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
- - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value!
- - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already).
- - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead!
- - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
- - 2018/12/20 (1.67) - made it illegal to call Begin("") with an empty string. This somehow half-worked before but had various undesirable side-effects.
- - 2018/12/10 (1.67) - renamed io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges as we are doing a large pass on configuration flags.
- - 2018/10/12 (1.66) - renamed misc/stl/imgui_stl.* to misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.* in prevision for other C++ helper files.
- - 2018/09/28 (1.66) - renamed SetScrollHere() to SetScrollHereY(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h.
- If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths.
- - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427)
- - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp.
- NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED.
- Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions.
- - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent).
- - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete).
- - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly).
- - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [update 1.67 renamed to ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges] to enable the feature.
- - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency.
- - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time.
- - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
- - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.).
- old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports.
- when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call.
- in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function.
- - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set.
- - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details.
- - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more.
- If you used DragInt() with custom format strings, make sure you change them to use %d or an integer-compatible format.
- To honor backward-compatibility, the DragInt() code will currently parse and modify format strings to replace %*f with %d, giving time to users to upgrade their code.
- If you have IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS enabled, the code will instead assert! You may run a reg-exp search on your codebase for e.g. "DragInt.*%f" to help you find them.
- - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format",
- consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete).
- - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value.
- - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch).
- - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now.
- - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically.
- - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums.
- - 2018/02/18 (1.60) - BeginDragDropSource(): temporarily removed the optional mouse_button=0 parameter because it is not really usable in many situations at the moment.
- - 2018/02/16 (1.60) - obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback, you can call your graphics engine render function after ImGui::Render(). Use ImGui::GetDrawData() to retrieve the ImDrawData* to display.
- - 2018/02/07 (1.60) - reorganized context handling to be more explicit,
- - YOU NOW NEED TO CALL ImGui::CreateContext() AT THE BEGINNING OF YOUR APP, AND CALL ImGui::DestroyContext() AT THE END.
- - removed Shutdown() function, as DestroyContext() serve this purpose.
- - you may pass a ImFontAtlas* pointer to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. Otherwise CreateContext() will create its own font atlas instance.
- - removed allocator parameters from CreateContext(), they are now setup with SetAllocatorFunctions(), and shared by all contexts.
- - removed the default global context and font atlas instance, which were confusing for users of DLL reloading and users of multiple contexts.
- - 2018/01/31 (1.60) - moved sample TTF files from extra_fonts/ to misc/fonts/. If you loaded files directly from the imgui repo you may need to update your paths.
- - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowHovered() in favor of IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2018/01/11 (1.60) - obsoleted IsAnyWindowFocused() in favor of IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2018/01/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiSizeConstraintCallback to ImGuiSizeCallback, ImGuiSizeConstraintCallbackData to ImGuiSizeCallbackData.
- - 2017/12/29 (1.60) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() which was weird and not really used by anyone except demo code. If you need it it's easy to replicate on your side.
- - 2017/12/24 (1.53) - renamed the emblematic ShowTestWindow() function to ShowDemoWindow(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: renamed style.AntiAliasedShapes to style.AntiAliasedFill for consistency and as a way to explicitly break code that manipulate those flag at runtime. You can now manipulate ImDrawList::Flags
- - 2017/12/21 (1.53) - ImDrawList: removed 'bool anti_aliased = true' final parameter of ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(). Prefer manipulating ImDrawList::Flags if you need to toggle them during the frame.
- - 2017/12/14 (1.53) - using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag on a child window forwards the mouse wheel event to the parent window, unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set.
- - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - renamed GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() to GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/12/13 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() in favor of using IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/12/12 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode to ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete).
- - 2017/12/10 (1.53) - removed SetNextWindowContentWidth(), prefer using SetNextWindowContentSize(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/11/27 (1.53) - renamed ImGuiTextBuffer::append() helper to appendf(), appendv() to appendfv(). If you copied the 'Log' demo in your code, it uses appendv() so that needs to be renamed.
- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style, Begin: removed ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders window flag. Borders are now fully set up in the ImGuiStyle structure (see e.g. style.FrameBorderSize, style.WindowBorderSize). Use ImGui::ShowStyleEditor() to look them up.
- Please note that the style system will keep evolving (hopefully stabilizing in Q1 2018), and so custom styles will probably subtly break over time. It is recommended you use the StyleColorsClassic(), StyleColorsDark(), StyleColorsLight() functions.
- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: removed ImGuiCol_ComboBg in favor of combo boxes using ImGuiCol_PopupBg for consistency.
- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg to ImGuiCol_ChildBg.
- - 2017/11/18 (1.53) - Style: renamed style.ChildWindowRounding to style.ChildRounding, ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding to ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding.
- - 2017/11/02 (1.53) - obsoleted IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() in favor of using IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows);
- - 2017/10/24 (1.52) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS/IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS for consistency.
- - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - changed IsWindowHovered() default parameters behavior to return false if an item is active in another window (e.g. click-dragging item from another window to this window). You can use the newly introduced IsWindowHovered() flags to requests this specific behavior if you need it.
- - 2017/10/20 (1.52) - marked IsItemHoveredRect()/IsMouseHoveringWindow() as obsolete, in favor of using the newly introduced flags for IsItemHovered() and IsWindowHovered(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1382 for details.
- removed the IsItemRectHovered()/IsWindowRectHovered() names introduced in 1.51 since they were merely more consistent names for the two functions we are now obsoleting.
- IsItemHoveredRect() --> IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)
- IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)
- IsMouseHoveringWindow() --> IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) [weird, old behavior]
- - 2017/10/17 (1.52) - marked the old 5-parameters version of Begin() as obsolete (still available). Use SetNextWindowSize()+Begin() instead!
- - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete).
- - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)".
- - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)!
- - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - renamed GetStyleColName() to GetStyleColorName() for consistency.
- - 2017/08/20 (1.51) - added PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) overload, which _might_ cause an "ambiguous call" compilation error if you are using ImColor() with implicit cast. Cast to ImU32 or ImVec4 explicily to fix.
- - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - marked the weird IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro as obsolete. prefer using the more explicit ImGuiOnceUponAFrame type.
- - 2017/08/15 (1.51) - changed parameter order for BeginPopupContextWindow() from (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items) to (const char*,int buttons,bool also_over_items). Note that most calls relied on default parameters completely.
- - 2017/08/13 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiCol_Column to ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered to ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive to ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
- - 2017/08/11 (1.51) - renamed ImGuiSetCond_Always to ImGuiCond_Always, ImGuiSetCond_Once to ImGuiCond_Once, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImGuiSetCond_Appearing to ImGuiCond_Appearing. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete).
- - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton().
- - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu.
- - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options.
- - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))'
- - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse
- - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset.
- - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity.
- - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild().
- - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it.
- - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc.
- - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal.
- - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore.
- If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar.
- This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color:
- ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); }
- If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color.
- - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext().
- - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection.
- - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen).
- - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer.
- - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337).
- - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337)
- - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert.
- - 2016/01/23 (1.48) - fixed not honoring exact width passed to PushItemWidth(), previously it would add extra FramePadding.x*2 over that width. if you had manual pixel-perfect alignment in place it might affect you.
- - 2015/12/27 (1.48) - fixed ImDrawList::AddRect() which used to render a rectangle 1 px too large on each axis.
- - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.
- - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.
- GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.
- GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!
- - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize
- - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.
- - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason
- - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.
- you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
- - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
- this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
- - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
- - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
- old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
- new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
- parameters: 'cmd_lists' becomes 'draw_data->CmdLists', 'cmd_lists_count' becomes 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
- ImDrawList: 'commands' becomes 'CmdBuffer', 'vtx_buffer' becomes 'VtxBuffer', 'IdxBuffer' is new.
- ImDrawCmd: 'vtx_count' becomes 'ElemCount', 'clip_rect' becomes 'ClipRect', 'user_callback' becomes 'UserCallback', 'texture_id' becomes 'TextureId'.
- - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
- - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
- - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
- - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.
- - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
- - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
- - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry!
- - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
- - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
- - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "open" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
- - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
- - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
- - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
- - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
- - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
- - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
- - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
- - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
- - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
- - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function until 1.50.
- - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
- - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
- - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
- - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
- - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
- - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
- - old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..];
- - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier);
- you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID()
- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
- - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
- - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
- - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
- - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
- - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()
- - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)
- - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)
- - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()
- - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn
- - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)
- - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite
- - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
-
-
- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ)
- ================================
-
- Read all answers online:
- https://www.dearimgui.com/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url)
- Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer):
- docs/FAQ.md
- Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code.
-
- Q&A: Basics
- ===========
-
- Q: Where is the documentation?
- A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++.
- - Run the examples/ applications and explore them.
- - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide.
- - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function.
- - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output.
- - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
- - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the
- examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application.
- - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links.
- - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful.
- - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments
- associated with it.
-
- Q: What is this library called?
- Q: Which version should I get?
- >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :)
- >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for details.
-
- Q&A: Integration
- ================
-
- Q: How to get started?
- A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt.
-
- Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?
- A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags!
- >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this.
-
- Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls?
- Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display)
- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text...
- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around...
- Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries...
- >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
-
- Q&A: Usage
- ----------
-
- Q: About the ID Stack system..
- - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?
- - How can I have widgets with an empty label?
- - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?
- - How can I have multiple windows with the same label?
- Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work?
- Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2?
- Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)?
- Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API)
- >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
-
- Q&A: Fonts, Text
- ================
-
- Q: How should I handle DPI in my application?
- Q: How can I load a different font than the default?
- Q: How can I easily use icons in my application?
- Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
- Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
- >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md
-
- Q&A: Concerns
- =============
-
- Q: Who uses Dear ImGui?
- Q: Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui?
- Q: Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui?
- Q: Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
- >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq
-
- Q&A: Community
- ==============
-
- Q: How can I help?
- A: - Businesses: please reach out to "omar AT dearimgui DOT com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui!
- We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts.
- This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project.
- Also see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors
- - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine.
- - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help!
- - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc.
- You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers.
- But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions.
- - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately).
-
-*/
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] INCLUDES
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
-#endif
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#endif
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-#include "imgui_internal.h"
-
-// System includes
-#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-#include // intptr_t
-
-// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
-#endif
-
-// [Windows] OS specific includes (optional)
-#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
-#endif
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS)
-#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#endif
-#ifndef NOMINMAX
-#define NOMINMAX
-#endif
-#ifndef __MINGW32__
-#include // _wfopen, OpenClipboard
-#else
-#include
-#endif
-#if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) // UWP doesn't have all Win32 functions
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
-#endif
-#endif
-
-// [Apple] OS specific includes
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-#include
-#endif
-
-// Visual Studio warnings
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
-#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
-#endif
-#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
-#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
-#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3).
-#endif
-
-// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
-#endif
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association.
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format '%p' expects argument of type 'void*', but argument 6 has type 'ImGuiWindow*'
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstrict-overflow" // warning: assuming signed overflow does not occur when assuming that (X - c) > X is always false
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
-
-// Debug options
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window
-
-// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch.
-static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in
-static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear
-
-static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER = 0.10f; // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut.
-
-// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend)
-static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow().
-static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time.
-static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved.
-
-// Tooltip offset
-static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET = ImVec2(16, 10); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void FindHoveredWindow();
-static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
-static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-// Settings
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
-static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name);
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line);
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*);
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf);
-
-// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx);
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text);
-static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
-
-namespace ImGui
-{
-// Navigation
-static void NavUpdate();
-static void NavUpdateWindowing();
-static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
-static void NavUpdateCancelRequest();
-static void NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
-static void NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
-static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
-static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-static void NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
-static void NavEndFrame();
-static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
-static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result);
-static void NavProcessItem();
-static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags);
-static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
-static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window);
-static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer);
-static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window);
-
-// Error Checking and Debug Tools
-static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
-static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
-static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
-static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
-static void UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
-
-// Inputs
-static void UpdateKeyboardInputs();
-static void UpdateMouseInputs();
-static void UpdateMouseWheel();
-static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt);
-
-// Misc
-static void UpdateSettings();
-static int UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect);
-static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window);
-static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size);
-static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open);
-static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col);
-static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
-
-// Viewports
-const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter.
-static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
-
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// DLL users:
-// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries!
-// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from.
-// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL).
-// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
-// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in).
-
-// Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL.
-// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL.
-// Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext().
-// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer.
-// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts:
-// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h:
-// struct ImGuiContext;
-// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS;
-// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS
-// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword.
-// - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586
-// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace.
-// - DLL users: read comments above.
-#ifndef GImGui
-ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL;
-#endif
-
-// Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them.
-// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction.
-// - DLL users: read comments above.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
-static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); }
-static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); }
-#else
-static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; }
-static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); }
-#endif
-static ImGuiMemAllocFunc GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper;
-static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper;
-static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
-{
- Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
- DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
- WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window
- WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
- WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
- WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size
- WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text
- WindowMenuButtonPosition= ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
- ChildRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
- ChildBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
- PopupRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular child windows
- PopupBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around popup or tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
- FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
- FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
- FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested.
- ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
- ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
- CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
- TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
- IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
- ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
- ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
- ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
- GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
- GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
- LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
- TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
- TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs.
- TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
- TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
- TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees).
- ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
- ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text.
- SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
- SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
- SeparatorTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
- SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
- DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
- DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
- MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
- AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
- AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
- AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.).
- CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
- CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
-
- // Behaviors
- HoverStationaryDelay = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
- HoverDelayShort = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
- HoverDelayNormal = 0.40f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
- HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
- HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
-
- // Default theme
- ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this);
-}
-
-// To scale your entire UI (e.g. if you want your app to use High DPI or generally be DPI aware) you may use this helper function. Scaling the fonts is done separately and is up to you.
-// Important: This operation is lossy because we round all sizes to integer. If you need to change your scale multiples, call this over a freshly initialized ImGuiStyle structure rather than scaling multiple times.
-void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor)
-{
- WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor);
- WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor);
- WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor);
- ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor);
- PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor);
- FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor);
- FrameRounding = ImTrunc(FrameRounding * scale_factor);
- ItemSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemSpacing * scale_factor);
- ItemInnerSpacing = ImTrunc(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor);
- CellPadding = ImTrunc(CellPadding * scale_factor);
- TouchExtraPadding = ImTrunc(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor);
- IndentSpacing = ImTrunc(IndentSpacing * scale_factor);
- ColumnsMinSpacing = ImTrunc(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor);
- ScrollbarSize = ImTrunc(ScrollbarSize * scale_factor);
- ScrollbarRounding = ImTrunc(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor);
- GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor);
- GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor);
- LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor);
- TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor);
- TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX;
- SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor);
- DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor);
- DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImTrunc(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor);
- MouseCursorScale = ImTrunc(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor);
-}
-
-ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
-{
- // Most fields are initialized with zero
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
- IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
-
- // Settings
- ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None;
- BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None;
- DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
- DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f;
- IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
- IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
- LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
- KeyMap[i] = -1;
-#endif
- UserData = NULL;
-
- Fonts = NULL;
- FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
- FontDefault = NULL;
- FontAllowUserScaling = false;
- DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
-
- MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
- MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
- MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
- KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f;
- KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
-
- // Miscellaneous options
- MouseDrawCursor = false;
-#ifdef __APPLE__
- ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag
-#else
- ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false;
-#endif
- ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true;
- ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true;
- ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false;
- ConfigDragClickToInputText = false;
- ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true;
- ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false;
- ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f;
- ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false;
- ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false;
-
- // Platform Functions
- // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers.
- BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL;
- BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL;
- PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.';
-
- // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!)
- MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse;
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; }
- AppAcceptingEvents = true;
- BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1;
- BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong
-}
-
-// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
-// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
-// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
-// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
-
- ImGuiInputEvent e;
- e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text;
- e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
- e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
- e.Text.Char = c;
- g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
-}
-
-// UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so
-// we should save the high surrogate.
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c)
-{
- if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
-
- if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save
- {
- if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
- AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
- InputQueueSurrogate = c;
- return;
- }
-
- ImWchar cp = c;
- if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0)
- {
- if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate
- {
- AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
- }
- else
- {
-#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF
- cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar
-#else
- cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000);
-#endif
- }
-
- InputQueueSurrogate = 0;
- }
- AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp);
-}
-
-void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
-{
- if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
- while (*utf8_chars != 0)
- {
- unsigned int c = 0;
- utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL);
- AddInputCharacter(c);
- }
-}
-
-// Clear all incoming events.
-void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- g.InputEventsQueue.clear();
-}
-
-// Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
-void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys()
-{
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown));
-#endif
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++)
- {
- KeysData[n].Down = false;
- KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f;
- KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f;
- }
- KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false;
- KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None;
- MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++)
- {
- MouseDown[n] = false;
- MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f;
- }
- MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
- InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters().
-}
-
-// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue.
-// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys().
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters()
-{
- InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
-}
-#endif
-
-static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
- {
- ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n];
- if (e->Type != type)
- continue;
- if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg)
- continue;
- if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg)
- continue;
- return e;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// Queue a new key down/up event.
-// - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
-// - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release.
-// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f
-// IMPORTANT: THIS FUNCTION AND OTHER "ADD" GRABS THE CONTEXT FROM OUR INSTANCE.
-// WE NEED TO ENSURE THAT ALL FUNCTION CALLS ARE FULLFILLING THIS, WHICH IS WHY GetKeyData() HAS AN EXPLICIT CONTEXT.
-void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value)
-{
- //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); }
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API.
- IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key) == false); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events.
- IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself)
-
- // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
- if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1)
- for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
- IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
- BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0;
-#endif
- if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key))
- BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false;
-
- // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed)
- const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key);
- const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(&g, key);
- const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down;
- const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue;
- if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value)
- return;
-
- // Add event
- ImGuiInputEvent e;
- e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key;
- e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
- e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
- e.Key.Key = key;
- e.Key.Down = down;
- e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value;
- g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
-}
-
-void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down)
-{
- if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
- AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
-}
-
-// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent().
-// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices.
-// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this.
-void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index)
-{
- if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
- return;
- IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512
- IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511
- IM_UNUSED(native_keycode); // Yet unused
- IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused
-
- // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode;
- if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key))
- return;
- KeyMap[legacy_key] = key;
- KeyMap[key] = legacy_key;
-#else
- IM_UNUSED(key);
- IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index);
-#endif
-}
-
-// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
-void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events)
-{
- AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events;
-}
-
-// Queue a mouse move event
-void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
-
- // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs()
- ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(y) : y);
-
- // Filter duplicate
- const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos);
- const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos;
- if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y)
- return;
-
- ImGuiInputEvent e;
- e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos;
- e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
- e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
- e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x;
- e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y;
- e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
- g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
-}
-
-void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
- if (!AppAcceptingEvents)
- return;
-
- // Filter duplicate
- const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button);
- const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button];
- if (latest_button_down == down)
- return;
-
- ImGuiInputEvent e;
- e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton;
- e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
- e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
- e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button;
- e.MouseButton.Down = down;
- e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
- g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
-}
-
-// Queue a mouse wheel event (some mouse/API may only have a Y component)
-void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
-
- // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter)
- if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f))
- return;
-
- ImGuiInputEvent e;
- e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel;
- e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
- e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
- e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x;
- e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y;
- e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource;
- g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
-}
-
-// This is not a real event, the data is latched in order to be stored in actual Mouse events.
-// This is so that duplicate events (e.g. Windows sending extraneous WM_MOUSEMOVE) gets filtered and are not leading to actual source changes.
-void ImGuiIO::AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- g.InputEventsNextMouseSource = source;
-}
-
-void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
-
- // Filter duplicate
- const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus);
- const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost;
- if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused))
- return;
-
- ImGuiInputEvent e;
- e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus;
- e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++;
- e.AppFocused.Focused = focused;
- g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau()
- ImVec2 p_last = p1;
- ImVec2 p_closest;
- float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
- float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
- for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
- {
- ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step);
- ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
- float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
- if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
- {
- p_closest = p_line;
- p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
- }
- p_last = p_current;
- }
- return p_closest;
-}
-
-// Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp
-static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
-{
- float dx = x4 - x1;
- float dy = y4 - y1;
- float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
- float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
- d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
- d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
- if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
- {
- ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4);
- ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p);
- float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line);
- if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2)
- {
- p_closest = p_line;
- p_closest_dist2 = dist2;
- }
- p_last = p_current;
- }
- else if (level < 10)
- {
- float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f;
- float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f;
- float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f;
- float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f;
- float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f;
- float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f;
- ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
- ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
- }
-}
-
-// tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol
-// Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically.
-ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f);
- ImVec2 p_last = p1;
- ImVec2 p_closest;
- float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX;
- ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0);
- return p_closest;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p)
-{
- ImVec2 ap = p - a;
- ImVec2 ab_dir = b - a;
- float dot = ap.x * ab_dir.x + ap.y * ab_dir.y;
- if (dot < 0.0f)
- return a;
- float ab_len_sqr = ab_dir.x * ab_dir.x + ab_dir.y * ab_dir.y;
- if (dot > ab_len_sqr)
- return b;
- return a + ab_dir * dot / ab_len_sqr;
-}
-
-bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
-{
- bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
- bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
- bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
- return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
-}
-
-void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w)
-{
- ImVec2 v0 = b - a;
- ImVec2 v1 = c - a;
- ImVec2 v2 = p - a;
- const float denom = v0.x * v1.y - v1.x * v0.y;
- out_v = (v2.x * v1.y - v1.x * v2.y) / denom;
- out_w = (v0.x * v2.y - v2.x * v0.y) / denom;
- out_u = 1.0f - out_v - out_w;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p)
-{
- ImVec2 proj_ab = ImLineClosestPoint(a, b, p);
- ImVec2 proj_bc = ImLineClosestPoint(b, c, p);
- ImVec2 proj_ca = ImLineClosestPoint(c, a, p);
- float dist2_ab = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ab);
- float dist2_bc = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_bc);
- float dist2_ca = ImLengthSqr(p - proj_ca);
- float m = ImMin(dist2_ab, ImMin(dist2_bc, dist2_ca));
- if (m == dist2_ab)
- return proj_ab;
- if (m == dist2_bc)
- return proj_bc;
- return proj_ca;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (String, Format, Hash functions)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Consider using _stricmp/_strnicmp under Windows or strcasecmp/strncasecmp. We don't actually use either ImStricmp/ImStrnicmp in the codebase any more.
-int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
-{
- int d;
- while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
- return d;
-}
-
-int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count)
-{
- int d = 0;
- while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
- return d;
-}
-
-void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count)
-{
- if (count < 1)
- return;
- if (count > 1)
- strncpy(dst, src, count - 1);
- dst[count - 1] = 0;
-}
-
-char* ImStrdup(const char* str)
-{
- size_t len = strlen(str);
- void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1);
- return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1);
-}
-
-char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src)
-{
- size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1;
- size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1;
- if (dst_buf_size < src_size)
- {
- IM_FREE(dst);
- dst = (char*)IM_ALLOC(src_size);
- if (p_dst_size)
- *p_dst_size = src_size;
- }
- return (char*)memcpy(dst, (const void*)src, src_size);
-}
-
-const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c)
-{
- const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str);
- return p;
-}
-
-int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
-{
- //return (int)wcslen((const wchar_t*)str); // FIXME-OPT: Could use this when wchar_t are 16-bit
- int n = 0;
- while (*str++) n++;
- return n;
-}
-
-// Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end.
-const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end)
-{
- const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str);
- return p ? p : str_end;
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
-{
- while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
- buf_mid_line--;
- return buf_mid_line;
-}
-
-const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
-{
- if (!needle_end)
- needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
-
- const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle);
- while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
- {
- if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0)
- {
- const char* b = needle + 1;
- for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
- if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b))
- break;
- if (b == needle_end)
- return haystack;
- }
- haystack++;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// Trim str by offsetting contents when there's leading data + writing a \0 at the trailing position. We use this in situation where the cost is negligible.
-void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf)
-{
- char* p = buf;
- while (p[0] == ' ' || p[0] == '\t') // Leading blanks
- p++;
- char* p_start = p;
- while (*p != 0) // Find end of string
- p++;
- while (p > p_start && (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '\t')) // Trailing blanks
- p--;
- if (p_start != buf) // Copy memory if we had leading blanks
- memmove(buf, p_start, p - p_start);
- buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate
-}
-
-const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str)
-{
- while (str[0] == ' ' || str[0] == '\t')
- str++;
- return str;
-}
-
-// A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size).
-// Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm.
-// B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
-
-// We support stb_sprintf which is much faster (see: https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb_sprintf.h)
-// You may set IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF to use our default wrapper, or set IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
-// and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are
-// designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.)
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
-#define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
-#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME
-#else
-#include "stb_sprintf.h"
-#endif
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
-#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
-#endif
-
-int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
- int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
-#else
- int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
-#endif
- va_end(args);
- if (buf == NULL)
- return w;
- if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
- w = (int)buf_size - 1;
- buf[w] = 0;
- return w;
-}
-
-int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
- int w = stbsp_vsnprintf(buf, (int)buf_size, fmt, args);
-#else
- int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
-#endif
- if (buf == NULL)
- return w;
- if (w == -1 || w >= (int)buf_size)
- w = (int)buf_size - 1;
- buf[w] = 0;
- return w;
-}
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
-
-void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(out_buf, out_buf_end, fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0)
- {
- const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*); // Skip formatting when using "%s"
- if (buf == NULL)
- buf = "(null)";
- *out_buf = buf;
- if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); }
- }
- else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0)
- {
- int buf_len = va_arg(args, int); // Skip formatting when using "%.*s"
- const char* buf = va_arg(args, const char*);
- if (buf == NULL)
- {
- buf = "(null)";
- buf_len = ImMin(buf_len, 6);
- }
- *out_buf = buf;
- *out_buf_end = buf + buf_len; // Disallow not passing 'out_buf_end' here. User is expected to use it.
- }
- else
- {
- int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args);
- *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data;
- if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; }
- }
-}
-
-// CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly)
-// Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily:
-// - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe.
-static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] =
-{
- 0x00000000,0x77073096,0xEE0E612C,0x990951BA,0x076DC419,0x706AF48F,0xE963A535,0x9E6495A3,0x0EDB8832,0x79DCB8A4,0xE0D5E91E,0x97D2D988,0x09B64C2B,0x7EB17CBD,0xE7B82D07,0x90BF1D91,
- 0x1DB71064,0x6AB020F2,0xF3B97148,0x84BE41DE,0x1ADAD47D,0x6DDDE4EB,0xF4D4B551,0x83D385C7,0x136C9856,0x646BA8C0,0xFD62F97A,0x8A65C9EC,0x14015C4F,0x63066CD9,0xFA0F3D63,0x8D080DF5,
- 0x3B6E20C8,0x4C69105E,0xD56041E4,0xA2677172,0x3C03E4D1,0x4B04D447,0xD20D85FD,0xA50AB56B,0x35B5A8FA,0x42B2986C,0xDBBBC9D6,0xACBCF940,0x32D86CE3,0x45DF5C75,0xDCD60DCF,0xABD13D59,
- 0x26D930AC,0x51DE003A,0xC8D75180,0xBFD06116,0x21B4F4B5,0x56B3C423,0xCFBA9599,0xB8BDA50F,0x2802B89E,0x5F058808,0xC60CD9B2,0xB10BE924,0x2F6F7C87,0x58684C11,0xC1611DAB,0xB6662D3D,
- 0x76DC4190,0x01DB7106,0x98D220BC,0xEFD5102A,0x71B18589,0x06B6B51F,0x9FBFE4A5,0xE8B8D433,0x7807C9A2,0x0F00F934,0x9609A88E,0xE10E9818,0x7F6A0DBB,0x086D3D2D,0x91646C97,0xE6635C01,
- 0x6B6B51F4,0x1C6C6162,0x856530D8,0xF262004E,0x6C0695ED,0x1B01A57B,0x8208F4C1,0xF50FC457,0x65B0D9C6,0x12B7E950,0x8BBEB8EA,0xFCB9887C,0x62DD1DDF,0x15DA2D49,0x8CD37CF3,0xFBD44C65,
- 0x4DB26158,0x3AB551CE,0xA3BC0074,0xD4BB30E2,0x4ADFA541,0x3DD895D7,0xA4D1C46D,0xD3D6F4FB,0x4369E96A,0x346ED9FC,0xAD678846,0xDA60B8D0,0x44042D73,0x33031DE5,0xAA0A4C5F,0xDD0D7CC9,
- 0x5005713C,0x270241AA,0xBE0B1010,0xC90C2086,0x5768B525,0x206F85B3,0xB966D409,0xCE61E49F,0x5EDEF90E,0x29D9C998,0xB0D09822,0xC7D7A8B4,0x59B33D17,0x2EB40D81,0xB7BD5C3B,0xC0BA6CAD,
- 0xEDB88320,0x9ABFB3B6,0x03B6E20C,0x74B1D29A,0xEAD54739,0x9DD277AF,0x04DB2615,0x73DC1683,0xE3630B12,0x94643B84,0x0D6D6A3E,0x7A6A5AA8,0xE40ECF0B,0x9309FF9D,0x0A00AE27,0x7D079EB1,
- 0xF00F9344,0x8708A3D2,0x1E01F268,0x6906C2FE,0xF762575D,0x806567CB,0x196C3671,0x6E6B06E7,0xFED41B76,0x89D32BE0,0x10DA7A5A,0x67DD4ACC,0xF9B9DF6F,0x8EBEEFF9,0x17B7BE43,0x60B08ED5,
- 0xD6D6A3E8,0xA1D1937E,0x38D8C2C4,0x4FDFF252,0xD1BB67F1,0xA6BC5767,0x3FB506DD,0x48B2364B,0xD80D2BDA,0xAF0A1B4C,0x36034AF6,0x41047A60,0xDF60EFC3,0xA867DF55,0x316E8EEF,0x4669BE79,
- 0xCB61B38C,0xBC66831A,0x256FD2A0,0x5268E236,0xCC0C7795,0xBB0B4703,0x220216B9,0x5505262F,0xC5BA3BBE,0xB2BD0B28,0x2BB45A92,0x5CB36A04,0xC2D7FFA7,0xB5D0CF31,0x2CD99E8B,0x5BDEAE1D,
- 0x9B64C2B0,0xEC63F226,0x756AA39C,0x026D930A,0x9C0906A9,0xEB0E363F,0x72076785,0x05005713,0x95BF4A82,0xE2B87A14,0x7BB12BAE,0x0CB61B38,0x92D28E9B,0xE5D5BE0D,0x7CDCEFB7,0x0BDBDF21,
- 0x86D3D2D4,0xF1D4E242,0x68DDB3F8,0x1FDA836E,0x81BE16CD,0xF6B9265B,0x6FB077E1,0x18B74777,0x88085AE6,0xFF0F6A70,0x66063BCA,0x11010B5C,0x8F659EFF,0xF862AE69,0x616BFFD3,0x166CCF45,
- 0xA00AE278,0xD70DD2EE,0x4E048354,0x3903B3C2,0xA7672661,0xD06016F7,0x4969474D,0x3E6E77DB,0xAED16A4A,0xD9D65ADC,0x40DF0B66,0x37D83BF0,0xA9BCAE53,0xDEBB9EC5,0x47B2CF7F,0x30B5FFE9,
- 0xBDBDF21C,0xCABAC28A,0x53B39330,0x24B4A3A6,0xBAD03605,0xCDD70693,0x54DE5729,0x23D967BF,0xB3667A2E,0xC4614AB8,0x5D681B02,0x2A6F2B94,0xB40BBE37,0xC30C8EA1,0x5A05DF1B,0x2D02EF8D,
-};
-
-// Known size hash
-// It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported.
-// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
-{
- ImU32 crc = ~seed;
- const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
- const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
- while (data_size-- != 0)
- crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *data++];
- return ~crc;
-}
-
-// Zero-terminated string hash, with support for ### to reset back to seed value
-// We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
-// Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
-// - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
-// - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build)
-// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
-ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed)
-{
- seed = ~seed;
- ImU32 crc = seed;
- const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p;
- const ImU32* crc32_lut = GCrc32LookupTable;
- if (data_size != 0)
- {
- while (data_size-- != 0)
- {
- unsigned char c = *data++;
- if (c == '#' && data_size >= 2 && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
- crc = seed;
- crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
- }
- }
- else
- {
- while (unsigned char c = *data++)
- {
- if (c == '#' && data[0] == '#' && data[1] == '#')
- crc = seed;
- crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
- }
- }
- return ~crc;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (File functions)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Default file functions
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
-
-ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode)
-{
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
- // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames.
- // Previously we used ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8/ImTextStrFromUtf8 here but we now need to support ImWchar16 and ImWchar32!
- const int filename_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, NULL, 0);
- const int mode_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, NULL, 0);
-
- // Use stack buffer if possible, otherwise heap buffer. Sizes include zero terminator.
- // We don't rely on current ImGuiContext as this is implied to be a helper function which doesn't depend on it (see #7314).
- wchar_t local_temp_stack[FILENAME_MAX];
- ImVector local_temp_heap;
- if (filename_wsize + mode_wsize > IM_ARRAYSIZE(local_temp_stack))
- local_temp_heap.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize);
- wchar_t* filename_wbuf = local_temp_heap.Data ? local_temp_heap.Data : local_temp_stack;
- wchar_t* mode_wbuf = filename_wbuf + filename_wsize;
- ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, filename_wbuf, filename_wsize);
- ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, mode, -1, mode_wbuf, mode_wsize);
- return ::_wfopen(filename_wbuf, mode_wbuf);
-#else
- return fopen(filename, mode);
-#endif
-}
-
-// We should in theory be using fseeko()/ftello() with off_t and _fseeki64()/_ftelli64() with __int64, waiting for the PR that does that in a very portable pre-C++11 zero-warnings way.
-bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle f) { return fclose(f) == 0; }
-ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle f) { long off = 0, sz = 0; return ((off = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) && (sz = ftell(f)) != -1 && !fseek(f, off, SEEK_SET)) ? (ImU64)sz : (ImU64)-1; }
-ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fread(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
-ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 sz, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle f) { return fwrite(data, (size_t)sz, (size_t)count, f); }
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
-
-// Helper: Load file content into memory
-// Memory allocated with IM_ALLOC(), must be freed by user using IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
-// This can't really be used with "rt" because fseek size won't match read size.
-void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(filename && mode);
- if (out_file_size)
- *out_file_size = 0;
-
- ImFileHandle f;
- if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, mode)) == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- size_t file_size = (size_t)ImFileGetSize(f);
- if (file_size == (size_t)-1)
- {
- ImFileClose(f);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- void* file_data = IM_ALLOC(file_size + padding_bytes);
- if (file_data == NULL)
- {
- ImFileClose(f);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (ImFileRead(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size)
- {
- ImFileClose(f);
- IM_FREE(file_data);
- return NULL;
- }
- if (padding_bytes > 0)
- memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes);
-
- ImFileClose(f);
- if (out_file_size)
- *out_file_size = file_size;
-
- return file_data;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-
-// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input.
-// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8).
-// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
-int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
-{
- static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 };
- static const int masks[] = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 };
- static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 };
- static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 };
- static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 };
- int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3];
- int wanted = len + (len ? 0 : 1);
-
- if (in_text_end == NULL)
- in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account.
-
- // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here,
- // so it is fast even with excessive branching.
- unsigned char s[4];
- s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0;
- s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0;
- s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0;
- s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0;
-
- // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out.
- *out_char = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18;
- *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12;
- *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) << 6;
- *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) << 0;
- *out_char >>= shiftc[len];
-
- // Accumulate the various error conditions.
- int e = 0;
- e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding
- e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half?
- e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range?
- e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2;
- e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4;
- e |= (s[3] ) >> 6;
- e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct?
- e >>= shifte[len];
-
- if (e)
- {
- // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end.
- // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text.
- // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes.
- // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s.
- wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]);
- *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID;
- }
-
- return wanted;
-}
-
-int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
-{
- ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
- ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
- while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
- {
- unsigned int c;
- in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
- *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
- }
- *buf_out = 0;
- if (in_text_remaining)
- *in_text_remaining = in_text;
- return (int)(buf_out - buf);
-}
-
-int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
-{
- int char_count = 0;
- while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
- {
- unsigned int c;
- in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
- char_count++;
- }
- return char_count;
-}
-
-// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
-static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
-{
- if (c < 0x80)
- {
- buf[0] = (char)c;
- return 1;
- }
- if (c < 0x800)
- {
- if (buf_size < 2) return 0;
- buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));
- buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
- return 2;
- }
- if (c < 0x10000)
- {
- if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
- buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
- buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
- buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
- return 3;
- }
- if (c <= 0x10FFFF)
- {
- if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
- buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
- buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));
- buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
- buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
- return 4;
- }
- // Invalid code point, the max unicode is 0x10FFFF
- return 0;
-}
-
-const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c)
-{
- int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c);
- out_buf[count] = 0;
- return out_buf;
-}
-
-// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function.
-int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
-{
- unsigned int unused = 0;
- return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end);
-}
-
-static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
-{
- if (c < 0x80) return 1;
- if (c < 0x800) return 2;
- if (c < 0x10000) return 3;
- if (c <= 0x10FFFF) return 4;
- return 3;
-}
-
-int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
-{
- char* buf_p = out_buf;
- const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size;
- while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
- {
- unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
- if (c < 0x80)
- *buf_p++ = (char)c;
- else
- buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c);
- }
- *buf_p = 0;
- return (int)(buf_p - out_buf);
-}
-
-int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
-{
- int bytes_count = 0;
- while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
- {
- unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
- if (c < 0x80)
- bytes_count++;
- else
- bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);
- }
- return bytes_count;
-}
-
-const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr)
-{
- while (in_text_curr > in_text_start)
- {
- in_text_curr--;
- if ((*in_text_curr & 0xC0) != 0x80)
- return in_text_curr;
- }
- return in_text_start;
-}
-
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions)
-// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b)
-{
- float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f;
- int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
- int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
- int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t);
- return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF);
-}
-
-ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
-{
- float s = 1.0f / 255.0f;
- return ImVec4(
- ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
- ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
- ((in >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s,
- ((in >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s);
-}
-
-ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
-{
- ImU32 out;
- out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.x)) << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT;
- out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.y)) << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT;
- out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.z)) << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT;
- out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(in.w)) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
- return out;
-}
-
-// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592
-// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv
-void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)
-{
- float K = 0.f;
- if (g < b)
- {
- ImSwap(g, b);
- K = -1.f;
- }
- if (r < g)
- {
- ImSwap(r, g);
- K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
- }
-
- const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
- out_h = ImFabs(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
- out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
- out_v = r;
-}
-
-// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593
-// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV
-void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)
-{
- if (s == 0.0f)
- {
- // gray
- out_r = out_g = out_b = v;
- return;
- }
-
- h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f);
- int i = (int)h;
- float f = h - (float)i;
- float p = v * (1.0f - s);
- float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);
- float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));
-
- switch (i)
- {
- case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;
- case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;
- case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;
- case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;
- case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;
- case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage
-// Helper: Key->value storage
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
-static ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImGuiID key)
-{
- ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* first = data.Data;
- ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* last = data.Data + data.Size;
- size_t count = (size_t)(last - first);
- while (count > 0)
- {
- size_t count2 = count >> 1;
- ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair* mid = first + count2;
- if (mid->key < key)
- {
- first = ++mid;
- count -= count2 + 1;
- }
- else
- {
- count = count2;
- }
- }
- return first;
-}
-
-// For quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
-void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey()
-{
- struct StaticFunc
- {
- static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
- {
- // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that.
- if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1;
- if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key < ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return -1;
- return 0;
- }
- };
- ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID);
-}
-
-int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- return default_val;
- return it->val_i;
-}
-
-bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const
-{
- return GetInt(key, default_val ? 1 : 0) != 0;
-}
-
-float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- return default_val;
- return it->val_f;
-}
-
-void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- return NULL;
- return it->val_p;
-}
-
-// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
-int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
- return &it->val_i;
-}
-
-bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val)
-{
- return (bool*)GetIntRef(key, default_val ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
- return &it->val_f;
-}
-
-void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val));
- return &it->val_p;
-}
-
-// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
-void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val)
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
- else
- it->val_i = val;
-}
-
-void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val)
-{
- SetInt(key, val ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val)
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
- else
- it->val_f = val;
-}
-
-void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val)
-{
- ImGuiStoragePair* it = LowerBound(Data, key);
- if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
- Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val));
- else
- it->val_p = val;
-}
-
-void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)
- Data[i].val_i = v;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
-ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077
-{
- InputBuf[0] = 0;
- CountGrep = 0;
- if (default_filter)
- {
- ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
- Build();
- }
-}
-
-bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
-{
- if (width != 0.0f)
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(width);
- bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
- if (value_changed)
- Build();
- return value_changed;
-}
-
-void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector* out) const
-{
- out->resize(0);
- const char* wb = b;
- const char* we = wb;
- while (we < e)
- {
- if (*we == separator)
- {
- out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
- wb = we + 1;
- }
- we++;
- }
- if (wb != we)
- out->push_back(ImGuiTextRange(wb, we));
-}
-
-void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
-{
- Filters.resize(0);
- ImGuiTextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf + strlen(InputBuf));
- input_range.split(',', &Filters);
-
- CountGrep = 0;
- for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
- {
- while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0]))
- f.b++;
- while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1]))
- f.e--;
- if (f.empty())
- continue;
- if (f.b[0] != '-')
- CountGrep += 1;
- }
-}
-
-bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
-{
- if (Filters.empty())
- return true;
-
- if (text == NULL)
- text = "";
-
- for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters)
- {
- if (f.empty())
- continue;
- if (f.b[0] == '-')
- {
- // Subtract
- if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b + 1, f.e) != NULL)
- return false;
- }
- else
- {
- // Grep
- if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.b, f.e) != NULL)
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- // Implicit * grep
- if (CountGrep == 0)
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
-// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
-#ifndef va_copy
-#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
-#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src)
-#else
-#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-char ImGuiTextBuffer::EmptyString[1] = { 0 };
-
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* str, const char* str_end)
-{
- int len = str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : (int)strlen(str);
-
- // Add zero-terminator the first time
- const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
- const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
- if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
- {
- int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
- Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
- }
-
- Buf.resize(needed_sz);
- memcpy(&Buf[write_off - 1], str, (size_t)len);
- Buf[write_off - 1 + len] = 0;
-}
-
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- appendfv(fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
-void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- va_list args_copy;
- va_copy(args_copy, args);
-
- int len = ImFormatStringV(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
- if (len <= 0)
- {
- va_end(args_copy);
- return;
- }
-
- // Add zero-terminator the first time
- const int write_off = (Buf.Size != 0) ? Buf.Size : 1;
- const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
- if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
- {
- int new_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
- Buf.reserve(needed_sz > new_capacity ? needed_sz : new_capacity);
- }
-
- Buf.resize(needed_sz);
- ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off - 1], (size_t)len + 1, fmt, args_copy);
- va_end(args_copy);
-}
-
-void ImGuiTextIndex::append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(old_size >= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset);
- if (old_size == new_size)
- return;
- if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n')
- LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset);
- const char* base_end = base + new_size;
- for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; )
- if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n
- LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base));
- EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell.
-// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous.
-static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems);
-}
-
-static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0)
-{
- if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1)
- return;
-
- // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries)
- for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end)
- for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i)
- if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min)
- ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]);
-
- // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible.
- for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert);
- if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min)
- continue;
- ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min);
- ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max);
- ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i);
- i--;
- }
-}
-
-static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height)
-{
- // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor.
- // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue.
- // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek?
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y;
- window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y;
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
- window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage.
- window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list.
- if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns)
- columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly
- if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
- {
- if (table->IsInsideRow)
- ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
- table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
- const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f);
- //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow()
- table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase;
- }
-}
-
-static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n)
-{
- // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction
- // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges
- ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
- float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight);
- ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight);
-}
-
-ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper()
-{
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
-}
-
-ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper()
-{
- End();
-}
-
-void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height)
-{
- if (Ctx == NULL)
- Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext();
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name);
-
- if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable)
- if (table->IsInsideRow)
- ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
-
- StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
- ItemsHeight = items_height;
- ItemsCount = items_count;
- DisplayStart = -1;
- DisplayEnd = 0;
-
- // Acquire temporary buffer
- if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size)
- g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData());
- ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
- data->Reset(this);
- data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y;
- TempData = data;
-}
-
-void ImGuiListClipper::End()
-{
- if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData)
- {
- // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user.
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name);
- if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0)
- ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount);
-
- // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting
- IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this);
- data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size;
- if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0)
- {
- data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1];
- data->ListClipper->TempData = data;
- }
- TempData = NULL;
- }
- ItemsCount = -1;
-}
-
-void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end)
-{
- ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData;
- IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet.
- IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end);
- if (item_begin < item_end)
- data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end));
-}
-
-static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData;
- IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?");
-
- ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable;
- if (table && table->IsInsideRow)
- ImGui::TableEndRow(table);
-
- // No items
- if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping())
- return false;
-
- // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped
- // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state.
- if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows)
- {
- clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen;
- clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);
- if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd)
- data->ItemsFrozen++;
- return true;
- }
-
- // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height)
- bool calc_clipping = false;
- if (data->StepNo == 0)
- {
- clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
- if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
- {
- // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1)
- data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1));
- clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen);
- clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);
- data->StepNo = 1;
- return true;
- }
- calc_clipping = true; // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping.
- }
-
- // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range
- if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1);
- if (table)
- IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y);
-
- clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart);
- bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y);
- if (affected_by_floating_point_precision)
- clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries.
-
- IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!");
- calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards.
- }
-
- // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements.
- const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd;
- if (calc_clipping)
- {
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- {
- // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
- data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount));
- }
- else
- {
- // Add range selected to be included for navigation
- const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
- if (is_nav_request)
- data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0));
- if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
- data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount));
-
- // Add focused/active item
- ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]);
- if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId)
- data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0));
-
- // Add visible range
- const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0;
- const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0;
- data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max));
- }
-
- // Convert position ranges to item index ranges
- // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping.
- // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list,
- // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted.
- for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges)
- if (range.PosToIndexConvert)
- {
- int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight);
- int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f);
- range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1);
- range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount);
- range.PosToIndexConvert = false;
- }
- ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo);
- }
-
- // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line.
- while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
- {
- clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted);
- clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount);
- if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051
- ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart);
- data->StepNo++;
- if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size)
- continue;
- return true;
- }
-
- // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd),
- // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop.
- if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX)
- ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount);
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool ImGuiListClipper::Step()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f);
- bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this);
- if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd))
- ret = false;
- if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false)
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n");
- if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f)
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight);
- if (ret)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd);
- }
- else
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n");
- End();
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] STYLING
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
- return GImGui->Style;
-}
-
-ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul)
-{
- ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
- ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx];
- c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul;
- return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
-}
-
-ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col)
-{
- ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
- ImVec4 c = col;
- c.w *= style.Alpha;
- return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c);
-}
-
-const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx)
-{
- ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
- return style.Colors[idx];
-}
-
-ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul)
-{
- ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
- alpha_mul *= style.Alpha;
- if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f)
- return col;
- ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT;
- a = (ImU32)(a * alpha_mul); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because alpha is in 0..1 range.
- return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
-}
-
-// FIXME: This may incur a round-trip (if the end user got their data from a float4) but eventually we aim to store the in-flight colors as ImU32
-void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiColorMod backup;
- backup.Col = idx;
- backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
- g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
- if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
- g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiColorMod backup;
- backup.Col = idx;
- backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
- g.ColorStack.push_back(backup);
- if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != idx)
- g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.ColorStack.Size < count)
- {
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times!");
- count = g.ColorStack.Size;
- }
- while (count > 0)
- {
- ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back();
- g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue;
- g.ColorStack.pop_back();
- count--;
- }
-}
-
-static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] =
-{
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)},// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign
- { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding
-};
-
-const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
- IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT);
- return &GStyleVarInfo[idx];
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
- if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1)
- {
- float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
- g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
- *pvar = val;
- return;
- }
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx);
- if (var_info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2)
- {
- ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
- g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar));
- *pvar = val;
- return;
- }
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!");
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count)
- {
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times!");
- count = g.StyleVarStack.Size;
- }
- while (count > 0)
- {
- // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it.
- ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back();
- const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx);
- void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style);
- if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; }
- else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; }
- g.StyleVarStack.pop_back();
- count--;
- }
-}
-
-const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx)
-{
- // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
- switch (idx)
- {
- case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
- case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
- case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
- case ImGuiCol_ChildBg: return "ChildBg";
- case ImGuiCol_PopupBg: return "PopupBg";
- case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
- case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
- case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
- case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
- case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
- case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
- case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
- case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
- case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
- case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
- case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
- case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
- case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
- case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
- case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
- case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
- case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
- case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
- case ImGuiCol_Separator: return "Separator";
- case ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered: return "SeparatorHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive: return "SeparatorActive";
- case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
- case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
- case ImGuiCol_Tab: return "Tab";
- case ImGuiCol_TabHovered: return "TabHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_TabActive: return "TabActive";
- case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused: return "TabUnfocused";
- case ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive: return "TabUnfocusedActive";
- case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
- case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
- case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
- case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg";
- case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong";
- case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight";
- case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg";
- case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt";
- case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
- case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget";
- case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight";
- case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight";
- case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg";
- case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg";
- }
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return "Unknown";
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS
-// Some of those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change,
-// we need a nicer separation between low-level functions and high-level functions relying on the ImGui context.
-// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: context.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
-{
- const char* text_display_end = text;
- if (!text_end)
- text_end = (const char*)-1;
-
- while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
- text_display_end++;
- return text_display_end;
-}
-
-// Internal ImGui functions to render text
-// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
-void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- // Hide anything after a '##' string
- const char* text_display_end;
- if (hide_text_after_hash)
- {
- text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
- }
- else
- {
- if (!text_end)
- text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
- text_display_end = text_end;
- }
-
- if (text != text_display_end)
- {
- window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_display_end);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- if (!text_end)
- text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
-
- if (text != text_end)
- {
- window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- LogRenderedText(&pos, text, text_end);
- }
-}
-
-// Default clip_rect uses (pos_min,pos_max)
-// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
-// FIXME-OPT: Since we have or calculate text_size we could coarse clip whole block immediately, especally for text above draw_list->DrawList.
-// Effectively as this is called from widget doing their own coarse clipping it's not very valuable presently. Next time function will take
-// better advantage of the render function taking size into account for coarse clipping.
-void ImGui::RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_display_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
-{
- // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
- ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
- const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
-
- const ImVec2* clip_min = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Min : &pos_min;
- const ImVec2* clip_max = clip_rect ? &clip_rect->Max : &pos_max;
- bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
- if (clip_rect) // If we had no explicit clipping rectangle then pos==clip_min
- need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
-
- // Align whole block. We should defer that to the better rendering function when we'll have support for individual line alignment.
- if (align.x > 0.0f) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos.x + (pos_max.x - pos.x - text_size.x) * align.x);
- if (align.y > 0.0f) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, pos.y + (pos_max.y - pos.y - text_size.y) * align.y);
-
- // Render
- if (need_clipping)
- {
- ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
- draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
- }
- else
- {
- draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align, const ImRect* clip_rect)
-{
- // Hide anything after a '##' string
- const char* text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
- const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
- if (text_len == 0)
- return;
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- RenderTextClippedEx(window->DrawList, pos_min, pos_max, text, text_display_end, text_size_if_known, align, clip_rect);
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_display_end);
-}
-
-// Another overly complex function until we reorganize everything into a nice all-in-one helper.
-// This is made more complex because we have dissociated the layout rectangle (pos_min..pos_max) which define _where_ the ellipsis is, from actual clipping of text and limit of the ellipsis display.
-// This is because in the context of tabs we selectively hide part of the text when the Close Button appears, but we don't want the ellipsis to move.
-void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end_full, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (text_end_full == NULL)
- text_end_full = FindRenderedTextEnd(text);
- const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : CalcTextSize(text, text_end_full, false, 0.0f);
-
- //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_min.y - 4), ImVec2(pos_max.x, pos_max.y + 4), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255));
- //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_min.y-2), ImVec2(ellipsis_max_x, pos_max.y+2), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
- //draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_min.y), ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
- // FIXME: We could technically remove (last_glyph->AdvanceX - last_glyph->X1) from text_size.x here and save a few pixels.
- if (text_size.x > pos_max.x - pos_min.x)
- {
- // Hello wo...
- // | | |
- // min max ellipsis_max
- // <-> this is generally some padding value
-
- const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font;
- const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize;
- const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
- const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL;
- const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale;
-
- // We can now claim the space between pos_max.x and ellipsis_max.x
- const float text_avail_width = ImMax((ImMax(pos_max.x, ellipsis_max_x) - ellipsis_width) - pos_min.x, 1.0f);
- float text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, text_avail_width, 0.0f, text, text_end_full, &text_end_ellipsis).x;
- if (text == text_end_ellipsis && text_end_ellipsis < text_end_full)
- {
- // Always display at least 1 character if there's no room for character + ellipsis
- text_end_ellipsis = text + ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(text, text_end_full);
- text_size_clipped_x = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text, text_end_ellipsis).x;
- }
- while (text_end_ellipsis > text && ImCharIsBlankA(text_end_ellipsis[-1]))
- {
- // Trim trailing space before ellipsis (FIXME: Supporting non-ascii blanks would be nice, for this we need a function to backtrack in UTF-8 text)
- text_end_ellipsis--;
- text_size_clipped_x -= font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, 0.0f, text_end_ellipsis, text_end_ellipsis + 1).x; // Ascii blanks are always 1 byte
- }
-
- // Render text, render ellipsis
- RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_ellipsis, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
- ImVec2 ellipsis_pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(pos_min.x + text_size_clipped_x, pos_min.y));
- if (ellipsis_pos.x + ellipsis_width <= ellipsis_max_x)
- for (int i = 0; i < font->EllipsisCharCount; i++, ellipsis_pos.x += font->EllipsisCharStep * font_scale)
- font->RenderChar(draw_list, font_size, ellipsis_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), font->EllipsisChar);
- }
- else
- {
- RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, pos_min, ImVec2(clip_max_x, pos_max.y), text, text_end_full, &text_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
- }
-
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- LogRenderedText(&pos_min, text, text_end_full);
-}
-
-// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
-void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
- const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
- if (border && border_size > 0.0f)
- {
- window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
- window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize;
- if (border_size > 0.0f)
- {
- window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size);
- window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (id != g.NavId)
- return;
- if (g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw))
- return;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame)
- return;
-
- float rounding = (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding) ? 0.0f : g.Style.FrameRounding;
- ImRect display_rect = bb;
- display_rect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect);
- const float thickness = 2.0f;
- if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact)
- {
- window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness);
- }
- else
- {
- const float distance = 3.0f + thickness * 0.5f;
- display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(distance, distance));
- bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect);
- if (!fully_visible)
- window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max);
- window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, thickness);
- if (!fully_visible)
- window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
- ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas;
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- {
- // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor.
- ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4];
- if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2]))
- continue;
- const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset;
- const float scale = base_scale;
- if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale)))
- continue;
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport);
- ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID;
- draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id);
- draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
- draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow);
- draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border);
- draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill);
- draw_list->PopTextureID();
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
-// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
-ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext()
-{
- return GImGui;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
-{
-#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC
- IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this.
-#else
- GImGui = ctx;
-#endif
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data)
-{
- GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func;
- GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func;
- GImAllocatorUserData = user_data;
-}
-
-// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space)
-void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data)
-{
- *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc;
- *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc;
- *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData;
-}
-
-ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas)
-{
- ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
- ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas);
- SetCurrentContext(ctx);
- Initialize();
- if (prev_ctx != NULL)
- SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one.
- return ctx;
-}
-
-void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx)
-{
- ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext();
- if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051
- ctx = prev_ctx;
- SetCurrentContext(ctx);
- Shutdown();
- SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL);
- IM_DELETE(ctx);
-}
-
-// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages
-static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] =
-{
- { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, "Size column to fit###SizeOne" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, "Reset order###ResetOrder" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" },
- { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" },
-};
-
-void ImGui::Initialize()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded);
-
- // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types
- {
- ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler;
- ini_handler.TypeName = "Window";
- ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window");
- ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll;
- ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen;
- ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine;
- ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll;
- ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll;
- AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler);
- }
- TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler();
-
- // Setup default localization table
- LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS));
-
- // Setup default platform clipboard/IME handlers.
- g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations
- g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
- g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g; // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function)
- g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl;
-
- // Create default viewport
- ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)();
- viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID;
- g.Viewports.push_back(viewport);
- g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0);
-
- // Build KeysMayBeCharInput[] lookup table (1 bool per named key)
- for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
- if ((key >= ImGuiKey_0 && key <= ImGuiKey_9) || (key >= ImGuiKey_A && key <= ImGuiKey_Z) || (key >= ImGuiKey_Keypad0 && key <= ImGuiKey_Keypad9)
- || key == ImGuiKey_Tab || key == ImGuiKey_Space || key == ImGuiKey_Apostrophe || key == ImGuiKey_Comma || key == ImGuiKey_Minus || key == ImGuiKey_Period
- || key == ImGuiKey_Slash || key == ImGuiKey_Semicolon || key == ImGuiKey_Equal || key == ImGuiKey_LeftBracket || key == ImGuiKey_RightBracket || key == ImGuiKey_GraveAccent
- || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd || key == ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual)
- g.KeysMayBeCharInput.SetBit(key);
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-#endif
-
- g.Initialized = true;
-}
-
-// This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
-void ImGui::Shutdown()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendPlatformUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Platform backend?");
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.IO.BackendRendererUserData == NULL, "Forgot to shutdown Renderer backend?");
-
- // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
- if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext)
- {
- g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
- IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts);
- }
- g.IO.Fonts = NULL;
- g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear();
-
- // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui.
- if (!g.Initialized)
- return;
-
- // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file)
- if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
- SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
-
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown);
-
- // Clear everything else
- g.Windows.clear_delete();
- g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear();
- g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear();
- g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
- g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
- g.WindowsById.Clear();
- g.NavWindow = NULL;
- g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
- g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL;
- g.MovingWindow = NULL;
-
- g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear();
-
- g.ColorStack.clear();
- g.StyleVarStack.clear();
- g.FontStack.clear();
- g.OpenPopupStack.clear();
- g.BeginPopupStack.clear();
- g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear();
-
- g.Viewports.clear_delete();
-
- g.TabBars.Clear();
- g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear();
- g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear();
-
- g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct();
-
- g.Tables.Clear();
- g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct();
- g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear();
-
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
- g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear();
- g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory();
- g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ClearFreeMemory();
-
- g.SettingsWindows.clear();
- g.SettingsHandlers.clear();
-
- if (g.LogFile)
- {
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
- if (g.LogFile != stdout)
-#endif
- ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
- g.LogFile = NULL;
- }
- g.LogBuffer.clear();
- g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
- g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
-
- g.Initialized = false;
-}
-
-// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed
-ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_);
- g.Hooks.push_back(*hook);
- g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext;
- return g.HookIdNext;
-}
-
-// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it
-void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0);
- for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
- if (hook.HookId == hook_id)
- hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_;
-}
-
-// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine)
-// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array
-void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks)
- if (hook.Type == hook_type)
- hook.Callback(&g, &hook);
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods
-ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL)
-{
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
- Ctx = ctx;
- Name = ImStrdup(name);
- NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1;
- ID = ImHashStr(name);
- IDStack.push_back(ID);
- MoveId = GetID("#MOVE");
- ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
- ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
- AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
- AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
- SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = 0;
- SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
- LastFrameActive = -1;
- LastTimeActive = -1.0f;
- FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
- SettingsOffset = -1;
- DrawList = &DrawListInst;
- DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData;
- DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
- NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
-}
-
-ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst);
- IM_DELETE(Name);
- ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct();
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
-{
- ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
- ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
- ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
- return id;
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
-{
- ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
- ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
- ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL);
- return id;
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n)
-{
- ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
- ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
- ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx;
- if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
- ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
- return id;
-}
-
-// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere.
-ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs)
-{
- ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
- ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs);
- ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed);
- return id;
-}
-
-static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.CurrentWindow = window;
- g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL;
- if (window)
- {
- g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
- ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX();
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.ItemFlagsStack.clear();
- g.GroupStack.clear();
- TableGcCompactSettings();
-}
-
-// Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused.
-// Not freed:
-// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data)
-// This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost.
-void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- window->MemoryCompacted = true;
- window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity;
- window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity;
- window->IDStack.clear();
- window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory();
- window->DC.ChildWindows.clear();
- window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear();
- window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear();
-}
-
-void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- // We stored capacity of the ImDrawList buffer to reduce growth-caused allocation/copy when awakening.
- // The other buffers tends to amortize much faster.
- window->MemoryCompacted = false;
- window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity);
- window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.reserve(window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity);
- window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Clear previous active id
- if (g.ActiveId != 0)
- {
- // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations,
- // we at least need to be resilient to it. Canceling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch
- // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that.
- if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n");
- g.MovingWindow = NULL;
- }
-
- // This could be written in a more general way (e.g associate a hook to ActiveId),
- // but since this is currently quite an exception we'll leave it as is.
- // One common scenario leading to this is: pressing Key ->NavMoveRequestApplyResult() -> ClearActiveId()
- if (g.InputTextState.ID == g.ActiveId)
- InputTextDeactivateHook(g.ActiveId);
- }
-
- // Set active id
- g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id);
- if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : "");
- g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
- g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false;
- g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false;
- g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1;
- if (id != 0)
- {
- g.LastActiveId = id;
- g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f;
- }
- }
- g.ActiveId = id;
- g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
- g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false;
- g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
- g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
- g.ActiveIdFromShortcut = false;
- if (id)
- {
- g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
- g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse;
- IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveIdSource != ImGuiInputSource_None);
- }
-
- // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget
- // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet)
- g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
- g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
-#endif
-}
-
-void ImGui::ClearActiveID()
-{
- SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.HoveredId = id;
- g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
- if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
- g.HoveredIdTimer = g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
-}
-
-void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id)
-{
- // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit().
- // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data.
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0)
- return;
- if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0)
- {
- g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true;
- g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true;
- }
-
- // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343)
- // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714)
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id);
-
- //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id);
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
-{
- // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
- // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window.
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.NavWindow)
- if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow)
- if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
- {
- // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup"
- // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups.
- bool want_inhibit = false;
- if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
- want_inhibit = true;
- else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
- want_inhibit = true;
-
- // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup
- if (want_inhibit)
- if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window))
- return false;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)
- return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal;
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)
- return g.Style.HoverDelayShort;
- return 0.0f;
-}
-
-static ImGuiHoveredFlags ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(ImGuiHoveredFlags user_flags, ImGuiHoveredFlags shared_flags)
-{
- // Allow instance flags to override shared flags
- if (user_flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal))
- shared_flags &= ~(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal);
- return user_flags | shared_flags;
-}
-
-// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable()
-// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered()
-// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId
-bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!");
-
- if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride))
- {
- if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
- return false;
- if (!IsItemFocused())
- return false;
-
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
- flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav);
- }
- else
- {
- // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd()
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags;
- if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
- return false;
-
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
- flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
-
- IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function
-
- // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now
- // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window)
- // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851)
- // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable
- // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was
- // the test that has been running for a long while.
- if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0)
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0)
- return false;
-
- // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged)
- const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0)
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId)
- return false;
-
- // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal.
- // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here.
- if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck))
- return false;
-
- // Test if the item is disabled
- if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled))
- return false;
-
- // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab.
- // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case.
- if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed)
- return false;
-
- // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped
- if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0)
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0)
- if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
- return false;
- }
-
- // Handle hover delay
- // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content)
- const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags);
- if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary))
- {
- ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id))
- g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f;
- g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id;
-
- // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer,
- // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving.
- //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); }
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id)
- return false;
-
- if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay)
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered().
-// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call)
-// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28.
-// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code:
-// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'.
-// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable.
-bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (g.HoveredWindow != window)
- return false;
- if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
- return false;
-
- if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
- return false;
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
- if (!g.ActiveIdFromShortcut)
- return false;
-
- // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now.
- if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None))
- {
- g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
- return false;
- }
-
- // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level
- // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two.
- if (id != 0)
- {
- // Drag source doesn't report as hovered
- if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover))
- return false;
-
- SetHoveredID(id);
-
- // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match.
- // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test.
- if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)
- {
- g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
- if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id)
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId
- if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)
- {
- // Release active id if turning disabled
- if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0)
- ClearActiveID();
- g.HoveredIdDisabled = true;
- return false;
- }
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (id != 0)
- {
- // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool!
- // We perform the check here because reaching is path is rare (1~ time a frame),
- // making the cost of this tool near-zero! We could get better call-stack and support picking non-hovered
- // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a bigger runtime cost.
- if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)
- GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id)
- IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
- }
-#endif
-
- if (g.NavDisableMouseHover)
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd()
-// FIXME: The id != 0 path is not used by our codebase, may get rid of it?
-bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
- if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
- if (!g.LogEnabled)
- return true;
- return false;
-}
-
-// This is also inlined in ItemAdd()
-// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set g.LastItemData.DisplayRect.
-void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.LastItemData.ID = item_id;
- g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags;
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags;
- g.LastItemData.Rect = g.LastItemData.NavRect = item_rect;
-}
-
-float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
-{
- if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
- return 0.0f;
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
- {
- // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows,
- // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function?
- //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- // wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x);
- //else
- wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x;
- }
- else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
- {
- wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
- }
-
- return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f);
-}
-
-// IM_ALLOC() == ImGui::MemAlloc()
-void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size)
-{
- void* ptr = (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData);
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
- DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, size);
-#endif
- return ptr;
-}
-
-// IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree()
-void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
-{
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (ptr != NULL)
- if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui)
- DebugAllocHook(&ctx->DebugAllocInfo, ctx->FrameCount, ptr, (size_t)-1);
-#endif
- return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData);
-}
-
-// We record the number of allocation in recent frames, as a way to audit/sanitize our guiding principles of "no allocations on idle/repeating frames"
-void ImGui::DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size)
-{
- ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
- IM_UNUSED(ptr);
- if (entry->FrameCount != frame_count)
- {
- info->LastEntriesIdx = (info->LastEntriesIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
- entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[info->LastEntriesIdx];
- entry->FrameCount = frame_count;
- entry->AllocCount = entry->FreeCount = 0;
- }
- if (size != (size_t)-1)
- {
- entry->AllocCount++;
- info->TotalAllocCount++;
- //printf("[%05d] MemAlloc(%d) -> 0x%p\n", frame_count, size, ptr);
- }
- else
- {
- entry->FreeCount++;
- info->TotalFreeCount++;
- //printf("[%05d] MemFree(0x%p)\n", frame_count, ptr);
- }
-}
-
-const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData) : "";
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
- g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.IO.ClipboardUserData, text);
-}
-
-const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
-{
- return IMGUI_VERSION;
-}
-
-ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
- return GImGui->IO;
-}
-
-// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
-ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
- return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL;
-}
-
-double ImGui::GetTime()
-{
- return GImGui->Time;
-}
-
-int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
-{
- return GImGui->FrameCount;
-}
-
-static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name)
-{
- // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists));
- ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no];
- if (draw_list == NULL)
- {
- draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData);
- draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name;
- viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list;
- }
-
- // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command
- if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount)
- {
- draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame();
- draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
- draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false);
- viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount;
- }
- return draw_list;
-}
-
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
-{
- return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background");
-}
-
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);
-}
-
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport)
-{
- return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground");
-}
-
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return GetForegroundDrawList(g.Viewports[0]);
-}
-
-ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData()
-{
- return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData;
-}
-
-void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows.
- // We _also_ call this when clicking in a window empty space when io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly is set, but clear g.MovingWindow afterward.
- // This is because we want ActiveId to be set even when the window is not permitted to move.
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- FocusWindow(window);
- SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window);
- g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
- g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos;
- g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
- SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
-
- bool can_move_window = true;
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
- can_move_window = false;
- if (can_move_window)
- g.MovingWindow = window;
-}
-
-// Handle mouse moving window
-// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing()
-// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId.
-// This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs,
-// but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other.
-void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.MovingWindow != NULL)
- {
- // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window).
- // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency.
- KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
- IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow);
- ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow;
- if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos))
- {
- ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset;
- SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always);
- FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow);
- }
- else
- {
- g.MovingWindow = NULL;
- ClearActiveID();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others.
- if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId)
- {
- KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId);
- if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0])
- ClearActiveID();
- }
- }
-}
-
-// Initiate moving window when clicking on empty space or title bar.
-// Handle left-click and right-click focus.
-void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 || g.HoveredId != 0)
- return;
-
- // Unless we just made a window/popup appear
- if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing)
- return;
-
- // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving
- // (after we're done with all our widgets)
- if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
- {
- // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space.
- // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more.
- ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL;
- const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel);
-
- if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup)
- {
- StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595
-
- // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar
- if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0]))
- g.MovingWindow = NULL;
-
- // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already)
- if (g.HoveredIdDisabled)
- g.MovingWindow = NULL;
- }
- else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL)
- {
- // Clicking on void disable focus
- FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
- }
- }
-
- // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus based on where the mouse is aimed
- // Instead, focus will be restored to the window under the bottom-most closed popup.
- // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow on the hovered window, which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger)
- if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1])
- {
- // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window.
- // This is where we can trim the popup stack.
- ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal();
- bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal));
- ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true);
- }
-}
-
-static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden);
-}
-
-// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app)
-void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
- g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING));
-
- // Find the window hovered by mouse:
- // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow.
- // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame.
- // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms.
- bool clear_hovered_windows = false;
- FindHoveredWindow();
-
- // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them.
- ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
- if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window))
- clear_hovered_windows = true;
-
- // Disabled mouse?
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
- clear_hovered_windows = true;
-
- // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and
- // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward.
- const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0);
- const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
- int mouse_earliest_down = -1;
- bool mouse_any_down = false;
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
- {
- if (io.MouseClicked[i])
- {
- io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup;
- io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal;
- }
- mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i];
- if (io.MouseDown[i])
- if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down])
- mouse_earliest_down = i;
- }
- const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down];
- const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down];
-
- // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
- // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02)
- const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0;
- if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload)
- clear_hovered_windows = true;
-
- if (clear_hovered_windows)
- g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL;
-
- // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
- // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag
- if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1)
- {
- io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0);
- }
- else
- {
- io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup;
- io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal;
- }
-
- // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app)
- io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL);
- if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard))
- io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true;
- if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) // Manual override
- io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0);
-
- // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible
- io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false;
-}
-
-void ImGui::NewFrame()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?");
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start.
- // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector
- for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
- if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_)
- g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]);
-
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre);
-
- // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes
- ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks();
-
- // Load settings on first frame, save settings when modified (after a delay)
- UpdateSettings();
-
- g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- g.WithinFrameScope = true;
- g.FrameCount += 1;
- g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0;
- g.WindowsActiveCount = 0;
- g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.resize(0);
-
- // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
- g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
- g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
- g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
- g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
- g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX;
-
- // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure
- g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0);
- UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
-
- // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set)
- UpdateViewportsNewFrame();
-
- // Setup current font and draw list shared data
- g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true;
- SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont());
- IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded());
- ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect());
- g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4();
- g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol;
- g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError);
- g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
- if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines)
- g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines;
- if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
- g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex;
- if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill)
- g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill;
- if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset)
- g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset;
-
- // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it.
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false;
-
- // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent
- if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
- KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
-
- // Update HoveredId data
- if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame)
- g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f;
- if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame || (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId == g.HoveredId))
- g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f;
- if (g.HoveredId)
- g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- if (g.HoveredId && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredId)
- g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
- g.HoveredId = 0;
- g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
- g.HoveredIdDisabled = false;
-
- // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore.
- // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd().
- // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves.
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n");
- ClearActiveID();
- }
-
- // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore)
- if (g.ActiveId)
- g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
- g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow;
- g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore;
- g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0;
- g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false;
- g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false;
- g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
- if (g.TempInputId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.TempInputId)
- g.TempInputId = 0;
- if (g.ActiveId == 0)
- {
- g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00;
- g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false;
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00;
-#endif
- }
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- if (g.ActiveId == 0)
- g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0;
- else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0)
- {
- // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); }
- // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); }
- if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
- SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId);
- if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel))
- IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported
- }
-#endif
-
- // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item.
- // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values.
- // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function.
- if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
- g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId;
- else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0)
- g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
- if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)
- g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID;
- else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL)
- g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0;
-
- // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips
- g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId;
- if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0)
- {
- g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f;
- g.HoverItemDelayId = 0;
- }
- else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f)
- {
- // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps
- // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle.
- g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime;
- if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate
- g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer.
- }
-
- // Drag and drop
- g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr;
- g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0;
- g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
- g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
- g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
- g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0;
-
- // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in)
- //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
- // ClosePopupsExceptModals();
-
- // Update keyboard input state
- UpdateKeyboardInputs();
-
- //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl));
- //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift));
- //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt));
- //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper));
-
- // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation
- NavUpdate();
-
- // Update mouse input state
- UpdateMouseInputs();
-
- // Find hovered window
- // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame)
- UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags();
-
- // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering)
- UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame();
-
- // Background darkening/whitening
- if (GetTopMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f))
- g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
- else
- g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
-
- g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
- g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1;
-
- // Platform IME data: reset for the frame
- g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData;
- g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false;
-
- // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale
- UpdateMouseWheel();
-
- // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory.
- IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size);
- const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer;
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- {
- window->WasActive = window->Active;
- window->Active = false;
- window->WriteAccessed = false;
- window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount;
- window->BeginCount = 0;
-
- // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows
- if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
- GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window);
- }
-
- // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables
- for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++)
- if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time)
- TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i));
- for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData)
- if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time)
- TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data);
- if (g.GcCompactAll)
- GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers();
- g.GcCompactAll = false;
-
- // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order
- if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive)
- FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
-
- // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
- // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
- g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
- g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0);
- g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0);
- g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None);
- g.GroupStack.resize(0);
-
- // [DEBUG] Update debug features
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- UpdateDebugToolItemPicker();
- UpdateDebugToolStackQueries();
- UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor();
- if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0)
- {
- g.DebugLocateId = 0;
- g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
- }
- if (g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames == 0)
- {
- DebugLog("(Debug Log: Auto-disabled some ImGuiDebugLogFlags after 2 frames)\n");
- g.DebugLogFlags &= ~g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags;
- g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None;
- }
-#endif
-
- // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
- // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags.
- // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing.
- g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true;
- SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- Begin("Debug##Default");
- IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true);
-
- // [DEBUG] When io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue is set, we make Begin()/BeginChild() return false at different level of the window-stack,
- // allowing to validate correct Begin/End behavior in user code.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop)
- g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = (g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == -1) ? 0 : ((g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth + ((g.FrameCount % 4) == 0 ? 1 : 0)) % 10);
- else
- g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth = -1;
-#endif
-
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost);
-}
-
-// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
-static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
-{
- const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs;
- const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs;
- if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
- return d;
- if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
- return d;
- return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent);
-}
-
-static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- out_sorted_windows->push_back(window);
- if (window->Active)
- {
- int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
- ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
- for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
- if (child->Active)
- AddWindowToSortBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0];
- g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++;
- if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1)
- window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows.
- ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList);
- for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows)
- if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active
- AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer);
-}
-
-static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu)
-static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window));
-}
-
-static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder)
-{
- int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size;
- int full_size = n;
- for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++)
- full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size;
- builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size);
- for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++)
- {
- ImVector* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n];
- if (layer->empty())
- continue;
- memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
- n += layer->Size;
- layer->resize(0);
- }
-}
-
-static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
-
- viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists;
- viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1;
- viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0);
- viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0);
-
- draw_data->Valid = true;
- draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0;
- draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0;
- draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos;
- draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size;
- draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale;
- draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport;
-}
-
-// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering.
-// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values,
-// so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result.
-// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect():
-// some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the
-// more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds.
-void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
- window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopClipRect()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
- window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
-}
-
-static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport();
- ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect();
-
- // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list
- {
- // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows,
- // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing.
- // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order.
- ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindow->DrawList;
- if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
- draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
- draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that)
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col);
- ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back();
- IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6);
- draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
- draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd);
- draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command.
- draw_list->PopClipRect();
- }
-}
-
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window;
- for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- continue;
- if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window))
- break;
- if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window))
- bottom_most_visible_window = window;
- }
- return bottom_most_visible_window;
-}
-
-static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal();
- if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
- return;
- const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL);
- const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active);
- if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list)
- return;
-
- if (dim_bg_for_modal)
- {
- // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order.
- ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window);
- RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(modal_window->DC.ModalDimBgColor, g.DimBgRatio));
- }
- else if (dim_bg_for_window_list)
- {
- // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window
- RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio));
-
- // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim;
- ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
- float distance = g.FontSize;
- ImRect bb = window->Rect();
- bb.Expand(distance);
- if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y)
- bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward
- if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
- window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd();
- window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size);
- window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f);
- window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
- }
-}
-
-// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
-void ImGui::EndFrame()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
-
- // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times.
- if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount)
- return;
- IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?");
-
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre);
-
- ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks();
-
- // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
- ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData;
- if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y);
- ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
- g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data);
- }
-
- // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
- g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false;
- if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed)
- g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
- End();
-
- // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests
- NavEndFrame();
-
- // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted)
- if (g.DragDropActive)
- {
- bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery;
- bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton));
- if (is_delivered || is_elapsed)
- ClearDragDrop();
- }
-
- // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing.
- if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
- {
- g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
- SetTooltip("...");
- g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
- }
-
- // End frame
- g.WithinFrameScope = false;
- g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
-
- // Initiate moving window + handle left-click and right-click focus
- UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame();
-
- // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
- // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet
- g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0);
- g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- {
- if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it
- continue;
- AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window);
- }
-
- // This usually assert if there is a mismatch between the ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow / ParentWindow values and DC.ChildWindows[] in parents, aka we've done something wrong.
- IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.Size);
- g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsTempSortBuffer);
- g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount;
-
- // Unlock font atlas
- g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false;
-
- // Clear Input data for next frame
- g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
- g.IO.AppFocusLost = false;
- g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f;
- g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0);
-
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost);
-}
-
-// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData()
-// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all:
-// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend)
-void ImGui::Render()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
-
- if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
- EndFrame();
- if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount)
- return;
- g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
-
- g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0;
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre);
-
- // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds
- RenderDimmedBackgrounds();
-
- // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- {
- InitViewportDrawData(viewport);
- if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL)
- AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport));
- }
-
- // Add ImDrawList to render
- ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2];
- windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL;
- windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL);
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- {
- IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'"
- if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1])
- AddRootWindowToDrawData(window);
- }
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_top_most); n++)
- if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window
- AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]);
-
- // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag
- if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
- RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48));
-
- // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user
- g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0;
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- {
- FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder);
-
- // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport)
- if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL)
- AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport));
-
- // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch).
- ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP;
- IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount);
- for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists)
- draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
-
- g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount;
- g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount;
- }
-
- CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost);
-}
-
-// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
-// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- const char* text_display_end;
- if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
- text_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string
- else
- text_display_end = text_end;
-
- ImFont* font = g.Font;
- const float font_size = g.FontSize;
- if (text == text_display_end)
- return ImVec2(0.0f, font_size);
- ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
-
- // Round
- // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out.
- // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g.
- // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c
- // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html
- text_size.x = IM_TRUNC(text_size.x + 0.99999f);
-
- return text_size;
-}
-
-// Find window given position, search front-to-back
-// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically
-// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is
-// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected.
-static void FindHoveredWindow()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL;
- ImGuiWindow* hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = NULL;
- if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
- hovered_window = g.MovingWindow;
-
- ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding;
- ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular;
- for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
- IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
- if (!window->Active || window->Hidden)
- continue;
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)
- continue;
-
- // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always)
- ImVec2 hit_padding = (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? padding_regular : padding_for_resize;
- if (!window->OuterRectClipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, hit_padding))
- continue;
-
- // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window
- // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512)
- if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0)
- {
- ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y);
- ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y);
- if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos))
- continue;
- }
-
- if (hovered_window == NULL)
- hovered_window = window;
- IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer.
- if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow))
- hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window;
- if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window)
- break;
- }
-
- g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window;
- g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.ActiveId)
- return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID;
- return false;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemActivated()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.ActiveId)
- if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID)
- return true;
- return false;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated)
- return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0;
- return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore));
-}
-
-// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID()
-bool ImGui::IsItemFocused()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0)
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()!
-// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc.
-bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button)
-{
- return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false;
-}
-
-// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
-// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
-// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.HoveredId != 0 || g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.ActiveId != 0;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsItemEdited()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0;
-}
-
-// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items.
-// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames,
-// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled.
-void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap;
-}
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
-// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead.
-void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
- if (g.HoveredId == id)
- g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
- if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id.
- g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
-}
-#endif
-
-// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function.
-void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0);
- g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1;
- g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true;
- NavMoveRequestCancel();
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.LastItemData.ID;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize();
-}
-
-// Prior to v1.90 2023/10/16, the BeginChild() function took a 'bool border = false' parameter instead of 'ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0'.
-// ImGuiChildFlags_Border is defined as always == 1 in order to allow old code passing 'true'. Read comments in imgui.h for details!
-bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
-{
- ImGuiID id = GetCurrentWindow()->GetID(str_id);
- return BeginChildEx(str_id, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
-{
- return BeginChildEx(NULL, id, size_arg, child_flags, window_flags);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiChildFlags child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
-
- // Sanity check as it is likely that some user will accidentally pass ImGuiWindowFlags into the ImGuiChildFlags argument.
- const ImGuiChildFlags ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_ = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle;
- IM_UNUSED(ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_);
- IM_ASSERT((child_flags & ~ImGuiChildFlags_SupportedMask_) == 0 && "Illegal ImGuiChildFlags value. Did you pass ImGuiWindowFlags values instead of ImGuiChildFlags?");
- IM_ASSERT((window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0 && "Cannot specify ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize for BeginChild(). Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
- if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
- {
- IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0 && "Cannot use ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
- IM_ASSERT((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)) != 0 && "Must use ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize!");
- }
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding)
- child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
-#endif
- if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX)
- child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX;
- if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY)
- child_flags &= ~ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY;
-
- // Set window flags
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
- window_flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag
- if (child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
- if ((child_flags & (ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) == 0)
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
-
- // Special framed style
- if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
- {
- PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
- PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, g.Style.FrameRounding);
- PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
- PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.FramePadding);
- child_flags |= ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding;
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
- }
-
- // Forward child flags
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags;
- g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags;
-
- // Forward size
- // Important: Begin() has special processing to switch condition to ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver for a given axis when ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeXXX is set.
- // (the alternative would to store conditional flags per axis, which is possible but more code)
- const ImVec2 size_avail = GetContentRegionAvail();
- const ImVec2 size_default((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX) ? 0.0f : size_avail.x, (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY) ? 0.0f : size_avail.y);
- const ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, size_default.x, size_default.y);
- SetNextWindowSize(size);
-
- // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value.
- // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround.
- // e.g. "ParentName###ParentIdentifier/ChildName###ChildIdentifier" would get hashed incorrectly by ImHashStr(), trailing _%08X somehow fixes it.
- const char* temp_window_name;
- /*if (name && parent_window->IDStack.back() == parent_window->ID)
- ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); // May omit ID if in root of ID stack
- else*/
- if (name)
- ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id);
- else
- ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id);
-
- // Set style
- const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize;
- if ((child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_Border) == 0)
- g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f;
-
- // Begin into window
- const bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, window_flags);
-
- // Restore style
- g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size;
- if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
- {
- PopStyleVar(3);
- PopStyleColor();
- }
-
- ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
- child_window->ChildId = id;
-
- // Set the cursor to handle case where the user called SetNextWindowPos()+BeginChild() manually.
- // While this is not really documented/defined, it seems that the expected thing to do.
- if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
- parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos;
-
- // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame
- // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigable items or (B) it can be scrolled.
- const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id);
- if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation)
- ClearActiveID();
- if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY))
- {
- FocusWindow(child_window);
- NavInitWindow(child_window, false);
- SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item
- g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource;
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndChild()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
- IM_ASSERT(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() calls
-
- g.WithinEndChild = true;
- ImVec2 child_size = child_window->Size;
- End();
- if (child_window->BeginCount == 1)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + child_size);
- ItemSize(child_size);
- if ((child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
- {
- ItemAdd(bb, child_window->ChildId);
- RenderNavHighlight(bb, child_window->ChildId);
-
- // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying)
- if (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && child_window == g.NavWindow)
- RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact);
- }
- else
- {
- // Not navigable into
- ItemAdd(bb, 0);
-
- // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly
- if (child_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
- parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
- }
- if (g.HoveredWindow == child_window)
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
- }
- g.WithinEndChild = false;
- g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
-}
-
-static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled)
-{
- window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags);
- window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ~flags);
- window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & ~flags);
-}
-
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (ImGuiWindow*)g.WindowsById.GetVoidPtr(id);
-}
-
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name)
-{
- ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
- return FindWindowByID(id);
-}
-
-static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
-{
- window->Pos = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y));
- if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0)
- window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y));
- window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
-}
-
-static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0);
- const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild;
- if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window));
- g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window);
- window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1);
- }
- else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window);
- for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++)
- g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
- g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder);
- window->FocusOrder = -1;
- }
- window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child;
-}
-
-static void InitOrLoadWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
-{
- // Initial window state with e.g. default/arbitrary window position
- // Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
- const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
- window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60);
- window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0, 0);
- window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing;
-
- if (settings != NULL)
- {
- SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false);
- ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
- }
- window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values
-
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
- {
- window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
- window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
- }
- else
- {
- if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
- window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
- if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
- window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
- window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
- }
-}
-
-static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
- // Create window the first time
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags);
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = IM_NEW(ImGuiWindow)(&g, name);
- window->Flags = flags;
- g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window);
-
- ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = NULL;
- if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
- if ((settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window)) != 0)
- window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
-
- InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, settings);
-
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
- g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
- else
- g.Windows.push_back(window);
-
- return window;
-}
-
-static inline ImVec2 CalcWindowMinSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- // We give windows non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups)
- // FIXME: Essentially we want to restrict manual resizing to WindowMinSize+Decoration, and allow api resizing to be smaller.
- // Perhaps should tend further a neater test for this.
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImVec2 size_min;
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
- {
- size_min.x = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
- size_min.y = (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
- }
- else
- {
- size_min.x = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.x : 4.0f;
- size_min.y = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) == 0) ? g.Style.WindowMinSize.y : 4.0f;
- }
-
- // Reduce artifacts with very small windows
- ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = window;
- size_min.y = ImMax(size_min.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f));
- return size_min;
-}
-
-static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImVec2 new_size = size_desired;
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)
- {
- // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max.
- ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect;
- new_size.x = (cr.Min.x >= 0 && cr.Max.x >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.x, cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x) : window->SizeFull.x;
- new_size.y = (cr.Min.y >= 0 && cr.Max.y >= 0) ? ImClamp(new_size.y, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y) : window->SizeFull.y;
- if (g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback)
- {
- ImGuiSizeCallbackData data;
- data.UserData = g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData;
- data.Pos = window->Pos;
- data.CurrentSize = window->SizeFull;
- data.DesiredSize = new_size;
- g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback(&data);
- new_size = data.DesiredSize;
- }
- new_size.x = IM_TRUNC(new_size.x);
- new_size.y = IM_TRUNC(new_size.y);
- }
-
- // Minimum size
- ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
- return ImMax(new_size, size_min);
-}
-
-static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal)
-{
- bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false;
- if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
- preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
- else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
- preserve_old_content_sizes = true;
- if (preserve_old_content_sizes)
- {
- *content_size_current = window->ContentSize;
- *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal;
- return;
- }
-
- content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
- content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
- content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x);
- content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_TRUNC(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y);
-}
-
-static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
- const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
- const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
- ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
- ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars);
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
- {
- // Tooltip always resize
- return size_desired;
- }
- else
- {
- // Maximum window size is determined by the viewport size or monitor size
- ImVec2 size_min = CalcWindowMinSize(window);
- ImVec2 size_max = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) : ImGui::GetMainViewport()->WorkSize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f;
- ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, size_max);
-
- // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small),
- // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding.
- ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
- bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
- bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar);
- if (will_have_scrollbar_x)
- size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
- if (will_have_scrollbar_y)
- size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
- return size_auto_fit;
- }
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImVec2 size_contents_current;
- ImVec2 size_contents_ideal;
- CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal);
- ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal);
- ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
- return size_final;
-}
-
-static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
- return ImGuiCol_PopupBg;
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- return ImGuiCol_ChildBg;
- return ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
-}
-
-static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& corner_target, const ImVec2& corner_norm, ImVec2* out_pos, ImVec2* out_size)
-{
- ImVec2 pos_min = ImLerp(corner_target, window->Pos, corner_norm); // Expected window upper-left
- ImVec2 pos_max = ImLerp(window->Pos + window->Size, corner_target, corner_norm); // Expected window lower-right
- ImVec2 size_expected = pos_max - pos_min;
- ImVec2 size_constrained = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_expected);
- *out_pos = pos_min;
- if (corner_norm.x == 0.0f)
- out_pos->x -= (size_constrained.x - size_expected.x);
- if (corner_norm.y == 0.0f)
- out_pos->y -= (size_constrained.y - size_expected.y);
- *out_size = size_constrained;
-}
-
-// Data for resizing from resize grip / corner
-struct ImGuiResizeGripDef
-{
- ImVec2 CornerPosN;
- ImVec2 InnerDir;
- int AngleMin12, AngleMax12;
-};
-static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] =
-{
- { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right
- { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left
- { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused)
- { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 } // Upper-right (Unused)
-};
-
-// Data for resizing from borders
-struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef
-{
- ImVec2 InnerDir; // Normal toward inside
- ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; // End positions, normalized (0,0: upper left)
- float OuterAngle; // Angle toward outside
-};
-static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] =
-{
- { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left
- { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right
- { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up
- { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f } // Down
-};
-
-static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness)
-{
- ImRect rect = window->Rect();
- if (thickness == 0.0f)
- rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1);
- if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
- if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); }
- if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); }
- if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); }
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return ImRect();
-}
-
-// 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused)
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4);
- ImGuiID id = window->ID;
- id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
- id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
- return id;
-}
-
-// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down)
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4);
- int n = (int)dir + 4;
- ImGuiID id = window->ID;
- id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id);
- id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id);
- return id;
-}
-
-// Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
-// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip)
-static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_hovered, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
-
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
- return false;
- if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window.
- return false;
-
- int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00;
- const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
- const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f);
- const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f;
-
- ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect;
- const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
- if (window_move_from_title_bar)
- clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight();
-
- ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
- ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
-
- // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1
- window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
-
- // Manual resize grips
- PushID("#RESIZE");
- for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
- {
- const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
- const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN);
-
- // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window
- bool hovered, held;
- ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size);
- if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x);
- if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y);
- ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID()
- ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
- ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
- //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- if (hovered || held)
- g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
-
- if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
- {
- // Auto-fit when double-clicking
- size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit);
- ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises
- ClearActiveID();
- }
- else if (held)
- {
- // Resize from any of the four corners
- // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position
- ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
- ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
- ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip
- corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
- CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target);
- }
-
- // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating
- if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered)
- resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
- }
-
- int resize_border_mask = 0x00;
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- resize_border_mask |= ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? 0x02 : 0) | ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? 0x08 : 0);
- else
- resize_border_mask = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 0x0F : 0x00;
- for (int border_n = 0; border_n < 4; border_n++)
- {
- if ((resize_border_mask & (1 << border_n)) == 0)
- continue;
- const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
- const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y;
-
- bool hovered, held;
- ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
- ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID()
- ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav);
- ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus);
- //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- if (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer <= WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER)
- hovered = false;
- if (hovered || held)
- g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS;
- if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
- {
- // Double-clicking bottom or right border auto-fit on this axis
- // FIXME: Support top and right borders: rework CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner() to be reusable in both cases.
- if (border_n == 1 || border_n == 3) // Right and bottom border
- {
- size_target[axis] = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit)[axis];
- ret_auto_fit_mask |= (1 << axis);
- hovered = held = false; // So border doesn't show highlighted at new position
- }
- ClearActiveID();
- }
- else if (held)
- {
- // Switch to relative resizing mode when border geometry moved (e.g. resizing a child altering parent scroll), in order to avoid resizing feedback loop.
- // Currently only using relative mode on resizable child windows, as the problem to solve is more likely noticeable for them, but could apply for all windows eventually.
- // FIXME: May want to generalize this idiom at lower-level, so more widgets can use it!
- const bool just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing = (g.WheelingWindow != NULL && g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame == g.FrameCount && IsWindowChildOf(window, g.WheelingWindow, false));
- if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated || just_scrolled_manually_while_resizing)
- {
- g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = border_rect;
- g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = false;
- }
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && memcmp(&g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect, &border_rect, sizeof(ImRect)) != 0)
- g.WindowResizeRelativeMode = true;
-
- const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size);
- const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis];
- const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above.
-
- // Use absolute mode position
- ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos;
- border_target[axis] = border_target_abs_mode_for_axis;
-
- // Use relative mode target for child window, ignore resize when moving back toward the ideal absolute position.
- bool ignore_resize = false;
- if (g.WindowResizeRelativeMode)
- {
- //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(GetMainViewport()->WorkPos, IM_COL32_WHITE, "Relative Mode");
- border_target[axis] = border_target_rel_mode_for_axis;
- if (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] == 0.0f || (g.IO.MouseDelta[axis] > 0.0f) == (border_target_rel_mode_for_axis > border_target_abs_mode_for_axis))
- ignore_resize = true;
- }
-
- // Clamp, apply
- ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX);
- ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX);
- border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max);
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) // Clamp resizing of childs within parent
- {
- if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar)) == 0 || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
- border_target.x = ImClamp(border_target.x, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Min.x, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Max.x);
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)
- border_target.y = ImClamp(border_target.y, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Min.y, window->ParentWindow->InnerClipRect.Max.y);
- }
- if (!ignore_resize)
- CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target);
- }
- if (hovered)
- *border_hovered = border_n;
- if (held)
- *border_held = border_n;
- }
- PopID();
-
- // Restore nav layer
- window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
-
- // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad)
- // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user.
- // Not even sure the callback works here.
- if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window)
- {
- ImVec2 nav_resize_dir;
- if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift)
- nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
- if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
- nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown);
- if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f)
- {
- const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f;
- const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step;
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
- resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive);
- ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize);
- if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
- {
- // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck.
- size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored);
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Apply back modified position/size to window
- const ImVec2 curr_pos = window->Pos;
- const ImVec2 curr_size = window->SizeFull;
- if (size_target.x != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.x != size_target.x || window->SizeFull.x != size_target.x))
- window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = size_target.x;
- if (size_target.y != FLT_MAX && (window->Size.y != size_target.y || window->SizeFull.y != size_target.y))
- window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = size_target.y;
- if (pos_target.x != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.x != ImTrunc(pos_target.x))
- window->Pos.x = ImTrunc(pos_target.x);
- if (pos_target.y != FLT_MAX && window->Pos.y != ImTrunc(pos_target.y))
- window->Pos.y = ImTrunc(pos_target.y);
- if (curr_pos.x != window->Pos.x || curr_pos.y != window->Pos.y || curr_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || curr_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
- MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
-
- // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates
- if (*border_held != -1)
- g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING);
-
- return ret_auto_fit_mask;
-}
-
-static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size;
- if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- size_for_clamping.y = window->TitleBarHeight();
- window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max);
-}
-
-static void RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, ImU32 border_col, float border_size)
-{
- const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n];
- const float rounding = window->WindowRounding;
- const ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, rounding, 0.0f);
- window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle);
- window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f);
- window->DrawList->PathStroke(border_col, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size);
-}
-
-static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
- const ImU32 border_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border);
- if (border_size > 0.0f && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground) == 0)
- window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, border_col, window->WindowRounding, 0, window->WindowBorderSize);
- else if (border_size > 0.0f)
- {
- if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) // Similar code as 'resize_border_mask' computation in UpdateWindowManualResize() but we specifically only always draw explicit child resize border.
- RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 1, border_col, border_size);
- if (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)
- RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, 3, border_col, border_size);
- }
- if (window->ResizeBorderHovered != -1 || window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1)
- {
- const int border_n = (window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? window->ResizeBorderHeld : window->ResizeBorderHovered;
- const ImU32 border_col_resizing = GetColorU32((window->ResizeBorderHeld != -1) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered);
- RenderWindowOuterSingleBorder(window, border_n, border_col_resizing, ImMax(2.0f, window->WindowBorderSize)); // Thicker than usual
- }
- if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- {
- float y = window->Pos.y + window->TitleBarHeight() - 1;
- window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(window->Pos.x + border_size, y), ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - border_size, y), border_col, g.Style.FrameBorderSize);
- }
-}
-
-// Draw background and borders
-// Draw and handle scrollbars
-void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
- ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
-
- // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems
- IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0);
- window->SkipItems = false;
-
- // Draw window + handle manual resize
- // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame.
- const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding;
- const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize;
- if (window->Collapsed)
- {
- // Title bar only
- const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize;
- g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize;
- ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed);
- RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding);
- g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size;
- }
- else
- {
- // Window background
- if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground))
- {
- ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window));
- bool override_alpha = false;
- float alpha = 1.0f;
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha)
- {
- alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal;
- override_alpha = true;
- }
- if (override_alpha)
- bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT);
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom);
- }
-
- // Title bar
- if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- {
- ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg);
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
- }
-
- // Menu bar
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
- {
- ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
- menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them.
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop);
- if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y)
- window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize);
- }
-
- // Scrollbars
- if (window->ScrollbarX)
- Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_X);
- if (window->ScrollbarY)
- Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis_Y);
-
- // Render resize grips (after their input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
- if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
- {
- for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++)
- {
- const ImU32 col = resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n];
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- continue;
- const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n];
- const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN);
- window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size) : ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size)));
- window->DrawList->PathLineTo(corner + grip.InnerDir * ((resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImVec2(resize_grip_draw_size, window_border_size) : ImVec2(window_border_size, resize_grip_draw_size)));
- window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(corner.x + grip.InnerDir.x * (window_rounding + window_border_size), corner.y + grip.InnerDir.y * (window_rounding + window_border_size)), window_rounding, grip.AngleMin12, grip.AngleMax12);
- window->DrawList->PathFillConvex(col);
- }
- }
-
- // Borders
- if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips)
- RenderWindowOuterBorders(window);
- }
-}
-
-// Render title text, collapse button, close button
-void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
- ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
-
- const bool has_close_button = (p_open != NULL);
- const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None);
-
- // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer)
- // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref?
- const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags;
- g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus;
- window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
-
- // Layout buttons
- // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code.
- float pad_l = style.FramePadding.x;
- float pad_r = style.FramePadding.x;
- float button_sz = g.FontSize;
- ImVec2 close_button_pos;
- ImVec2 collapse_button_pos;
- if (has_close_button)
- {
- close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
- pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- }
- if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right)
- {
- collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
- pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- }
- if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left)
- {
- collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y);
- pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- }
-
- // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback)
- if (has_collapse_button)
- if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), collapse_button_pos))
- window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer actual collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function
-
- // Close button
- if (has_close_button)
- if (CloseButton(window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos))
- *p_open = false;
-
- window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
- g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup;
-
- // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker)
- // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code..
- const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f;
- const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f);
-
- // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button,
- // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly.
- if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x)
- pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x)
- pad_r += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- if (style.WindowTitleAlign.x > 0.0f && style.WindowTitleAlign.x < 1.0f)
- {
- float centerness = ImSaturate(1.0f - ImFabs(style.WindowTitleAlign.x - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // 0.0f on either edges, 1.0f on center
- float pad_extend = ImMin(ImMax(pad_l, pad_r), title_bar_rect.GetWidth() - pad_l - pad_r - text_size.x);
- pad_l = ImMax(pad_l, pad_extend * centerness);
- pad_r = ImMax(pad_r, pad_extend * centerness);
- }
-
- ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y);
- ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y);
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)
- {
- ImVec2 marker_pos;
- marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x);
- marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f;
- if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x)
- {
- RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
- clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f));
- }
- }
- //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
- //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG]
- RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r);
-}
-
-void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window)
-{
- window->ParentWindow = parent_window;
- window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window;
- if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
- window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow;
- if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
- window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree;
- if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
- window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight;
- while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow != NULL);
- window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow;
- }
-}
-
-// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)
-// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack.
-// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent.
-// - WindowA // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1
-// - WindowB // .. returns Modal1
-// - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2
-// - WindowC // .. returns Modal2
-// - WindowD // .. returns Modal2
-// - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2
-// - WindowE // .. returns NULL
-// Notes:
-// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL.
-// Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unecessary.
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0)
- return NULL;
-
- // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal.
- for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window;
- if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
- continue;
- if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows.
- continue;
- if (window == NULL) // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click.
- return popup_window;
- if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window may be over modal
- continue;
- return popup_window; // Place window right below first block modal
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to.
-// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
-// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
-// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
-// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
-// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
-// - Passing 'bool* p_open' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
-bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
- IM_ASSERT(name != NULL && name[0] != '\0'); // Window name required
- IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
- IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
-
- // Find or create
- ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
- const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL);
- if (window_just_created)
- window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags);
-
- // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
- if (g.DebugBreakInWindow == window->ID)
- IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
-
- // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
- flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
-
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)
- IM_ASSERT(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow);
-
- const int current_frame = g.FrameCount;
- const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
- window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow);
-
- // Update the Appearing flag
- bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
- {
- ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
- window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed
- window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window);
- }
- window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user;
- if (window->Appearing)
- SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true);
-
- // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields
- if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
- {
- UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags);
- window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
- window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0;
- window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
- window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time;
- window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0;
- window->BeginOrderWithinContext = (short)(g.WindowsActiveCount++);
- }
- else
- {
- flags = window->Flags;
- }
-
- // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window;
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
-
- // We allow window memory to be compacted so recreate the base stack when needed.
- if (window->IDStack.Size == 0)
- window->IDStack.push_back(window->ID);
-
- // Add to stack
- g.CurrentWindow = window;
- ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data;
- window_stack_data.Window = window;
- window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData;
- window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToContextState(&g);
- g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data);
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
- g.BeginMenuDepth++;
-
- // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow)
- if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
- {
- UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window);
- window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack;
-
- // There's little point to expose a flag to set this: because the interesting cases won't be using parent_window_in_stack,
- // e.g. linking a tool window in a standalone viewport to a document window, regardless of their Begin() stack parenting. (#6798)
- window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL;
- }
-
- // Add to focus scope stack
- PushFocusScope((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) ? g.CurrentFocusScopeId : window->ID);
- window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
-
- // Add to popup stack
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
- {
- ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size];
- popup_ref.Window = window;
- popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
- g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
- window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId;
- }
-
- // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
- // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components
- bool window_pos_set_by_api = false;
- bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false;
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos)
- {
- window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0;
- if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f)
- {
- // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
- // FIXME: Look into removing the branch so everything can go through this same code path for consistency.
- window->SetWindowPosVal = g.NextWindowData.PosVal;
- window->SetWindowPosPivot = g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal;
- window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
- }
- else
- {
- SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond);
- }
- }
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)
- {
- window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f);
- window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f);
- if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0) // Axis-specific conditions for BeginChild()
- g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x = window->SizeFull.x;
- if ((window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) == 0)
- g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y;
- SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond);
- }
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll)
- {
- if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f)
- {
- window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x;
- window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
- }
- if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f)
- {
- window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y;
- window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
- }
- }
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize)
- window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal;
- else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
- window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed)
- SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond);
- if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus)
- FocusWindow(window);
- if (window->Appearing)
- SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false);
-
- // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow()
- g.CurrentWindow = NULL;
-
- // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
- if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
- {
- // Initialize
- const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345)
- const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
- window->Active = true;
- window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL);
- window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX);
- window->IDStack.resize(1);
- window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame();
- window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1;
-
- // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid
- if (window->MemoryCompacted)
- GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(window);
-
- // Update stored window name when it changes (which can _only_ happen with the "###" operator, so the ID would stay unchanged).
- // The title bar always display the 'name' parameter, so we only update the string storage if it needs to be visible to the end-user elsewhere.
- bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false;
- if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB
- window_title_visible_elsewhere = true;
- if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0)
- {
- size_t buf_len = (size_t)window->NameBufLen;
- window->Name = ImStrdupcpy(window->Name, &buf_len, name);
- window->NameBufLen = (int)buf_len;
- }
-
- // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS
-
- // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size)
- CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal);
- if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)
- window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--;
- if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)
- window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--;
- if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0)
- window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--;
-
- // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size
- if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api))
- window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
-
- // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows)
- // We reset Size/ContentSize for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size.
- if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0)
- {
- window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
- {
- if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
- window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f;
- if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
- window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f;
- window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
- }
- }
-
- // SELECT VIEWPORT
- // FIXME-VIEWPORT: In the docking/viewport branch, this is the point where we select the current viewport (which may affect the style)
-
- ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport();
- SetWindowViewport(window, viewport);
- SetCurrentWindow(window);
-
- // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
-
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize;
- else
- window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize;
- window->WindowPadding = style.WindowPadding;
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding) && window->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f)
- window->WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? style.WindowPadding.y : 0.0f);
-
- // Lock menu offset so size calculation can use it as menu-bar windows need a minimum size.
- window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x);
- window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y;
-
- bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created;
- bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created;
-
- // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
- // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
- if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
- {
- // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar.
- ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
- if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2)
- window->WantCollapseToggle = true;
- if (window->WantCollapseToggle)
- {
- window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
- if (!window->Collapsed)
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
- MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- window->Collapsed = false;
- }
- window->WantCollapseToggle = false;
-
- // SIZE
-
- // Outer Decoration Sizes
- // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations).
- const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes;
- window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f;
- window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f;
- window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight();
- window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f;
- window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-
- // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize
- const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal);
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed)
- {
- // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc.
- if (!window_size_x_set_by_api)
- {
- window->SizeFull.x = size_auto_fit.x;
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
- }
- if (!window_size_y_set_by_api)
- {
- window->SizeFull.y = size_auto_fit.y;
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
- }
- }
- else if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
- {
- // Auto-fit may only grow window during the first few frames
- // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width, but otherwise don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
- if (!window_size_x_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
- {
- window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
- }
- if (!window_size_y_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
- {
- window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
- }
- if (!window->Collapsed)
- MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
- }
-
- // Apply minimum/maximum window size constraints and final size
- window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull);
- window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull;
-
- // POSITION
-
- // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame
- if (window_just_activated_by_user)
- {
- window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None;
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos()
- window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos;
- }
-
- // Position child window
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(parent_window && parent_window->Active);
- window->BeginOrderWithinParent = (short)parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
- parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
- if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
- window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
- }
-
- const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0);
- if (window_pos_with_pivot)
- SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering)
- else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0)
- window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
- else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize)
- window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
- else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && !window_is_child_tooltip)
- window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window);
-
- // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding)
- // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect.
- ImRect viewport_rect(viewport->GetMainRect());
- ImRect viewport_work_rect(viewport->GetWorkRect());
- ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
- ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding);
-
- // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor
- // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
- if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
- if (viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0.0f && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f)
- ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect);
- window->Pos = ImTrunc(window->Pos);
-
- // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies)
- // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
- window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding;
-
- // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts.
- //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- // window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
-
- // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front)
- bool want_focus = false;
- if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
- {
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
- want_focus = true;
- else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) == 0)
- want_focus = true;
- }
-
- // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations)
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- if (g.TestEngineHookItems)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1);
- window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself.
- IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->ID, window->Rect(), NULL);
- IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0);
- window->IDStack.Size = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad
- int border_hovered = -1, border_held = -1;
- ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {};
- const int resize_grip_count = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? 0 : g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it.
- const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f));
- if (!window->Collapsed)
- if (int auto_fit_mask = UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_hovered, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect))
- {
- if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_X))
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = true;
- if (auto_fit_mask & (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y))
- use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true;
- }
- window->ResizeBorderHovered = (signed char)border_hovered;
- window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held;
-
- // SCROLLBAR VISIBILITY
-
- // Update scrollbar visibility (based on the Size that was effective during last frame or the auto-resized Size).
- if (!window->Collapsed)
- {
- // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied.
- // Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes.
- // And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet.
- ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2));
- ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame;
- ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f;
- float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x;
- float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y;
- //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons?
- window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar));
- window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar));
- if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY)
- window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
- window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
-
- // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values.
- window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
- window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
- }
-
- // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
- // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function.
- // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame.
-
- // Outer rectangle
- // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
- // - FindHoveredWindow() (w/ extra padding when border resize is enabled)
- // - Begin() initial clipping rect for drawing window background and borders.
- // - Begin() clipping whole child
- const ImRect host_rect = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) ? parent_window->ClipRect : viewport_rect;
- const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect();
- const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
- window->OuterRectClipped = outer_rect;
- window->OuterRectClipped.ClipWith(host_rect);
-
- // Inner rectangle
- // Not affected by window border size. Used by:
- // - InnerClipRect
- // - ScrollToRectEx()
- // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
- // - Scrollbar()
- window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
- window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
- window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2;
- window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2;
-
- // Inner clipping rectangle.
- // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region.
- // This is to allow e.g. Selectable or CollapsingHeader or some separators to cover that space.
- // Force round operator last to ensure that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render code produce correct result.
- // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with an inverted (~null) clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
- // Affected by window/frame border size. Used by:
- // - Begin() initial clip rect
- float top_border_size = (((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? style.FrameBorderSize : window->WindowBorderSize);
- window->InnerClipRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.x + ImMax(ImTrunc(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));
- window->InnerClipRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Min.y + top_border_size);
- window->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.x - ImMax(ImTrunc(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f), window->WindowBorderSize));
- window->InnerClipRect.Max.y = ImTrunc(0.5f + window->InnerRect.Max.y - window->WindowBorderSize);
- window->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_rect);
-
- // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
- if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
- else
- window->ItemWidthDefault = ImTrunc(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
-
- // SCROLLING
-
- // Lock down maximum scrolling
- // The value of ScrollMax are ahead from ScrollbarX/ScrollbarY which is intentionally using InnerRect from previous rect in order to accommodate
- // for right/bottom aligned items without creating a scrollbar.
- window->ScrollMax.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetWidth());
- window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
-
- // Apply scrolling
- window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
- window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
- window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f;
-
- // DRAWING
-
- // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle
- IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0);
- window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
- PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false);
-
- // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71)
- // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order.
- // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493)
- {
- bool render_decorations_in_parent = false;
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip)
- {
- // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here)
- // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs
- ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL;
- bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false;
- bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0);
- if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping)
- render_decorations_in_parent = true;
- }
- if (render_decorations_in_parent)
- window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList;
-
- // Handle title bar, scrollbar, resize grips and resize borders
- const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow;
- const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
- const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = true; // This exists to facilitate merge with 'docking' branch.
- RenderWindowDecorations(window, title_bar_rect, title_bar_is_highlight, handle_borders_and_resize_grips, resize_grip_count, resize_grip_col, resize_grip_draw_size);
-
- if (render_decorations_in_parent)
- window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst;
- }
-
- // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING)
-
- // Work rectangle.
- // Affected by window padding and border size. Used by:
- // - Columns() for right-most edge
- // - TreeNode(), CollapsingHeader() for right-most edge
- // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge
- const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
- const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
- const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
- const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
- window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize));
- window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImTrunc(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize));
- window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x;
- window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y;
- window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect;
-
- // [LEGACY] Content Region
- // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it.
- // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling.
- // Used by:
- // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things
- window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1;
- window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
- window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2)));
- window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)));
-
- // Setup drawing context
- // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.)
- window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
- window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f;
- window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f;
-
- // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount.
- // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64.
- double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
- double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1;
- window->DC.CursorStartPos = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y);
- window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y));
- window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
- window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
- window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
- window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
- window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
-
- window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
- window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext;
- window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00;
- window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true;
- window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false;
- window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f);
-
- window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
- window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user);
- window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
- window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00;
- window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
- window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
- window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL;
- window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
- window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
-
- window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
- window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
- window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
- window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
- window->DC.ModalDimBgColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg));
-
- if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
- window->AutoFitFramesX--;
- if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
- window->AutoFitFramesY--;
-
- // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there)
- // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to:
- // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed.
- // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window.
- if (want_focus)
- FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal);
- if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow)
- NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls
-
- // Title bar
- if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open);
-
- // Clear hit test shape every frame
- window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0;
-
- // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
- // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
- // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
- /*
- //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0)
- if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)
- if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
- LogToClipboard();
- */
-
- // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin().
- // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc.
- SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect);
-
- // [DEBUG]
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId))
- DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
-#endif
-
- // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab with MoveId.
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
- IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.ID, g.LastItemData.Rect, &g.LastItemData);
-#endif
- }
- else
- {
- // Append
- SetCurrentWindow(window);
- }
-
- PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true);
-
- // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused)
- window->WriteAccessed = false;
- window->BeginCount++;
- g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags();
-
- // Update visibility
- if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
- {
- if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
- {
- // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
- // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar).
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
- const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav);
- if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request)
- if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y)
- {
- if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
- window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
- else
- window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
- }
-
- // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed
- if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0))
- window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
- if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0))
- window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1;
- }
-
- // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point)
- if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
- window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
-
- // Update the Hidden flag
- bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0);
- window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0);
-
- // Disable inputs for requested number of frames
- if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0)
- {
- window->DisableInputsFrames--;
- window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs;
- }
-
- // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required)
- bool skip_items = false;
- if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular)
- if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0)
- skip_items = true;
- window->SkipItems = skip_items;
- }
-
- // [DEBUG] io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue override return value to test Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
- // (The implicit fallback window is NOT automatically ended allowing it to always be able to receive commands without crashing)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (!window->IsFallbackWindow)
- if ((g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce && window_just_created) || (g.IO.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop && g.DebugBeginReturnValueCullDepth == g.CurrentWindowStack.Size))
- {
- if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesX++; }
- if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) { window->AutoFitFramesY++; }
- return false;
- }
-#endif
-
- return !window->SkipItems;
-}
-
-void ImGui::End()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- // Error checking: verify that user hasn't called End() too many times!
- if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size <= 1 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow)
- {
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1, "Calling End() too many times!");
- return;
- }
- IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0);
-
- // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window.
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!");
-
- // Close anything that is open
- if (window->DC.CurrentColumns)
- EndColumns();
- PopClipRect(); // Inner window clip rectangle
- PopFocusScope();
-
- // Stop logging
- if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
- LogFinish();
-
- if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
- ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
-
- // Pop from window stack
- g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup;
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
- g.BeginMenuDepth--;
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
- g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back();
- g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithContextState(&g);
- g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
- SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window);
-}
-
-void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow);
-
- const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder;
- IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window);
- if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window)
- return;
-
- const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
- for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++)
- {
- g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1];
- g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--;
- IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n);
- }
- g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window;
- window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order;
-}
-
-void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back();
- if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) // Cheap early out (could be better)
- return;
- for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window
- if (g.Windows[i] == window)
- {
- memmove(&g.Windows[i], &g.Windows[i + 1], (size_t)(g.Windows.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
- g.Windows[g.Windows.Size - 1] = window;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.Windows[0] == window)
- return;
- for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
- if (g.Windows[i] == window)
- {
- memmove(&g.Windows[1], &g.Windows[0], (size_t)i * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*));
- g.Windows[0] = window;
- break;
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL);
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- window = window->RootWindow;
- behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow;
- int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window);
- int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window);
- if (pos_wnd < pos_beh)
- {
- size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
- memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes);
- g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window;
- }
- else
- {
- size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*);
- memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes);
- g.Windows[pos_beh] = window;
- }
-}
-
-int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window));
-}
-
-// Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
-void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Modal check?
- if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case.
- if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window))
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "", blocking_modal->Name);
- if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
- BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring to right below modal.
- return;
- }
-
- // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
- if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL)
- window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window);
-
- // Apply focus
- if (g.NavWindow != window)
- {
- SetNavWindow(window);
- if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover)
- g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
- g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId
- g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
- SetNavFocusScope(window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0);
- g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
-
- // Close popups if any
- ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false);
- }
-
- // Move the root window to the top of the pile
- IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindow != NULL);
- ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; // NB: In docking branch this is window->RootWindowDockStop
- ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL;
-
- // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes:
- // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run.
- // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId)
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window)
- if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss)
- ClearActiveID();
-
- // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
- if (!window)
- return;
-
- // Bring to front
- BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window);
- if (((window->Flags | display_front_window->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0)
- BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window);
-}
-
-void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_UNUSED(filter_viewport); // Unused in master branch.
- int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1;
- if (under_this_window != NULL)
- {
- // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640)
- int offset = -1;
- while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- {
- under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow;
- offset = 0;
- }
- start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset;
- }
- for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user.
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
- if (window == ignore_window || !window->WasActive)
- continue;
- if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
- {
- FocusWindow(window, flags);
- return;
- }
- }
- FocusWindow(NULL, flags);
-}
-
-// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only.
-void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
- IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
- g.Font = font;
- g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale);
- g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
-
- ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
- g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
- g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines;
- g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font;
- g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!font)
- font = GetDefaultFont();
- SetCurrentFont(font);
- g.FontStack.push_back(font);
- g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopFont()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
- g.FontStack.pop_back();
- SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? GetDefaultFont() : g.FontStack.back());
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags;
- IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back());
- if (enabled)
- item_flags |= option;
- else
- item_flags &= ~option;
- g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags;
- g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopItemFlag()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack.
- g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
- g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
-}
-
-// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled()
-// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
-// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently.
-// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
-// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
-// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag()
-void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
- if (!was_disabled && disabled)
- {
- g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha;
- g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha);
- }
- if (was_disabled || disabled)
- g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled;
- g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags);
- g.DisabledStackSize++;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndDisabled()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0);
- g.DisabledStackSize--;
- bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0;
- //PopItemFlag();
- g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back();
- g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back();
- if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
- g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar();
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop)
-{
- PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopTabStop()
-{
- PopItemFlag();
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
-{
- PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
-{
- PopItemFlag();
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos);
- window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
- window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
-}
-
-static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL;
- while (last_window != window)
- {
- last_window = window;
- window = window->RootWindow;
- if (popup_hierarchy)
- window = window->RootWindowPopupTree;
- }
- return window;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy);
- if (window_root == potential_parent)
- return true;
- while (window != NULL)
- {
- if (window == potential_parent)
- return true;
- if (window == window_root) // end of chain
- return false;
- window = window->ParentWindow;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent)
-{
- if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent)
- return true;
- while (window != NULL)
- {
- if (window == potential_parent)
- return true;
- window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array
- const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below);
- if (display_layer_delta != 0)
- return display_layer_delta > 0;
-
- for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i];
- if (candidate_window == potential_above)
- return true;
- if (candidate_window == potential_below)
- return false;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-// Is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options.
-// IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app,
-// you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that!
-// Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
-bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags)
-{
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!");
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow;
- ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (ref_window == NULL)
- return false;
-
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
- const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
- cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
-
- bool result;
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
- result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
- else
- result = (ref_window == cur_window);
- if (!result)
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags))
- return false;
- if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem))
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId)
- return false;
-
- // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer.
- // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way
- // to fullfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true
- // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache.
- // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow.
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)
- flags = ApplyHoverFlagsForTooltip(flags, g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse);
- if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID)
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow;
- ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- if (ref_window == NULL)
- return false;
- if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)
- return true;
-
- IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End()
- const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0;
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow)
- cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
-
- if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)
- return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy);
- else
- return (ref_window == cur_window);
-}
-
-// Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext)
-// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically.
-// If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag.
-bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus);
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->Size.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->Size.y;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- return window->Pos;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
- if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
- return;
-
- IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
- window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
- window->SetWindowPosVal = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
-
- // Set
- const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
- window->Pos = ImTrunc(pos);
- ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos;
- if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f)
- return;
- MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
- window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected.
- window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset;
- window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
- SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->Size;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
- if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
- return;
-
- IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
- window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
-
- // Enable auto-fit (not done in BeginChild() path unless appearing or combined with ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
- window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 || window->Appearing || (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
- window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0;
-
- // Set
- ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull;
- if (size.x <= 0.0f)
- window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
- else
- window->SizeFull.x = IM_TRUNC(size.x);
- if (size.y <= 0.0f)
- window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
- else
- window->SizeFull.y = IM_TRUNC(size.y);
- if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y)
- MarkIniSettingsDirty(window);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
- SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
- if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
- return;
- window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing);
-
- // Set
- window->Collapsed = collapsed;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0); // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters
- window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size);
- window->HitTestHoleOffset = ImVec2ih(pos - window->Pos);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- window->Hidden = window->SkipItems = true;
- window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->Collapsed;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->Appearing;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
- SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
-{
- FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
-{
- if (name)
- {
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name))
- FocusWindow(window);
- }
- else
- {
- FocusWindow(NULL);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pivot)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos;
- g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos;
- g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot;
- g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize;
- g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size;
- g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
-}
-
-// For each axis:
-// - Use 0.0f as min or FLT_MAX as max if you don't want limits, e.g. size_min = (500.0f, 0.0f), size_max = (FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX) sets a minimum width.
-// - Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size which itself is a constraint.
-// - See "Demo->Examples->Constrained-resizing window" for examples.
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint;
- g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max);
- g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback;
- g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data;
-}
-
-// Content size = inner scrollable rectangle, padded with WindowPadding.
-// SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(100,100) + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize will always allow submitting a 100x100 item.
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize;
- g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll;
- g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags.
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed;
- g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed;
- g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha;
- g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha;
-}
-
-ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- return window->DrawList;
-}
-
-ImFont* ImGui::GetFont()
-{
- return GImGui->Font;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetFontSize()
-{
- return GImGui->FontSize;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel()
-{
- return GImGui->DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f);
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->FontWindowScale = scale;
- g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiFocusScopeData data;
- data.ID = id;
- data.WindowID = g.CurrentWindow->ID;
- g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(data);
- g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopFocusScope()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.FocusScopeStack.Size == 0)
- {
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0, "Calling PopFocusScope() too many times!");
- return;
- }
- g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back();
- g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back().ID : 0;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNavFocusScope(ImGuiID focus_scope_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id;
- g.NavFocusRoute.resize(0); // Invalidate
- if (focus_scope_id == 0)
- return;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
-
- // Store current path (in reverse order)
- if (focus_scope_id == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
- {
- // Top of focus stack contains local focus scopes inside current window
- for (int n = g.FocusScopeStack.Size - 1; n >= 0 && g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n].WindowID == g.CurrentWindow->ID; n--)
- g.NavFocusRoute.push_back(g.FocusScopeStack.Data[n]);
- }
- else if (focus_scope_id == g.NavWindow->NavRootFocusScopeId)
- g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ focus_scope_id, g.NavWindow->ID });
- else
- return;
-
- // Then follow on manually set ParentWindowForFocusRoute field (#6798)
- for (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindowForFocusRoute; window != NULL; window = window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute)
- g.NavFocusRoute.push_back({ window->NavRootFocusScopeId, window->ID });
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavFocusRoute.Size < 100); // Maximum depth is technically 251 as per CalcRoutingScore(): 254 - 3
-}
-
-// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window.
-void ImGui::FocusItem()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name);
- if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this?
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
- return;
- }
-
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect;
- ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
- SetNavWindow(window);
- NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags);
- NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
-}
-
-void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavNextActivateId = id;
- g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
-}
-
-// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system!
-// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus?
-void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name);
-
- // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop.
- // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option.
- // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but
- // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen.
- if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n");
- return;
- }
-
- SetNavWindow(window);
-
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
- ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
- NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
- if (offset == -1)
- {
- NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal);
- }
- else
- {
- g.NavTabbingDir = 1;
- g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1;
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (!window->Appearing)
- return;
- if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
- return;
-
- g.NavInitRequest = false;
- NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-
- // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll)
- if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(g.LastItemData.Rect))
- ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
-}
-
-ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->DC.StateStorage;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
- window->IDStack.push_back(id);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
- window->IDStack.push_back(id);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id);
- window->IDStack.push_back(id);
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id);
- window->IDStack.push_back(id);
-}
-
-// Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed.
-void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
- DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL);
- window->IDStack.push_back(id);
-}
-
-// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call
-// (note that when using this pattern, ID Stack Tool will tend to not display the intermediate stack level.
-// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more)
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed)
-{
- ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed);
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
- DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end);
- return id;
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(int n, ImGuiID seed)
-{
- ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed);
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id)
- DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL);
- return id;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopID()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window?
- window->IDStack.pop_back();
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->GetID(str_id);
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->GetID(ptr_id);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(rect_min, rect_max));
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] INPUTS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - GetKeyData() [Internal]
-// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal]
-// - GetKeyName()
-// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal]
-// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal]
-// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal]
-// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal]
-// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal]
-// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal]
-// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal]
-// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal]
-// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal]
-// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - IsKeyDown()
-// - IsKeyPressed()
-// - IsKeyReleased()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - IsMouseDown()
-// - IsMouseClicked()
-// - IsMouseReleased()
-// - IsMouseDoubleClicked()
-// - GetMouseClickedCount()
-// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal]
-// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal]
-// - IsMouseDragging()
-// - GetMousePos()
-// - SetMousePos() [Internal]
-// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
-// - IsMousePosValid()
-// - IsAnyMouseDown()
-// - GetMouseDragDelta()
-// - ResetMouseDragDelta()
-// - GetMouseCursor()
-// - SetMouseCursor()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - UpdateAliasKey()
-// - GetMergedModsFromKeys()
-// - UpdateKeyboardInputs()
-// - UpdateMouseInputs()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal]
-// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal]
-// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard()
-// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal]
-// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal]
-// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal]
-// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal]
-// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal]
-// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal]
-// - Shortcut() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImGuiKeyChord ImGui::FixupKeyChord(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
-{
- // Convert ImGuiMod_Shortcut and add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
- ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- if (IsModKey(key))
- {
- if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)
- key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl;
- if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftShift || key == ImGuiKey_RightShift)
- key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Shift;
- if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftAlt || key == ImGuiKey_RightAlt)
- key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Alt;
- if (key == ImGuiKey_LeftSuper || key == ImGuiKey_RightSuper)
- key_chord |= ImGuiMod_Super;
- }
- if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut)
- return (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Shortcut) | (ctx->IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiMod_Super : ImGuiMod_Ctrl);
- return key_chord;
-}
-
-ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
-
- // Special storage location for mods
- if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
- key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ctx, key);
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END);
- if (IsLegacyKey(key) && g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1)
- key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native
-#else
- IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code.");
-#endif
- return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
-}
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key));
- const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
- return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
-}
-#endif
-
-// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
-static const char* const GKeyNames[] =
-{
- "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown",
- "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape",
- "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu",
- "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H",
- "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z",
- "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12",
- "F13", "F14", "F15", "F16", "F17", "F18", "F19", "F20", "F21", "F22", "F23", "F24",
- "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket",
- "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen",
- "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6",
- "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply",
- "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual",
- "AppBack", "AppForward",
- "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack",
- "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown",
- "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown",
- "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3",
- "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown",
- "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown",
- "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY",
- "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names.
-};
-IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames));
-
-const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code.");
-#else
- if (IsLegacyKey(key))
- {
- if (g.IO.KeyMap[key] == -1)
- return "N/A";
- IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key]));
- key = (ImGuiKey)g.IO.KeyMap[key];
- }
-#endif
- if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
- return "None";
- if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_)
- key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, key);
- if (!IsNamedKey(key))
- return "Unknown";
-
- return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
-}
-
-// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super.
-const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- key_chord = FixupKeyChord(&g, key_chord);
- ImFormatString(g.TempKeychordName, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempKeychordName), "%s%s%s%s%s",
- (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "",
- (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "",
- (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "",
- (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "",
- GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_)));
- return g.TempKeychordName;
-}
-
-// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime)
-// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time)
-// An event is triggered at:
-// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N
-int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
-{
- if (t1 == 0.0f)
- return 1;
- if (t0 >= t1)
- return 0;
- if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f)
- return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay);
- const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
- const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate);
- const int count = count_t1 - count_t0;
- return count;
-}
-
-void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)
- {
- case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return;
- case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return;
- case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return;
- }
-}
-
-// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate
-// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate)
-int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
- if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
- return 0;
- const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
- return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
-}
-
-// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values).
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down)
-{
- return ImVec2(
- GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue,
- GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue);
-}
-
-// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data.
-// Entries D,A,B,B,A,C,B --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D
-// Index A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0 --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6
-// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation.
-static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- rt->EntriesNext.resize(0);
- for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
- {
- const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size;
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry;
- for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex)
- {
- routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx];
- routing_entry->RoutingCurrScore = routing_entry->RoutingNextScore;
- routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry
- routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
- routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255;
- if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
- continue;
- rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer
-
- // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point)
- // This is the result of previous frame's SetShortcutRouting() call.
- if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods)
- {
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
- if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
- {
- owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr;
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X) via Routing\n", GetKeyName(key), routing_entry->RoutingCurr);
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Rewrite linked-list
- rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1);
- for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++)
- rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1);
- }
- rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes
-}
-
-// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope().
-static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
-}
-
-ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
-{
- // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods
- // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None.
- // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal
- // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Legal
- // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal
- // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Not legal
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data;
- ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
- key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods);
- IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) == 0); // Please call ConvertShortcutMod() in calling function.
-
- // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads.
- // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame).
- for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex)
- {
- routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
- if (routing_data->Mods == mods)
- return routing_data;
- }
-
- // Add to linked-list
- ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size;
- rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData());
- routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx];
- routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods;
- routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list
- rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx;
- return routing_data;
-}
-
-// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority):
-// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh
-// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active)
-// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal
-// - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack)
-// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow
-// - 255: never route
-// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy
-static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiID focus_scope_id, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused)
- {
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // ActiveID gets top priority
- // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it)
- if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id)
- return 1;
-
- // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better)
- // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request,
- // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match)
- // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best)
- // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request,
- // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score.
- // This essentially follow the window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute chain.
- if (focus_scope_id == 0)
- return 255;
- for (int index_in_focus_path = 0; index_in_focus_path < g.NavFocusRoute.Size; index_in_focus_path++)
- if (g.NavFocusRoute.Data[index_in_focus_path].ID == focus_scope_id)
- return 3 + index_in_focus_path;
-
- return 255;
- }
-
- // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional
- if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal)
- return 2;
- if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow)
- return 254;
- return 0;
-}
-
-// We need this to filter some Shortcut() routes when an item e.g. an InputText() is active
-// e.g. ImGuiKey_G won't be considered a shortcut when item is active, but ImGuiMod|ImGuiKey_G can be.
-static bool IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
-{
- // Mimic 'ignore_char_inputs' logic in InputText()
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // When the right mods are pressed it cannot be a char input so we won't filter the shortcut out.
- ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- const bool ignore_char_inputs = ((mods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && !(mods & ImGuiMod_Alt)) || (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors && (mods & ImGuiMod_Super));
- if (ignore_char_inputs)
- return false;
-
- // Return true for A-Z, 0-9 and other keys associated to char inputs. Other keys such as F1-F12 won't be filtered.
- ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- return g.KeysMayBeCharInput.TestBit(key);
-}
-
-// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods).
-// Return true if the route is available this frame.
-// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state.
-// (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame".
-// As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.)
-bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0)
- flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut()
- else
- IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used
- IM_ASSERT(owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None);
-
- // Convert ImGuiMod_Shortcut and add ImGuiMod_XXXX when a corresponding ImGuiKey_LeftXXX/ImGuiKey_RightXXX is specified.
- key_chord = FixupKeyChord(&g, key_chord);
-
- // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
- if (g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting == key_chord)
- IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
-
- if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused)
- if (g.NavWindow == NULL)
- return false;
-
- // Note how ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways won't set routing and thus won't set owner. May want to rework this?
- if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%04X) -> always\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), owner_id, flags);
- return true;
- }
-
- // Specific culling when there's an active.
- if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != owner_id)
- {
- // Cull shortcuts with no modifiers when it could generate a character.
- // e.g. Shortcut(ImGuiKey_G) also generates 'g' character, should not trigger when InputText() is active.
- // but Shortcut(Ctrl+G) should generally trigger when InputText() is active.
- // TL;DR: lettered shortcut with no mods or with only Alt mod will not trigger while an item reading text input is active.
- // (We cannot filter based on io.InputQueueCharacters[] contents because of trickling and key<>chars submission order are undefined)
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) && g.IO.WantTextInput && IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(key_chord))
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%04X) -> filtered as potential char input\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), owner_id, flags);
- return false;
- }
-
- // ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys trumps all for ActiveId
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh) == 0 && g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys)
- {
- ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
- key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_));
- if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- // FIXME-SHORTCUT: A way to configure the location/focus-scope to test would render this more flexible.
- const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentFocusScopeId, owner_id, flags);
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("SetShortcutRouting(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%04X) -> score %d\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), owner_id, flags, score);
- if (score == 255)
- return false;
-
- // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient)
- // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <).
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord);
- //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore);
- if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore)
- {
- routing_data->RoutingNext = owner_id;
- routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score;
- }
-
- // Return routing state for CURRENT frame
- if (routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id)
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING("--> granting current route\n");
- return routing_data->RoutingCurr == owner_id;
-}
-
-// Currently unused by core (but used by tests)
-// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading.
-bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
- key_chord = FixupKeyChord(&g, key_chord);
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry.
- return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id;
-}
-
-// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes.
-// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87)
-bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key)
-{
- return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
- if (!key_data->Down)
- return false;
- if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
-{
- return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None);
-}
-
-// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat.
-bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
- if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
- return false;
- const float t = key_data->DownDuration;
- if (t < 0.0f)
- return false;
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
- if (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_)) // Setting any _RepeatXXX option enables _Repeat
- flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat;
-
- bool pressed = (t == 0.0f);
- if (!pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)
- {
- float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
- GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
- pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0;
- if (pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_))
- {
- // Slightly bias 'key_pressed_time' as DownDuration is an accumulation of DeltaTime which we compare to an absolute time value.
- // Ideally we'd replace DownDuration with KeyPressedTime but it would break user's code.
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- double key_pressed_time = g.Time - t + 0.00001f;
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeTime > key_pressed_time))
- pressed = false;
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone) && (g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime > key_pressed_time))
- pressed = false;
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress) && (g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime > key_pressed_time))
- pressed = false;
- }
- }
- if (!pressed)
- return false;
- if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key)
-{
- return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
- if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down)
- return false;
- if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array.
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat)
-{
- return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership)
- return false;
- const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
- if (t < 0.0f)
- return false;
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! // FIXME: Could support RepeatRate and RepeatUntil flags here.
-
- const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0;
- const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0);
- if (!pressed)
- return false;
-
- if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id);
-}
-
-int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button];
-}
-
-// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
-// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
-// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
-bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Clip
- ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max);
- if (clip)
- rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect);
-
- // Hit testing, expanded for touch input
- if (!rect_clipped.ContainsWithPad(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame.
-// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
- lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
- return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
- return false;
- return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold);
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.IO.MousePos;
-}
-
-// This is called TeleportMousePos() and not SetMousePos() to emphasis that setting MousePosPrev will effectively clear mouse delta as well.
-// It is expected you only call this if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) is set and supported by backend.
-void ImGui::TeleportMousePos(const ImVec2& pos)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = pos;
- g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true;
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("TeleportMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
-}
-
-// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0)
- return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos;
- return g.IO.MousePos;
-}
-
-// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position.
-bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos)
-{
- // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis.
- // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions).
- IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL);
- const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f;
- ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos;
- return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID;
-}
-
-// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
-bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++)
- if (g.IO.MouseDown[n])
- return true;
- return false;
-}
-
-// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released.
-// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once.
-// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window.
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
- lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
- if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button])
- if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
- if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]))
- return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button];
- return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-}
-
-void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
- // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
- g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
-}
-
-// Get desired mouse cursor shape.
-// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(),
-// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render().
-// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you
-ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.MouseCursor;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.MouseCursor = cursor_type;
-}
-
-static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key));
- ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key);
- key_data->Down = v;
- key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value;
-}
-
-// [Internal] Do not use directly
-static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys()
-{
- ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0;
- if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; }
- if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; }
- if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; }
- if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Super)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; }
- return mods;
-}
-
-static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-
- // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0)
- {
- // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally.
- for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
- IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!");
- }
- else
- {
- if (g.FrameCount == 0)
- for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
- IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!");
-
- // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy)
- for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++)
- if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n]));
- io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n;
- }
-
- // Import legacy keys into new ones
- for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++)
- if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
- {
- const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n);
- IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key));
- io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n];
- if (key != n)
- io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends
- io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1;
- }
- if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
- {
- GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl;
- GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift;
- GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt;
- GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- // Import legacy ImGuiNavInput_ io inputs and convert to gamepad keys
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
- if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active)
- {
- #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0)
- #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0)
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp);
- MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown);
- #undef NAV_MAP_KEY
- }
-#endif
-
- // Update aliases
- for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++)
- UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f);
- UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH);
- UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel);
-
- // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/etc. values.
- // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
- // - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array.
- // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing.
- const ImGuiKeyChord prev_key_mods = io.KeyMods;
- io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
- io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0;
- io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0;
- io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0;
- io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0;
- if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods)
- g.LastKeyModsChangeTime = g.Time;
- if (prev_key_mods != io.KeyMods && prev_key_mods == 0)
- g.LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime = g.Time;
-
- // Clear gamepad data if disabled
- if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0)
- for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++)
- {
- io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false;
- io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f;
- }
-
- // Update keys
- for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++)
- {
- ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i];
- key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration;
- key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
- if (key_data->DownDuration == 0.0f)
- {
- ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET + i);
- if (IsKeyboardKey(key))
- g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
- else if (key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt || key == ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper)
- g.LastKeyboardKeyPressTime = g.Time;
- }
- }
-
- // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key
- for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
- {
- ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET];
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN];
- owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext;
- if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp.
- owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
- owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore
- }
-
- // Update key routing (for e.g. shortcuts)
- UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable);
-}
-
-static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-
- // Mouse Wheel swapping flag
- // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead
- // - We avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already.
- // - FIXME: However this means when running on OSX over Emscripten, Shift+WheelY will incur two swapping (1 in OS, 1 here), canceling the feature.
- // - FIXME: When we can distinguish e.g. touchpad scroll events from mouse ones, we'll set this accordingly based on input source.
- io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap = io.KeyShift && !io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors;
-
- // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well)
- if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos))
- io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloor(io.MousePos);
-
- // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
- if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
- io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev;
- else
- io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
-
- // Update stationary timer.
- // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates.
- const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework.
- const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold);
- g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f;
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
-
- // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true.
- if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
-
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++)
- {
- io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
- io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below
- io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
- io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i];
- io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
- if (io.MouseClicked[i])
- {
- bool is_repeated_click = false;
- if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime)
- {
- ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
- is_repeated_click = true;
- }
- if (is_repeated_click)
- io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++;
- else
- io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1;
- io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
- io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos;
- io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i];
- io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
- }
- else if (io.MouseDown[i])
- {
- // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold
- float delta_sqr_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? ImLengthSqr(io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : 0.0f;
- io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], delta_sqr_click_pos);
- }
-
- // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service
- io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2);
-
- // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation
- if (io.MouseClicked[i])
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = false;
- }
-}
-
-static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (window)
- g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER);
- else
- g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
- if (g.WheelingWindow == window)
- return;
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL");
- g.WheelingWindow = window;
- g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos;
- if (window == NULL)
- {
- g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1;
- g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- }
-}
-
-static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel)
-{
- // For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL };
- for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
- if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f)
- for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow)
- {
- // Bubble up into parent window if:
- // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling.
- // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag.
- //// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP)
- const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f);
- const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs);
- //const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]);
- if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits)
- break; // select this window
- }
- if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- // If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity
- if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL)
- return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0];
-
- // If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize
- // - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero.
- // - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other.
- if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1)
- g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount;
- if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y))
- {
- g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel;
- return NULL;
- }
- return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1];
-}
-
-// Called by NewFrame()
-void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel()
-{
- // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses.
- // FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795)
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL)
- {
- g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
- if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold)
- g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f;
- if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f)
- LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f);
- }
-
- ImVec2 wheel;
- wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f;
- wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f;
-
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y);
- ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow;
- if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed)
- return;
-
- // Zoom / Scale window
- // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned.
- if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
- {
- LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y);
- ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window;
- const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
- const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
- window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
- if (window == window->RootWindow)
- {
- const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
- SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0);
- window->Size = ImTrunc(window->Size * scale);
- window->SizeFull = ImTrunc(window->SizeFull * scale);
- }
- return;
- }
- if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
- return;
-
- // Mouse wheel scrolling
- // Read about io.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap and its issue on Mac+Emscripten in UpdateMouseInputs()
- if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap)
- wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f);
-
- // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises
- // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter
- g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30);
- g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30);
-
- // In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now.
- wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
- g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f)
- return;
-
- // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply
- // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window.
- // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved.
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel)))
- if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs))
- {
- bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f };
- if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
- do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false;
- if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X])
- {
- LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x);
- float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f;
- float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
- SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step);
- g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
- }
- if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y])
- {
- LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y);
- float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f;
- float scroll_step = ImTrunc(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step));
- SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step);
- g.WheelingWindowScrolledFrame = g.FrameCount;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
-static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source)
-{
- const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Clipboard" };
- IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT);
- return input_source_names[source];
-}
-static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source)
-{
- const char* mouse_source_names[] = { "Mouse", "TouchScreen", "Pen" };
- IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_source_names) == ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT);
- return mouse_source_names[source];
-}
-static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; }
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; }
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; }
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; }
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; }
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; }
-}
-#endif
-
-// Process input queue
-// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'.
-// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost)
-// - trickle_fast_inputs = true : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87)
-void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-
- // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText()
- // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail?
- // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters)
- const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1);
-
- bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false;
- int mouse_button_changed = 0x00;
- ImBitArray key_changed_mask;
-
- int event_n = 0;
- for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++)
- {
- ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n];
- if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos)
- {
- if (g.IO.WantSetMousePos)
- continue;
- // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change
- ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY);
- if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted))
- break;
- io.MousePos = event_pos;
- io.MouseSource = e->MousePos.MouseSource;
- mouse_moved = true;
- }
- else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton)
- {
- // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
- const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button;
- IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT);
- if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled))
- break;
- if (trickle_fast_inputs && e->MouseButton.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen && mouse_moved) // #2702: TouchScreen have no initial hover.
- break;
- io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down;
- io.MouseSource = e->MouseButton.MouseSource;
- mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button);
- }
- else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel)
- {
- // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event
- if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0))
- break;
- io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX;
- io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY;
- io.MouseSource = e->MouseWheel.MouseSource;
- mouse_wheeled = true;
- }
- else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key)
- {
- // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button
- ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key;
- IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None);
- ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key);
- const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData);
- if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0))
- break;
- key_data->Down = e->Key.Down;
- key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue;
- key_changed = true;
- key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index);
-
- // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down;
- if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1)
- io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down;
-#endif
- }
- else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text)
- {
- // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with
- if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled))
- break;
- unsigned int c = e->Text.Char;
- io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID);
- if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text)
- text_inputted = true;
- }
- else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus)
- {
- // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance
- // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame.
- const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused;
- io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost;
- }
- else
- {
- IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!");
- }
- }
-
- // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail)
- //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n);
- for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++)
- g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
-
- // [DEBUG]
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO))
- for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++)
- DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]);
-#endif
-
- // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame
- if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size)
- g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0);
- else
- g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n);
-
- // Clear buttons state when focus is lost
- // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle.
- // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag
- // (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event).
- if (g.IO.AppFocusLost)
- g.IO.ClearInputKeys();
-}
-
-ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key)
-{
- if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key))
- return ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
- ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr;
-
- if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
- if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
- return ImGuiKeyOwner_None;
-
- return owner_id;
-}
-
-// TestKeyOwner(..., ID) : (owner == None || owner == ID)
-// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None)
-// TestKeyOwner(..., Any) : no owner test
-// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags.
-bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id)
-{
- if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key))
- return true;
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
- if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END)
- return false;
-
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
- if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any)
- return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false);
-
- // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId
- // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things.
- // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions.
- if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id)
- {
- if (owner_data->LockThisFrame)
- return false;
- if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware.
-// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone.
-// - SetKeyOwner(..., None) : clears owner
-// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock) : illegal (assert)
-// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock
-void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it)
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SetKeyOwner(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%08X)\n", GetKeyName(key), owner_id, flags);
-
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
- owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id;
-
- // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code.
- // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test)
- owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0;
- owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease);
-}
-
-// Rarely used helper
-void ImGui::SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, owner_id, flags); }
- if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shift, owner_id, flags); }
- if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, owner_id, flags); }
- if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Super, owner_id, flags); }
- if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Shortcut, owner_id, flags); }
- if (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_) { SetKeyOwner((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_), owner_id, flags); }
-}
-
-// This is more or less equivalent to:
-// if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive())
-// SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());
-// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times.
-// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition.
-// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority.
-void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
- if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id))
- return;
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0)
- flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_;
- if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive)))
- {
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
- SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_);
- }
-}
-
-// This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements.
-bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
-{
- return IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None);
-}
-
-// This is equivalent to comparing KeyMods + doing a IsKeyPressed()
-bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- key_chord = FixupKeyChord(&g, key_chord);
- ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods)
- return false;
-
- // Special storage location for mods
- ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_);
- if (key == ImGuiKey_None)
- key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(&g, mods);
- if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_)))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut;
- g.NextItemData.Shortcut = key_chord;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags)
-{
- //ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("Shortcut(%s, owner_id=0x%08X, flags=%X)\n", GetKeyChordName(key_chord, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size), owner_id, flags);
-
- // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any.
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0)
- flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused;
-
- // Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default)
- // Effectively makes Shortcut() always input-owner aware.
- if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
- owner_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id);
-
- // Submit route
- if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags))
- return false;
-
- // Default repeat behavior for Shortcut()
- // So e.g. pressing Ctrl+W and releasing Ctrl while holding W will not trigger the W shortcut.
- if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_) == 0)
- flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange;
-
- if (!IsKeyChordPressed(key_chord, owner_id, flags))
- return false;
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function!
- return true;
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui.
-// Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit
-// If this triggers you have an issue:
-// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version.
-// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc.
-// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui,
-// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h).
-// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout
-bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx)
-{
- bool error = false;
- if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) != 0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION) == 0 && "Mismatched version string!"); }
- if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
- if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
- if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
- if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
- if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
- if (sz_idx != sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_idx == sizeof(ImDrawIdx) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); }
- return !error;
-}
-
-// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell)
-// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that.
-// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details.
-// [Scenario 1]
-// Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200:
-// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // NOT OK
-// Instead, please submit an item:
-// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK
-// Alternative:
-// Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK
-// [Scenario 2]
-// For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change:
-// BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup()
-// The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller!
-// While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue.
-void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos);
- window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y)
- return;
- if (window->SkipItems)
- return;
- IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent.");
-#else
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Check user IM_ASSERT macro
- // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined!
- // If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block.
- // This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.)
- // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong!
- // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct!
- if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0);
-
- // Emscripten backends are often imprecise in their submission of DeltaTime. (#6114, #3644)
- // Ideally the Emscripten app/backend should aim to fix or smooth this value and avoid feeding zero, but we tolerate it.
-#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
- if (g.IO.DeltaTime <= 0.0f && g.FrameCount > 0)
- g.IO.DeltaTime = 0.00001f;
-#endif
-
- // Check user data
- // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument)
- IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
- IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!");
- IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?");
- IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!");
- IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()");
- IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!");
- IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!");
- IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations
- IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting.");
- IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
- IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right);
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++)
- IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)");
-
- // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP)
- if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1)
- IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation.");
-#endif
-
- // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly.
- if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors))
- g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false;
-}
-
-static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame()
- // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame().
- // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will
- // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs.
- // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0),
- // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events.
- const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys();
- IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods");
- IM_UNUSED(key_mods);
-
- // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame().
- //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover();
-
- // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you
- // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API).
- if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size != 1)
- {
- if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; // <-- This window was not Ended!
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you forget to call End/EndChild?");
- IM_UNUSED(window);
- while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 1)
- End();
- }
- else
- {
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?");
- }
- }
-
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!");
-}
-
-// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls.
-// Must be called during or before EndFrame().
-// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order.
-// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet.
-// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin
-void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
-{
- // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations"
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044
- {
- ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data);
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow);
- break;
- }
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name);
- EndChild();
- }
- else
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name);
- End();
- }
- }
-}
-
-// Must be called before End()/EndChild()
-void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow))
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name);
- EndTable();
- }
-
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin;
- IM_ASSERT(window != NULL);
- while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name);
- EndTabBar();
- }
- while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0)
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name);
- TreePop();
- }
- while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name);
- EndGroup();
- }
- while (window->IDStack.Size > 1)
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name);
- PopID();
- }
- while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name);
- EndDisabled();
- }
- while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack)
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col));
- PopStyleColor();
- }
- while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name);
- PopItemFlag();
- }
- while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name);
- PopStyleVar();
- }
- while (g.FontStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFont() in '%s'", window->Name);
- PopFont();
- }
- while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044
- {
- if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name);
- PopFocusScope();
- }
-}
-
-// Save current stack sizes for later compare
-void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size;
- SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size;
- SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size;
- SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size;
- SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size;
- SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size;
- SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size;
- SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
- SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize;
-}
-
-// Compare to detect usage errors
-void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_UNUSED(window);
-
- // Window stacks
- // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!");
-
- // Global stacks
- // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them.
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!");
- IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!");
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ITEM SUBMISSION
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - KeepAliveID()
-// - ItemHandleShortcut() [Internal]
-// - ItemAdd()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID().
-void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.ActiveId == id)
- g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id;
- if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id)
- g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true;
-}
-
-static void ItemHandleShortcut(ImGuiID id)
-{
- // FIXME: Generalize Activation queue?
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (ImGui::Shortcut(g.NextItemData.Shortcut, id, ImGuiInputFlags_None) && g.NavActivateId == 0)
- {
- g.NavActivateId = id; // Will effectively disable clipping.
- g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut;
- if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id)
- g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = id;
- ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(id);
- }
-}
-
-// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
-// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
-// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction.
-// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH (UNTIL THE CLIPPING TEST AND EARLY-RETURN)
-bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- // Set item data
- // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
- g.LastItemData.ID = id;
- g.LastItemData.Rect = bb;
- g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb;
- g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags;
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None;
- // Note: we don't copy 'g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData' to an hypothetical g.LastItemData.SelectionUserData: since the former is not cleared.
-
- if (id != 0)
- {
- KeepAliveID(id);
-
- // Directional navigation processing
- // Runs prior to clipping early-out
- // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget
- // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests
- // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of
- // thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame.
- // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able
- // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick).
- // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null.
- // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere.
- if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))
- {
- // FIMXE-NAV: investigate changing the window tests into a simple 'if (g.NavFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId)' test.
- window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent);
- if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest)
- if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav)
- if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened))
- NavProcessItem();
- }
-
- if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut)
- ItemHandleShortcut(id);
- }
-
- // Lightweight clear of SetNextItemXXX data.
- g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None;
- g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None;
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- if (id != 0)
- IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(id, g.LastItemData.NavRect, &g.LastItemData);
-#endif
-
- // Clipping test
- // (this is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value)
- //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id);
- //if (is_clipped)
- // return false;
- // g.NavActivateId is not necessarily == g.NavId, in the case of remote activation (e.g. shortcuts)
- const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect);
- if (!is_rect_visible)
- if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame && id != g.NavId && id != g.NavActivateId))
- if (!g.LogEnabled)
- return false;
-
- // [DEBUG]
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (id != 0)
- {
- if (id == g.DebugLocateId)
- DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem();
-
- // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something".
- // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something".
- // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.com/faq
- IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!");
- }
- //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG]
- //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0)
- // window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
-#endif
-
- // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them)
- if (is_rect_visible)
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible;
- if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
- return true;
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] LAYOUT
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - ItemSize()
-// - SameLine()
-// - GetCursorScreenPos()
-// - SetCursorScreenPos()
-// - GetCursorPos(), GetCursorPosX(), GetCursorPosY()
-// - SetCursorPos(), SetCursorPosX(), SetCursorPosY()
-// - GetCursorStartPos()
-// - Indent()
-// - Unindent()
-// - SetNextItemWidth()
-// - PushItemWidth()
-// - PushMultiItemsWidths()
-// - PopItemWidth()
-// - CalcItemWidth()
-// - CalcItemSize()
-// - GetTextLineHeight()
-// - GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
-// - GetFrameHeight()
-// - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
-// - GetContentRegionMax()
-// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal]
-// - GetContentRegionAvail(),
-// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax()
-// - BeginGroup()
-// - EndGroup()
-// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
-// Register minimum needed size so it can extend the bounding box used for auto-fit calculation.
-// See comments in ItemAdd() about how/why the size provided to ItemSize() vs ItemAdd() may often different.
-// THIS IS IN THE PERFORMANCE CRITICAL PATH.
-void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (window->SkipItems)
- return;
-
- // We increase the height in this function to accommodate for baseline offset.
- // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor,
- // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect.
- const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f;
-
- const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y;
- const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y);
-
- // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
- //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG]
- window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x;
- window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1;
- window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_TRUNC(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line
- window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_TRUNC(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
- //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG]
-
- window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height;
- window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f;
- window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y);
- window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
- window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false;
-
- // Horizontal layout mode
- if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
- SameLine();
-}
-
-// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
-// offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item
-// offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left)
-// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0
-// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount
-void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (window->SkipItems)
- return;
-
- if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f)
- {
- if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
- spacing_w = 0.0f;
- window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
- window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
- }
- else
- {
- if (spacing_w < 0.0f)
- spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
- window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
- window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
- }
- window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize;
- window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
- window->DC.IsSameLine = true;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->DC.CursorPos;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.CursorPos = pos;
- //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
- window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
-}
-
-// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
-// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
- //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
- window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
- //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
- window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
- //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
- window->DC.IsSetPos = true;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
- return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
-}
-
-void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
- window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
-}
-
-void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing;
- window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
-}
-
-// Affect large frame+labels widgets only.
-void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
- g.NextItemData.Width = item_width;
-}
-
-// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior?
-void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
- window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
- g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(components > 0);
- const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
- window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width
- float w_items = w_full - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * (components - 1);
- float prev_split = w_items;
- for (int i = components - 1; i > 0; i--)
- {
- float next_split = IM_TRUNC(w_items * i / components);
- window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(ImMax(prev_split - next_split, 1.0f));
- prev_split = next_split;
- }
- window->DC.ItemWidth = ImMax(prev_split, 1.0f);
- g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth;
-}
-
-void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
- window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
-}
-
-// Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth().
-// The SetNextItemWidth() data is generally cleared/consumed by ItemAdd() or NextItemData.ClearFlags()
-float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- float w;
- if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth)
- w = g.NextItemData.Width;
- else
- w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
- if (w < 0.0f)
- {
- float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x;
- w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w);
- }
- w = IM_TRUNC(w);
- return w;
-}
-
-// [Internal] Calculate full item size given user provided 'size' parameter and default width/height. Default width is often == CalcItemWidth().
-// Those two functions CalcItemWidth vs CalcItemSize are awkwardly named because they are not fully symmetrical.
-// Note that only CalcItemWidth() is publicly exposed.
-// The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable)
-ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- ImVec2 region_max;
- if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
- region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs();
-
- if (size.x == 0.0f)
- size.x = default_w;
- else if (size.x < 0.0f)
- size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x);
-
- if (size.y == 0.0f)
- size.y = default_h;
- else if (size.y < 0.0f)
- size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y);
-
- return size;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.FontSize;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetFrameHeight()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
-}
-
-// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience!
-
-// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!).
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
- return mx - window->Pos;
-}
-
-// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features.
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max;
- return mx;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos;
-}
-
-// In window space (not screen space!)
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->ContentRegionRect.Min - window->Pos;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos;
-}
-
-// Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
-// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated.
-// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems?
-void ImGui::BeginGroup()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1);
- ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
- group_data.WindowID = window->ID;
- group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
- group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine;
- group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
- group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent;
- group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset;
- group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize;
- group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset;
- group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive;
- group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0;
- group_data.BackupIsSameLine = window->DC.IsSameLine;
- group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
- group_data.EmitItem = true;
-
- window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x;
- window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset;
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
- window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndGroup()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
-
- ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back();
- IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window?
-
- if (window->DC.IsSetPos)
- ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries();
-
- ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos));
-
- window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
- window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
- window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
- window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent;
- window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset;
- window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize;
- window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
- window->DC.IsSameLine = group_data.BackupIsSameLine;
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return
-
- if (!group_data.EmitItem)
- {
- g.GroupStack.pop_back();
- return;
- }
-
- window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
- ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize());
- ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop);
-
- // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group.
- // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets.
- // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context.
- // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.)
- const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId;
- const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true);
- if (group_contains_curr_active_id)
- g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId;
- else if (group_contains_prev_active_id)
- g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
- g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb;
-
- // Forward Hovered flag
- const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0;
- if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id)
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow;
-
- // Forward Edited flag
- if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame)
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited;
-
- // Forward Deactivated flag
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated;
- if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame)
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated;
-
- g.GroupStack.pop_back();
- if (g.DebugShowGroupRects)
- window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug]
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] SCROLLING
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge,
-// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling.
-// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag?
-// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default.
-static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio)
-{
- if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold)
- return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio);
- if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold)
- return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio);
- return target;
-}
-
-static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll;
- ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2);
- for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++)
- {
- if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX)
- {
- float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis];
- float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis];
- if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f)
- {
- float snap_min = 0.0f;
- float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis];
- scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio);
- }
- scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]);
- }
- scroll[axis] = IM_ROUND(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f));
- if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
- scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]);
- }
- return scroll;
-}
-
-void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags);
-}
-
-void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
-{
- ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags);
-}
-
-// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view
-ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1));
- scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, scroll_rect.Max.x);
- scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, scroll_rect.Max.y);
- //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG]
- //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG]
-
- // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_));
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_));
-
- // Defaults
- ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags;
- if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX)
- flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
- if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0)
- flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
-
- const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x;
- const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y;
- const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
- const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0;
-
- if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x)
- {
- if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x)
- SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
- else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x)
- SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f);
- }
- else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX))
- {
- if (can_be_fully_visible_x)
- SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f);
- else
- SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f);
- }
-
- if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y)
- {
- if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y)
- SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
- else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y)
- SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f);
- }
- else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY))
- {
- if (can_be_fully_visible_y)
- SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImTrunc((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f);
- else
- SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f);
- }
-
- ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
- ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll;
-
- // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary
- if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
- {
- // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option?
- if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0)
- in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX;
- if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0)
- in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
- delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags);
- }
-
- return delta_scroll;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollX()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->Scroll.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollY()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->Scroll.y;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->ScrollMax.x;
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
- return window->ScrollMax.y;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x)
-{
- window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
- window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
- window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y)
-{
- window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y;
- window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
- window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y);
-}
-
-// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value,
-// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us:
-// - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos)
-// - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window,
-// and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area.
-// - They mostly exist because of legacy API.
-// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that:
-// - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect!
-// - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense
-// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f);
- window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_TRUNC(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset
- window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio;
- window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
- window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_TRUNC(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset
- window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
- window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- SetScrollFromPosX(g.CurrentWindow, local_x, center_x_ratio);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- SetScrollFromPosY(g.CurrentWindow, local_y, center_y_ratio);
-}
-
-// center_x_ratio: 0.0f left of last item, 0.5f horizontal center of last item, 1.0f right of last item.
-void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x);
- float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio);
- SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
-
- // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
- window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x);
-}
-
-// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
-void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y);
- float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio);
- SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos
-
- // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge
- window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool ImGui::BeginTooltip()
-{
- return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()
-{
- if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
- return false;
- return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget)
- {
- // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips:
- // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse.
- // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary.
- // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping.
- // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones).
- //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding;
- ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
- SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos);
- SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f);
- //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :(
- tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious;
- }
-
- char window_name[16];
- ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount);
- if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious)
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name))
- if (window->Active)
- {
- // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one.
- SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(window);
- ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount);
- }
- ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
- Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags);
- // 2023-03-09: Added bool return value to the API, but currently always returning true.
- // If this ever returns false we need to update BeginDragDropSource() accordingly.
- //if (!ret)
- // End();
- //return ret;
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndTooltip()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
- End();
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None))
- return;
- TextV(fmt, args);
- EndTooltip();
-}
-
-// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'.
-// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse.
-void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
- SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
- SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] POPUPS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel
-bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)
- {
- // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack
- // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level.
- IM_ASSERT(id == 0);
- if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
- return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0;
- else
- return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
- }
- else
- {
- if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel)
- {
- // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack
- for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
- if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id)
- return true;
- return false;
- }
- else
- {
- // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query)
- return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id;
- }
- }
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
- if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0)
- IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally
- return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags);
-}
-
-// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL)
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
- if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
- if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
- return popup;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for.
-ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
- if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window)
- if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup))
- return popup;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X)\n", str_id, id);
- OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
-}
-
-void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
-}
-
-// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
-// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
-// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
-// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
-void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow;
- const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size;
-
- if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup)
- if (IsPopupOpen((ImGuiID)0, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId))
- return;
-
- ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack.
- popup_ref.PopupId = id;
- popup_ref.Window = NULL;
- popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type).
- popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
- popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back();
- popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
- popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos;
-
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id);
- if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
- {
- g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
- }
- else
- {
- // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frames: it is likely a programming mistake!
- // However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui would become completely unusable because the popup will always be
- // in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which is extremely confusing situation for the programmer.
- // Instead, for successive frames calls to OpenPopup(), we silently avoid reopening even if ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen is not specified.
- bool keep_existing = false;
- if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
- if ((g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) || (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen))
- keep_existing = true;
- if (keep_existing)
- {
- // No reopen
- g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount;
- }
- else
- {
- // Reopen: close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen (set position, focus, init navigation)
- ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, true);
- g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
- }
-
- // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow().
- // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does.
- //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id)
- // FocusWindow(parent_window);
- }
-}
-
-// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
-// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'.
-void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0)
- return;
-
- // Don't close our own child popup windows.
- int popup_count_to_keep = 0;
- if (ref_window)
- {
- // Find the highest popup which is a descendant of the reference window (generally reference window = NavWindow)
- for (; popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep++)
- {
- ImGuiPopupData& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep];
- if (!popup.Window)
- continue;
- IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
-
- // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow)
- // - Clicking/Focusing Window2 won't close Popup1:
- // Window -> Popup1 -> Window2(Ref)
- // - Clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3:
- // Window -> Popup1(Ref) -> Popup2 -> Popup3
- // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindow!
- // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child
- // We step through every popup from bottom to top to validate their position relative to reference window.
- bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false;
- for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++)
- if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window)
- if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window))
- {
- ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true;
- break;
- }
- if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup)
- break;
- }
- }
- if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : "");
- ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- int popup_count_to_keep;
- for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window;
- if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
- break;
- }
- if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below
- ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true);
-}
-
-void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup);
- IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size);
-
- // Trim open popup stack
- ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window;
- ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow;
- g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining);
-
- if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window;
- if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window)
- FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback
- else
- FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None);
- }
-}
-
-// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
-void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- int popup_idx = g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1;
- if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.BeginPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId)
- return;
-
- // Closing a menu closes its top-most parent popup (unless a modal)
- while (popup_idx > 0)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window;
- ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window;
- bool close_parent = false;
- if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
- if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
- close_parent = true;
- if (!close_parent)
- break;
- popup_idx--;
- }
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx);
- ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true);
-
- // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window.
- // To improve this usage pattern, we avoid nav highlight for a single frame in the parent window.
- // Similarly, we could avoid mouse hover highlight in this window but it is less visually problematic.
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow)
- window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true;
-}
-
-// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()!
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
- {
- g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
- return false;
- }
-
- char name[20];
- if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
- ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth
- else
- ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
-
- flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup;
- bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, flags);
- if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
- EndPopup();
-
- //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack;
-
- return is_open;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance
- {
- g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
- return false;
- }
- flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
- ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
- return BeginPopupEx(id, flags);
-}
-
-// If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup.
-// Note that popup visibility status is owned by Dear ImGui (and manipulated with e.g. OpenPopup).
-// - *p_open set back to false in BeginPopupModal() when popup is not open.
-// - if you set *p_open to false before calling BeginPopupModal(), it will close the popup.
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
- if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None))
- {
- g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
- if (p_open && *p_open)
- *p_open = false;
- return false;
- }
-
- // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility
- // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves)
- // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window.
- if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0)
- {
- const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
- SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
- }
-
- flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
- const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags);
- if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
- {
- EndPopup();
- if (is_open)
- ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true);
- return false;
- }
- return is_open;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndPopup()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
- IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0);
-
- // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests)
- if (g.NavWindow == window)
- NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY);
-
- // Child-popups don't need to be laid out
- IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false);
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
- g.WithinEndChild = true;
- End();
- g.WithinEndChild = false;
-}
-
-// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item
-// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup()
-void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
- if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
- {
- ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
- IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
- OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
- }
-}
-
-// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
-// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id.
-// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id.
-// - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call.
-// - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id.
-// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters).
-// This is essentially the same as:
-// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
-// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
-// return BeginPopup(id);
-// Which is essentially the same as:
-// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID();
-// if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
-// OpenPopup(id);
-// return BeginPopup(id);
-// The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice.
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (window->SkipItems)
- return false;
- ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict!
- IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item)
- int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
- if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
- OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
- return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (!str_id)
- str_id = "window_context";
- ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
- int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
- if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
- if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered())
- OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
- return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (!str_id)
- str_id = "void_context";
- ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
- int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_);
- if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow))
- if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL)
- OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags);
- return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
-}
-
-// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.)
-// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it.
-// (r_outer is usually equivalent to the viewport rectangle minus padding, but when multi-viewports are enabled and monitor
-// information are available, it may represent the entire platform monitor from the frame of reference of the current viewport.
-// this allows us to have tooltips/popups displayed out of the parent viewport.)
-ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy)
-{
- ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
- //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255));
- //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255));
-
- // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge)
- if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox)
- {
- const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up };
- for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
- {
- const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
- if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
- continue;
- ImVec2 pos;
- if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default)
- if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right
- if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left
- if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left
- if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
- continue;
- *last_dir = dir;
- return pos;
- }
- }
-
- // Tooltip and Default popup policy
- // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any)
- if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default)
- {
- const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left };
- for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++)
- {
- const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n];
- if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction?
- continue;
-
- const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x);
- const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y);
-
- // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width)
- if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right))
- continue;
- if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down))
- continue;
-
- ImVec2 pos;
- pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x;
- pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y;
-
- // Clamp top-left corner of popup
- pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x);
- pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y);
-
- *last_dir = dir;
- return pos;
- }
- }
-
- // Fallback when not enough room:
- *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None;
-
- // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
- if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip)
- return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2);
-
- // Otherwise try to keep within display
- ImVec2 pos = ref_pos;
- pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
- pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
- return pos;
-}
-
-// Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports.
-ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_UNUSED(window);
- ImRect r_screen = ((ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport())->GetMainRect();
- ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
- r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f));
- return r_screen;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window);
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
- {
- // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds.
- // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu.
- IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2].Window;
- float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x).
- ImRect r_avoid;
- if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
- r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field
- else
- r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX);
- return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default);
- }
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
- {
- return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here
- }
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
- {
- // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries)
- // Note that drag and drop tooltips are NOT using this path: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position.
- // In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin()
- IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window);
- const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale;
- const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos();
- const ImVec2 tooltip_pos = ref_pos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * scale;
- ImRect r_avoid;
- if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos))
- r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8);
- else
- r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important.
- //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
- return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip);
- }
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return window->Pos;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked.
-// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing.
-// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified.
-
-void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.NavWindow != window)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : "");
- g.NavWindow = window;
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
- }
- g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavHighlightActivated(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavHighlightActivatedId = id;
- g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER;
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX;
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
- IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
- g.NavId = id;
- g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
- SetNavFocusScope(focus_scope_id);
- g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
- g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel;
-
- // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
-
- if (g.NavWindow != window)
- SetNavWindow(window);
-
- // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid.
- // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text)
- const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
- g.NavId = id;
- g.NavLayer = nav_layer;
- SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId);
- window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id;
- if (g.LastItemData.ID == id)
- window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
-
- if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
- else
- g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
-
- // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it)
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
-}
-
-static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy)
-{
- if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy))
- return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left;
- return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up;
-}
-
-static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max)
-{
- if (cand_max < curr_min)
- return cand_max - curr_min;
- if (curr_max < cand_min)
- return cand_min - curr_max;
- return 0.0f;
-}
-
-// Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057
-static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
- return false;
-
- // FIXME: Those are not good variables names
- ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect; // Current item nav rectangle
- const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width)
- g.NavScoringDebugCount++;
-
- // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring
- if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
- {
- IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
- if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(cand))
- return false;
- cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window
- }
-
- // Compute distance between boxes
- // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed.
- float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x);
- float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items
- if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f)
- dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f);
- float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby);
-
- // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter)
- float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x);
- float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y);
- float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee)
-
- // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance
- ImGuiDir quadrant;
- float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f;
- if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f)
- {
- // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes
- dax = dbx;
- day = dby;
- dist_axial = dist_box;
- quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby);
- }
- else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f)
- {
- // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers
- dax = dcx;
- day = dcy;
- dist_axial = dist_center;
- quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy);
- }
- else
- {
- // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter)
- quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right;
- }
-
- const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
- char buf[200];
- if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate.
- {
- if (quadrant == move_dir)
- {
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center);
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80));
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200));
- draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
- }
- }
- const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max);
- const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space));
- if (debug_hovering || debug_tty)
- {
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf),
- "d-box (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c",
- dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]);
- if (debug_hovering)
- {
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
- draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100));
- draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200));
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200));
- draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf);
- }
- if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); }
- }
-#endif
-
- // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to?
- bool new_best = false;
- if (quadrant == move_dir)
- {
- // Does it beat the current best candidate?
- if (dist_box < result->DistBox)
- {
- result->DistBox = dist_box;
- result->DistCenter = dist_center;
- return true;
- }
- if (dist_box == result->DistBox)
- {
- // Try using distance between center points to break ties
- if (dist_center < result->DistCenter)
- {
- result->DistCenter = dist_center;
- new_best = true;
- }
- else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter)
- {
- // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items
- // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index),
- // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis.
- if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance
- new_best = true;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches
- // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness)
- // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too.
- // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward.
- // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option?
- if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match
- if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
- if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f))
- {
- result->DistAxial = dist_axial;
- new_best = true;
- }
-
- return new_best;
-}
-
-static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- result->Window = window;
- result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID;
- result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
- result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
- result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect);
- if (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
- result->SelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
- }
-}
-
-// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right.
-// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent.
-void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL);
-}
-
-// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above)
-// This is called after LastItemData is set, but NextItemData is also still valid.
-static void ImGui::NavProcessItem()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
- const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags;
-
- // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221)
- if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false)
- {
- g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);
- g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x);
- }
- const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect;
-
- // Process Init Request
- if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
- {
- // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback
- const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0;
- if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0)
- {
- NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult);
- }
- if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus)
- {
- g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
- }
- }
-
- // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation)
- // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy)
- if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0)
- {
- if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) == 0)
- {
- const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0;
- if (is_tabbing)
- {
- NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags);
- }
- else if (g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId))
- {
- ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther;
- if (NavScoreItem(result))
- NavApplyItemToResult(result);
-
- // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items.
- const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f;
- if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb))
- if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO)
- if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible))
- NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible);
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Update information for currently focused/navigated item
- if (g.NavId == id)
- {
- if (g.NavWindow != window)
- SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window.
- g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent;
- SetNavFocusScope(g.CurrentFocusScopeId); // Will set g.NavFocusScopeId AND store g.NavFocusScopePath
- g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId;
- g.NavIdIsAlive = true;
- if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid);
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; // INTENTIONAL: At this point this field is not cleared in NextItemData. Avoid unnecessary copy to LastItemData.
- }
- window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position)
- }
-}
-
-// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest().
-// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests!
-// - Case 1: no nav/active id: set result to first eligible item, stop storing.
-// - Case 2: tab forward: on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result
-// - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request
-// - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing
-// - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested
-void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) == 0)
- {
- if (g.NavLayer != g.CurrentWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent)
- return;
- if (g.NavFocusScopeId != g.CurrentFocusScopeId)
- return;
- }
-
- // - Can always land on an item when using API call.
- // - Tabbing with _NavEnableKeyboard (space/enter/arrows): goes through every item.
- // - Tabbing without _NavEnableKeyboard: goes through inputable items only.
- bool can_stop;
- if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)
- can_stop = true;
- else
- can_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop) == 0 && ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) || (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable));
-
- // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows)
- ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal;
- if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1)
- {
- // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0
- if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0)
- NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
- if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingCounter > 0 && --g.NavTabbingCounter == 0)
- NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
- else if (g.NavId == id)
- g.NavTabbingCounter = 1;
- }
- else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1)
- {
- // Tab Backward
- if (g.NavId == id)
- {
- if (result->ID)
- {
- g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
- }
- }
- else if (can_stop)
- {
- // Keep applying until reaching NavId
- NavApplyItemToResult(result);
- }
- }
- else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0)
- {
- if (can_stop && g.NavId == id)
- NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result);
- if (can_stop && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) // Tab init
- NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst);
- }
-}
-
-bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0;
-}
-
-// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
-
- if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
- move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId;
-
- g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true;
- g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
- g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir;
- g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
- g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags;
- g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
- g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
- g.NavMoveKeyMods = (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi) ? 0 : g.IO.KeyMods;
- g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear();
- g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear();
- g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear();
- g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
- g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear();
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing
- NavApplyItemToResult(result);
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-}
-
-// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
- g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID;
- g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags & ~ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; // Losing SelectionUserData, recovered next-frame (cheaper).
- g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect;
- NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult()
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
-}
-
-// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it)
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false);
- NavMoveRequestCancel();
- g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true;
- g.NavMoveDir = move_dir;
- g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir;
- g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded;
- g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags;
-}
-
-// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire
-// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final.
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY
-
- // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it:
- // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest().
- if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
- g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags;
-}
-
-// FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0).
-// This way we could find the last focused window among our children. It would be much less confusing this way?
-static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window;
- while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
- parent = parent->ParentWindow;
- if (parent && parent != nav_window)
- parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window;
-}
-
-// Restore the last focused child.
-// Call when we are expected to land on the Main Layer (0) after FocusWindow()
-static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- if (window->NavLastChildNavWindow && window->NavLastChildNavWindow->WasActive)
- return window->NavLastChildNavWindow;
- return window;
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
- g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests?
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
- if (prev_nav_window)
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name);
- }
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
- if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0)
- {
- SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]);
- }
- else
- {
- g.NavLayer = layer;
- NavInitWindow(window, true);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true;
-}
-
-static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL);
- if (g.NavAnyRequest)
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL);
-}
-
-// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin)
-void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow);
-
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)
- {
- g.NavId = 0;
- SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
- return;
- }
-
- bool init_for_nav = false;
- if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit)
- init_for_nav = true;
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer);
- if (init_for_nav)
- {
- SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect());
- g.NavInitRequest = true;
- g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
- g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
- }
- else
- {
- g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0];
- SetNavFocusScope(window->NavRootFocusScopeId);
- }
-}
-
-static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
- if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window)
- {
- // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used)
- // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard.
- // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx()
- ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos;
- return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y);
- }
- else
- {
- // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item
- // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?)
- ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]);
- if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX))
- {
- ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window);
- rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll);
- }
- ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight()));
- ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
- return ImTrunc(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImTrunc() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta.
- }
-}
-
-float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- float repeat_delay, repeat_rate;
- GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate);
-
- ImGuiKey key_less, key_more;
- if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
- {
- key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp;
- key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown;
- }
- else
- {
- key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
- key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
- }
- float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate);
- if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase
- amount = 0.0f;
- return amount;
-}
-
-static void ImGui::NavUpdate()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-
- io.WantSetMousePos = false;
- //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest);
-
- // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard)
- // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource?
- const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
- const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown };
- if (nav_gamepad_active)
- for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source)
- if (IsKeyDown(key))
- g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
- const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
- const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow };
- if (nav_keyboard_active)
- for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source)
- if (IsKeyDown(key))
- g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
-
- // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus)
- g.NavJustMovedToId = 0;
- if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0)
- NavInitRequestApplyResult();
- g.NavInitRequest = false;
- g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false;
- g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
-
- // Process navigation move request
- if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
- NavMoveRequestApplyResult();
- g.NavTabbingCounter = 0;
- g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false;
-
- // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling)
- bool set_mouse_pos = false;
- if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive)
- if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow)
- set_mouse_pos = true;
- g.NavMousePosDirty = false;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu);
-
- // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0
- if (g.NavWindow)
- NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow);
- if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
- g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL;
-
- // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.)
- NavUpdateWindowing();
-
- // Set output flags for user application
- io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs);
- io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
-
- // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
- NavUpdateCancelRequest();
-
- // Process manual activation request
- g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = 0;
- g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
- if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
- {
- const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_None));
- const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)));
- const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_None));
- const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)));
- if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed)
- {
- g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
- g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak;
- }
- if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed)
- {
- g.NavActivateId = g.NavId;
- g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput;
- }
- if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_down || input_down))
- g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId;
- if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && (activate_pressed || input_pressed))
- {
- g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId;
- NavHighlightActivated(g.NavId);
- }
- }
- if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
- g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
- if (g.NavActivateId != 0)
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId);
-
- // Highlight
- if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer > 0.0f)
- g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer = ImMax(0.0f, g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer - io.DeltaTime);
- if (g.NavHighlightActivatedTimer == 0.0f)
- g.NavHighlightActivatedId = 0;
-
- // Process programmatic activation request
- // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others)
- if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0)
- {
- g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId;
- g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags;
- }
- g.NavNextActivateId = 0;
-
- // Process move requests
- NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest();
- if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
- NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest();
- NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag();
- g.NavIdIsAlive = false;
-
- // Scrolling
- if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget)
- {
- // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
- const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported.
- const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
- if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None)
- {
- if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right)
- SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
- if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down)
- SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed));
- }
-
- // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick
- // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds.
- if (nav_gamepad_active)
- {
- const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
- const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f;
- if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX)
- SetScrollX(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
- if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f)
- SetScrollY(window, ImTrunc(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor));
- }
- }
-
- // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled
- if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active)
- {
- g.NavDisableHighlight = true;
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false;
- }
-
- // Update mouse position if requested
- // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied)
- if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos))
- TeleportMousePos(NavCalcPreferredRefPos());
-
- // [DEBUG]
- g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0;
-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS
- if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow)
- {
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window);
- int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); }
- //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); }
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult()
-{
- // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void)
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.NavWindow)
- return;
-
- ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult;
- if (g.NavId != result->ID)
- {
- g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
- g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
- g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0;
- }
-
- // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called)
- // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently.
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
- SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
- g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result
- if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
- if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove)
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
-}
-
-// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position
-static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags)
-{
- // Bias initial rect
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos;
-
- // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias.
- // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column.
- // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse.
- if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
- {
- if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX)
- preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x;
- if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX)
- preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y;
- }
-
- // Apply general bias on the other axis
- if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX)
- r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x;
- else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX)
- r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y;
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
- const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
- const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
-
- if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL)
- {
- // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window)
- // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function)
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None);
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded);
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir);
- }
- else
- {
- // Initiate directional inputs request
- g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None;
- g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None;
- g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None;
- if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
- {
- const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove;
- if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; }
- if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; }
- if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; }
- if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; }
- }
- g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
- g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- }
-
- // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll
- // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag?
- float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
- if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active)
- scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown();
- if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f)
- {
- g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect;
- g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
- }
-
- // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction.
-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
- //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C))
- // g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3);
- if (io.KeyCtrl)
- {
- if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None)
- g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug;
- g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir;
- g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult;
- }
-#endif
-
- // Submit
- g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false;
- if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None)
- NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
-
- // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match)
- if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer);
- g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true;
- g.NavInitResult.ID = 0;
- g.NavDisableHighlight = false;
- }
-
- // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area.
- // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling,
- // since with gamepad all movements are relative (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse).
- if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded))
- {
- bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0;
- bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0;
- ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)));
-
- // Take account of changing scroll to handle triggering a new move request on a scrolling frame. (#6171)
- // Otherwise 'inner_rect_rel' would be off on the move result frame.
- inner_rect_rel.Translate(CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window) - window->Scroll);
-
- if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]))
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n");
- float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f);
- float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item
- inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX;
- inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX;
- inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX;
- inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX;
- window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel);
- g.NavId = 0;
- }
- }
-
- // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items)
- ImRect scoring_rect;
- if (window != NULL)
- {
- ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
- scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel);
- scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y);
- if (g.NavMoveSubmitted)
- NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags);
- IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem().
- //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG]
- //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG]
- }
- g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect;
- g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect);
-}
-
-void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None);
- if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs))
- return;
-
- const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt;
- if (!tab_pressed)
- return;
-
- // Initiate tabbing request
- // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!)
- // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping.
- const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
- if (nav_keyboard_active)
- g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
- else
- g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1;
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
- ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY;
- ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down;
- NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable.
- g.NavTabbingCounter = -1;
-}
-
-// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate()
-void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING
- if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times
- return;
-#endif
-
- // Select which result to use
- ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL;
-
- // Tabbing forward wrap
- if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL)
- if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID)
- result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst;
-
- // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result)
- const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
- if (result == NULL)
- {
- if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
- g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight;
- if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis.
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n");
- return;
- }
-
- // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page.
- if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet)
- if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId)
- result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible;
-
- // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules.
- if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow)
- if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter))
- result = &g.NavMoveResultOther;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window);
-
- // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view.
- if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
- {
- ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel);
- ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
-
- if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY)
- {
- // FIXME: Should remove this? Or make more precise: use ScrollToRectEx() with edge?
- float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f;
- SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target);
- }
- }
-
- if (g.NavWindow != result->Window)
- {
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name);
- g.NavWindow = result->Window;
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid;
- }
-
- // FIXME: Could become optional e.g. ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoClearActiveId if we later want to apply navigation requests without altering active input.
- if (g.ActiveId != result->ID)
- ClearActiveID();
-
- // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)
- // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior.
- if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0)
- {
- g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID;
- g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId;
- g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods;
- }
-
- // Apply new NavID/Focus
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name);
- ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer];
- SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel);
- if (result->SelectionUserData != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)
- g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData = result->SelectionUserData;
-
- // Restore last preferred position for current axis
- // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..)
- if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0)
- {
- preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis];
- g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel;
- }
-
- // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus
- if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0)
- g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate;
-
- // Activate
- if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate)
- {
- g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID;
- g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None;
- if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing)
- g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState | ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing;
- }
-
- // Enable nav highlight
- if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0)
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
-}
-
-// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus)
-// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need:
-// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it.
-// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept
-static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
- const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
- if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)))
- return;
-
- IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n");
- if (g.ActiveId != 0)
- {
- ClearActiveID();
- }
- else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
- {
- // Leave the "menu" layer
- NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
- }
- else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow)
- {
- // Exit child window
- ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav;
- ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window->ParentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0);
- FocusWindow(parent_window);
- SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_window->Rect()));
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
- }
- else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
- {
- // Close open popup/menu
- ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true);
- }
- else
- {
- // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were
- if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)))
- g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0;
- g.NavId = 0;
- }
-}
-
-// Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys
-// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request
-// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference
-// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid?
-static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
- return 0.0f;
-
- const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None);
- const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None);
- const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);
- const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat);
- if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out
- return 0.0f;
-
- if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main)
- NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main);
-
- if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)
- {
- // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item
- if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
- SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
- else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat))
- SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight());
- else if (home_pressed)
- SetScrollY(window, 0.0f);
- else if (end_pressed)
- SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y);
- }
- else
- {
- ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
- const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight());
- float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f;
- if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true))
- {
- nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y;
- g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item)
- g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
- g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
- }
- else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true))
- {
- nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y;
- g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item)
- g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
- g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove;
- }
- else if (home_pressed)
- {
- // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y
- // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result.
- // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any.
- nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f;
- if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
- nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
- g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down;
- g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
- // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
- }
- else if (end_pressed)
- {
- nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y;
- if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted())
- nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f;
- g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up;
- g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY;
- // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional?
- }
- return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y;
- }
- return 0.0f;
-}
-
-static void ImGui::NavEndFrame()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // Show CTRL+TAB list window
- if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL)
- NavUpdateWindowingOverlay();
-
- // Perform wrap-around in menus
- // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly.
- // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame.
- if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0)
- NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest();
-}
-
-static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow;
-
- bool do_forward = false;
- ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer];
- ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir;
-
- const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags;
- //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X;
- if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
- {
- bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x;
- if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
- {
- bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row
- clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up;
- }
- do_forward = true;
- }
- if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX)))
- {
- bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x;
- if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)
- {
- bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row
- clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down;
- }
- do_forward = true;
- }
- if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
- {
- bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y;
- if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
- {
- bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column
- clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left;
- }
- do_forward = true;
- }
- if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY)))
- {
- bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y;
- if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)
- {
- bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column
- clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right;
- }
- do_forward = true;
- }
- if (!do_forward)
- return;
- window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel;
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X);
- NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y);
- NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags);
-}
-
-static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_UNUSED(g);
- int order = window->FocusOrder;
- IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking)
- IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window);
- return order;
-}
-
-static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir)
- if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]))
- return g.WindowsFocusOrder[i];
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget);
- if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
- return;
-
- const int i_current = ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget);
- ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir);
- if (!window_target)
- window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir);
- if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list
- {
- g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target;
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- }
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
-}
-
-// Windowing management mode
-// Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer)
-// Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer)
-static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
-
- ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL;
- bool apply_toggle_layer = false;
-
- ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal();
- bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal.
- if (!allow_windowing)
- g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
-
- // Fade out
- if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL)
- {
- g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f);
- if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f)
- g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL;
- }
-
- // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection
- // (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext/g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev defaults are ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiKey_Tab and ImGuiMod_Ctrl|ImGuiMod_Shift|ImGuiKey_Tab)
- const ImGuiID owner_id = ImHashStr("###NavUpdateWindowing");
- const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0;
- const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0;
- const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);
- const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways);
- const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None);
- const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard!
- if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard)
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1))
- {
- g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow;
- g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f;
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer
- g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad;
-
- // Register ownership of our mods. Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh in the Shortcut() calls instead would probably be correct but may have more side-effects.
- if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
- SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext | g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev) & ImGuiMod_Mask_, owner_id);
- }
-
- // Gamepad update
- g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime;
- if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
- {
- // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise
- g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f));
-
- // Select window to focus
- const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1);
- if (focus_change_dir != 0)
- {
- NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir);
- g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f;
- }
-
- // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most)
- if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu))
- {
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore.
- if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow)
- apply_toggle_layer = true;
- else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
- apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
- g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- // Keyboard: Focus
- if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
- {
- // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise
- ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_;
- IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows.
- g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f
- if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window)
- NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1);
- else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods)
- apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget;
- }
-
- // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer
- const ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_keys[] = { ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_RightAlt };
- for (ImGuiKey windowing_toggle_key : windowing_toggle_keys)
- if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(windowing_toggle_key, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))
- {
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true;
- g.NavWindowingToggleKey = windowing_toggle_key;
- g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard;
- break;
- }
- if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)
- {
- // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370)
- // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439)
- // - AltGR is Alt+Ctrl on some layout but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl).
- // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key.
- if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper)
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
- if (TestKeyOwner(g.NavWindowingToggleKey, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false)
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
-
- // Apply layer toggle on Alt release
- // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss.
- if (IsKeyReleased(g.NavWindowingToggleKey) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer)
- if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)
- if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev))
- apply_toggle_layer = true;
- if (!IsKeyDown(g.NavWindowingToggleKey))
- g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false;
- }
-
- // Move window
- if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
- {
- ImVec2 nav_move_dir;
- if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift)
- nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow);
- if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad)
- nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown);
- if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f)
- {
- const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f;
- const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step;
- g.NavDisableMouseHover = true;
- ImVec2 accum_floored = ImTrunc(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos);
- if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow;
- SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always);
- g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Apply final focus
- if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow))
- {
- ClearActiveID();
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
- ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
- FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild);
- apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow;
- if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0)
- NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false);
-
- // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly
- // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame,
- // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since
- // the target window as already been previewed once.
- // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases,
- // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask*
- // won't be valid.
- if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu))
- g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu;
- }
- if (apply_focus_window)
- g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL;
-
- // Apply menu/layer toggle
- if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow)
- {
- ClearActiveID();
-
- // Move to parent menu if necessary
- ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
- while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow
- && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0
- && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0
- && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0)
- new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow;
- if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow;
- FocusWindow(new_nav_window);
- new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window;
- }
-
- // Toggle layer
- const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main;
- if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer)
- {
- // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?)
- if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)
- g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0;
- NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer);
- NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove();
- }
- }
-}
-
-// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable()
-static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
- return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup);
- if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0)
- return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar);
- return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled);
-}
-
-// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame().
-void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL);
-
- if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY)
- return;
-
- if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL)
- g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList");
- const ImGuiViewport* viewport = GetMainViewport();
- SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
- SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
- PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f);
- Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings);
- for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n];
- IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers
- if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window))
- continue;
- const char* label = window->Name;
- if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label))
- label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window);
- Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window);
- }
- End();
- PopStyleVar();
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.DragDropActive;
-}
-
-void ImGui::ClearDragDrop()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.DragDropActive = false;
- g.DragDropPayload.Clear();
- g.DragDropAcceptFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None;
- g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0;
- g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX;
- g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1;
-
- g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear();
- memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginTooltipHidden()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- bool ret = Begin("##Tooltip_Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
- SetWindowHiddenAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(g.CurrentWindow);
- return ret;
-}
-
-// When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource()
-// If the item has an identifier:
-// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior).
-// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button.
-// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag.
-// If the item has no identifier:
-// - Currently always assume left mouse button.
-bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button,
- // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic).
- ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left;
-
- bool source_drag_active = false;
- ImGuiID source_id = 0;
- ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0;
- if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
- {
- source_id = g.LastItemData.ID;
- if (source_id != 0)
- {
- // Common path: items with ID
- if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
- return false;
- if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1)
- mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton;
- if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
- return false;
- g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
- }
- else
- {
- // Uncommon path: items without ID
- if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems)
- return false;
- if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window))
- return false;
-
- // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to:
- // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag.
- if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID))
- {
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return false;
- }
-
- // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image()
- // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window.
- // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled.
- // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive.
- // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact.
- source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect);
- KeepAliveID(source_id);
- bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags);
- if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button])
- {
- SetActiveID(source_id, window);
- FocusWindow(window);
- }
- if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker.
- g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered;
- }
- if (g.ActiveId != source_id)
- return false;
- source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back();
- source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button);
-
- // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any
- SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys();
- }
- else
- {
- window = NULL;
- source_id = ImHashStr("#SourceExtern");
- source_drag_active = true;
- }
-
- if (source_drag_active)
- {
- if (!g.DragDropActive)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(source_id != 0);
- ClearDragDrop();
- ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
- payload.SourceId = source_id;
- payload.SourceParentId = source_parent_id;
- g.DragDropActive = true;
- g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags;
- g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button;
- if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId)
- g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true;
- }
- g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
- g.DragDropWithinSource = true;
-
- if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
- {
- // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit)
- // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents.
- bool ret;
- if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip))
- ret = BeginTooltipHidden();
- else
- ret = BeginTooltip();
- IM_ASSERT(ret); // FIXME-NEWBEGIN: If this ever becomes false, we need to Begin("##Hidden", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame().
- IM_UNUSED(ret);
- }
-
- if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern))
- g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect;
-
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndDragDropSource()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSource && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?");
-
- if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip))
- EndTooltip();
-
- // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload()
- if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1)
- ClearDragDrop();
- g.DragDropWithinSource = false;
-}
-
-// Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame
-bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiCond cond)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
- if (cond == 0)
- cond = ImGuiCond_Always;
-
- IM_ASSERT(type != NULL);
- IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long");
- IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0));
- IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once);
- IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource()
-
- if (cond == ImGuiCond_Always || payload.DataFrameCount == -1)
- {
- // Copy payload
- ImStrncpy(payload.DataType, type, IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType));
- g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize(0);
- if (data_size > sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal))
- {
- // Store in heap
- g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.resize((int)data_size);
- payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.Data;
- memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
- }
- else if (data_size > 0)
- {
- // Store locally
- memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal));
- payload.Data = g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal;
- memcpy(payload.Data, data, data_size);
- }
- else
- {
- payload.Data = NULL;
- }
- payload.DataSize = (int)data_size;
- }
- payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
-
- // Return whether the payload has been accepted
- return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1);
-}
-
-bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.DragDropActive)
- return false;
-
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
- if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow)
- return false;
- IM_ASSERT(id != 0);
- if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId))
- return false;
- if (window->SkipItems)
- return false;
-
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);
- g.DragDropTargetRect = bb;
- g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overriden by user depending on use case?
- g.DragDropTargetId = id;
- g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
- return true;
-}
-
-// We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because:
-// 1) we use LastItemData's ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them.
-// 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can.
-// Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case)
-bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.DragDropActive)
- return false;
-
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect))
- return false;
- ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow;
- if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindow != hovered_window->RootWindow || window->SkipItems)
- return false;
-
- const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect;
- ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID;
- if (id == 0)
- {
- id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect);
- KeepAliveID(id);
- }
- if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id)
- return false;
-
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false);
- g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect;
- g.DragDropTargetClipRect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect) ? g.LastItemData.ClipRect : window->ClipRect;
- g.DragDropTargetId = id;
- g.DragDropWithinTarget = true;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui::IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev != 0;
-}
-
-const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiPayload& payload = g.DragDropPayload;
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); // Not called between BeginDragDropTarget() and EndDragDropTarget() ?
- IM_ASSERT(payload.DataFrameCount != -1); // Forgot to call EndDragDropTarget() ?
- if (type != NULL && !payload.IsDataType(type))
- return NULL;
-
- // Accept smallest drag target bounding box, this allows us to nest drag targets conveniently without ordering constraints.
- // NB: We currently accept NULL id as target. However, overlapping targets requires a unique ID to function!
- const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId);
- ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect;
- float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight();
- if (r_surface > g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface)
- return NULL;
-
- g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags;
- g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId;
- g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = r_surface;
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: accept\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
-
- // Render default drop visuals
- payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously;
- flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame)
- if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview)
- RenderDragDropTargetRect(r, g.DragDropTargetClipRect);
-
- g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount;
- payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting OS window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased()
- if (!payload.Delivery && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery))
- return NULL;
-
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("AcceptDragDropPayload(): %08X: return payload\n", g.DragDropTargetId);
- return &payload;
-}
-
-// FIXME-STYLE FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target.
-void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb, const ImRect& item_clip_rect)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImRect bb_display = bb;
- bb_display.ClipWith(item_clip_rect); // Clip THEN expand so we have a way to visualize that target is not entirely visible.
- bb_display.Expand(3.5f);
- bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(bb_display);
- if (push_clip_rect)
- window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen();
- window->DrawList->AddRect(bb_display.Min, bb_display.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
- if (push_clip_rect)
- window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
-}
-
-const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL;
-}
-
-void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive);
- IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget);
- g.DragDropWithinTarget = false;
-
- // Clear drag and drop state payload right after delivery
- if (g.DragDropPayload.Delivery)
- ClearDragDrop();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard.
-// By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
-static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- if (g.LogFile)
- {
- g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0);
- g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
- ImFileWrite(g.LogBuffer.c_str(), sizeof(char), (ImU64)g.LogBuffer.size(), g.LogFile);
- }
- else
- {
- g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.LogEnabled)
- return;
-
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.LogEnabled)
- return;
-
- LogTextV(g, fmt, args);
-}
-
-// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
-// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
-// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system.
-void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix;
- const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix;
- g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
-
- if (!text_end)
- text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end);
-
- const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1);
- if (ref_pos)
- g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y;
- if (log_new_line)
- {
- LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
- g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
- }
-
- if (prefix)
- LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here.
-
- // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
- if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth)
- g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
- const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef);
-
- const char* text_remaining = text;
- for (;;)
- {
- // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
- // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured.
- const char* line_start = text_remaining;
- const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end);
- const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end);
- if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line)
- {
- const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start);
- const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1;
- LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start);
- g.LogLineFirstItem = false;
- if (*line_end == '\n')
- {
- LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
- g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
- }
- }
- if (is_last_line)
- break;
- text_remaining = line_end + 1;
- }
-
- if (suffix)
- LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix));
-}
-
-// Start logging/capturing text output
-void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- IM_ASSERT(g.LogEnabled == false);
- IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL);
- IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty());
- g.LogEnabled = true;
- g.LogType = type;
- g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL;
- g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth;
- g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault);
- g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX;
- g.LogLineFirstItem = true;
-}
-
-// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText)
-void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.LogNextPrefix = prefix;
- g.LogNextSuffix = suffix;
-}
-
-void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- return;
- IM_UNUSED(auto_open_depth);
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
- LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_TTY, auto_open_depth);
- g.LogFile = stdout;
-#endif
-}
-
-// Start logging/capturing text output to given file
-void ImGui::LogToFile(int auto_open_depth, const char* filename)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- return;
-
- // FIXME: We could probably open the file in text mode "at", however note that clipboard/buffer logging will still
- // be subject to outputting OS-incompatible carriage return if within strings the user doesn't use IM_NEWLINE.
- // By opening the file in binary mode "ab" we have consistent output everywhere.
- if (!filename)
- filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
- if (!filename || !filename[0])
- return;
- ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab");
- if (!f)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return;
- }
-
- LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_File, auto_open_depth);
- g.LogFile = f;
-}
-
-// Start logging/capturing text output to clipboard
-void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- return;
- LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, auto_open_depth);
-}
-
-void ImGui::LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.LogEnabled)
- return;
- LogBegin(ImGuiLogType_Buffer, auto_open_depth);
-}
-
-void ImGui::LogFinish()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.LogEnabled)
- return;
-
- LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
- switch (g.LogType)
- {
- case ImGuiLogType_TTY:
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
- fflush(g.LogFile);
-#endif
- break;
- case ImGuiLogType_File:
- ImFileClose(g.LogFile);
- break;
- case ImGuiLogType_Buffer:
- break;
- case ImGuiLogType_Clipboard:
- if (!g.LogBuffer.empty())
- SetClipboardText(g.LogBuffer.begin());
- break;
- case ImGuiLogType_None:
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- break;
- }
-
- g.LogEnabled = false;
- g.LogType = ImGuiLogType_None;
- g.LogFile = NULL;
- g.LogBuffer.clear();
-}
-
-// Helper to display logging buttons
-// FIXME-OBSOLETE: We should probably obsolete this and let the user have their own helper (this is one of the oldest function alive!)
-void ImGui::LogButtons()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- PushID("LogButtons");
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS
- const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine();
-#else
- const bool log_to_tty = false;
-#endif
- const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine();
- const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine();
- PushTabStop(false);
- SetNextItemWidth(80.0f);
- SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL);
- PopTabStop();
- PopID();
-
- // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
- if (log_to_tty)
- LogToTTY();
- if (log_to_file)
- LogToFile();
- if (log_to_clipboard)
- LogToClipboard();
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] SETTINGS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - UpdateSettings() [Internal]
-// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal]
-// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal]
-// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal]
-// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk()
-// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory()
-// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk()
-// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal]
-// - FindWindowSettingsByID() [Internal]
-// - FindWindowSettingsByWindow() [Internal]
-// - ClearWindowSettings() [Internal]
-// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Called by NewFrame()
-void ImGui::UpdateSettings()
-{
- // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before)
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!g.SettingsLoaded)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty());
- if (g.IO.IniFilename)
- LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
- g.SettingsLoaded = true;
- }
-
- // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much)
- if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
- {
- g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
- if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
- {
- if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL)
- SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
- else
- g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves.
- g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
- g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
-}
-
-void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
- if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
- g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
-}
-
-void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL);
- g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler);
-}
-
-void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name))
- g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler);
-}
-
-ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name);
- for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
- if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash)
- return &handler;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// Clear all settings (windows, tables, docking etc.)
-void ImGui::ClearIniSettings()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.SettingsIniData.clear();
- for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
- if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL)
- handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler);
-}
-
-void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename)
-{
- size_t file_data_size = 0;
- char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size);
- if (!file_data)
- return;
- if (file_data_size > 0)
- LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size);
- IM_FREE(file_data);
-}
-
-// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing
-// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty!
-void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized);
- //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()");
- //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0);
-
- // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter).
- // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy..
- if (ini_size == 0)
- ini_size = strlen(ini_data);
- g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1);
- char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data;
- char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size;
- memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
- buf_end[0] = 0;
-
- // Call pre-read handlers
- // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window)
- for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
- if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL)
- handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler);
-
- void* entry_data = NULL;
- ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL;
-
- char* line_end = NULL;
- for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1)
- {
- // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line
- while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r')
- line++;
- line_end = line;
- while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
- line_end++;
- line_end[0] = 0;
- if (line[0] == ';')
- continue;
- if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']')
- {
- // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code.
- line_end[-1] = 0;
- const char* name_end = line_end - 1;
- const char* type_start = line + 1;
- char* type_end = (char*)(void*)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']');
- const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL;
- if (!type_end || !name_start)
- continue;
- *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']'
- name_start++; // Skip second '['
- entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start);
- entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL;
- }
- else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL)
- {
- // Let type handler parse the line
- entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line);
- }
- }
- g.SettingsLoaded = true;
-
- // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary)
- memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size);
-
- // Call post-read handlers
- for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
- if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL)
- handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler);
-}
-
-void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
- if (!ini_filename)
- return;
-
- size_t ini_data_size = 0;
- const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size);
- ImFileHandle f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt");
- if (!f)
- return;
- ImFileWrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f);
- ImFileClose(f);
-}
-
-// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer
-const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
- g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0);
- g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0);
- for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
- handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData);
- if (out_size)
- *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size();
- return g.SettingsIniData.c_str();
-}
-
-ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false)
- {
- // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
- // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier.
- if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###"))
- name = p;
- }
- const size_t name_len = strlen(name);
-
- // Allocate chunk
- const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1;
- ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.alloc_chunk(chunk_size);
- IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiWindowSettings();
- settings->ID = ImHashStr(name, name_len);
- memcpy(settings->GetName(), name, name_len + 1); // Store with zero terminator
-
- return settings;
-}
-
-// We don't provide a FindWindowSettingsByName() because Docking system doesn't always hold on names.
-// This is called once per window .ini entry + once per newly instantiated window.
-ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(ImGuiID id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
- if (settings->ID == id && !settings->WantDelete)
- return settings;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-// This is faster if you are holding on a Window already as we don't need to perform a search.
-ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (window->SettingsOffset != -1)
- return g.SettingsWindows.ptr_from_offset(window->SettingsOffset);
- return FindWindowSettingsByID(window->ID);
-}
-
-// This will revert window to its initial state, including enabling the ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver/ImGuiCond_Once conditions once more.
-void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name)
-{
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("ClearWindowSettings('%s')\n", name);
- ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
- if (window != NULL)
- {
- window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
- InitOrLoadWindowSettings(window, NULL);
- }
- if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = window ? FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window) : FindWindowSettingsByID(ImHashStr(name)))
- settings->WantDelete = true;
-}
-
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- window->SettingsOffset = -1;
- g.SettingsWindows.clear();
-}
-
-static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name)
-{
- ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(name);
- ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByID(id);
- if (settings)
- *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry
- else
- settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name);
- settings->ID = id;
- settings->WantApply = true;
- return (void*)settings;
-}
-
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line)
-{
- ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry;
- int x, y;
- int i;
- if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
- else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); }
- else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); }
- else if (sscanf(line, "IsChild=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->IsChild = (i != 0); }
-}
-
-// Apply to existing windows (if any)
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
- if (settings->WantApply)
- {
- if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID))
- ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings);
- settings->WantApply = false;
- }
-}
-
-static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf)
-{
- // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
- // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings)
- ImGuiContext& g = *ctx;
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- {
- if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
- continue;
-
- ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettingsByWindow(window);
- if (!settings)
- {
- settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name);
- window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings);
- }
- IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID);
- settings->Pos = ImVec2ih(window->Pos);
- settings->Size = ImVec2ih(window->SizeFull);
- settings->IsChild = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0;
- settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
- settings->WantDelete = false;
- }
-
- // Write to text buffer
- buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.size() * 6); // ballpark reserve
- for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
- {
- if (settings->WantDelete)
- continue;
- const char* settings_name = settings->GetName();
- buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, settings_name);
- if (settings->IsChild)
- {
- buf->appendf("IsChild=1\n");
- buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
- }
- else
- {
- buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y);
- buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y);
- if (settings->Collapsed)
- buf->appendf("Collapsed=1\n");
- }
- buf->append("\n");
- }
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- for (int n = 0; n < count; n++)
- g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text;
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - GetMainViewport()
-// - SetWindowViewport() [Internal]
-// - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal]
-// (this section is more complete in the 'docking' branch)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- return g.Viewports[0];
-}
-
-void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
-{
- window->Viewport = viewport;
-}
-
-// Update viewports and monitor infos
-static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports.Size == 1);
-
- // Update main viewport with current platform position.
- // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent.
- ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0];
- main_viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow | ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp;
- main_viewport->Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- main_viewport->Size = g.IO.DisplaySize;
-
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- {
- // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again.
- viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin;
- viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax;
- viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- viewport->UpdateWorkRect();
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] DOCKING
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// (this section is filled in the 'docking' branch)
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
-#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")
-#endif
-
-// Win32 clipboard implementation
-// We use g.ClipboardHandlerData for temporary storage to ensure it is freed on Shutdown()
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
- if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
- return NULL;
- HANDLE wbuf_handle = ::GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
- if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
- {
- ::CloseClipboard();
- return NULL;
- }
- if (const WCHAR* wbuf_global = (const WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
- {
- int buf_len = ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(buf_len);
- ::WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuf_global, -1, g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data, buf_len, NULL, NULL);
- }
- ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
- ::CloseClipboard();
- return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
-}
-
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
-{
- if (!::OpenClipboard(NULL))
- return;
- const int wbuf_length = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, NULL, 0);
- HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(WCHAR));
- if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
- {
- ::CloseClipboard();
- return;
- }
- WCHAR* wbuf_global = (WCHAR*)::GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
- ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, text, -1, wbuf_global, wbuf_length);
- ::GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
- ::EmptyClipboard();
- if (::SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle) == NULL)
- ::GlobalFree(wbuf_handle);
- ::CloseClipboard();
-}
-
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_OSX && defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS)
-
-#include // Use old API to avoid need for separate .mm file
-static PasteboardRef main_clipboard = 0;
-
-// OSX clipboard implementation
-// If you enable this you will need to add '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line!
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text)
-{
- if (!main_clipboard)
- PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
- PasteboardClear(main_clipboard);
- CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text));
- if (cf_data)
- {
- PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0);
- CFRelease(cf_data);
- }
-}
-
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
- if (!main_clipboard)
- PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard);
- PasteboardSynchronize(main_clipboard);
-
- ItemCount item_count = 0;
- PasteboardGetItemCount(main_clipboard, &item_count);
- for (ItemCount i = 0; i < item_count; i++)
- {
- PasteboardItemID item_id = 0;
- PasteboardGetItemIdentifier(main_clipboard, i + 1, &item_id);
- CFArrayRef flavor_type_array = 0;
- PasteboardCopyItemFlavors(main_clipboard, item_id, &flavor_type_array);
- for (CFIndex j = 0, nj = CFArrayGetCount(flavor_type_array); j < nj; j++)
- {
- CFDataRef cf_data;
- if (PasteboardCopyItemFlavorData(main_clipboard, item_id, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), &cf_data) == noErr)
- {
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
- int length = (int)CFDataGetLength(cf_data);
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize(length + 1);
- CFDataGetBytes(cf_data, CFRangeMake(0, length), (UInt8*)g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data);
- g.ClipboardHandlerData[length] = 0;
- CFRelease(cf_data);
- return g.ClipboardHandlerData.Data;
- }
- }
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-#else
-
-// Local Dear ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers.
-static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
- return g.ClipboardHandlerData.empty() ? NULL : g.ClipboardHandlerData.begin();
-}
-
-static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *(ImGuiContext*)user_data_ctx;
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear();
- const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
- g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1);
- memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
- g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)
-
-#include
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
-#endif
-
-static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)
-{
- // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw;
- if (hwnd == 0)
- return;
-
- //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0);
- if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd))
- {
- COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {};
- composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;
- composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;
- composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
- ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form);
- CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {};
- candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS;
- candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)data->InputPos.x;
- candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)data->InputPos.y;
- ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form);
- ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc);
- }
-}
-
-#else
-
-static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {}
-
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - DebugRenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal]
-// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal]
-// - DebugTextEncoding()
-// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal]
-// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal]
-// - ShowMetricsWindow()
-// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal]
-// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal]
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
-
-void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size;
- ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale;
- float alpha_mul = 1.0f;
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f));
- for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows)
- {
- if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
- continue;
-
- ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect();
- ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect();
- thumb_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + thumb_r.Max * scale));
- title_r = ImRect(ImTrunc(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImTrunc(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y + title_r.GetHeight() * 3.0f) * scale)); // Exaggerate title bar height
- thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
- title_r.ClipWithFull(bb);
- const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight);
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul));
- window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul));
- window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
- window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name));
- }
- draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul));
- if (viewport->ID == g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID)
- window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
-}
-
-static void RenderViewportsThumbnails()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
-
- float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f;
- ImRect bb_full(g.Viewports[0]->Pos, g.Viewports[0]->Pos + g.Viewports[0]->Size);
- ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos;
- ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE;
-
- // Draw viewports
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- {
- ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE);
- ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb);
- }
- ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE);
-}
-
-// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys
-void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list)
-{
- const float scale = ImGui::GetFontSize() / 13.0f;
- const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f) * scale;
- const float key_rounding = 3.0f * scale;
- const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f) * scale;
- const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f) * scale;
- const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f * scale;
- const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f) * scale;
- const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f);
- const float key_row_offset = 9.0f * scale;
-
- ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f);
- ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y);
-
- struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; };
- const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] =
- {
- { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab }, { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R },
- { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F },
- { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V }
- };
-
- // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically.
- // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view.
- Dummy(board_max - board_min);
- if (!IsItemVisible())
- return;
- draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true);
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++)
- {
- const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n];
- ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y);
- ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size;
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding);
- draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding);
- ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y);
- ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y);
- draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding);
- ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y);
- draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label);
- if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key))
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding);
- }
- draw_list->PopClipRect();
-}
-
-// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct.
-void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str)
-{
- Text("Text: \"%s\"", str);
- if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable))
- return;
- TableSetupColumn("Offset");
- TableSetupColumn("UTF-8");
- TableSetupColumn("Glyph");
- TableSetupColumn("Codepoint");
- TableHeadersRow();
- for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; )
- {
- unsigned int c;
- const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL);
- TableNextColumn();
- Text("%d", (int)(p - str));
- TableNextColumn();
- for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++)
- {
- if (byte_index > 0)
- SameLine();
- Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]);
- }
- TableNextColumn();
- if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c))
- TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len);
- else
- TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]");
- TableNextColumn();
- Text("U+%04X", (int)c);
- p += c_utf8_len;
- }
- EndTable();
-}
-
-static void DebugFlashStyleColorStop()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx != ImGuiCol_COUNT)
- g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx] = g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup;
- g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = ImGuiCol_COUNT;
-}
-
-// Flash a given style color for some + inhibit modifications of this color via PushStyleColor() calls.
-void ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
- g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime = 0.5f;
- g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx = idx;
- g.DebugFlashStyleColorBackup = g.Style.Colors[idx];
-}
-
-void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolFlashStyleColor()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime <= 0.0f)
- return;
- ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(cosf(g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime * 6.0f) * 0.5f + 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].x, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].y, g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].z);
- g.Style.Colors[g.DebugFlashStyleColorIdx].w = 1.0f;
- if ((g.DebugFlashStyleColorTime -= g.IO.DeltaTime) <= 0.0f)
- DebugFlashStyleColorStop();
-}
-
-// Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds.
-static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc)
-{
- ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
- if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
- {
- ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
- ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture
-void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
- {
- PushID(font);
- DebugNodeFont(font);
- PopID();
- }
- if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
- {
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
- Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons
- ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
- ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border);
- Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col);
- TreePop();
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
- ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
- if (cfg->ShowDebugLog)
- ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog);
- if (cfg->ShowIDStackTool)
- ShowIDStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
-
- if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
- {
- End();
- return;
- }
-
- // [DEBUG] Clear debug breaks hooks after exactly one cycle.
- DebugBreakClearData();
-
- // Basic info
- Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion());
- Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate);
- Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
- Text("%d visible windows, %d current allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalAllocCount - g.DebugAllocInfo.TotalFreeCount);
- //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
-
- Separator();
-
- // Debugging enums
- enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type
- const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" };
- enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type
- const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" };
- if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0)
- cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect;
- if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0)
- cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect;
-
- struct Funcs
- {
- static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n)
- {
- ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance
- if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastTopHeadersRowHeight); }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); }
- else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); }
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return ImRect();
- }
-
- static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type)
- {
- if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRectClipped) { return window->OuterRectClipped; }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); }
- else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; }
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- return ImRect();
- }
- };
-
- // Tools
- if (TreeNode("Tools"))
- {
- // Debug Break features
- // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted.
- SeparatorTextEx(0, "Debug breaks", NULL, CalcTextSize("(?)").x + g.Style.SeparatorTextPadding.x);
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash.");
- if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive)
- DebugStartItemPicker();
- Checkbox("Show \"Debug Break\" buttons in other sections (io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)", &g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent);
-
- SeparatorText("Visualize");
-
- Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog);
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code.");
-
- Checkbox("Show ID Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowIDStackTool);
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow() from your code.");
-
- Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder);
- Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects);
- SameLine();
- SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
- cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count);
- if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
- {
- BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name);
- Indent();
- for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++)
- {
- ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n);
- Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]);
- }
- Unindent();
- }
-
- Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects);
- SameLine();
- SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12);
- cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count);
- if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL)
- {
- for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
- {
- ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
- if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow))
- continue;
-
- BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name);
- if (IsItemHovered())
- GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
- Indent();
- char buf[128];
- for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++)
- {
- if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
- {
- if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect)
- continue;
- for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
- {
- ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n);
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
- Selectable(buf);
- if (IsItemHovered())
- GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1);
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]);
- Selectable(buf);
- if (IsItemHovered())
- GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f);
- }
- }
- Unindent();
- }
- }
- Checkbox("Show groups rectangles", &g.DebugShowGroupRects); // Storing in context as this is used by group code and prefers to be in hot-data
-
- SeparatorText("Validate");
-
- Checkbox("Debug Begin/BeginChild return value", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");
-
- Checkbox("UTF-8 Encoding viewer", &cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer);
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct.");
- if (cfg->ShowTextEncodingViewer)
- {
- static char buf[64] = "";
- SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
- InputText("##DebugTextEncodingBuf", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- if (buf[0] != 0)
- DebugTextEncoding(buf);
- }
-
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Windows
- if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size))
- {
- //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
- DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order");
- DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)");
- if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)"))
- {
- // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship!
- ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer;
- temp_buffer.resize(0);
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount)
- temp_buffer.push_back(window);
- struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } };
- ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder);
- DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // DrawLists
- int drawlist_count = 0;
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size;
- if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count))
- {
- Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh);
- Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
- DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Viewports
- if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size))
- {
- SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
- if (TreeNode("Windows Minimap"))
- {
- RenderViewportsThumbnails();
- TreePop();
- }
- cfg->HighlightViewportID = 0;
-
- for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports)
- DebugNodeViewport(viewport);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for Popups
- if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size))
- {
- for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack)
- {
- // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline.
- ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window;
- BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'",
- popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "",
- popup_data.BackupNavWindow ? popup_data.BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL");
- }
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for TabBars
- if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount()))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++)
- if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n))
- {
- PushID(tab_bar);
- DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar");
- PopID();
- }
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for Tables
- if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount()))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++)
- if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n))
- DebugNodeTable(table);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for Fonts
- ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts;
- if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size))
- {
- ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for InputText
- if (TreeNode("InputText"))
- {
- DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for TypingSelect
- if (TreeNode("TypingSelect", "TypingSelect (%d)", g.TypingSelectState.SearchBuffer[0] != 0 ? 1 : 0))
- {
- DebugNodeTypingSelectState(&g.TypingSelectState);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Details for Docking
-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
- if (TreeNode("Docking"))
- {
- TreePop();
- }
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-
- // Settings
- if (TreeNode("Settings"))
- {
- if (SmallButton("Clear"))
- ClearIniSettings();
- SameLine();
- if (SmallButton("Save to memory"))
- SaveIniSettingsToMemory();
- SameLine();
- if (SmallButton("Save to disk"))
- SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename);
- SameLine();
- if (g.IO.IniFilename)
- Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename);
- else
- TextUnformatted("");
- Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings);
- Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer);
- if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size))
- {
- for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers)
- BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName);
- TreePop();
- }
- if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size()))
- {
- for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings))
- DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings);
- TreePop();
- }
-
- if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size()))
- {
- for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings))
- DebugNodeTableSettings(settings);
- TreePop();
- }
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-
- if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size()))
- {
- InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
- TreePop();
- }
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Settings
- if (TreeNode("Memory allocations"))
- {
- ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info = &g.DebugAllocInfo;
- Text("%d current allocations", info->TotalAllocCount - info->TotalFreeCount);
- if (SmallButton("GC now")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; }
- Text("Recent frames with allocations:");
- int buf_size = IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->LastEntriesBuf);
- for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--)
- {
- ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size];
- BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d malloc, %2d free )%s", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount, (n == 0) ? " (most recent)" : "");
- }
- TreePop();
- }
-
- if (TreeNode("Inputs"))
- {
- Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS");
- {
- // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends.
- // User code should never have to go through such hoops! You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
- Indent();
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
-#else
- struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
- //Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } }
-#endif
- Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); }
- Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
- Text("Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); }
- Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
- Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
- DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(GetWindowDrawList());
- Unindent();
- }
-
- Text("MOUSE STATE");
- {
- Indent();
- if (IsMousePosValid())
- Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
- else
- Text("Mouse pos: ");
- Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
- int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown);
- Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
- Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); }
- Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); }
- Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
- Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer);
- Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource));
- Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused
- Unindent();
- }
-
- Text("MOUSE WHEELING");
- {
- Indent();
- Text("WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Text("WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer);
- Text("WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : "");
- Unindent();
- }
-
- Text("KEY OWNERS");
- {
- Indent();
- if (BeginChild("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
- for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
- {
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(&g, key);
- if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None)
- continue;
- Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr,
- owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : "");
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr);
- }
- EndChild();
- Unindent();
- }
- Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING");
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("Declared shortcut routes automatically set key owner when mods matches.");
- {
- Indent();
- if (BeginChild("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
- for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1))
- {
- ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable;
- for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; )
- {
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx];
- ImGuiKeyChord key_chord = key | routing_data->Mods;
- Text("%s: 0x%08X (scored %d)", GetKeyChordName(key_chord), routing_data->RoutingCurr, routing_data->RoutingCurrScore);
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr);
- if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent)
- {
- SameLine();
- if (DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in SetShortcutRouting() for this KeyChord"))
- g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = key_chord;
- }
- idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex;
- }
- }
- EndChild();
- Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
- Unindent();
- }
- TreePop();
- }
-
- if (TreeNode("Internal state"))
- {
- Text("WINDOWING");
- Indent();
- Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Unindent();
-
- Text("ITEMS");
- Indent();
- Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource));
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId);
- Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask);
- Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame
- Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer);
- Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize);
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId);
- Unindent();
-
- Text("NAV,FOCUS");
- Indent();
- Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL");
- Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer);
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId);
- Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource));
- Text("NavLastValidSelectionUserData = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 ")", g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData, g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData);
- Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible);
- Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId: %08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId);
- Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags);
- Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover);
- Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId);
- Text("NavFocusRoute[] = ");
- for (int path_n = g.NavFocusRoute.Size - 1; path_n >= 0; path_n--)
- {
- const ImGuiFocusScopeData& focus_scope = g.NavFocusRoute[path_n];
- SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f);
- Text("0x%08X/", focus_scope.ID);
- SetItemTooltip("In window \"%s\"", FindWindowByID(focus_scope.WindowID)->Name);
- }
- Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL");
- Unindent();
-
- TreePop();
- }
-
- // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order
- if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder)
- {
- for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows)
- {
- if (!window->WasActive)
- continue;
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window);
- if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects)
- {
- ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType);
- draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
- }
- if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
- {
- char buf[32];
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
- float font_size = GetFontSize();
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255));
- draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf);
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles
- if (cfg->ShowTablesRects)
- {
- for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++)
- {
- ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n);
- if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1)
- continue;
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow);
- if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect)
- {
- for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++)
- {
- ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n);
- ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255);
- float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f;
- draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1);
- draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255));
- }
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
- // Overlay: Display Docking info
- if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl)
- {
- }
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-
- End();
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugBreakClearData()
-{
- // Those fields are scattered in their respective subsystem to stay in hot-data locations
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.DebugBreakInWindow = 0;
- g.DebugBreakInTable = 0;
- g.DebugBreakInShortcutRouting = ImGuiKey_None;
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugBreakButtonTooltip(bool keyboard_only, const char* description_of_location)
-{
- if (!BeginItemTooltip())
- return;
- Text("To call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() %s:", description_of_location);
- Separator();
- TextUnformatted(keyboard_only ? "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard." : "- Press 'Pause/Break' on keyboard.\n- or Click (may alter focus/active id).\n- or navigate using keyboard and press space.");
- Separator();
- TextUnformatted("Choose one way that doesn't interfere with what you are trying to debug!\nYou need a debugger attached or this will crash!");
- EndTooltip();
-}
-
-// Special button that doesn't take focus, doesn't take input owner, and can be activated without a click etc.
-// In order to reduce interferences with the contents we are trying to debug into.
-bool ImGui::DebugBreakButton(const char* label, const char* description_of_location)
-{
- ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
- if (window->SkipItems)
- return false;
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
- const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
- ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset);
- ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y);
-
- const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
- ItemSize(size, 0.0f);
- if (!ItemAdd(bb, id))
- return false;
-
- // WE DO NOT USE ButtonEx() or ButtonBehavior() in order to reduce our side-effects.
- bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, g.CurrentItemFlags);
- bool pressed = hovered && (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord) || IsMouseClicked(0) || g.NavActivateId == id);
- DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, description_of_location);
-
- ImVec4 col4f = GetStyleColorVec4(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
- ImVec4 hsv;
- ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z, hsv.x, hsv.y, hsv.z);
- ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv.x + 0.20f, hsv.y, hsv.z, col4f.x, col4f.y, col4f.z);
-
- RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);
- RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col4f), true, g.Style.FrameRounding);
- RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, g.Style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb);
-
- IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags);
- return pressed;
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns
-void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns)
-{
- if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags))
- return;
- BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX);
- for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns)
- BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm));
- TreePop();
-}
-
-static void FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(char* buf, int buf_size, ImTextureID tex_id)
-{
- union { void* ptr; int integer; } tex_id_opaque;
- memcpy(&tex_id_opaque, &tex_id, ImMin(sizeof(void*), sizeof(tex_id)));
- if (sizeof(tex_id) >= sizeof(void*))
- ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%p", tex_id_opaque.ptr);
- else
- ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "0x%04X", tex_id_opaque.integer);
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList
-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- IM_UNUSED(viewport); // Used in docking branch
- ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig;
- int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
- if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL)
- cmd_count--;
- bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count);
- if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList())
- {
- SameLine();
- TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
- if (node_open)
- TreePop();
- return;
- }
-
- ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list
- if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
- fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- if (!node_open)
- return;
-
- if (window && !window->WasActive)
- TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!");
-
- for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++)
- {
- if (pcmd->UserCallback)
- {
- BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
- continue;
- }
-
- char texid_desc[20];
- FormatTextureIDForDebugDisplay(texid_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(texid_desc), pcmd->TextureId);
- char buf[300];
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex %s, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)",
- pcmd->ElemCount / 3, texid_desc, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
- bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf);
- if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list)
- DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes);
- if (!pcmd_node_open)
- continue;
-
- // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count)
- // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output.
- const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
- const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset;
- float total_area = 0.0f;
- for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; )
- {
- ImVec2 triangle[3];
- for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
- triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos;
- total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]);
- }
-
- // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area);
- Selectable(buf);
- if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list)
- DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false);
-
- // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted.
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible.
- while (clipper.Step())
- for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++)
- {
- char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
- ImVec2 triangle[3];
- for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++)
- {
- const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i];
- triangle[n] = v.pos;
- buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n",
- (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col);
- }
-
- Selectable(buf, false);
- if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered())
- {
- ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags;
- fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
- fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f);
- fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
- }
- }
- TreePop();
- }
- TreePop();
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd
-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb);
-
- // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles
- ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect;
- ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags;
- out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles.
- for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; )
- {
- ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list
- ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset;
-
- ImVec2 triangle[3];
- for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++)
- vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos));
- if (show_mesh)
- out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles
- }
- // Draw bounding boxes
- if (show_aabb)
- {
- out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(clip_rect.Min), ImTrunc(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU
- out_draw_list->AddRect(ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Min), ImTrunc(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles
- }
- out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags;
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor().
-void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font)
-{
- bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)",
- font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount);
- SameLine();
- if (SmallButton("Set as default"))
- GetIO().FontDefault = font;
- if (!opened)
- return;
-
- // Display preview text
- PushFont(font);
- Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
- PopFont();
-
- // Display details
- SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8);
- DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f");
- SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker(
- "Note that the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n"
- "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. "
- "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. "
- "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n"
- "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)");
- Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
- char c_str[5];
- Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar);
- Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar);
- const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface);
- Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt);
- for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
- if (font->ConfigData)
- if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i])
- BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)",
- config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y);
-
- // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters
- if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size))
- {
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList();
- const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text);
- const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1;
- const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
- for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256)
- {
- // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k)
- // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT
- // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here)
- if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095))
- {
- base += 4096 - 256;
- continue;
- }
-
- int count = 0;
- for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
- if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)))
- count++;
- if (count <= 0)
- continue;
- if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph"))
- continue;
-
- // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs
- ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos();
- for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++)
- {
- // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions
- // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string.
- ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing));
- ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size);
- const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n));
- draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50));
- if (!glyph)
- continue;
- font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n));
- if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2) && BeginTooltip())
- {
- DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph);
- EndTooltip();
- }
- }
- Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16));
- TreePop();
- }
- TreePop();
- }
- TreePop();
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph)
-{
- Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint);
- Separator();
- Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible);
- Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX);
- Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1);
- Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1);
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage
-void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label)
-{
- if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes()))
- return;
- for (const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data)
- BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer.
- TreePop();
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar
-void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label)
-{
- // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings.
- char buf[256];
- char* p = buf;
- const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf);
- const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2);
- p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
- for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++)
- {
- ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
- p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab));
- }
- p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } ");
- if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
- bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf);
- if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
- if (is_active && IsItemHovered())
- {
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList();
- draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
- }
- if (open)
- {
- for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++)
- {
- ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n];
- PushID(tab);
- if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2);
- if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine();
- Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f",
- tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, TabBarGetTabName(tab_bar, tab), tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth);
- PopID();
- }
- TreePop();
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
- bool open = TreeNode("viewport0", "Viewport #%d", 0);
- if (IsItemHovered())
- g.DebugMetricsConfig.HighlightViewportID = viewport->ID;
- if (open)
- {
- ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags;
- BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f",
- viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y,
- viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y);
- BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s", viewport->Flags,
- (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "",
- (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "",
- (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : "");
- for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists)
- DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList");
- TreePop();
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
-{
- if (window == NULL)
- {
- BulletText("%s: NULL", label);
- return;
- }
-
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const bool is_active = window->WasActive;
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None;
- if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); }
- const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*");
- if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); }
- if (IsItemHovered() && is_active)
- GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- if (!open)
- return;
-
- if (window->MemoryCompacted)
- TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed.");
-
- if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && DebugBreakButton("**DebugBreak**", "in Begin()"))
- g.DebugBreakInWindow = window->ID;
-
- ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags;
- DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList");
- BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y);
- BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags,
- (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "",
- (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "",
- (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : "");
- BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : "");
- BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1);
- BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems);
- for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
- {
- ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer];
- if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y)
- BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]);
- else
- BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y);
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]);
- }
- const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel;
- for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++)
- BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater.
- BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL");
- if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); }
- if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); }
- if (window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindowForFocusRoute, "ParentWindowForFocusRoute"); }
- if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); }
- if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size))
- {
- for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage)
- DebugNodeColumns(&columns);
- TreePop();
- }
- DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage");
- TreePop();
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings)
-{
- if (settings->WantDelete)
- BeginDisabled();
- Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d",
- settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed);
- if (settings->WantDelete)
- EndDisabled();
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label)
-{
- if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size))
- return;
- for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back
- {
- PushID((*windows)[i]);
- DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window");
- PopID();
- }
- TreePop();
-}
-
-// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way.
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack)
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++)
- {
- ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i];
- if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack)
- continue;
- char buf[20];
- ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext);
- //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name);
- DebugNodeWindow(window, buf);
- Indent();
- DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window);
- Unindent();
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- DebugLogV(fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size();
- g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount);
- g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args);
- g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size());
- if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY)
- IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine)
- IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size);
-#endif
-}
-
-// FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically via layout mode once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
-static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y);
- if (window->ClipRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size)))
- ImGui::SameLine();
-}
-
-static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImVec2 size(ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + ImGui::CalcTextSize(name).x, ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
- SameLineOrWrap(size); // FIXME-LAYOUT: To be done automatically once we rework ItemSize/ItemAdd into ItemLayout.
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags(name, &g.DebugLogFlags, flags) && g.IO.KeyShift && (g.DebugLogFlags & flags) != 0)
- {
- g.DebugLogAutoDisableFrames = 2;
- g.DebugLogAutoDisableFlags |= flags;
- }
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Hold SHIFT when clicking to enable for 2 frames only (useful for spammy log entries)");
-}
-
-void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
- SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
- {
- End();
- return;
- }
-
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags all_enable_flags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ & ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting;
- CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, all_enable_flags);
- SetItemTooltip("(except InputRouting which is spammy)");
-
- ShowDebugLogFlag("ActiveId", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId);
- ShowDebugLogFlag("Clipper", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper);
- ShowDebugLogFlag("Focus", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus);
- ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO);
- ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav);
- ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup);
- //ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection);
- ShowDebugLogFlag("InputRouting", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting);
-
- if (SmallButton("Clear"))
- {
- g.DebugLogBuf.clear();
- g.DebugLogIndex.clear();
- }
- SameLine();
- if (SmallButton("Copy"))
- SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str());
- BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar);
-
- const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags;
- g.DebugLogFlags &= ~ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper;
-
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size());
- while (clipper.Step())
- for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
- {
- const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no);
- const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no);
- TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); // Display line
- ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect;
- if (IsItemHovered())
- for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) // Search for 0x???????? identifiers
- {
- ImGuiID id = 0;
- if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1)
- continue;
- ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p);
- ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10);
- g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y));
- if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true))
- DebugLocateItemOnHover(id);
- p += 10;
- }
- }
- g.DebugLogFlags = backup_log_flags;
- if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY())
- SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
- EndChild();
-
- End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, ID STACK TOOL)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList
-void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
- window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f);
- window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f);
-}
-
-// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList
-void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x;
- float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y);
- float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y);
- window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f);
- window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
- window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f);
-}
-
-// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible)
-void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col);
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID.
-static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green
-
-void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.DebugLocateId = target_id;
- g.DebugLocateFrames = 2;
- g.DebugBreakInLocateId = false;
-}
-
-// FIXME: Doesn't work over through a modal window, because they clear HoveredWindow.
-void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id)
-{
- if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup))
- return;
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- DebugLocateItem(target_id);
- GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
-
- // Can't easily use a context menu here because it will mess with focus, active id etc.
- if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent && g.MouseStationaryTimer > 1.0f)
- {
- DebugBreakButtonTooltip(false, "in ItemAdd()");
- if (IsKeyChordPressed(g.DebugBreakKeyChord))
- g.DebugBreakInLocateId = true;
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
-
- // [DEBUG] Debug break requested by user
- if (g.DebugBreakInLocateId)
- IM_DEBUG_BREAK();
-
- ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData;
- g.DebugLocateId = 0;
- ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow);
- ImRect r = item_data.Rect;
- r.Expand(3.0f);
- ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos;
- ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y);
- draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
- draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR);
-}
-
-void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.DebugItemPickerActive = true;
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack.
-void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0;
- if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive)
- return;
-
- const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
- SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand);
- if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape))
- g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
- const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift);
- if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id)
- {
- g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id;
- g.DebugItemPickerActive = false;
- }
- for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++)
- if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
- g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button;
- SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f);
- if (!BeginTooltip())
- return;
- Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id);
- Text("Press ESC to abort picking.");
- const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" };
- if (change_mapping)
- Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button.");
- else
- TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]);
- EndTooltip();
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] ID Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame()
-void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries()
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
-
- // Clear hook when id stack tool is not visible
- g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0;
- if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1)
- return;
-
- // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item
- // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time
- const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId;
- if (tool->QueryId != query_id)
- {
- tool->QueryId = query_id;
- tool->StackLevel = -1;
- tool->Results.resize(0);
- }
- if (query_id == 0)
- return;
-
- // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result)
- int stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
- if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
- if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2)
- tool->StackLevel++;
-
- // Update hook
- stack_level = tool->StackLevel;
- if (stack_level == -1)
- g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id;
- if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size)
- {
- g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID;
- tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++;
- }
-}
-
-// [DEBUG] ID Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions
-void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
- ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
-
- // Step 0: stack query
- // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget.
- if (tool->StackLevel == -1)
- {
- tool->StackLevel++;
- tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo());
- for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++)
- tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id;
- return;
- }
-
- // Step 1+: query for individual level
- IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0);
- if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size)
- return;
- ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel];
- IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0);
-
- switch (data_type)
- {
- case ImGuiDataType_S32:
- ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id);
- break;
- case ImGuiDataType_String:
- ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id);
- break;
- case ImGuiDataType_Pointer:
- ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id);
- break;
- case ImGuiDataType_ID:
- if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one.
- return;
- ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id);
- break;
- default:
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- }
- info->QuerySuccess = true;
- info->DataType = data_type;
-}
-
-static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size)
-{
- ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
- ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL;
- if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked)
- return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name);
- if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id)
- return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc);
- if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers.
- return (*buf = 0);
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo()
- return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label);
-#endif
- return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???");
-}
-
-// ID Stack Tool: Display UI
-void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui;
- if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize))
- SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1)
- {
- End();
- return;
- }
-
- // Display hovered/active status
- ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool;
- const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
- const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId;
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId: 0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : "");
-#else
- Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId: 0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id);
-#endif
- SameLine();
- MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details.");
-
- // CTRL+C to copy path
- const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime;
- Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC);
- SameLine();
- TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*");
- if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal))
- {
- tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time;
- char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data;
- char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size;
- for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++)
- {
- *p++ = '/';
- char level_desc[256];
- StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc));
- for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++)
- {
- if (level_desc[n] == '/')
- *p++ = '\\';
- *p++ = level_desc[n];
- }
- }
- *p = '\0';
- SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data);
- }
-
- // Display decorated stack
- tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount;
- if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x;
- TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
- TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
- TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width);
- TableHeadersRow();
- for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++)
- {
- ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n];
- TableNextColumn();
- Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0);
- TableNextColumn();
- StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size);
- TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data);
- TableNextColumn();
- Text("0x%08X", info->ID);
- if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1)
- TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header));
- }
- EndTable();
- }
- End();
-}
-
-#else
-
-void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {}
-void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {}
-
-void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {}
-void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {}
-void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {}
-void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {}
-void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {}
-void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {}
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
-// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github.
-#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL
-#include "imgui_user.inl"
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imconfig.h b/Engine/imgui/imconfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d556cba..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imconfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS
-// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure.
-// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/rebased branch with your modifications to it)
-// B) or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_imgui_config.h"' in your project and then add directives in your own file without touching this template.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp
-// files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures.
-// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts.
-// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#pragma once
-
-//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
-// If your macro uses multiple statements, make sure is enclosed in a 'do { .. } while (0)' block so it can be used as a single statement.
-//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR)
-//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts
-
-//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows
-// Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility.
-// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
-// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
-//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
-//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
-
-//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87+ disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This is automatically done by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS.
-
-//---- Disable all of Dear ImGui or don't implement standard windows/tools.
-// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows and debug tool during development. They are extremely useful in day to day work. Please read comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE // Disable everything: all headers and source files will be empty.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS // Disable demo windows: ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor() will be empty.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS // Disable metrics/debugger and other debug tools: ShowMetricsWindow(), ShowDebugLogWindow() and ShowIDStackToolWindow() will be empty.
-
-//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a)
-//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME).
-//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default).
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies)
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with fopen/fclose/fread/fwrite. This will also disable the LogToTTY() function.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions().
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available
-
-//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience
-// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included.
-//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
-//#define IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME "my_folder/my_imgui_user.h"
-
-//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another)
-//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
-
-//---- Use 32-bit for ImWchar (default is 16-bit) to support Unicode planes 1-16. (e.g. point beyond 0xFFFF like emoticons, dingbats, symbols, shapes, ancient languages, etc...)
-//#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
-
-//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version
-// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files.
-//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
-//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
-//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined.
-
-//---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined)
-// Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h.
-//#define IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF
-
-//---- Use FreeType to build and rasterize the font atlas (instead of stb_truetype which is embedded by default in Dear ImGui)
-// Requires FreeType headers to be available in the include path. Requires program to be compiled with 'misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp' (in this repository) + the FreeType library (not provided).
-// On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'.
-//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
-
-//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT)
-// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided).
-// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE.
-// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement)
-//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG
-
-//---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default)
-// The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend.
-//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
-
-//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
-// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations.
-/*
-#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \
- constexpr ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y) {} \
- operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); }
-
-#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \
- constexpr ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) : x(f.x), y(f.y), z(f.z), w(f.w) {} \
- operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
-*/
-//---- ...Or use Dear ImGui's own very basic math operators.
-//#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-
-//---- Use 32-bit vertex indices (default is 16-bit) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices.
-// Your renderer backend will need to support it (most example renderer backends support both 16/32-bit indices).
-// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bit indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer.
-// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details.
-//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int
-
-//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly)
-//struct ImDrawList;
-//struct ImDrawCmd;
-//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data);
-//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback
-
-//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase)
-// (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.)
-//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0)
-//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak()
-
-//---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts
-//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
-
-//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files)
-/*
-namespace ImGui
-{
- void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx);
-}
-*/
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui.h b/Engine/imgui/imgui.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 386fb58..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3308 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.4
-// (headers)
-
-// Help:
-// - See links below.
-// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
-// - Read top of imgui.cpp for more details, links and comments.
-
-// Resources:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Homepage https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-// - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
-// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6897 (please post your screenshots/video there!)
-// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there)
-// - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary
-// - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues
-// - Tests & Automation https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine
-
-// For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts:
-// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above.
-// Everything else should be asked in 'Issues'! We are building a database of cross-linked knowledge there.
-
-// Library Version
-// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345')
-#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.90.4"
-#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19040
-#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE
-
-/*
-
-Index of this file:
-// [SECTION] Header mess
-// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
-// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
-// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
-// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
-// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
-// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
-// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
-// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
-// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
-// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
-// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont)
-// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport)
-// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformImeData)
-// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
-
-*/
-
-#pragma once
-
-// Configuration file with compile-time options
-// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system)
-#ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
-#include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG
-#endif
-#include "imconfig.h"
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Header mess
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Includes
-#include // FLT_MIN, FLT_MAX
-#include // va_list, va_start, va_end
-#include // ptrdiff_t, NULL
-#include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
-
-// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows)
-// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h)
-// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended: we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility + this is a call-heavy library and function call overhead adds up.
-#ifndef IMGUI_API
-#define IMGUI_API
-#endif
-#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API
-#endif
-
-// Helper Macros
-#ifndef IM_ASSERT
-#include
-#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h
-#endif
-#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers!
-#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds.
-#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx))
-
-// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions.
-// (MSVC provides an equivalent mechanism via SAL Annotations but it would require the macros in a different
-// location. e.g. #include + void myprintf(_Printf_format_string_ const char* format, ...))
-#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__)
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
-#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0)))
-#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__))
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1)))
-#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0)))
-#else
-#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT)
-#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT)
-#endif
-
-// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions)
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID)
-#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF __pragma(runtime_checks("",off)) __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off))
-#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack()) __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop))
-#else
-#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-#endif
-
-// Warnings
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (push)
-#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
-#endif
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic push
-#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#endif
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Forward declarations
-struct ImDrawChannel; // Temporary storage to output draw commands out of order, used by ImDrawListSplitter and ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit()
-struct ImDrawCmd; // A single draw command within a parent ImDrawList (generally maps to 1 GPU draw call, unless it is a callback)
-struct ImDrawData; // All draw command lists required to render the frame + pos/size coordinates to use for the projection matrix.
-struct ImDrawList; // A single draw command list (generally one per window, conceptually you may see this as a dynamic "mesh" builder)
-struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared among multiple draw lists (typically owned by parent ImGui context, but you may create one yourself)
-struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order, then flattened back.
-struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT)
-struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas
-struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader
-struct ImFontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType).
-struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts
-struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset)
-struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data
-struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*OBSOLETE* please avoid using)
-struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h)
-struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui
-struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use)
-struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
-struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items
-struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame
-struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations
-struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
-struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use)
-struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage
-struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors
-struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
-struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table
-struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder)
-struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]")
-struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always only one in 'master' branch), in the future may represent Platform Monitor
-
-// Enumerations
-// - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration)
-// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
-// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
-enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value)
-enum ImGuiMouseSource : int; // -> enum ImGuiMouseSource // Enum; A mouse input source identifier (Mouse, TouchScreen, Pen)
-typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling
-typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions
-typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type
-typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction
-typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle)
-typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape
-typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending)
-typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling
-typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor()
-
-// Flags (declared as int to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file)
-// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists!
-// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
-typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions
-typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance
-typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build
-typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags
-typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton()
-typedef int ImGuiChildFlags; // -> enum ImGuiChildFlags_ // Flags: for BeginChild()
-typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc.
-typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags
-typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo()
-typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for BeginDragDropSource(), AcceptDragDropPayload()
-typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused()
-typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc.
-typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline()
-typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values.
-typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen()
-typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable()
-typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
-typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar()
-typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem()
-typedef int ImGuiTableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Flags: For BeginTable()
-typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn()
-typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // Flags: For TableNextRow()
-typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader()
-typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport
-typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild()
-
-// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type]
-// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file.
-// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details.
-#ifndef ImTextureID
-typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that)
-#endif
-
-// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type]
-// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended).
-// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file.
-#ifndef ImDrawIdx
-typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends)
-#endif
-
-// Scalar data types
-typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string)
-typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer
-typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer
-typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer
-typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer
-typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int
-typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors)
-typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer
-typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer
-
-// Character types
-// (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display)
-typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
-typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings.
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 // ImWchar [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32' to support Unicode planes 1-16]
-typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar;
-#else
-typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar;
-#endif
-
-// Callback and functions types
-typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText()
-typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints()
-typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
-typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions()
-
-// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
-// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type.
-// Add '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' in your imconfig.h file to benefit from courtesy maths operators for those types.
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-struct ImVec2
-{
- float x, y;
- constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { }
- constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { }
- float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((float*)(void*)(char*)this)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, so the assert overhead is fine.
- float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return ((const float*)(const void*)(const char*)this)[idx]; }
-#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
- IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2.
-#endif
-};
-
-// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type]
-struct ImVec4
-{
- float x, y, z, w;
- constexpr ImVec4() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { }
- constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { }
-#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
- IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4.
-#endif
-};
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions
-// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace ImGui
-{
- // Context creation and access
- // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts.
- // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
- // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details.
- IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL);
- IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context
- IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext();
- IMGUI_API void SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-
- // Main
- IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(); // access the IO structure (mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs, time, various configuration options/flags)
- IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleColor(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame!
- IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame().
- IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all!
- IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData().
- IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render.
-
- // Demo, Debug, Information
- IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application!
- IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc.
- IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events.
- IMGUI_API void ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID.
- IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information.
- IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style)
- IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles.
- IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts.
- IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls).
- IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp)
-
- // Styles
- IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default)
- IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font
- IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style
-
- // Windows
- // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack.
- // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window,
- // which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked.
- // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times.
- // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin().
- // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
- // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value!
- // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions
- // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding
- // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
- // - Note that the bottom of window stack always contains a window called "Debug".
- IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API void End();
-
- // Child Windows
- // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child.
- // - Before 1.90 (November 2023), the "ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0" parameter was "bool border = false".
- // This API is backward compatible with old code, as we guarantee that ImGuiChildFlags_Border == true.
- // Consider updating your old code:
- // BeginChild("Name", size, false) -> Begin("Name", size, 0); or Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_None);
- // BeginChild("Name", size, true) -> Begin("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
- // - Manual sizing (each axis can use a different setting e.g. ImVec2(0.0f, 400.0f)):
- // == 0.0f: use remaining parent window size for this axis.
- // > 0.0f: use specified size for this axis.
- // < 0.0f: right/bottom-align to specified distance from available content boundaries.
- // - Specifying ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX or ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY makes the sizing automatic based on child contents.
- // Combining both ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX _and_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY defeats purpose of a scrolling region and is NOT recommended.
- // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting
- // anything to the window. Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value.
- // [Important: due to legacy reason, Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild are inconsistent with all other functions
- // such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding
- // BeginXXX function returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.]
- IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = 0, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API void EndChild();
-
- // Windows Utilities
- // - 'current window' = the window we are appending into while inside a Begin()/End() block. 'next window' = next window we will Begin() into.
- IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAppearing();
- IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed();
- IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags=0); // is current window focused? or its root/child, depending on flags. see flags for options.
- IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details.
- IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using current layout pos instead, GetCursorScreenPos())
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using GetCursorScreenPos() and e.g. GetContentRegionAvail() instead)
- IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x)
- IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y)
-
- // Window manipulation
- // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin).
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc.
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use 0.0f or FLT_MAX if you don't want limits. Use -1 for both min and max of same axis to preserve current size (which itself is a constraint). Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints.
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin()
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // set next window scrolling value (use < 0.0f to not affect a given axis).
- IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground.
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects.
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects.
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed().
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus().
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes().
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position.
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis.
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state
- IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus.
-
- // Content region
- // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful.
- // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion)
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
-
- // Windows Scrolling
- // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin().
- // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY().
- IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
- IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
- IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()]
- IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()]
- IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x
- IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y
- IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
- IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead.
- IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
- IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position.
-
- // Parameters stacks (shared)
- IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
- IMGUI_API void PopFont();
- IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
- IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
- IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
- IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
- IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame().
- IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
- IMGUI_API void PushTabStop(bool tab_stop); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
- IMGUI_API void PopTabStop();
- IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
- IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat();
-
- // Parameters stacks (current window)
- IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side).
- IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth();
- IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side)
- IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions.
- IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
- IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos();
-
- // Style read access
- // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors.
- IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font
- IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API
- IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
- IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
- IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList
- IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in.
-
- // Layout cursor positioning
- // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position.
- // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down.
- // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget.
- // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API:
- // - Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward.
- // - Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos()
- // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates.
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (prefer using this, also more useful to work with ImDrawList API).
- IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // [window-local] cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position)
- IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // [window-local] "
- IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // [window-local] "
- IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // [window-local] "
- IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // [window-local] "
- IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // [window-local] "
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window coordinates
-
- // Other layout functions
- IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator.
- IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates.
- IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context.
- IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing.
- IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into.
- IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
- IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0
- IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position
- IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.)
- IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item)
- IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize
- IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text)
- IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeight(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2
- IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets)
-
- // ID stack/scopes
- // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.com/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui.
- // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system:
- // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?"
- // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?"
- // - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?"
- // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely
- // want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them.
- // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others.
- // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID,
- // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed.
- IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
- IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string).
- IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id); // push pointer into the ID stack (will hash pointer).
- IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id); // push integer into the ID stack (will hash integer).
- IMGUI_API void PopID(); // pop from the ID stack.
- IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself
- IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
- IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id);
-
- // Widgets: Text
- IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text.
- IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // formatted text
- IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
- IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
- IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
- IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
- IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
- IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
- IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
- IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
- IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
- IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text()
- IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
- IMGUI_API void SeparatorText(const char* label); // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line
-
- // Widgets: Main
- // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected
- // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state.
- IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button
- IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with (FramePadding.y == 0) to easily embed within text
- IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.)
- IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape
- IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
- IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value);
- IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
- IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; }
- IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer
- IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL);
- IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses
-
- // Widgets: Images
- // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
- // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above.
- // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size.
- IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0));
- IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1));
-
- // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown)
- // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items.
- // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
- IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0"
- IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
-
- // Widgets: Drag Sliders
- // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
- // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v',
- // the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x
- // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
- // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
- // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision).
- // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used.
- // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum.
- // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
- // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
- // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
- IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
- IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
- IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
-
- // Widgets: Regular Sliders
- // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp.
- // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc.
- // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d").
- // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument.
- // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361
- IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display.
- IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
-
- // Widgets: Input with Keyboard
- // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp.
- // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc.
- IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
- IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
- IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
- IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0, double step_fast = 0.0, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0);
-
- // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.)
- // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible.
- // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x
- IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL);
- IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed.
- IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls.
-
- // Widgets: Trees
- // - TreeNode functions return true when the node is open, in which case you need to also call TreePop() when you are finished displaying the tree node contents.
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* label);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // helper variation to easily decorelate the id from the displayed string. Read the FAQ about why and how to use ID. to align arbitrary text at the same level as a TreeNode() you can use Bullet().
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2); // "
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
- IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
- IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushID(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired.
- IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // "
- IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopID()
- IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode
- IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop().
- IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header.
- IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state.
-
- // Widgets: Selectables
- // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected.
- // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous.
- IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
- IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper.
-
- // Widgets: List Boxes
- // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label.
- // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items.
- // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created.
- // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth
- // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items
- IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region
- IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true!
- IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
- IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(void* user_data, int idx), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
-
- // Widgets: Data Plotting
- // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better!
- IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
- IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
- IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float));
- IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0));
-
- // Widgets: Value() Helpers.
- // - Those are merely shortcut to calling Text() with a format string. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
- IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
- IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v);
- IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
- IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
-
- // Widgets: Menus
- // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar.
- // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it.
- // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it.
- // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window).
- IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar.
- IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
- IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated.
- IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
-
- // Tooltips
- // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
- // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types. SetTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window.
- IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true!
- IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip().
- IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
-
- // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item
- // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom.
- // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom.
- // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginItemTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered.
- IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceeding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip().
- IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
-
- // Popups, Modals
- // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them.
- // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
- // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls.
- // - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time.
- // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered().
- // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack.
- // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future.
- // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards if returned true. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window.
- // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it.
- IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true!
-
- // Popups: open/close functions
- // - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options.
- // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
- // - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually.
- // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options).
- // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup().
- // - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened.
- // - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter
- IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!).
- IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks
- IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors)
- IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into.
-
- // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers
- // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking.
- // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name.
- // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future.
- // - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp!
- IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows).
-
- // Popups: query functions
- // - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
- // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack.
- // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open.
- IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open.
-
- // Tables
- // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API.
- // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary.
- // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags.
- // The typical call flow is:
- // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false.
- // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults.
- // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows.
- // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data.
- // - 5. Populate contents:
- // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column.
- // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents,
- // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex().
- // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed.
- // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column!
- // - Summary of possible call flow:
- // - TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK
- // - TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK
- // - TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row!
- // - TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear!
- // - 5. Call EndTable()
- IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f);
- IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!
- IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row.
- IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible.
- IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible.
-
- // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration
- // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc.
- // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column.
- // Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu.
- // The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody.
- // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in
- // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row).
- // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
- IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0);
- IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled.
- IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used)
- IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit a row with headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu
- IMGUI_API void TableAngledHeadersRow(); // submit a row with angled headers for every column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag. MUST BE FIRST ROW.
-
- // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions
- // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting.
- // When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have
- // changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting,
- // else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
- // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index.
- IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable().
- IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable)
- IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index.
- IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index.
- IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column.
- IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column.
- IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody)
- IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details.
-
- // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!)
- // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns.
- IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true);
- IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished
- IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index
- IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // get column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
- IMGUI_API void SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width); // set column width (in pixels). pass -1 to use current column
- IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1); // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetColumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is typically 0.0f
- IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x); // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
- IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount();
-
- // Tab Bars, Tabs
- // - Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system (when in 'docking' branch). Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar
- IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected.
- IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar.
- IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name.
-
- // Logging/Capture
- // - All text output from the interface can be captured into tty/file/clipboard. By default, tree nodes are automatically opened during logging.
- IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to tty (stdout)
- IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int auto_open_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file
- IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int auto_open_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard
- IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.)
- IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
- IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
- IMGUI_API void LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1);
-
- // Drag and Drop
- // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource().
- // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget().
- // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725)
- // - An item can be both drag source and drop target.
- IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource()
- IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted.
- IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true!
- IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget()
- IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released.
- IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true!
- IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. returns NULL when drag and drop is finished or inactive. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type.
-
- // Disabling [BETA API]
- // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors)
- // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled)
- // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it.
- IMGUI_API void BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true);
- IMGUI_API void EndDisabled();
-
- // Clipping
- // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only.
- IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect);
- IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
-
- // Focus, Activation
- // - Prefer using "SetItemDefaultFocus()" over "if (IsWindowAppearing()) SetScrollHereY()" when applicable to signify "this is the default item"
- IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window.
- IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget.
-
- // Overlapping mode
- IMGUI_API void SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); // allow next item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Useful with invisible buttons, selectable, treenode covering an area where subsequent items may need to be added. Note that both Selectable() and TreeNode() have dedicated flags doing this.
-
- // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions
- // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted.
- // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions.
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options.
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false)
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation?
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition.
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling)
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets.
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive).
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing.
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item).
- IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode().
- IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered?
- IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active?
- IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); // is any item focused?
- IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetItemID(); // get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand)
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space)
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item
-
- // Viewports
- // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
- // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
- // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
- IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL.
-
- // Background/Foreground Draw Lists
- IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the first rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents.
- IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents.
-
- // Miscellaneous Utilities
- IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped.
- IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side.
- IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame.
- IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame.
- IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances.
- IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.).
- IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
- IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
-
- // Text Utilities
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
-
- // Color Utilities
- IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in);
- IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in);
- IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
- IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
-
- // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard/Mouse/Gamepad
- // - the ImGuiKey enum contains all possible keyboard, mouse and gamepad inputs (e.g. ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp...).
- // - before v1.87, we used ImGuiKey to carry native/user indices as defined by each backends. About use of those legacy ImGuiKey values:
- // - without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (legacy support): you can still use your legacy native/user indices (< 512) according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[], but need to cast them to ImGuiKey.
- // - with IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (this is the way forward): any use of ImGuiKey will assert with key < 512. GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined).
- IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held.
- IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
- IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)?
- IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead.
- IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate
- IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared.
- IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call.
-
- // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific
- // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right.
- // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle.
- // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold')
- IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button); // is mouse button held?
- IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1.
- IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down)
- IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true)
- IMGUI_API int GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button); // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0).
- IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block.
- IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available
- IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid.
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves)
- IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold)
- IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); //
- IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
- IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape
- IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse); // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call.
-
- // Clipboard Utilities
- // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard.
- IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText();
- IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text);
-
- // Settings/.Ini Utilities
- // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini").
- // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually.
- // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables).
- IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename).
- IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source.
- IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext).
- IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings.
-
- // Debug Utilities
- // - Your main debugging friend is the ShowMetricsWindow() function, which is also accessible from Demo->Tools->Metrics Debugger
- IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text);
- IMGUI_API void DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx);
- IMGUI_API void DebugStartItemPicker();
- IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro.
-
- // Memory Allocators
- // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context.
- // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions()
- // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details.
- IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL);
- IMGUI_API void GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data);
- IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size);
- IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr);
-
-} // namespace ImGui
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags for ImGui::Begin()
-// (Those are per-window flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly)
-enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
-{
- ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar = 1 << 0, // Disable title-bar
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically)
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set.
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node).
- ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f).
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse, hovering test with pass through.
- ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar
- ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar = 1 << 11, // Allow horizontal scrollbar to appear (off by default). You may use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 12, // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programmatically giving it focus)
- ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y)
- ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x)
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 16, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 17, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB)
- ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 18, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse,
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus,
-
- // [Internal]
- ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows.
- ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
- ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
- ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
- ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
- ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
-
- // Obsolete names
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30, // Obsoleted in 1.90: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call.
-#endif
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::BeginChild()
-// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImGuiChildFlags_Border to be backward compatible with old API using 'bool border = false'.
-// About using AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY flags:
-// - May be combined with SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() to set a min/max size for each axis (see "Demo->Child->Auto-resize with Constraints").
-// - Size measurement for a given axis is only performed when the child window is within visible boundaries, or is just appearing.
-// - This allows BeginChild() to return false when not within boundaries (e.g. when scrolling), which is more optimal. BUT it won't update its auto-size while clipped.
-// While not perfect, it is a better default behavior as the always-on performance gain is more valuable than the occasional "resizing after becoming visible again" glitch.
-// - You may also use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize to force an update even when child window is not in view.
-// HOWEVER PLEASE UNDERSTAND THAT DOING SO WILL PREVENT BeginChild() FROM EVER RETURNING FALSE, disabling benefits of coarse clipping.
-enum ImGuiChildFlags_
-{
- ImGuiChildFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiChildFlags_Border = 1 << 0, // Show an outer border and enable WindowPadding. (IMPORTANT: this is always == 1 == true for legacy reason)
- ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 1, // Pad with style.WindowPadding even if no border are drawn (no padding by default for non-bordered child windows because it makes more sense)
- ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX = 1 << 2, // Allow resize from right border (layout direction). Enable .ini saving (unless ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings passed to window flags)
- ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY = 1 << 3, // Allow resize from bottom border (layout direction). "
- ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeX = 1 << 4, // Enable auto-resizing width. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above.
- ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY = 1 << 5, // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above.
- ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED.
- ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle = 1 << 7, // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding.
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::InputText()
-// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive)
-enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
-{
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to every time the value was modified). Consider looking at the IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function.
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Callback on each iteration. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer.
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter).
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID().
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input)
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this)
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert)
-
- // Obsolete names
- //ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*()
-enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes)
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open.
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes).
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag!
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding().
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default.
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area).
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 13, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 14, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop)
- //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 15, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog,
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7
-#endif
-};
-
-// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions.
-// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument instead of 'ImGuiPopupFlags flags',
-// we need to treat small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags.
-// It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags.
-// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0.
-// IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter
-// and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly.
-// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later).
-enum ImGuiPopupFlags_
-{
- ImGuiPopupFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left)
- ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right)
- ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle)
- ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F,
- ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1,
- ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopen = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't reopen same popup if already open (won't reposition, won't reinitialize navigation)
- //ImGuiPopupFlags_NoReopenAlwaysNavInit = 1 << 6, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): focus and initialize navigation even when not reopening.
- ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 7, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack
- ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 8, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space
- ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 10, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup.
- ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 11, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level)
- ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel,
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
-enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-{
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column)
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7
-#endif
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo()
-enum ImGuiComboFlags_
-{
- ImGuiComboFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft = 1 << 0, // Align the popup toward the left by default
- ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall = 1 << 1, // Max ~4 items visible. Tip: If you want your combo popup to be a specific size you can use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() prior to calling BeginCombo()
- ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular = 1 << 2, // Max ~8 items visible (default)
- ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge = 1 << 3, // Max ~20 items visible
- ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible
- ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button
- ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button
- ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview = 1 << 7, // Width dynamically calculated from preview contents
- ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest,
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar()
-enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 0, // Allow manually dragging tabs to re-order them + New tabs are appended at the end of list
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs = 1 << 1, // Automatically select new tabs when they appear
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton = 1 << 2, // Disable buttons to open the tab list popup
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 3, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons = 1 << 4, // Disable scrolling buttons (apply when fitting policy is ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 5, // Disable tooltips when hovering a tab
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll,
- ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown,
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem()
-enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + set ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure.
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem()
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You may handle this behavior manually on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false.
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID()/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem()
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button)
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons)
- ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoAssumedClosure = 1 << 8, // Tab is selected when trying to close + closure is not immediately assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
-enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_
-{
- ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // Return true if any children of the window is focused
- ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
- ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
- ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
- //ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
- ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows,
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
-// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your app, you should use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ!
-// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls.
-enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_
-{
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_None = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy)
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
- //ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow)
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window
- //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item uses AllowOverlap mode and is overlapped by another hoverable item.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 10, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 11, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow,
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped,
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows,
-
- // Tooltips mode
- // - typically used in IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.
- // - this is a shortcut to pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' where you can reconfigure desired behavior.
- // e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'.
- // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often.
- // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip = 1 << 12, // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.
-
- // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays.
- // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags.
- // - use those if you need specific overrides.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary = 1 << 13, // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone = 1 << 14, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 15, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item).
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 16, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item).
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 17, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays)
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload()
-enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_
-{
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0,
- // BeginDragDropSource() flags
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // Disable preview tooltip. By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged)
- // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site.
- ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery.
-};
-
-// Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui.
-#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F "_COL3F" // float[3]: Standard type for colors, without alpha. User code may use this type.
-#define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F "_COL4F" // float[4]: Standard type for colors. User code may use this type.
-
-// A primary data type
-enum ImGuiDataType_
-{
- ImGuiDataType_S8, // signed char / char (with sensible compilers)
- ImGuiDataType_U8, // unsigned char
- ImGuiDataType_S16, // short
- ImGuiDataType_U16, // unsigned short
- ImGuiDataType_S32, // int
- ImGuiDataType_U32, // unsigned int
- ImGuiDataType_S64, // long long / __int64
- ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64
- ImGuiDataType_Float, // float
- ImGuiDataType_Double, // double
- ImGuiDataType_COUNT
-};
-
-// A cardinal direction
-enum ImGuiDir_
-{
- ImGuiDir_None = -1,
- ImGuiDir_Left = 0,
- ImGuiDir_Right = 1,
- ImGuiDir_Up = 2,
- ImGuiDir_Down = 3,
- ImGuiDir_COUNT
-};
-
-// A sorting direction
-enum ImGuiSortDirection_
-{
- ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0,
- ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc.
- ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc.
-};
-
-// Since 1.90, defining IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS automatically defines IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO as well.
-#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO)
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-#endif
-
-// A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values.
-// All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87).
-// Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey.
-// Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921
-// Note that "Keys" related to physical keys and are not the same concept as input "Characters", the later are submitted via io.AddInputCharacter().
-// The keyboard key enum values are named after the keys on a standard US keyboard, and on other keyboard types the keys reported may not match the keycaps.
-enum ImGuiKey : int
-{
- // Keyboard
- ImGuiKey_None = 0,
- ImGuiKey_Tab = 512, // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN
- ImGuiKey_LeftArrow,
- ImGuiKey_RightArrow,
- ImGuiKey_UpArrow,
- ImGuiKey_DownArrow,
- ImGuiKey_PageUp,
- ImGuiKey_PageDown,
- ImGuiKey_Home,
- ImGuiKey_End,
- ImGuiKey_Insert,
- ImGuiKey_Delete,
- ImGuiKey_Backspace,
- ImGuiKey_Space,
- ImGuiKey_Enter,
- ImGuiKey_Escape,
- ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper,
- ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper,
- ImGuiKey_Menu,
- ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9,
- ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J,
- ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T,
- ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z,
- ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6,
- ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12,
- ImGuiKey_F13, ImGuiKey_F14, ImGuiKey_F15, ImGuiKey_F16, ImGuiKey_F17, ImGuiKey_F18,
- ImGuiKey_F19, ImGuiKey_F20, ImGuiKey_F21, ImGuiKey_F22, ImGuiKey_F23, ImGuiKey_F24,
- ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // '
- ImGuiKey_Comma, // ,
- ImGuiKey_Minus, // -
- ImGuiKey_Period, // .
- ImGuiKey_Slash, // /
- ImGuiKey_Semicolon, // ;
- ImGuiKey_Equal, // =
- ImGuiKey_LeftBracket, // [
- ImGuiKey_Backslash, // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash)
- ImGuiKey_RightBracket, // ]
- ImGuiKey_GraveAccent, // `
- ImGuiKey_CapsLock,
- ImGuiKey_ScrollLock,
- ImGuiKey_NumLock,
- ImGuiKey_PrintScreen,
- ImGuiKey_Pause,
- ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4,
- ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter,
- ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual,
- ImGuiKey_AppBack, // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back"
- ImGuiKey_AppForward,
-
- // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION
- // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // Cancel / Close / Exit
- ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard
- ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak
- ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trig. (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog]
- ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trig. (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog]
- ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Stick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Stick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode)
- ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog]
- ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog]
- ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog]
- ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog]
-
- // Aliases: Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls)
- // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API.
- ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY,
-
- // [Internal] Reserved for mod storage
- ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper,
- ImGuiKey_COUNT,
-
- // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls)
- // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing
- // them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc.
- // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those
- // and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiMod_Ctrl).
- // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys.
- // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and
- // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user...
- ImGuiMod_None = 0,
- ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl
- ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, // Shift
- ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu
- ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows
- ImGuiMod_Shortcut = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS).
- ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF800, // 5-bits
-
- // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array.
- // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE)
- // If you need to iterate all keys (for e.g. an input mapper) you may use ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN..ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
- ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512,
- ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT,
- ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN,
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys
- ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
-#else
- ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys
- ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET) index.
-#endif
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89
- //ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
-// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[].
-// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set.
-// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
-enum ImGuiNavInput
-{
- ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown,
- ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast,
- ImGuiNavInput_COUNT,
-};
-#endif
-
-// Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application.
-enum ImGuiConfigFlags_
-{
- ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. Enable full Tabbing + directional arrows + space/enter to activate.
- ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.
- ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth.
- ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set.
- ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend.
- ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead.
-
- // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui)
- ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware.
- ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21, // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse.
-};
-
-// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend.
-enum ImGuiBackendFlags_
-{
- ImGuiBackendFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected.
- ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape.
- ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set).
- ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices.
-};
-
-// Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
-enum ImGuiCol_
-{
- ImGuiCol_Text,
- ImGuiCol_TextDisabled,
- ImGuiCol_WindowBg, // Background of normal windows
- ImGuiCol_ChildBg, // Background of child windows
- ImGuiCol_PopupBg, // Background of popups, menus, tooltips windows
- ImGuiCol_Border,
- ImGuiCol_BorderShadow,
- ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
- ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered,
- ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive,
- ImGuiCol_TitleBg, // Title bar
- ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive, // Title bar when focused
- ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed, // Title bar when collapsed
- ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg,
- ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg,
- ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab,
- ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
- ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
- ImGuiCol_CheckMark, // Checkbox tick and RadioButton circle
- ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
- ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
- ImGuiCol_Button,
- ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
- ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
- ImGuiCol_Header, // Header* colors are used for CollapsingHeader, TreeNode, Selectable, MenuItem
- ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
- ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
- ImGuiCol_Separator,
- ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered,
- ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive,
- ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows.
- ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
- ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
- ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar
- ImGuiCol_TabHovered,
- ImGuiCol_TabActive,
- ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused,
- ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive,
- ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
- ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
- ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
- ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered,
- ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, // Table header background
- ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong, // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
- ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here)
- ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows)
- ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows)
- ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg,
- ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target
- ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item
- ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB
- ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active
- ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active
- ImGuiCol_COUNT
-};
-
-// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure.
-// - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code.
-// During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly.
-// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description.
-// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
-// - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type.
-enum ImGuiStyleVar_
-{
- // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions)
- ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha
- ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha
- ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding
- ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2 WindowMinSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign, // ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign
- ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, // float ChildRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, // float ChildBorderSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding, // float PopupRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize, // float PopupBorderSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2 FramePadding
- ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float FrameRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize, // float FrameBorderSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing
- ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing
- ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing
- ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding
- ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding
- ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize, // float TabBarBorderSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign
- ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign
- ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,// float SeparatorTextBorderSize
- ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign
- ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,// ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding
- ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT
-};
-
-// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h]
-enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
-{
- ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button
- ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button
-
- // [Internal]
- ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle,
- ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft,
-};
-
-// Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton()
-enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_
-{
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer).
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs)
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square).
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker).
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 10, // // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default)
-
- // User Options (right-click on widget to change some of them).
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar = 1 << 16, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: show vertical alpha bar/gradient in picker.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview = 1 << 17, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display preview as a transparent color over a checkerboard, instead of opaque.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf= 1 << 18, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: display half opaque / half checkerboard, instead of opaque.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR = 1 << 19, // // (WIP) ColorEdit: Currently only disable 0.0f..1.0f limits in RGBA edition (note: you probably want to use ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float flag as well).
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB = 1 << 20, // [Display] // ColorEdit: override _display_ type among RGB/HSV/Hex. ColorPicker: select any combination using one or more of RGB/HSV/Hex.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV = 1 << 21, // [Display] // "
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex = 1 << 22, // [Display] // "
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 = 1 << 23, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0..255.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float = 1 << 24, // [DataType] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: _display_ values formatted as 0.0f..1.0f floats instead of 0..255 integers. No round-trip of value via integers.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar = 1 << 25, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: bar for Hue, rectangle for Sat/Value.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel = 1 << 26, // [Picker] // ColorPicker: wheel for Hue, triangle for Sat/Value.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB = 1 << 27, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in RGB format.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV = 1 << 28, // [Input] // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: input and output data in HSV format.
-
- // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to
- // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup.
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
-
- // [Internal] Masks
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex,
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float,
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar,
- ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV,
-
- // Obsolete names
- //ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69]
-};
-
-// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc.
-// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them.
-// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText)
-enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
-{
- ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds.
- ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits.
- ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)
- ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget
- ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed.
-
- // Obsolete names
- //ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79]
-};
-
-// Identify a mouse button.
-// Those values are guaranteed to be stable and we frequently use 0/1 directly. Named enums provided for convenience.
-enum ImGuiMouseButton_
-{
- ImGuiMouseButton_Left = 0,
- ImGuiMouseButton_Right = 1,
- ImGuiMouseButton_Middle = 2,
- ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT = 5
-};
-
-// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
-// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here
-enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
-{
- ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1,
- ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
- ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc.
- ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions)
- ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border
- ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column
- ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window
- ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
- ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks)
- ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle.
- ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT
-};
-
-// Enumeration for AddMouseSourceEvent() actual source of Mouse Input data.
-// Historically we use "Mouse" terminology everywhere to indicate pointer data, e.g. MousePos, IsMousePressed(), io.AddMousePosEvent()
-// But that "Mouse" data can come from different source which occasionally may be useful for application to know about.
-// You can submit a change of pointer type using io.AddMouseSourceEvent().
-enum ImGuiMouseSource : int
-{
- ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse = 0, // Input is coming from an actual mouse.
- ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen, // Input is coming from a touch screen (no hovering prior to initial press, less precise initial press aiming, dual-axis wheeling possible).
- ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, // Input is coming from a pressure/magnetic pen (often used in conjunction with high-sampling rates).
- ImGuiMouseSource_COUNT
-};
-
-// Enumeration for ImGui::SetNextWindow***(), SetWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions
-// Represent a condition.
-// Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always.
-enum ImGuiCond_
-{
- ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always
- ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None
- ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed)
- ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file)
- ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable()
-// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect.
-// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them.
-// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are:
-// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.
-// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off.
-// - When ScrollX is off:
-// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight.
-// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto.
-// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all).
-// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight.
-// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors.
-// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns.
-// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing).
-// - When ScrollX is on:
-// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed
-// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly.
-// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed.
-// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop.
-// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable().
-// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again.
-// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details.
-enum ImGuiTableFlags_
-{
- // Features
- ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns.
- ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers)
- ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu.
- ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate.
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file.
- ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow().
- // Decorations
- ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually)
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders.
- ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders.
- ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders.
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style
- // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults)
- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width.
- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible.
- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths.
- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn().
- // Sizing Extra Options
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable.
- ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.
- // Clipping
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze().
- // Padding
- ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers.
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding.
- ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off).
- // Scrolling
- ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX.
- ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size.
- // Sorting
- ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).
- ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).
- // Miscellaneous
- ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn = 1 << 28, // Highlight column headers when hovered (may evolve into a fuller highlight)
-
- // [Internal] Combinations and masks
- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame,
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn()
-enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_
-{
- // Input configuration flags
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state)
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp).
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable).
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command).
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table).
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit horizontal label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu or in angled headers.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default).
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0).
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader = 1 << 18, // TableHeadersRow() will submit an angled header row for this column. Note this will add an extra row.
-
- // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags()
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling.
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse
-
- // [Internal] Combinations and masks
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed,
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable,
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered,
- ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge)
-};
-
-// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow()
-enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width)
-};
-
-// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor()
-// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers:
-// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set.
-// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set.
-// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set.
-// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color.
-// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows.
-// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color.
-// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color.
-enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_
-{
- ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0,
- ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used)
- ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking)
- ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color)
-};
-
-// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more)
-// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs().
-// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time.
-// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame!
-struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs
-{
- const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array.
- int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled.
- bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag.
-
- ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes)
-struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs
-{
- ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call)
- ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column
- ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here)
- ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending
-
- ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<>
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE()
-// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax.
-// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImNewWrapper {};
-inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; }
-inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new()
-#define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE)
-#define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR)
-#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR)
-#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE
-template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } }
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ImVector<>
-// Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it.
-// - We use std-like naming convention here, which is a little unusual for this codebase.
-// - Important: clear() frees memory, resize(0) keep the allocated buffer. We use resize(0) a lot to intentionally recycle allocated buffers across frames and amortize our costs.
-// - Important: our implementation does NOT call C++ constructors/destructors, we treat everything as raw data! This is intentional but be extra mindful of that,
-// Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-template
-struct ImVector
-{
- int Size;
- int Capacity;
- T* Data;
-
- // Provide standard typedefs but we don't use them ourselves.
- typedef T value_type;
- typedef value_type* iterator;
- typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
-
- // Constructors, destructor
- inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
- inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); }
- inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; }
- inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything
-
- inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything
- inline void clear_delete() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
- inline void clear_destruct() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit.
-
- inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; }
- inline int size() const { return Size; }
- inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); }
- inline int max_size() const { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); }
- inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; }
- inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
- inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; }
-
- inline T* begin() { return Data; }
- inline const T* begin() const { return Data; }
- inline T* end() { return Data + Size; }
- inline const T* end() const { return Data + Size; }
- inline T& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
- inline const T& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
- inline T& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
- inline const T& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; }
- inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
-
- inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; }
- inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
- inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; }
- inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation
- inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; }
- inline void reserve_discard(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; }
-
- // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden.
- inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; }
- inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
- inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); }
- inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
- inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; }
- inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; }
- inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; }
- inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; }
- inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
- inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; }
- inline int find_index(const T& v) const { const T* data_end = Data + Size; const T* it = find(v); if (it == data_end) return -1; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
- inline bool find_erase(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase(it); return true; } return false; }
- inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; }
- inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
-};
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame().
-// During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values,
-// and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImGuiStyle
-{
- float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui.
- float DisabledAlpha; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha.
- ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window.
- float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended.
- float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
- ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints().
- ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered.
- ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left.
- float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows.
- float ChildBorderSize; // Thickness of border around child windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
- float PopupRounding; // Radius of popup window corners rounding. (Note that tooltip windows use WindowRounding)
- float PopupBorderSize; // Thickness of border around popup/tooltip windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
- ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets).
- float FrameRounding; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
- float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly).
- ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines.
- ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label).
- ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows.
- ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
- float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2).
- float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1).
- float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar.
- float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar.
- float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar.
- float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
- float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero.
- float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs.
- float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs.
- float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected.
- float TabBarBorderSize; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus.
- float TableAngledHeadersAngle; // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees).
- ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right.
- ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered).
- ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line.
- float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText()
- ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign; // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center).
- ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y.
- ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows.
- ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly!
- float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later.
- bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
- bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
- bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList).
- float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
- float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry.
- ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
-
- // Behaviors
- // (It is possible to modify those fields mid-frame if specific behavior need it, unlike e.g. configuration fields in ImGuiIO)
- float HoverStationaryDelay; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary.
- float HoverDelayShort; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay.
- float HoverDelayNormal; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). "
- ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;// Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse.
- ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad.
-
- IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
- IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor);
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiIO
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure.
-// Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions.
-// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and *NOT* io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration.
-struct ImGuiKeyData
-{
- bool Down; // True for if key is down
- float DownDuration; // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held)
- float DownDurationPrev; // Last frame duration the key has been down
- float AnalogValue; // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values
-};
-
-struct ImGuiIO
-{
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Configuration // Default value
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc.
- ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend.
- ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame.
- float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame.
- float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
- const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions.
- const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
- void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data.
-
- ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture.
- float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts
- bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
- ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0].
- ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1, 1) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. This generally ends up in ImDrawData::FramebufferScale.
-
- // Miscellaneous options
- bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations.
- bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl.
- bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.
- bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).
- bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).
- bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard.
- bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag)
- bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar.
- float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable.
-
- // Inputs Behaviors
- // (other variables, ones which are expected to be tweaked within UI code, are exposed in ImGuiStyle)
- float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
- float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
- float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging.
- float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.).
- float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Debug options
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Option to enable various debug tools showing buttons that will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro.
- // - The Item Picker tool will be available regardless of this being enabled, in order to maximize its discoverability.
- // - Requires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application.
- // e.g. io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = ::IsDebuggerPresent() on Win32, or refer to ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version).
- bool ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; // = false // Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().
-
- // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors.
- // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX()
- // - This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users.
- // - We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior.
- bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows.
- bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running.
-
- // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling.
- // - May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data.
- // - Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them.
- bool ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss; // = false // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys() in input processing.
-
- // Options to audit .ini data
- bool ConfigDebugIniSettings; // = false // Save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower)
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Platform Functions
- // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you)
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff.
- const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL
- const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL
- void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform backend
- void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend
- void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend
-
- // Optional: Access OS clipboard
- // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
- const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data);
- void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text);
- void* ClipboardUserData;
-
- // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows)
- // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
- void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data);
-
- // Optional: Platform locale
- ImWchar PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Input - Call before calling NewFrame()
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Input Functions
- IMGUI_API void AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down); // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character)
- IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend.
- IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered)
- IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change
- IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update. wheel_y<0: scroll down, wheel_y>0: scroll up, wheel_x<0: scroll right, wheel_x>0: scroll left.
- IMGUI_API void AddMouseSourceEvent(ImGuiMouseSource source); // Queue a mouse source change (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen)
- IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window)
- IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input
- IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate
- IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string
-
- IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode.
- IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen.
- IMGUI_API void ClearEventsQueue(); // Clear all incoming events.
- IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Obsoleted in 1.89.8] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys().
-#endif
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render()
- // (when reading from the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to dispatch your inputs, it is
- // generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!)
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.).
- bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.).
- bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active).
- bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled.
- bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving!
- bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag.
- bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events).
- float Framerate; // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally.
- int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render()
- int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
- int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows
- int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows
- ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta.
-
- // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame.
- // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent().
- // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512.
- bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow.
- float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums.
- //void* ImeWindowHandle; // [Obsoleted in 1.87] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
-#endif
-
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
- // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed!
- //------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
-
- // Main Input State
- // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead)
- // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere)
- ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.)
- bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
- float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. >0 scrolls Up, <0 scrolls Down. Hold SHIFT to turn vertical scroll into horizontal scroll.
- float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. >0 scrolls Left, <0 scrolls Right. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends.
- ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; // Mouse actual input peripheral (Mouse/TouchScreen/Pen).
- bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control
- bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift
- bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier down: Alt
- bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows
-
- // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls
- ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame()
- ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this.
- bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup.
- ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid)
- ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking
- double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
- bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0)
- bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2)
- ImU16 MouseClickedCount[5]; // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down
- ImU16 MouseClickedLastCount[5]; // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done.
- bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
- bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
- bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window.
- bool MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap; // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system.
- float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
- float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down
- float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds)
- float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui.
- bool AppFocusLost; // Only modify via AddFocusEvent()
- bool AppAcceptingEvents; // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents()
- ImS8 BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays; // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[]
- bool BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray; // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly
- ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16()
- ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
-
- IMGUI_API ImGuiIO();
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiPayload)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
-// The callback function should return 0 by default.
-// Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details)
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit: Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active)
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard.
-// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow.
-struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData
-{
- ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context
- ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only
- ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
- void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
-
- // Arguments for the different callback events
- // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary.
- // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state.
- ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character with another one, or set to zero to drop. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0;
- ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only // [Completion,History]
- char* Buf; // Text buffer // Read-write // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer!
- int BufTextLen; // Text length (in bytes) // Read-write // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length()
- int BufSize; // Buffer size (in bytes) = capacity+1 // Read-only // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1
- bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen! // Write // [Completion,History,Always]
- int CursorPos; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always]
- int SelectionStart; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection)
- int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always]
-
- // Helper functions for text manipulation.
- // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection.
- IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData();
- IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
- IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
- void SelectAll() { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
- void ClearSelection() { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; }
- bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
-};
-
-// Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin().
-// NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough.
-struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData
-{
- void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>).
- ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference.
- ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size.
- ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing.
-};
-
-// Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload()
-struct ImGuiPayload
-{
- // Members
- void* Data; // Data (copied and owned by dear imgui)
- int DataSize; // Data size
-
- // [Internal]
- ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id
- ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available)
- int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp
- char DataType[32 + 1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max)
- bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets)
- bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item.
-
- ImGuiPayload() { Clear(); }
- void Clear() { SourceId = SourceParentId = 0; Data = NULL; DataSize = 0; memset(DataType, 0, sizeof(DataType)); DataFrameCount = -1; Preview = Delivery = false; }
- bool IsDataType(const char* type) const { return DataFrameCount != -1 && strcmp(type, DataType) == 0; }
- bool IsPreview() const { return Preview; }
- bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper: Unicode defines
-#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID 0xFFFD // Invalid Unicode code point (standard value).
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
-#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0x10FFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
-#else
-#define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build.
-#endif
-
-// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
-// Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame");
-struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
-{
- ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
- mutable int RefFrame;
- operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; }
-};
-
-// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
-struct ImGuiTextFilter
-{
- IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
- IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build
- IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
- IMGUI_API void Build();
- void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
- bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
-
- // [Internal]
- struct ImGuiTextRange
- {
- const char* b;
- const char* e;
-
- ImGuiTextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
- ImGuiTextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
- bool empty() const { return b == e; }
- IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector* out) const;
- };
- char InputBuf[256];
- ImVectorFilters;
- int CountGrep;
-};
-
-// Helper: Growable text buffer for logging/accumulating text
-// (this could be called 'ImGuiTextBuilder' / 'ImGuiStringBuilder')
-struct ImGuiTextBuffer
-{
- ImVector Buf;
- IMGUI_API static char EmptyString[1];
-
- ImGuiTextBuffer() { }
- inline char operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; }
- const char* begin() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; }
- const char* end() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
- int size() const { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; }
- bool empty() const { return Buf.Size <= 1; }
- void clear() { Buf.clear(); }
- void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); }
- const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; }
- IMGUI_API void append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
- IMGUI_API void appendf(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2);
- IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2);
-};
-
-// Helper: Key->Value storage
-// Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
-// We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
-// This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame)
-// You can use it as custom user storage for temporary values. Declare your own storage if, for example:
-// - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
-// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code (probably not efficient, but convenient)
-// Types are NOT stored, so it is up to you to make sure your Key don't collide with different types.
-struct ImGuiStorage
-{
- // [Internal]
- struct ImGuiStoragePair
- {
- ImGuiID key;
- union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
- ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, int _val) { key = _key; val_i = _val; }
- ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, float _val) { key = _key; val_f = _val; }
- ImGuiStoragePair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val) { key = _key; val_p = _val; }
- };
-
- ImVector Data;
-
- // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
- // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
- // - Sorted insertion is costly, paid once. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
- void Clear() { Data.clear(); }
- IMGUI_API int GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
- IMGUI_API void SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
- IMGUI_API bool GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false) const;
- IMGUI_API void SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val);
- IMGUI_API float GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f) const;
- IMGUI_API void SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val);
- IMGUI_API void* GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const; // default_val is NULL
- IMGUI_API void SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val);
-
- // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
- // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
- // - A typical use case where this is convenient for quick hacking (e.g. add storage during a live Edit&Continue session if you can't modify existing struct)
- // float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
- IMGUI_API int* GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
- IMGUI_API bool* GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val = false);
- IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f);
- IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);
-
- // Advanced: for quicker full rebuild of a storage (instead of an incremental one), you may add all your contents and then sort once.
- IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey();
- // Obsolete: use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
- IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val);
-};
-
-// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
-// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse
-// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view.
-// The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped.
-// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally
-// fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily
-// scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem)
-// Usage:
-// ImGuiListClipper clipper;
-// clipper.Begin(1000); // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced.
-// while (clipper.Step())
-// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
-// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
-// Generally what happens is:
-// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not.
-// - User code submit that one element.
-// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element
-// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element.
-// - User code submit visible elements.
-// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc.
-struct ImGuiListClipper
-{
- ImGuiContext* Ctx; // Parent UI context
- int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step()
- int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive)
- int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items
- float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it
- float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed
- void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data
-
- // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step)
- // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing().
- IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper();
- IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper();
- IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false.
- IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items.
-
- // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility.
- // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range).
- inline void IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); }
- IMGUI_API void IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped.
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9]
- inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6]
- //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79]
-#endif
-};
-
-// Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
-// - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space.
-// - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h)
-// - You can use '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' to import our operators, provided as a courtesy.
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs) { return ImVec2(-lhs.x, -lhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; }
-static inline bool operator==(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y; }
-static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y; }
-static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); }
-static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); }
-static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); }
-static inline bool operator==(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x == rhs.x && lhs.y == rhs.y && lhs.z == rhs.z && lhs.w == rhs.w; }
-static inline bool operator!=(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return lhs.x != rhs.x || lhs.y != rhs.y || lhs.z != rhs.z || lhs.w != rhs.w; }
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-#endif
-
-// Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors
-// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file.
-#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
-#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16
-#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8
-#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 0
-#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24
-#define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000
-#else
-#define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 0
-#define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8
-#define IM_COL32_B_SHIFT 16
-#define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24
-#define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000
-#endif
-#endif
-#define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {}
- inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
- inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; }
-
- // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers.
- inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
- static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData)
-// Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking.
-#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX (63)
-#endif
-
-// ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h]
-// NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering,
-// you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to:
-// A) Change your GPU render state,
-// B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc.
-// The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }'
-// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly.
-#ifndef ImDrawCallback
-typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
-#endif
-
-// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state.
-// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address.
-// This is useful, for example, if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored.
-// Render state is not reset by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call).
-#define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-8)
-
-// Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback)
-// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled,
-// this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices.
-// Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields.
-// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for).
-struct ImDrawCmd
-{
- ImVec4 ClipRect; // 4*4 // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates
- ImTextureID TextureId; // 4-8 // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
- unsigned int VtxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices.
- unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer.
- unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
- ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
- void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this.
-
- ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed
-
- // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature)
- inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; }
-};
-
-// Vertex layout
-#ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
-struct ImDrawVert
-{
- ImVec2 pos;
- ImVec2 uv;
- ImU32 col;
-};
-#else
-// You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
-// The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
-// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up.
-// NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM.
-IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
-#endif
-
-// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList
-struct ImDrawCmdHeader
-{
- ImVec4 ClipRect;
- ImTextureID TextureId;
- unsigned int VtxOffset;
-};
-
-// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter
-struct ImDrawChannel
-{
- ImVector _CmdBuffer;
- ImVector _IdxBuffer;
-};
-
-
-// Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order.
-// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call.
-struct ImDrawListSplitter
-{
- int _Current; // Current channel number (0)
- int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+)
- ImVector _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size)
-
- inline ImDrawListSplitter() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
- inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame
- IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory();
- IMGUI_API void Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int count);
- IMGUI_API void Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list);
- IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx);
-};
-
-// Flags for ImDrawList functions
-// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused)
-enum ImDrawFlags_
-{
- ImDrawFlags_None = 0,
- ImDrawFlags_Closed = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason)
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01.
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02.
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04.
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08.
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag!
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft,
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight,
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight,
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified.
- ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone,
-};
-
-// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly.
-// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions.
-enum ImDrawListFlags_
-{
- ImDrawListFlags_None = 0,
- ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles)
- ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering).
- ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles).
- ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled.
-};
-
-// Draw command list
-// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui:: functions are filling. At the end of the frame,
-// all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
-// Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to
-// access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives.
-// You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
-// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize).
-// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!)
-// Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects.
-struct ImDrawList
-{
- // This is what you have to render
- ImVector CmdBuffer; // Draw commands. Typically 1 command = 1 GPU draw call, unless the command is a callback.
- ImVector IdxBuffer; // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
- ImVector VtxBuffer; // Vertex buffer.
- ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive.
-
- // [Internal, used while building lists]
- unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0.
- ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context)
- const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging
- ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
- ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
- ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal]
- ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal]
- ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building
- ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back().
- ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!)
- float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content
-
- // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui)
- ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; }
-
- ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); }
- IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
- IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen();
- IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
- IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id);
- IMGUI_API void PopTextureID();
- inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMin() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.x, cr.y); }
- inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); }
-
- // Primitives
- // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
- // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners.
- // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred).
- // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12.
- // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles.
- // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides.
- IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
- IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size)
- IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
- IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col);
- IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col);
- IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0);
- IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments);
- IMGUI_API void AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f);
- IMGUI_API void AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot = 0.0f, int num_segments = 0);
- IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
- IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
- IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness);
- IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col);
- IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
- IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
-
- // Image primitives
- // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is.
- // - "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners of the rectangle.
- // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture.
- IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
- IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE);
- IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
-
- // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke()
- // - Important: filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order! The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
- // so e.g. 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI * -0.5f, PI)' is ok, whereas 'PathArcTo(center, radius, PI, PI * -0.5f)' won't have correct anti-aliasing when followed by PathFillConvex().
- inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; }
- inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); }
- inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); }
- inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; }
- inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; }
- IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0);
- IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
- IMGUI_API void PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); // Ellipse
- IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points)
- IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points)
- IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0);
-
- // Advanced
- IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
- IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
- IMGUI_API ImDrawList* CloneOutput() const; // Create a clone of the CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer/VtxBuffer.
-
- // Advanced: Channels
- // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives)
- // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
- // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place!
- // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them.
- // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another.
- inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); }
- inline void ChannelsMerge() { _Splitter.Merge(this); }
- inline void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n) { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); }
-
- // Advanced: Primitives allocations
- // - We render triangles (three vertices)
- // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand.
- IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
- IMGUI_API void PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
- IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles)
- IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
- IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col);
- inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
- inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
- inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index
-
- // Obsolete names
- //inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
- //inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021)
-
- // [Internal helpers]
- IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame();
- IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory();
- IMGUI_API void _PopUnusedDrawCmd();
- IMGUI_API void _TryMergeDrawCmds();
- IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect();
- IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID();
- IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset();
- IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const;
- IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step);
- IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments);
-};
-
-// All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame
-// (NB: the style and the naming convention here is a little inconsistent, we currently preserve them for backward compatibility purpose,
-// as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList)
-struct ImDrawData
-{
- bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
- int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render (should always be == CmdLists.size)
- int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size
- int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size
- ImVector CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here.
- ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications)
- ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications)
- ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display.
- ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not).
-
- // Functions
- ImDrawData() { Clear(); }
- IMGUI_API void Clear();
- IMGUI_API void AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list); // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData.
- IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
- IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImFontConfig
-{
- void* FontData; // // TTF/OTF data
- int FontDataSize; // // TTF/OTF data size
- bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself).
- int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file
- float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height).
- int OversampleH; // 2 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details.
- int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
- bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1.
- ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now.
- ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input.
- const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list).
- float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font
- float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs
- bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights.
- unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure.
- float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future.
- float RasterizerDensity; // 1.0f // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered.
- ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used.
-
- // [Internal]
- char Name[40]; // Name (strictly to ease debugging)
- ImFont* DstFont;
-
- IMGUI_API ImFontConfig();
-};
-
-// Hold rendering data for one glyph.
-// (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this)
-struct ImFontGlyph
-{
- unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops)
- unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering.
- unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF
- float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in)
- float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners
- float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates
-};
-
-// Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data. Feed your application strings/characters to it then call BuildRanges().
-// This is essentially a tightly packed of vector of 64k booleans = 8KB storage.
-struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
-{
- ImVector UsedChars; // Store 1-bit per Unicode code point (0=unused, 1=used)
-
- ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder() { Clear(); }
- inline void Clear() { int size_in_bytes = (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX + 1) / 8; UsedChars.resize(size_in_bytes / (int)sizeof(ImU32)); memset(UsedChars.Data, 0, (size_t)size_in_bytes); }
- inline bool GetBit(size_t n) const { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); return (UsedChars[off] & mask) != 0; } // Get bit n in the array
- inline void SetBit(size_t n) { int off = (int)(n >> 5); ImU32 mask = 1u << (n & 31); UsedChars[off] |= mask; } // Set bit n in the array
- inline void AddChar(ImWchar c) { SetBit(c); } // Add character
- IMGUI_API void AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Add string (each character of the UTF-8 string are added)
- IMGUI_API void AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges); // Add ranges, e.g. builder.AddRanges(ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()) to force add all of ASCII/Latin+Ext
- IMGUI_API void BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges); // Output new ranges
-};
-
-// See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions.
-struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect
-{
- unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension
- unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas
- unsigned int GlyphID; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000)
- float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance
- ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset
- ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: target font
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; }
- bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; }
-};
-
-// Flags for ImFontAtlas build
-enum ImFontAtlasFlags_
-{
- ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0,
- ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two
- ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory)
- ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2, // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU).
-};
-
-// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding:
-// - One or more fonts.
-// - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui.
-// - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas).
-// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api.
-// - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you.
-// - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
-// - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples)
-// - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API.
-// This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details.
-// Common pitfalls:
-// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the
-// atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data.
-// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction.
-// You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed,
-// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well.
-// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future!
-struct ImFontAtlas
-{
- IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas();
- IMGUI_API ~ImFontAtlas();
- IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
- IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
- IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
- IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed.
- IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp.
- IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter.
- IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts.
- IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear output texture data (CPU side). Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
- IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear output font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates).
- IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all input and output.
-
- // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data.
- // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID().
- // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4)
- // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into
- // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste.
- IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
- IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel
- IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel
- bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent...
- void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; }
-
- //-------------------------------------------
- // Glyph Ranges
- //-------------------------------------------
-
- // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
- // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page.
- // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md/#about-utf-8-encoding for details.
- // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data.
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesThai(); // Default + Thai characters
- IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesVietnamese(); // Default + Vietnamese characters
-
- //-------------------------------------------
- // [BETA] Custom Rectangles/Glyphs API
- //-------------------------------------------
-
- // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes.
- // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels.
- // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format.
- // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point),
- // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs.
- // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons.
- // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings.
- IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height);
- IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0));
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; }
-
- // [Internal]
- IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const;
- IMGUI_API bool GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]);
-
- //-------------------------------------------
- // Members
- //-------------------------------------------
-
- ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_)
- ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure.
- int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
- int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false).
- bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert.
- void* UserData; // Store your own atlas related user-data (if e.g. you have multiple font atlas).
-
- // [Internal]
- // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you.
- bool TexReady; // Set when texture was built matching current font input
- bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format.
- unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
- unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
- int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build().
- int TexHeight; // Texture height calculated during Build().
- ImVec2 TexUvScale; // = (1.0f/TexWidth, 1.0f/TexHeight)
- ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel
- ImVector Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font.
- ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas.
- ImVector ConfigData; // Configuration data
- ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines
-
- // [Internal] Font builder
- const ImFontBuilderIO* FontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE).
- unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig.
-
- // [Internal] Packing data
- int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors
- int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines
-
- // [Obsolete]
- //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+
- //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+
-};
-
-// Font runtime data and rendering
-// ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
-struct ImFont
-{
- // Members: Hot ~20/24 bytes (for CalcTextSize)
- ImVector IndexAdvanceX; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Glyphs->AdvanceX in a directly indexable way (cache-friendly for CalcTextSize functions which only this this info, and are often bottleneck in large UI).
- float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX
- float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading)
-
- // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop)
- ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
- ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs.
- const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
-
- // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes
- ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into
- const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData
- short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont.
- ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found.
- ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...'/'.'// Character used for ellipsis rendering.
- short EllipsisCharCount; // 1 // out // 1 or 3
- float EllipsisWidth; // 4 // out // Width
- float EllipsisCharStep; // 4 // out // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0
- bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out //
- float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale()
- float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
- int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs)
- ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints.
-
- // Methods
- IMGUI_API ImFont();
- IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
- IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const;
- IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const;
- float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) const { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; }
- bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
- const char* GetDebugName() const { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : ""; }
-
- // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
- // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
- IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
- IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
- IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const;
- IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
-
- // [Internal] Don't use!
- IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable();
- IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData();
- IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size);
- IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x);
- IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built.
- IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible);
- IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last);
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Viewports
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends.
-enum ImGuiViewportFlags_
-{
- ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window
- ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet)
- ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend)
-};
-
-// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows.
-// - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports.
-// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode.
-// - About Main Area vs Work Area:
-// - Main Area = entire viewport.
-// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor).
-// - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport.
-struct ImGuiViewport
-{
- ImGuiID ID; // Unique identifier for the viewport
- ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_
- ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates)
- ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport.
- ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos)
- ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size)
-
- // Platform/Backend Dependent Data
- void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms)
-
- ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-
- // Helpers
- ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); }
- ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function.
-struct ImGuiPlatformImeData
-{
- bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible
- ImVec2 InputPos; // Position of the input cursor
- float InputLineHeight; // Line height
-
- ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types
-// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details)
-// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace ImGui
-{
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
-#else
- static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; }
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-namespace ImGui
-{
- // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023)
- static inline bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0) { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); }
- static inline void EndChildFrame() { EndChild(); }
- //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border
- //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border
- static inline void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL) { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); }
- IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
- IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1);
- // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023)
- IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item.
- // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023)
- static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushTabStop(tab_stop); }
- static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopTabStop(); }
- // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022)
- IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding)
- // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022)
- static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
- static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value.
-
- // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE)
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021)
- //IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper.
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021)
- //static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; }
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021)
- //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); }
- //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items
- //static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); }
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020)
- //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry!
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details.
- //IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020)
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before
- //static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020)
- //static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019)
- //static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019)
- //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019)
- //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019)
- //static inline void SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f) { SetScrollHereY(ratio); } // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018)
- //static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018)
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.60 and before
- //static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018)
- //static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018)
- //static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
- //static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
- //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
- //static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
- //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017)
- //IMGUI_API bool Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha().
- //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
- //static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
- //static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017)
- //static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
- //static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead.
- //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
- //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017)
- //-- OBSOLETED in 1.50 and before
- //static inline bool CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49
- //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48
- //static inline float GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48
- //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42
-}
-
-//-- OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect()
-//typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags;
-//enum ImDrawCornerFlags_
-//{
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally).
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82.
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82.
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82.
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight,
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft,
-// ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight,
-//};
-
-// RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022)
-// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place.
-typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there.
-enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super };
-//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int
-//enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super };
-
-#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // OBSOLETED IN 1.90 (now using C++11 standard version)
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-
-// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022)
-#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS)
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
-#endif
-#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS)
-#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name.
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic pop
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-// Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
-// May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included.
-#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
-#ifdef IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME
-#include IMGUI_USER_H_FILENAME
-#else
-#include "imgui_user.h"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/Engine/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 707c14d..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8558 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.4
-// (demo code)
-
-// Help:
-// - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that.
-// - Need help integrating Dear ImGui in your codebase?
-// - Read Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started
-// - Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase.
-// Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments.
-// Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
-
-//---------------------------------------------------
-// PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT!
-//---------------------------------------------------
-// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase:
-// Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call.
-// Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app!
-// Also include Metrics! ItemPicker! DebugLog! and other debug features.
-// Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team,
-// likely leading you to poorer usage of the library.
-// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow().
-// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be
-// linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty.
-// In another situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference.
-// Thank you,
-// -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete)
-
-//--------------------------------------------
-// ABOUT THE MEANING OF THE 'static' KEYWORD:
-//--------------------------------------------
-// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions.
-// A static variable persists across calls. It is essentially a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function.
-// Think of "static int n = 0;" as "global int n = 0;" !
-// We do this IN THE DEMO because we want:
-// - to gather code and data in the same place.
-// - to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to change, smaller in size.
-// - it is also a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function
-// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads.
-// This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the data you would be working
-// with in a complex codebase is likely going to be stored outside your functions.
-
-//-----------------------------------------
-// ABOUT THE CODING STYLE OF OUR DEMO CODE
-//-----------------------------------------
-// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application!
-// Because of this:
-// - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace.
-// - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them.
-// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API.
-// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided
-// by imgui.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional
-// and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h.
-// Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp.
-
-// Navigating this file:
-// - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot.
-// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments.
-
-/*
-
-Index of this file:
-
-// [SECTION] Forward Declarations
-// [SECTION] Helpers
-// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
-// - ShowDemoWindow()
-// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
-// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout()
-// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups()
-// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables()
-// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs()
-// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
-// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
-// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
-// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
-#endif
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
-// System includes
-#include // toupper
-#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
-#include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
-#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-#include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi
-#include // intptr_t
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER >= 1800
-#include // PRId64/PRIu64, not avail in some MinGW headers.
-#endif
-
-// Visual Studio warnings
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
-#endif
-
-// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
-#endif
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning: 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code)
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub.
-#endif
-
-// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: May 2018, Notepad now supports Unix-style carriage returns!)
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
-#else
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
-#endif
-
-// Helpers
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf)
-#define snprintf _snprintf
-#endif
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf)
-#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
-#endif
-
-// Format specifiers for 64-bit values (hasn't been decently standardized before VS2013)
-#if !defined(PRId64) && defined(_MSC_VER)
-#define PRId64 "I64d"
-#define PRIu64 "I64u"
-#elif !defined(PRId64)
-#define PRId64 "lld"
-#define PRIu64 "llu"
-#endif
-
-// Helpers macros
-// We normally try to not use many helpers in imgui_demo.cpp in order to make code easier to copy and paste,
-// but making an exception here as those are largely simplifying code...
-// In other imgui sources we can use nicer internal functions from imgui_internal.h (ImMin/ImMax) but not in the demo.
-#define IM_MIN(A, B) (((A) < (B)) ? (A) : (B))
-#define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B))
-#define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V))
-
-// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library,
-// in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
-#ifndef IMGUI_CDECL
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
-#else
-#define IMGUI_CDECL
-#endif
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS)
-
-// Forward Declarations
-static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
-static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open);
-static void ShowExampleMenuFile();
-
-// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions
-// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly)
-static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets();
-static void ShowDemoWindowLayout();
-static void ShowDemoWindowPopups();
-static void ShowDemoWindowTables();
-static void ShowDemoWindowColumns();
-static void ShowDemoWindowInputs();
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Helpers
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered.
-// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md)
-static void HelpMarker(const char* desc)
-{
- ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
- if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
- {
- ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f);
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc);
- ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
-}
-
-// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to an interactive browser
-typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section, void* user_data);
-extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback;
-extern void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData;
-ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL;
-void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL;
-#define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0)
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - ShowDemoWindow()
-// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
-// - ShowDemoWindowLayout()
-// - ShowDemoWindowPopups()
-// - ShowDemoWindowTables()
-// - ShowDemoWindowColumns()
-// - ShowDemoWindowInputs()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!)
-// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does.
-// You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature.
-void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
- // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup
- // Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing.
- IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!");
-
- // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu)
- static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
- static bool show_app_console = false;
- static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false;
- static bool show_app_documents = false;
- static bool show_app_log = false;
- static bool show_app_layout = false;
- static bool show_app_property_editor = false;
- static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false;
- static bool show_app_auto_resize = false;
- static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false;
- static bool show_app_fullscreen = false;
- static bool show_app_long_text = false;
- static bool show_app_window_titles = false;
-
- if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
- if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents);
- if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console);
- if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering);
- if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log);
- if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout);
- if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor);
- if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay);
- if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize);
- if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize);
- if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen);
- if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text);
- if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles);
-
- // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu)
- static bool show_tool_metrics = false;
- static bool show_tool_debug_log = false;
- static bool show_tool_id_stack_tool = false;
- static bool show_tool_style_editor = false;
- static bool show_tool_about = false;
-
- if (show_tool_metrics)
- ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_tool_metrics);
- if (show_tool_debug_log)
- ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_tool_debug_log);
- if (show_tool_id_stack_tool)
- ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(&show_tool_id_stack_tool);
- if (show_tool_style_editor)
- {
- ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_tool_style_editor);
- ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
- ImGui::End();
- }
- if (show_tool_about)
- ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_tool_about);
-
- // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default!
- static bool no_titlebar = false;
- static bool no_scrollbar = false;
- static bool no_menu = false;
- static bool no_move = false;
- static bool no_resize = false;
- static bool no_collapse = false;
- static bool no_close = false;
- static bool no_nav = false;
- static bool no_background = false;
- static bool no_bring_to_front = false;
- static bool unsaved_document = false;
-
- ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0;
- if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
- if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar;
- if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
- if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
- if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
- if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
- if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
- if (no_background) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground;
- if (no_bring_to_front) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus;
- if (unsaved_document) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument;
- if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin
-
- // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file.
- // We only do it to make the demo applications a little more welcoming, but typically this isn't required.
- const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->WorkPos.x + 650, main_viewport->WorkPos.y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
-
- // Main body of the Demo window starts here.
- if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags))
- {
- // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization.
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
-
- // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details.
- // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align)
- //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f);
- // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets.
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12);
-
- // Menu Bar
- if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File");
- ShowExampleMenuFile();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples");
- ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar);
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps");
- ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay);
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts");
- ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles);
-
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar!
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools");
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- const bool has_debug_tools = true;
-#else
- const bool has_debug_tools = false;
-#endif
- ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_tool_metrics, has_debug_tools);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_tool_debug_log, has_debug_tools);
- ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &show_tool_id_stack_tool, has_debug_tools);
- ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_tool_style_editor);
- bool is_debugger_present = ImGui::GetIO().ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Item Picker", NULL, false, has_debug_tools && is_debugger_present))
- ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker();
- if (!is_debugger_present)
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Requires io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent=true to be set.\n\nWe otherwise disable the menu option to avoid casual users crashing the application.\n\nYou can however always access the Item Picker in Metrics->Tools.");
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_tool_about);
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
-
- ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM);
- ImGui::Spacing();
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help");
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help"))
- {
- ImGui::SeparatorText("ABOUT THIS DEMO:");
- ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library.");
- ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents.");
- ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n"
- "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool).");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:");
- ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!");
- ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp.");
- ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder.");
- ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/");
- ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls.");
- ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls.");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("USER GUIDE:");
- ImGui::ShowUserGuide();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration");
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration"))
- {
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2"))
- {
- ImGui::SeparatorText("General");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable gamepad controls. Require backend to set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse);
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse)
- {
- // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it:
- if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("<>");
- }
- if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space))
- io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse;
- }
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something).");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting).");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only).");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving).");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly);
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors", &io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors);
- ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options.");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Debug");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent", &io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable various tools calling IM_DEBUG_BREAK().\n\nRequires a debugger being attached, otherwise IM_DEBUG_BREAK() options will appear to crash your application.");
- ImGui::BeginDisabled();
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce); // .
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss", &io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower).");
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- ImGui::Spacing();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n"
- "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend.");
-
- // FIXME: Maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent to keep label bright?
- ImGui::BeginDisabled();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset);
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- ImGui::Spacing();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style"))
- {
- HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function.");
- ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- ImGui::Spacing();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of "
- "a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded.\n"
- "Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button.");
- ImGui::LogButtons();
-
- HelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output.");
- if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard"))
- {
- ImGui::LogToClipboard();
- ImGui::LogText("Hello, world!");
- ImGui::LogFinish();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Window options");
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options"))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3))
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("Unsaved document", &unsaved_document);
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- }
-
- // All demo contents
- ShowDemoWindowWidgets();
- ShowDemoWindowLayout();
- ShowDemoWindowPopups();
- ShowDemoWindowTables();
- ShowDemoWindowInputs();
-
- // End of ShowDemoWindow()
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets()
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets");
- if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets"))
- return;
-
- static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom
- if (disable_all)
- ImGui::BeginDisabled();
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
- {
- ImGui::SeparatorText("General");
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button");
- static int clicked = 0;
- if (ImGui::Button("Button"))
- clicked++;
- if (clicked & 1)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!");
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Checkbox");
- static bool check = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/RadioButton");
- static int e = 0;
- ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2);
-
- // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style.
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Colored)");
- for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
- {
- if (i > 0)
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(i);
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f));
- ImGui::Button("Click");
- ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed widgets elements
- // (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default!)
- // See 'Demo->Layout->Text Baseline Alignment' for details.
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGui::Text("Hold to repeat:");
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- // Arrow buttons with Repeater
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)");
- static int counter = 0;
- float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true);
- if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; }
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
- if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; }
- ImGui::PopButtonRepeat();
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("%d", counter);
-
- ImGui::Button("Tooltip");
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip");
-
- ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs");
-
- {
- // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
- // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file.
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputText");
- static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!";
- ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0));
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "USER:\n"
- "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n"
- "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n"
- "CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all.\n"
- "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n"
- "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n"
- "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n"
- "PROGRAMMER:\n"
- "You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() "
- "to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated "
- "in imgui_demo.cpp).");
-
- static char str1[128] = "";
- ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1));
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputInt, InputFloat");
- static int i0 = 123;
- ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0);
-
- static float f0 = 0.001f;
- ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f");
-
- static double d0 = 999999.00000001;
- ImGui::InputDouble("input double", &d0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.8f");
-
- static float f1 = 1.e10f;
- ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "You can input value using the scientific notation,\n"
- " e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".");
-
- static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
- ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a);
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags");
-
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat");
- static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42;
- ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Click and drag to edit value.\n"
- "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n"
- "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value.");
-
- ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
-
- static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f;
- ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f);
- ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns");
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders");
-
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat");
- static int i1 = 0;
- ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value.");
-
- static float f1 = 0.123f, f2 = 0.0f;
- ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (log)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderAngle");
- static float angle = 0.0f;
- ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle);
-
- // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer.
- // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name.
- // This technique can also be used with DragInt().
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Slider (enum)");
- enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT };
- static int elem = Element_Fire;
- const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" };
- const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown";
- ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); // Use ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput flag to disable CTRL+Click here.
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer.");
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Selectors/Pickers");
-
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4");
- static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f };
- static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
- ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n"
- "Click and hold to use drag and drop.\n"
- "Right-click on the color square to show options.\n"
- "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
-
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
- }
-
- {
- // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here
- // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api.
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo");
- const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" };
- static int item_current = 0;
- ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\n"
- "Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API.");
- }
-
- {
- // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here
- // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api.
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ListBox");
- const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" };
- static int item_current = 1;
- ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\n"
- "Refer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API.");
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tooltips");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltips"))
- {
- // Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away.
- ImGui::SeparatorText("General");
-
- // Typical use cases:
- // - Short-form (text only): SetItemTooltip("Hello");
- // - Short-form (any contents): if (BeginItemTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); }
-
- // - Full-form (text only): if (IsItemHovered(...)) { SetTooltip("Hello"); }
- // - Full-form (any contents): if (IsItemHovered(...) && BeginTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); }
-
- HelpMarker(
- "Tooltip are typically created by using a IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.\n\n"
- "We provide a helper SetItemTooltip() function to perform the two with standards flags.");
-
- ImVec2 sz = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f);
-
- ImGui::Button("Basic", sz);
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip");
-
- ImGui::Button("Fancy", sz);
- if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
- {
- ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip");
- static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
- ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
- ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()));
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Always On");
-
- // Showcase NOT relying on a IsItemHovered() to emit a tooltip.
- // Here the tooltip is always emitted when 'always_on == true'.
- static int always_on = 0;
- ImGui::RadioButton("Off", &always_on, 0);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Simple)", &always_on, 1);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Advanced)", &always_on, 2);
- if (always_on == 1)
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am following you around.");
- else if (always_on == 2 && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
- {
- ImGui::ProgressBar(sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()) * 0.5f + 0.5f, ImVec2(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25, 0.0f));
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom");
-
- HelpMarker(
- "Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() is the preferred way to standardize"
- "tooltip activation details across your application. You may however decide to use custom"
- "flags for a specific tooltip instance.");
-
- // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users.
- // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from
- // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or gamepad/keyboard is being used.
- // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary.
- ImGui::Button("Manual", sz);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip.");
-
- ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone))
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with no delay.");
-
- ImGui::Button("DelayShort", sz);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay))
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a short delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayShort);
-
- ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay))
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal);
-
- ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary))
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating.");
-
- // Using ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip will pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav',
- // which default value include the ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled flag.
- // As a result, Set
- ImGui::BeginDisabled();
- ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz);
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip))
- ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item.");
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper.
- //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once;
- //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- // if (once)
- // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once.");
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree Nodes"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees"))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- {
- // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could
- // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing!
- if (i == 0)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i))
- {
- ImGui::Text("blah blah");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {}
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n"
- "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open.");
- static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth;
- static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false;
- static bool test_drag_and_drop = false;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop);
- ImGui::Text("Hello!");
- if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
- ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
-
- // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state.
- // You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit.
- // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end
- /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc.
- static int selection_mask = (1 << 2);
- int node_clicked = -1;
- for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
- {
- // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection.
- // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection.
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags;
- const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0;
- if (is_selected)
- node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected;
- if (i < 3)
- {
- // Items 0..2 are Tree Node
- bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i);
- if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
- node_clicked = i;
- if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
- {
- ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0);
- ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
- ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
- }
- if (node_open)
- {
- ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves
- // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can
- // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text().
- node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet
- ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i);
- if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen())
- node_clicked = i;
- if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource())
- {
- ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0);
- ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source");
- ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
- }
- }
- }
- if (node_clicked != -1)
- {
- // Update selection state
- // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame)
- if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
- selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle
- else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection
- selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select
- }
- if (align_label_with_current_x_position)
- ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing());
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Collapsing Headers");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers"))
- {
- static bool closable_group = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Show 2nd header", &closable_group);
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None))
- {
- ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
- for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- ImGui::Text("Some content %d", i);
- }
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a close button", &closable_group))
- {
- ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
- for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- ImGui::Text("More content %d", i);
- }
- /*
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Header with a bullet", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet))
- ImGui::Text("IsItemHovered: %d", ImGui::IsItemHovered());
- */
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets"))
- {
- ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1");
- ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node"))
- {
- ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)");
- ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text"))
- {
- // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility.
- ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink");
- ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow");
- ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle.");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping"))
- {
- // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility.
- ImGui::TextWrapped(
- "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation "
- "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages.");
- ImGui::Spacing();
-
- static float wrap_width = 200.0f;
- ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f");
-
- ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
- {
- ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n);
- ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y);
- ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight());
- ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width);
- if (n == 0)
- ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width);
- else
- ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh");
-
- // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!)
- draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255));
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255));
- ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text"))
- {
- // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters
- // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.)
- // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8
- // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you
- // can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature').
- // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8
- // CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants.
- // Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application!
- // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed,
- // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application.
- ImGui::TextWrapped(
- "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. "
- "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. "
- "Read docs/FONTS.md for details.");
- ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)");
- ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)");
- static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e";
- //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis
- ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images"))
- {
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui::TextWrapped(
- "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). "
- "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. "
- "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!");
-
- // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo!
- // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that
- // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure.
- // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top
- // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example:
- // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer
- // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc.
- // More:
- // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers
- // to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc.
- // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer,
- // it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it.
- // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage().
- // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md
- // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
- ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID;
- float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth;
- float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight;
- {
- static bool use_text_color_for_tint = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Use Text Color for Tint", &use_text_color_for_tint);
- ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h);
- ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left
- ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right
- ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint
- ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border);
- ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col);
- if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
- {
- float region_sz = 32.0f;
- float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f;
- float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f;
- float zoom = 4.0f;
- if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; }
- else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; }
- if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; }
- else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; }
- ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y);
- ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz);
- ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h);
- ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h);
- ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, tint_col, border_col);
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons");
- ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons..");
- static int pressed_count = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- {
- // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures.
- // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation.
- // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples
- ImGui::PushID(i);
- if (i > 0)
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f));
- ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible
- ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left
- ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture
- ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background
- ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint
- if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col))
- pressed_count += 1;
- if (i > 0)
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- ImGui::PopID();
- ImGui::SameLine();
- }
- ImGui::NewLine();
- ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo"))
- {
- // Combo Boxes are also called "Dropdown" in other systems
- // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo
- static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo");
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton))
- flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear incompatible flags
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview))
- flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview); // Clear incompatible flags
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview))
- flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview;
-
- // Override default popup height
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall))
- flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular))
- flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest))
- flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest);
-
- // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents.
- // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively
- // stored in the object itself, etc.)
- const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
- static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
-
- // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[])
- const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx];
-
- if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
- {
- const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
- item_current_idx = n;
-
- // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
- if (is_selected)
- ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
- }
- ImGui::EndCombo();
- }
-
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::SeparatorText("One-liner variants");
- HelpMarker("Flags above don't apply to this section.");
-
- // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string
- // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time.
- static int item_current_2 = 0;
- ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
-
- // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char*
- // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control.
- static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview
- ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
-
- // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function
- static int item_current_4 = 0;
- ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, [](void* data, int n) { return ((const char**)data)[n]; }, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes"))
- {
- // BeginListBox() is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild()/EndChild()
- // using the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label.
- // You may be tempted to simply use BeginChild() directly. However note that BeginChild() requires EndChild()
- // to always be called (inconsistent with BeginListBox()/EndListBox()).
-
- // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents.
- // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively
- // stored in the object itself, etc.)
- const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" };
- static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index.
- if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1"))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
- {
- const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
- item_current_idx = n;
-
- // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
- if (is_selected)
- ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
- }
- ImGui::EndListBox();
- }
-
- // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall
- ImGui::Text("Full-width:");
- if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing())))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++)
- {
- const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected))
- item_current_idx = n;
-
- // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus)
- if (is_selected)
- ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
- }
- ImGui::EndListBox();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables"))
- {
- // Selectable() has 2 overloads:
- // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information.
- // When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly.
- // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases)
- // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways
- // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc).
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
- {
- static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false };
- ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]);
- ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]);
- ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]);
- if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick))
- if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0))
- selection[3] = !selection[3];
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection"))
- {
- static int selected = -1;
- for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
- {
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n))
- selected = n;
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection"))
- {
- HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items.");
- static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false };
- for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
- {
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n]))
- {
- if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held
- memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection));
- selection[n] ^= 1;
- }
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line"))
- {
- // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap()
- // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically.
- static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false };
- ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1");
- ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2");
- ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns"))
- {
- static bool selected[10] = {};
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
- {
- char label[32];
- sprintf(label, "Item %d", i);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::Spacing();
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
- {
- char label[32];
- sprintf(label, "Item %d", i);
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Some other contents");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("123456");
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid"))
- {
- static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } };
-
- // Add in a bit of silly fun...
- const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime();
- const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected...
- if (winning_state)
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f)));
-
- for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++)
- for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++)
- {
- if (x > 0)
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x);
- if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50)))
- {
- // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors
- selected[y][x] ^= 1;
- if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; }
- if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; }
- if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; }
- if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; }
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- if (winning_state)
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item "
- "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to "
- "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line");
- static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true };
- for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
- {
- for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
- {
- ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f);
- char name[32];
- sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y);
- if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment);
- ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80));
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- }
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
- // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file.
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
- {
- // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize
- // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings.
- static char text[1024 * 16] =
- "/*\n"
- " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n"
- " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n"
- " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n"
- " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n"
- " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n"
- " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n"
- "*/\n\n"
- "label:\n"
- "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n";
-
- static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput;
- HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When _AllowTabInput is set, passing through the widget with Tabbing doesn't automatically activate it, in order to also cycling through subsequent widgets.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine);
- ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input"))
- {
- struct TextFilters
- {
- // Modify character input by altering 'data->Eventchar' (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter callback)
- static int FilterCasingSwap(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
- {
- if (data->EventChar >= 'a' && data->EventChar <= 'z') { data->EventChar -= 'a' - 'A'; } // Lowercase becomes uppercase
- else if (data->EventChar >= 'A' && data->EventChar <= 'Z') { data->EventChar += 'a' - 'A'; } // Uppercase becomes lowercase
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i', otherwise return 1 (filter out)
- static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
- {
- if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar))
- return 0;
- return 1;
- }
- };
-
- static char buf1[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 32);
- static char buf2[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
- static char buf3[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
- static char buf4[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
- static char buf5[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
- static char buf6[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("casing swap", buf6, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterCasingSwap); // Use CharFilter callback to replace characters.
- static char buf7[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\"", buf7, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); // Use CharFilter callback to disable some characters.
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input"))
- {
- static char password[64] = "password123";
- ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n");
- ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password);
- ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password));
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"))
- {
- struct Funcs
- {
- static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
- {
- if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion)
- {
- data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, "..");
- }
- else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)
- {
- if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow)
- {
- data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen);
- data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!");
- data->SelectAll();
- }
- else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow)
- {
- data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen);
- data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!");
- data->SelectAll();
- }
- }
- else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit)
- {
- // Toggle casing of first character
- char c = data->Buf[0];
- if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32;
- data->BufDirty = true;
-
- // Increment a counter
- int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData;
- *p_int = *p_int + 1;
- }
- return 0;
- }
- };
- static char buf1[64];
- ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. "
- "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback.");
-
- static char buf2[64];
- ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. "
- "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback.");
-
- static char buf3[64];
- static int edit_count = 0;
- ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits.");
- ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count);
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback"))
- {
- // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type,
- // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper
- // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string.
- HelpMarker(
- "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n"
- "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string.");
- struct Funcs
- {
- static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
- {
- if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize)
- {
- ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData;
- IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf);
- my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1
- data->Buf = my_str->begin();
- }
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace.
- // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)'
- static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0)
- {
- IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0);
- return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str);
- }
- };
-
- // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container.
- // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more
- // than usually reported by a typical string class.
- static ImVector my_str;
- if (my_str.empty())
- my_str.push_back(0);
- Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16));
- ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity());
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous"))
- {
- static char buf1[16];
- static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo);
- ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Tabs
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
- {
- ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None;
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah");
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button"))
- {
- // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0).
- static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton);
- if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0)
- tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown))
- tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
- tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll);
-
- // Tab Bar
- const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" };
- static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++)
- {
- if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); }
- ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]);
- }
-
- // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin():
- // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed.
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++)
- if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None))
- {
- ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]);
- if (n & 1)
- ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab.");
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags"))
- {
- static ImVector active_tabs;
- static int next_tab_id = 0;
- if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs
- for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
- active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++);
-
- // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together.
- // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags...
- // but they tend to make more sense together)
- static bool show_leading_button = true;
- static bool show_trailing_button = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button);
-
- // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs
- static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown))
- tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll))
- tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll);
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags))
- {
- // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu
- if (show_leading_button)
- if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu"))
- {
- ImGui::Selectable("Hello!");
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab.
- // (In your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+")
- // We submit it before the regular tabs, but thanks to the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end.
- if (show_trailing_button)
- if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip))
- active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab
-
- // Submit our regular tabs
- for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; )
- {
- bool open = true;
- char name[16];
- snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]);
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None))
- {
- ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name);
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- if (!open)
- active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n);
- else
- n++;
- }
-
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good.
- // Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot
- // (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions)
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting"))
- {
- static bool animate = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate);
-
- // Plot as lines and plot as histogram
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram");
- static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
- ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
- ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f));
-
- // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot
- // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float
- // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter.
- static float values[90] = {};
- static int values_offset = 0;
- static double refresh_time = 0.0;
- if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0)
- refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime();
- while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo
- {
- static float phase = 0.0f;
- values[values_offset] = cosf(phase);
- values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values);
- phase += 0.10f * values_offset;
- refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f;
- }
-
- // Plots can display overlay texts
- // (in this example, we will display an average value)
- {
- float average = 0.0f;
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++)
- average += values[n];
- average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values);
- char overlay[32];
- sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average);
- ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f));
- }
-
- // Use functions to generate output
- // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices.
- // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count.
- struct Funcs
- {
- static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); }
- static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; }
- };
- static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions");
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400);
- float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw;
- ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80));
- ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80));
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- // Animate a simple progress bar
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar");
- static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f;
- if (animate)
- {
- progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime;
- if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
- if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
- }
-
- // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width,
- // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
- ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- ImGui::Text("Progress Bar");
-
- float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753);
- ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets"))
- {
- static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f / 255.0f, 144.0f / 255.0f, 154.0f / 255.0f, 200.0f / 255.0f);
-
- static bool alpha_preview = true;
- static bool alpha_half_preview = false;
- static bool drag_and_drop = true;
- static bool options_menu = true;
- static bool hdr = false;
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Options");
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Preview", &alpha_preview);
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Half Alpha Preview", &alpha_half_preview);
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Drag and Drop", &drag_and_drop);
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Options Menu", &options_menu); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Right-click on the individual color widget to show options.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets.");
- ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit");
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Inline color editor");
- ImGui::Text("Color widget:");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n"
- "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
- ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (HSV, with Alpha)");
- ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:");
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (float display)");
- ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:");
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with Picker)");
- ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\n"
- "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only "
- "be used for the tooltip and picker popup.");
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with custom Picker popup)");
- ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:");
-
- // Generate a default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited.
- static bool saved_palette_init = true;
- static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {};
- if (saved_palette_init)
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
- {
- ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f,
- saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z);
- saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha
- }
- saved_palette_init = false;
- }
-
- static ImVec4 backup_color;
- bool open_popup = ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3b", color, misc_flags);
- ImGui::SameLine(0, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- open_popup |= ImGui::Button("Palette");
- if (open_popup)
- {
- ImGui::OpenPopup("mypicker");
- backup_color = color;
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("mypicker"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("MY CUSTOM COLOR PICKER WITH AN AMAZING PALETTE!");
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::ColorPicker4("##picker", (float*)&color, misc_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview);
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position
- ImGui::Text("Current");
- ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40));
- ImGui::Text("Previous");
- if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40)))
- color = backup_color;
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("Palette");
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(n);
- if ((n % 8) != 0)
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y);
-
- ImGuiColorEditFlags palette_button_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip;
- if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], palette_button_flags, ImVec2(20, 20)))
- color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha!
-
- // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry. Note that ColorButton() is already a
- // drag source by default, unless specifying the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop flag.
- if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
- {
- if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F))
- memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3);
- if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F))
- memcpy((float*)&saved_palette[n], payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 4);
- ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
- }
-
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (simple)");
- ImGui::Text("Color button only:");
- static bool no_border = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder", &no_border);
- ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80));
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker");
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Color picker");
- static bool alpha = true;
- static bool alpha_bar = true;
- static bool side_preview = true;
- static bool ref_color = false;
- static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f);
- static int display_mode = 0;
- static int picker_mode = 0;
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha);
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha Bar", &alpha_bar);
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Side Preview", &side_preview);
- if (side_preview)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Checkbox("With Ref Color", &ref_color);
- if (ref_color)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("##RefColor", &ref_color_v.x, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | misc_flags);
- }
- }
- ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, "
- "but the user can change it with a right-click on those inputs.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex "
- "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions().");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When not specified explicitly (Auto/Current mode), user can right-click the picker to change mode.");
- ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags;
- if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4()
- if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar;
- if (!side_preview) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview;
- if (picker_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar;
- if (picker_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel;
- if (display_mode == 1) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs; // Disable all RGB/HSV/Hex displays
- if (display_mode == 2) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; // Override display mode
- if (display_mode == 3) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV;
- if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex;
- ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL);
-
- ImGui::Text("Set defaults in code:");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\n"
- "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed,"
- "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid"
- "encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible.");
- if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar"))
- ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar);
- if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel"))
- ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel);
-
- // Always display a small version of both types of pickers
- // (that's in order to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it)
- ImGui::Text("Both types:");
- float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f;
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w);
- ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##5", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w);
- ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##6", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha);
-
- // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0)
- static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV!
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV"
- "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the"
- "added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero.");
- ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:");
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float);
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float);
- ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags"))
- {
- // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same!
- static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values).");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits).");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget.");
-
- // Drags
- static float drag_f = 0.5f;
- static int drag_i = 50;
- ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f);
- ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags);
- ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags);
- ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags);
- ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags);
- ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags);
-
- // Sliders
- static float slider_f = 0.5f;
- static int slider_i = 50;
- ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f);
- ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags);
- ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags);
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Range Widgets");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets"))
- {
- static float begin = 10, end = 90;
- static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000;
- ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
- ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units");
- ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types"))
- {
- // DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types
- // - signed/unsigned
- // - 8/16/32/64-bits
- // - integer/float/double
- // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum
- // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer.
- // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each type.
- // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points,
- // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*,
- // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example:
- // bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld")
- // {
- // return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format);
- // }
-
- // Setup limits (as helper variables so we can take their address, as explained above)
- // Note: SliderScalar() functions have a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2.
- #ifndef LLONG_MIN
- ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1;
- ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL;
- ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1);
- #endif
- const char s8_zero = 0, s8_one = 1, s8_fifty = 50, s8_min = -128, s8_max = 127;
- const ImU8 u8_zero = 0, u8_one = 1, u8_fifty = 50, u8_min = 0, u8_max = 255;
- const short s16_zero = 0, s16_one = 1, s16_fifty = 50, s16_min = -32768, s16_max = 32767;
- const ImU16 u16_zero = 0, u16_one = 1, u16_fifty = 50, u16_min = 0, u16_max = 65535;
- const ImS32 s32_zero = 0, s32_one = 1, s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2, s32_max = INT_MAX/2, s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100, s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2;
- const ImU32 u32_zero = 0, u32_one = 1, u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0, u32_max = UINT_MAX/2, u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100, u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2;
- const ImS64 s64_zero = 0, s64_one = 1, s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2, s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100, s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2;
- const ImU64 u64_zero = 0, u64_one = 1, u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0, u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2;
- const float f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f;
- const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0;
-
- // State
- static char s8_v = 127;
- static ImU8 u8_v = 255;
- static short s16_v = 32767;
- static ImU16 u16_v = 65535;
- static ImS32 s32_v = -1;
- static ImU32 u32_v = (ImU32)-1;
- static ImS64 s64_v = -1;
- static ImU64 u64_v = (ImU64)-1;
- static float f32_v = 0.123f;
- static double f64_v = 90000.01234567890123456789;
-
- const float drag_speed = 0.2f;
- static bool drag_clamp = false;
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags");
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Drags");
- ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n"
- "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value.");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL);
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL);
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL);
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL, "0x%08X");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL);
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL);
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag float log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams");
- ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders");
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, &u16_min, &u16_max, "%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty, "0x%04X");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" PRId64);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" PRId64);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" PRId64);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" PRIu64 " ms");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" PRIu64 " ms");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" PRIu64 " ms");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Sliders (reverse)");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u");
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" PRId64);
- ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" PRIu64 " ms");
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs");
- static bool inputs_step = true;
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Inputs");
- ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step);
- ImGui::InputScalar("input s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, inputs_step ? &s8_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, inputs_step ? &u8_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X");
- ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL);
- ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL);
- ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL);
- ImGui::InputScalar("input double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, inputs_step ? &f64_one : NULL);
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets"))
- {
- static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
- static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 };
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide");
- ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f);
- ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i);
- ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
- ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255);
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide");
- ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f);
- ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i);
- ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
- ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255);
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide");
- ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f);
- ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i);
- ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
- ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255);
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders"))
- {
- const float spacing = 4;
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing));
-
- static int int_value = 0;
- ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5);
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f };
- ImGui::PushID("set1");
- for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
- {
- if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(i);
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f));
- ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
- ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]);
- ImGui::PopStyleColor(4);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
-
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID("set2");
- static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f };
- const int rows = 3;
- const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows));
- for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++)
- {
- if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
- for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny);
- ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
- ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
-
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID("set3");
- for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
- {
- if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(i);
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40);
- ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec");
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop"))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Standard widgets");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets"))
- {
- // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target.
- // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F
- // to allow your own widgets to use colors in their drag and drop interaction.
- // Also see 'Demo->Widgets->Color/Picker Widgets->Palette' demo.
- HelpMarker("You can drag from the color squares.");
- static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f };
- static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
- ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Copy-swap items");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items"))
- {
- enum Mode
- {
- Mode_Copy,
- Mode_Move,
- Mode_Swap
- };
- static int mode = 0;
- if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; }
- static const char* names[9] =
- {
- "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty",
- "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard",
- "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn"
- };
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(n);
- if ((n % 3) != 0)
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60, 60));
-
- // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here!
- if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None))
- {
- // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything)
- ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int));
-
- // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display
- // the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.)
- if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); }
- if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); }
- if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); }
- ImGui::EndDragDropSource();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
- {
- if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL"))
- {
- IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int));
- int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data;
- if (mode == Mode_Copy)
- {
- names[n] = names[payload_n];
- }
- if (mode == Mode_Move)
- {
- names[n] = names[payload_n];
- names[payload_n] = "";
- }
- if (mode == Mode_Swap)
- {
- const char* tmp = names[n];
- names[n] = names[payload_n];
- names[payload_n] = tmp;
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)"))
- {
- // Simple reordering
- HelpMarker(
- "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! "
- "Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly.");
- static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" };
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++)
- {
- const char* item = item_names[n];
- ImGui::Selectable(item);
-
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && !ImGui::IsItemHovered())
- {
- int n_next = n + (ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0).y < 0.f ? -1 : 1);
- if (n_next >= 0 && n_next < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names))
- {
- item_names[n] = item_names[n_next];
- item_names[n_next] = item;
- ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta();
- }
- }
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Tooltip at target location");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltip at target location"))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
- {
- // Drop targets
- ImGui::Button(n ? "drop here##1" : "drop here##0");
- if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget())
- {
- ImGuiDragDropFlags drop_target_flags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip;
- if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, drop_target_flags))
- {
- IM_UNUSED(payload);
- ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed);
- ImGui::BeginTooltip();
- ImGui::Text("Cannot drop here!");
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
- ImGui::EndDragDropTarget();
- }
-
- // Drop source
- static ImVec4 col4 = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f, 1.0f };
- if (n == 0)
- ImGui::ColorButton("drag me", col4);
-
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Item Status (Edited,Active,Hovered etc.)");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Item Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)"))
- {
- // Select an item type
- const char* item_names[] =
- {
- "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputTextMultiline", "InputFloat",
- "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "Selectable", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox"
- };
- static int item_type = 4;
- static bool item_disabled = false;
- ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names));
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered().");
- ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled);
-
- // Submit selected items so we can query their status in the code following it.
- bool ret = false;
- static bool b = false;
- static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f };
- static char str[16] = {};
- if (item_disabled)
- ImGui::BeginDisabled(true);
- if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction
- if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button
- if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater)
- if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox
- if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item
- if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing)
- if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputTextMultiline("ITEM: InputTextMultiline", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which uses a child window)
- if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input
- if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
- if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged)
- if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); } // Testing selectable item
- if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy)
- if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node
- if (item_type == 13){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy.
- if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
- if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); }
-
- bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered();
- bool hovered_delay_stationary = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary);
- bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort);
- bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal);
- bool hovered_delay_tooltip = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip); // = Normal + Stationary
-
- // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions.
- // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined.
- // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions,
- // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code.
- ImGui::BulletText(
- "Return value = %d\n"
- "IsItemFocused() = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered() = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n"
- "IsItemActive() = %d\n"
- "IsItemEdited() = %d\n"
- "IsItemActivated() = %d\n"
- "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n"
- "IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() = %d\n"
- "IsItemVisible() = %d\n"
- "IsItemClicked() = %d\n"
- "IsItemToggledOpen() = %d\n"
- "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n"
- "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n"
- "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)",
- ret,
- ImGui::IsItemFocused(),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled),
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly),
- ImGui::IsItemActive(),
- ImGui::IsItemEdited(),
- ImGui::IsItemActivated(),
- ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(),
- ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(),
- ImGui::IsItemVisible(),
- ImGui::IsItemClicked(),
- ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen(),
- ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y,
- ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y,
- ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y
- );
- ImGui::BulletText(
- "with Hovering Delay or Stationary test:\n"
- "IsItemHovered() = = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_DelayShort) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_DelayNormal) = %d\n"
- "IsItemHovered(_Tooltip) = %d",
- hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_stationary, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal, hovered_delay_tooltip);
-
- if (item_disabled)
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
-
- char buf[1] = "";
- ImGui::InputText("unused", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above and see e.g. Deactivated() status.");
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Window Status (Focused,Hovered etc.)");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Window Status (Focused/Hovered etc.)"))
- {
- static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window);
- if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
- ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
-
- // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags.
- ImGui::BulletText(
- "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n",
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
- ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow));
-
- // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags.
- ImGui::BulletText(
- "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n"
- "IsWindowHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n",
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow),
- ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary));
-
- ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
- ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag.");
- ImGui::EndChild();
- if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window)
- ImGui::EndChild();
-
- // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar.
- // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu associated to the title bar of a window.
- static bool test_window = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window);
- if (test_window)
- {
- ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window);
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered()
- {
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; }
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::Text(
- "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n"
- "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n",
- ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive());
- ImGui::End();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd:
- // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space)
- if (disable_all)
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block"))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section.");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter"))
- {
- // Helper class to easy setup a text filter.
- // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application.
- HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings.");
- static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
- ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n"
- " \"\" display all lines\n"
- " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n"
- " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n"
- " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\"");
- filter.Draw();
- const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" };
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++)
- if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i]))
- ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-}
-
-static void ShowDemoWindowLayout()
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout");
- if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling"))
- return;
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows"))
- {
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Child windows");
-
- HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window.");
- static bool disable_mouse_wheel = false;
- static bool disable_menu = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu);
-
- // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar
- {
- ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar;
- if (disable_mouse_wheel)
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse;
- ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags);
- for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
- ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
-
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- // Child 2: rounded border
- {
- ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None;
- if (disable_mouse_wheel)
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse;
- if (!disable_menu)
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f);
- ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, window_flags);
- if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
- {
- ShowExampleMenuFile();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
- {
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "%03d", i);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- }
-
- // Child 3: manual-resize
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Manual-resize");
- {
- HelpMarker("Drag bottom border to resize. Double-click bottom border to auto-fit to vertical contents.");
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_FrameBg));
- if (ImGui::BeginChild("ResizableChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 8), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY))
- for (int n = 0; n < 10; n++)
- ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n);
- ImGui::PopStyleColor();
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
-
- // Child 4: auto-resizing height with a limit
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Auto-resize with constraints");
- {
- static int draw_lines = 3;
- static int max_height_in_lines = 10;
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::DragInt("Lines Count", &draw_lines, 0.2f);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::DragInt("Max Height (in Lines)", &max_height_in_lines, 0.2f);
-
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * max_height_in_lines));
- if (ImGui::BeginChild("ConstrainedChild", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY))
- for (int n = 0; n < draw_lines; n++)
- ImGui::Text("Line %04d", n);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc/Advanced");
-
- // Demonstrate a few extra things
- // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles)
- // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window)
- // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively
- // layout from this position.
- // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from
- // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details.
- {
- static int offset_x = 0;
- static bool override_bg_color = true;
- static ImGuiChildFlags child_flags = ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY;
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Override ChildBg color", &override_bg_color);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_Border", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle", &child_flags, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding.");
- if (child_flags & ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle)
- override_bg_color = false;
-
- ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x);
- if (override_bg_color)
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100));
- ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), child_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_None);
- if (override_bg_color)
- ImGui::PopStyleColor();
-
- for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++)
- ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered();
- ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin();
- ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax();
- ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered);
- ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y);
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width"))
- {
- static float f = 0.0f;
- static bool show_indented_items = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items);
-
- // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item.
- // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items.
- // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size
- // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc.
-
- ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width.");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
- ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f);
- if (show_indented_items)
- {
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f);
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100);
- ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f);
- if (show_indented_items)
- {
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f);
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
- ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f);
- if (show_indented_items)
- {
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f);
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
- ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f);
- if (show_indented_items)
- {
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f);
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items.
- // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect.
- ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
- ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f);
- if (show_indented_items)
- {
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f);
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout"))
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)");
-
- // Text
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine");
- ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor");
-
- // Adjust spacing
- ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20);
- ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor");
-
- // Button
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
-
- // Button
- ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block.");
-
- // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column.
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (with offset)");
- ImGui::Text("Aligned");
- ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150");
- ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300");
- ImGui::Text("Aligned");
- ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150");
- ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300");
-
- // Checkbox
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (more)");
- static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4);
-
- // Various
- static float f0 = 1.0f, f1 = 2.0f, f2 = 3.0f;
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
- const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" };
- static int item = -1;
- ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f, 5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f, 5.0f);
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
- ImGui::Text("Lists:");
- static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
- for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
- {
- if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(i);
- ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
- ImGui::PopID();
- //ImGui::SetItemTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i);
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- // Dummy
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Dummy");
- ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40);
- ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("B", button_sz);
-
- // Manually wrapping
- // (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually)
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Manual wrapping");
- ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:");
- ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
- int buttons_count = 20;
- float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x;
- for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(n);
- ImGui::Button("Box", button_sz);
- float last_button_x2 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x;
- float next_button_x2 = last_button_x2 + style.ItemSpacing.x + button_sz.x; // Expected position if next button was on same line
- if (n + 1 < buttons_count && next_button_x2 < window_visible_x2)
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Groups");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. "
- "EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as "
- "IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group.");
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
- {
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
- ImGui::Button("AAA");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("BBB");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
- ImGui::Button("CCC");
- ImGui::Button("DDD");
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("EEE");
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("First group hovered");
- }
- // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size
- ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize();
- const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f };
- ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size);
-
- ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y));
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y));
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size);
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginListBox("List", size))
- {
- ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true);
- ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false);
- ImGui::EndListBox();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Baseline Alignment");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment"))
- {
- {
- ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. "
- "Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets use less vertical space than lines with framed widgets.");
- ImGui::Indent();
-
- ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text..");
-
- // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets.
- // (because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline
- // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time)
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("We call AlignTextToFramePadding() to vertically align the text baseline by +FramePadding.y");
-
- // SmallButton() uses the same vertical padding as Text
- ImGui::Button("TEST##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SmallButton("TEST##2");
-
- // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets.
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGui::Text("Text aligned to framed item"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Item##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Item"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SmallButton("Item##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Item##3");
-
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
-
- ImGui::Spacing();
-
- {
- ImGui::BulletText("Multi-line text:");
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Banana");
-
- ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree");
-
- ImGui::Button("HOP##1"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Banana");
-
- ImGui::Button("HOP##2"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Banana");
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
-
- ImGui::Spacing();
-
- {
- ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:");
- ImGui::Indent();
-
- // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button.
- ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80));
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50));
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Button("Button()");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SmallButton("SmallButton()");
-
- // Tree
- const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
- ImGui::Button("Button##1");
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1"))
- {
- // Placeholder tree data
- for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
- ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget.
- // Otherwise you can use SmallButton() (smaller fit).
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
-
- // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add
- // other contents below the node.
- bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2");
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2");
- if (node_open)
- {
- // Placeholder tree data
- for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
- ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Bullet
- ImGui::Button("Button##3");
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
- ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text");
-
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGui::BulletText("Node");
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4");
- ImGui::Unindent();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling"))
- {
- // Vertical scroll functions
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Vertical");
- HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position.");
-
- static int track_item = 50;
- static bool enable_track = true;
- static bool enable_extra_decorations = false;
- static float scroll_to_off_px = 0.0f;
- static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f;
-
- ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations);
-
- ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track);
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
- ImGui::SameLine(140); enable_track |= ImGui::DragInt("##item", &track_item, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Item = %d");
-
- bool scroll_to_off = ImGui::Button("Scroll Offset");
- ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_off |= ImGui::DragFloat("##off", &scroll_to_off_px, 1.00f, 0, FLT_MAX, "+%.0f px");
-
- bool scroll_to_pos = ImGui::Button("Scroll To Pos");
- ImGui::SameLine(140); scroll_to_pos |= ImGui::DragFloat("##pos", &scroll_to_pos_px, 1.00f, -10, FLT_MAX, "X/Y = %.0f px");
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- if (scroll_to_off || scroll_to_pos)
- enable_track = false;
-
- ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
- float child_w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - 4 * style.ItemSpacing.x) / 5;
- if (child_w < 1.0f)
- child_w = 1.0f;
- ImGui::PushID("##VerticalScrolling");
- for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- {
- if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
- const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" };
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]);
-
- const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0;
- const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
- const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, child_flags);
- if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc");
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
- if (scroll_to_off)
- ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px);
- if (scroll_to_pos)
- ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f);
- if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items
- {
- for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
- {
- if (enable_track && item == track_item)
- {
- ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
- ImGui::SetScrollHereY(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom
- }
- else
- {
- ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
- }
- }
- }
- float scroll_y = ImGui::GetScrollY();
- float scroll_max_y = ImGui::GetScrollMaxY();
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_y, scroll_max_y);
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
-
- // Horizontal scroll functions
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal");
- ImGui::Spacing();
- HelpMarker(
- "Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\n"
- "Because the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the "
- "left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the "
- "equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't.");
- ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling");
- for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- {
- float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f;
- ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0);
- ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
- bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, child_flags);
- if (scroll_to_off)
- ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px);
- if (scroll_to_pos)
- ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f);
- if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items
- {
- for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++)
- {
- if (item > 0)
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (enable_track && item == track_item)
- {
- ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item);
- ImGui::SetScrollHereX(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:left, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:right
- }
- else
- {
- ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
- }
- }
- }
- float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
- float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::SameLine();
- const char* names[] = { "Left", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Right" };
- ImGui::Text("%s\n%.0f/%.0f", names[i], scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
- ImGui::Spacing();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
-
- // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal (more)");
- HelpMarker(
- "Horizontal scrolling for a window is enabled via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\n"
- "You may want to also explicitly specify content width by using SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin().");
- static int lines = 7;
- ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15);
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f);
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f));
- ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30);
- ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
- for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++)
- {
- // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine()
- // If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off manipulating
- // the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets
- // yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API.
- int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3);
- for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++)
- {
- if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000);
- char num_buf[16];
- sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n);
- const char* label = (!(n % 15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n % 3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n % 5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf;
- float hue = n * 0.05f;
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f));
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f));
- ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f));
- ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- }
- float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX();
- float scroll_max_x = ImGui::GetScrollMaxX();
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
- float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f;
- ImGui::SmallButton("<<");
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
- scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SmallButton(">>");
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
- scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x);
- if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f)
- {
- // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window
- // (here we are already out of your child window)
- ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling");
- ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
- ImGui::Spacing();
-
- static bool show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Show Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window);
-
- if (show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window)
- {
- static bool show_h_scrollbar = true;
- static bool show_button = true;
- static bool show_tree_nodes = true;
- static bool show_text_wrapped = false;
- static bool show_columns = true;
- static bool show_tab_bar = true;
- static bool show_child = false;
- static bool explicit_content_size = false;
- static float contents_size_x = 300.0f;
- if (explicit_content_size)
- ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f));
- ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window");
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0));
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0));
- HelpMarker(
- "Test how different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\n"
- "Use 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("H-scrollbar", &show_h_scrollbar);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Button", &show_button); // Will grow contents size (unless explicitly overwritten)
- ImGui::Checkbox("Tree nodes", &show_tree_nodes); // Will grow contents size and display highlight over full width
- ImGui::Checkbox("Text wrapped", &show_text_wrapped);// Will grow and use contents size
- ImGui::Checkbox("Columns", &show_columns); // Will use contents size
- ImGui::Checkbox("Tab bar", &show_tab_bar); // Will use contents size
- ImGui::Checkbox("Child", &show_child); // Will grow and use contents size
- ImGui::Checkbox("Explicit content size", &explicit_content_size);
- ImGui::Text("Scroll %.1f/%.1f %.1f/%.1f", ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollY(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY());
- if (explicit_content_size)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100);
- ImGui::DragFloat("##csx", &contents_size_x);
- ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + 10, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE);
- ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x - 10, p.y), ImVec2(p.x + contents_size_x, p.y + 10), IM_COL32_WHITE);
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(0, 10));
- }
- ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
- ImGui::Separator();
- if (show_button)
- {
- ImGui::Button("this is a 300-wide button", ImVec2(300, 0));
- }
- if (show_tree_nodes)
- {
- bool open = true;
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("this is a tree node"))
- {
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("another one of those tree node..."))
- {
- ImGui::Text("Some tree contents");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::CollapsingHeader("CollapsingHeader", &open);
- }
- if (show_text_wrapped)
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the work rectangle.");
- }
- if (show_columns)
- {
- ImGui::Text("Tables:");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::Text("Columns:");
- ImGui::Columns(4);
- for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
- {
- ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth());
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- }
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- }
- if (show_tab_bar && ImGui::BeginTabBar("Hello"))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("OneOneOne")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("TwoTwoTwo")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("ThreeThreeThree")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("FourFourFour")) { ImGui::EndTabItem(); }
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
- if (show_child)
- {
- ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
- ImGui::End();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping"))
- {
- static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f);
- static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f);
- ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)");
-
- HelpMarker(
- "(Left) Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n"
- "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n"
- "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)\n\n"
- "(Center) Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n"
- "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n"
- "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)\n\n"
- "(Right) Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n"
- "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n"
- "This is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls.");
-
- for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
- {
- if (n > 0)
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- ImGui::PushID(n);
- ImGui::InvisibleButton("##canvas", size);
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left))
- {
- offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x;
- offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y;
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- if (!ImGui::IsItemVisible()) // Skip rendering as ImDrawList elements are not clipped.
- continue;
-
- const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin();
- const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax();
- const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!";
- const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y);
- ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- switch (n)
- {
- case 0:
- ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
- draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str);
- ImGui::PopClipRect();
- break;
- case 1:
- draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
- draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str);
- draw_list->PopClipRect();
- break;
- case 2:
- ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert.
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255));
- draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Overlap Mode");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Overlap Mode"))
- {
- static bool enable_allow_overlap = true;
-
- HelpMarker(
- "Hit-testing is by default performed in item submission order, which generally is perceived as 'back-to-front'.\n\n"
- "By using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() you can notify that an item may be overlapped by another. "
- "Doing so alters the hovering logic: items using AllowOverlap mode requires an extra frame to accept hovered state.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("Enable AllowOverlap", &enable_allow_overlap);
-
- ImVec2 button1_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImVec2 button2_pos = ImVec2(button1_pos.x + 50.0f, button1_pos.y + 50.0f);
- if (enable_allow_overlap)
- ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap();
- ImGui::Button("Button 1", ImVec2(80, 80));
- ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(button2_pos);
- ImGui::Button("Button 2", ImVec2(80, 80));
-
- // This is typically used with width-spanning items.
- // (note that Selectable() has a dedicated flag ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, which is a shortcut
- // for using SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). For demo purpose we use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() here.)
- if (enable_allow_overlap)
- ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap();
- ImGui::Selectable("Some Selectable", false);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SmallButton("++");
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-}
-
-static void ShowDemoWindowPopups()
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups");
- if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows"))
- return;
-
- // The properties of popups windows are:
- // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*)
- // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE.
- // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as
- // we are used to with regular Begin() calls. User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup().
- // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even
- // when normally blocked by a popup.
- // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state BECAUSE it can close
- // popups at any time.
-
- // Typical use for regular windows:
- // bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End();
- // Typical use for popups:
- // if (ImGui::Button("Open")) ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup") { [...] EndPopup(); }
-
- // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state.
- // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below.
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Popups");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups"))
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped(
- "When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. "
- "Clicking outside the popup closes it.");
-
- static int selected_fish = -1;
- const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" };
- static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false };
-
- // Simple selection popup (if you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself,
- // you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label)
- if (ImGui::Button("Select.."))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("my_select_popup");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]);
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_select_popup"))
- {
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Aquarium");
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
- if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i]))
- selected_fish = i;
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Showing a menu with toggles
- if (ImGui::Button("Toggle.."))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("my_toggle_popup");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_toggle_popup"))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
- ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
- {
- ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
-
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("Tooltip here");
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup");
-
- if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
- ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
- {
- ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
- if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("I am the last one here.");
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo
- if (ImGui::Button("With a menu.."))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup", ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
- {
- ShowExampleMenuFile();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit"))
- {
- ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy");
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
- ImGui::Text("Hello from popup!");
- ImGui::Button("This is a dummy button..");
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Context menus");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
- {
- HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier.");
-
- // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing:
- // if (id == 0)
- // id = GetItemID(); // Use last item id
- // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right))
- // OpenPopup(id);
- // return BeginPopup(id);
- // For advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code.
- // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem().
-
- // Example 1
- // When used after an item that has an ID (e.g. Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(),
- // and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID.
- {
- const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" };
- static int selected = -1;
- for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
- {
- if (ImGui::Selectable(names[n], selected == n))
- selected = n;
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id
- {
- selected = n;
- ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]);
- if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Right-click to open popup");
- }
- }
-
- // Example 2
- // Popup on a Text() element which doesn't have an identifier: we need to provide an identifier to BeginPopupContextItem().
- // Using an explicit identifier is also convenient if you want to activate the popups from different locations.
- {
- HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one.");
- static float value = 0.5f;
- ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this text", value);
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup"))
- {
- if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f;
- if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f;
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
- ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f);
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() to toggle the visibility of a given popup.
- // Here we make it that right-clicking this other text element opens the same popup as above.
- // The popup itself will be submitted by the code above.
- ImGui::Text("(2) Or right-click this text");
- ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("my popup", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
-
- // Back to square one: manually open the same popup.
- if (ImGui::Button("(3) Or click this button"))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("my popup");
- }
-
- // Example 3
- // When using BeginPopupContextItem() with an implicit identifier (NULL == use last item ID),
- // we need to make sure your item identifier is stable.
- // In this example we showcase altering the item label while preserving its identifier, using the ### operator (see FAQ).
- {
- HelpMarker("Showcase using a popup ID linked to item ID, with the item having a changing label + stable ID using the ### operator.");
- static char name[32] = "Label1";
- char buf[64];
- sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label
- ImGui::Button(buf);
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
- {
- ImGui::Text("Edit name:");
- ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name));
- if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)");
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Modals");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals"))
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside.");
-
- if (ImGui::Button("Delete.."))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?");
-
- // Always center this window when appearing
- ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter();
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
-
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- {
- ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!");
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- //static int unused_i = 0;
- //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &unused_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0");
-
- static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false;
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0));
- ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time);
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
-
- if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
- ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120, 0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals.."))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
- {
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Some menu item")) {}
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
- ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it.");
-
- // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal.
- static int item = 1;
- static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f };
- ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0");
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color);
-
- if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal.."))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
-
- // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which
- // will close the popup. Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value
- // of the bool actually doesn't matter here.
- bool unused_open = true;
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open))
- {
- ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!");
- if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Menus inside a regular window");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window"))
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!");
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M");
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window"))
- {
- ShowExampleMenuFile();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-}
-
-// Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo.
-// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure is defined inside the demo function)
-namespace
-{
-// We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code.
-// This identifier will be passed down into ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnUserID.
-// But it is possible to omit the user id parameter of TableSetupColumn() and just use the column index instead! (ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnIndex)
-// If you don't use sorting, you will generally never care about giving column an ID!
-enum MyItemColumnID
-{
- MyItemColumnID_ID,
- MyItemColumnID_Name,
- MyItemColumnID_Action,
- MyItemColumnID_Quantity,
- MyItemColumnID_Description
-};
-
-struct MyItem
-{
- int ID;
- const char* Name;
- int Quantity;
-
- // We have a problem which is affecting _only this demo_ and should not affect your code:
- // As we don't rely on std:: or other third-party library to compile dear imgui, we only have reliable access to qsort(),
- // however qsort doesn't allow passing user data to comparing function.
- // As a workaround, we are storing the sort specs in a static/global for the comparing function to access.
- // In your own use case you would probably pass the sort specs to your sorting/comparing functions directly and not use a global.
- // We could technically call ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() in CompareWithSortSpecs(), but considering that this function is called
- // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful.
- static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs;
-
- static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, MyItem* items, int items_count)
- {
- s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function.
- if (items_count > 1)
- qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs);
- s_current_sort_specs = NULL;
- }
-
- // Compare function to be used by qsort()
- static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
- {
- const MyItem* a = (const MyItem*)lhs;
- const MyItem* b = (const MyItem*)rhs;
- for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++)
- {
- // Here we identify columns using the ColumnUserID value that we ourselves passed to TableSetupColumn()
- // We could also choose to identify columns based on their index (sort_spec->ColumnIndex), which is simpler!
- const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n];
- int delta = 0;
- switch (sort_spec->ColumnUserID)
- {
- case MyItemColumnID_ID: delta = (a->ID - b->ID); break;
- case MyItemColumnID_Name: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break;
- case MyItemColumnID_Quantity: delta = (a->Quantity - b->Quantity); break;
- case MyItemColumnID_Description: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break;
- default: IM_ASSERT(0); break;
- }
- if (delta > 0)
- return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1;
- if (delta < 0)
- return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1;
- }
-
- // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items.
- // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs.
- // e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs.
- return (a->ID - b->ID);
- }
-};
-const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL;
-}
-
-// Make the UI compact because there are so many fields
-static void PushStyleCompact()
-{
- ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f)));
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f)));
-}
-
-static void PopStyleCompact()
-{
- ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
-}
-
-// Show a combo box with a choice of sizing policies
-static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags)
-{
- struct EnumDesc { ImGuiTableFlags Value; const char* Name; const char* Tooltip; };
- static const EnumDesc policies[] =
- {
- { ImGuiTableFlags_None, "Default", "Use default sizing policy:\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame otherwise." },
- { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", "Columns default to _WidthFixed (if resizable) or _WidthAuto (if not resizable), matching contents width." },
- { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame", "Columns are all the same width, matching the maximum contents width.\nImplicitly disable ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable and enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible." },
- { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with weights proportional to their widths." },
- { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with same weights." }
- };
- int idx;
- for (idx = 0; idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); idx++)
- if (policies[idx].Value == (*p_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_))
- break;
- const char* preview_text = (idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies)) ? policies[idx].Name + (idx > 0 ? strlen("ImGuiTableFlags") : 0) : "";
- if (ImGui::BeginCombo("Sizing Policy", preview_text))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); n++)
- if (ImGui::Selectable(policies[n].Name, idx == n))
- *p_flags = (*p_flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) | policies[n].Value;
- ImGui::EndCombo();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
- if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip())
- {
- ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f);
- for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++)
- {
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("%s:", policies[m].Name);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetStyle().IndentSpacing * 0.5f);
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(policies[m].Tooltip);
- }
- ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
-}
-
-static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags)
-{
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Disabled", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Master disable flag (also hide from context menu)");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch))
- *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
- if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthFixed", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed))
- *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoReorder", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoClip", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderLabel", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_AngledHeader", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader);
-}
-
-static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags)
-{
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsEnabled", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsSorted", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered);
-}
-
-static void ShowDemoWindowTables()
-{
- //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables");
- if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Tables & Columns"))
- return;
-
- // Using those as a base value to create width/height that are factor of the size of our font
- const float TEXT_BASE_WIDTH = ImGui::CalcTextSize("A").x;
- const float TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
-
- ImGui::PushID("Tables");
-
- int open_action = -1;
- if (ImGui::Button("Expand all"))
- open_action = 1;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Collapse all"))
- open_action = 0;
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- // Options
- static bool disable_indent = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo tables can use the full window width.");
- ImGui::Separator();
- if (disable_indent)
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f);
-
- // About Styling of tables
- // Most settings are configured on a per-table basis via the flags passed to BeginTable() and TableSetupColumns APIs.
- // There are however a few settings that a shared and part of the ImGuiStyle structure:
- // style.CellPadding // Padding within each cell
- // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] // Table header background
- // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] // Table outer and header borders
- // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] // Table inner borders
- // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (even rows)
- // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (odds rows)
-
- // Demos
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Basic");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
- {
- // Here we will showcase three different ways to output a table.
- // They are very simple variations of a same thing!
-
- // [Method 1] Using TableNextRow() to create a new row, and TableSetColumnIndex() to select the column.
- // In many situations, this is the most flexible and easy to use pattern.
- HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableSetColumnIndex() _before_ each cell, in a loop.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Row %d Column %d", row, column);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex().
- // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each column.
- HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Row %d", row);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Some contents");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("123.456");
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(),
- // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed.
- // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data.
- HelpMarker(
- "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains "
- "the same type of contents.\n This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the "
- "Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3))
- {
- for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Item %d", item);
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Borders, background");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders, background"))
- {
- // Expose a few Borders related flags interactively
- enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_FillButton };
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg;
- static bool display_headers = false;
- static int contents_type = CT_Text;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH");
- ImGui::Indent();
-
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH);
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH);
- ImGui::Unindent();
-
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
- ImGui::Unindent();
-
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner);
- ImGui::Unindent();
-
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Cell contents:");
- ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text);
- ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers");
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
- {
- // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders
- // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them now. See other sections for details)
- if (display_headers)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- }
-
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- if (contents_type == CT_Text)
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf);
- else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton)
- ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, stretch");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch"))
- {
- // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each column is "Stretch"
- // All columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width.
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, "
- "this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this.");
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, fixed");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, fixed"))
- {
- // Here we use ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit (even though _ScrollX is not set)
- // So columns will adopt the "Fixed" policy and will maintain a fixed width regardless of the whole available width (unless table is small)
- // If there is not enough available width to fit all columns, they will however be resized down.
- // FIXME-TABLE: Providing a stretch-on-init would make sense especially for tables which don't have saved settings
- HelpMarker(
- "Using _Resizable + _SizingFixedFit flags.\n"
- "Fixed-width columns generally makes more sense if you want to use horizontal scrolling.\n\n"
- "Double-click a column border to auto-fit the column to its contents.");
- PushStyleCompact();
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, mixed");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, mixed"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "Using TableSetupColumn() to alter resizing policy on a per-column basis.\n\n"
- "When combining Fixed and Stretch columns, generally you only want one, maybe two trailing columns to use _WidthStretch.");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column == 2) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 6, flags))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("DDD", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("EEE", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("FFF", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide);
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 6; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column >= 3) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Reorderable, hideable, with headers");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Reorderable, hideable, with headers"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "Click and drag column headers to reorder columns.\n\n"
- "Right-click on a header to open a context menu.");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags))
- {
- // Submit columns name with TableSetupColumn() and call TableHeadersRow() to create a row with a header in each column.
- // (Later we will show how TableSetupColumn() has other uses, optional flags, sizing weight etc.)
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible
- // (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column)
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Fixed %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Padding");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Padding"))
- {
- // First example: showcase use of padding flags and effect of BorderOuterV/BorderInnerV on X padding.
- // We don't expose BorderOuterH/BorderInnerH here because they have no effect on X padding.
- HelpMarker(
- "We often want outer padding activated when any using features which makes the edges of a column visible:\n"
- "e.g.:\n"
- "- BorderOuterV\n"
- "- any form of row selection\n"
- "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. "
- "Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n"
- "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n"
- "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding.");
-
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is set)");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is not set)");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off)");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
- static bool show_headers = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding", 3, flags1))
- {
- if (show_headers)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- }
-
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- if (row == 0)
- {
- ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
- }
- else
- {
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
- }
- //if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered)
- // ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, IM_COL32(0, 100, 0, 255));
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- // Second example: set style.CellPadding to (0.0) or a custom value.
- // FIXME-TABLE: Vertical border effectively not displayed the same way as horizontal one...
- HelpMarker("Setting style.CellPadding to (0,0) or a custom value.");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg;
- static ImVec2 cell_padding(0.0f, 0.0f);
- static bool show_widget_frame_bg = true;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::Checkbox("show_widget_frame_bg", &show_widget_frame_bg);
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", &cell_padding.x, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, cell_padding);
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding_2", 3, flags2))
- {
- static char text_bufs[3 * 5][16]; // Mini text storage for 3x5 cells
- static bool init = true;
- if (!show_widget_frame_bg)
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, 0);
- for (int cell = 0; cell < 3 * 5; cell++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- if (init)
- strcpy(text_bufs[cell], "edit me");
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
- ImGui::PushID(cell);
- ImGui::InputText("##cell", text_bufs[cell], IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_bufs[cell]));
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- if (!show_widget_frame_bg)
- ImGui::PopStyleColor();
- init = false;
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Explicit widths");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizing policies"))
- {
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- static ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy_flags[4] = { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame };
- for (int table_n = 0; table_n < 4; table_n++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(table_n);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30);
- EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]);
-
- // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy,
- // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width,
- // and one where the columns have different contents width.
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear");
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("AAAA");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("BBBBBBBB");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("CCCCCCCCCCCC");
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker(
- "This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies "
- "depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns.");
-
- enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText };
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable;
- static int contents_type = CT_ShowWidth;
- static int column_count = 3;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::PushID("Advanced");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30);
- EditTableSizingFlags(&flags);
- ImGui::Combo("Contents", &contents_type, "Show width\0Short Text\0Long Text\0Button\0Fill Button\0InputText\0");
- if (contents_type == CT_FillButton)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker(
- "Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop "
- "where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width.");
- }
- ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip);
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
- ImGui::PopID();
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", column_count, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 7)))
- {
- for (int cell = 0; cell < 10 * column_count; cell++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- int column = ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex();
- int row = ImGui::TableGetRowIndex();
-
- ImGui::PushID(cell);
- char label[32];
- static char text_buf[32] = "";
- sprintf(label, "Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- switch (contents_type)
- {
- case CT_ShortText: ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); break;
- case CT_LongText: ImGui::Text("Some %s text %d,%d\nOver two lines..", column == 0 ? "long" : "longeeer", column, row); break;
- case CT_ShowWidth: ImGui::Text("W: %.1f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); break;
- case CT_Button: ImGui::Button(label); break;
- case CT_FillButton: ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); break;
- case CT_InputText: ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::InputText("##", text_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_buf)); break;
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\n"
- "We also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items.");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container!
- // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call.
- ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8);
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrolly", 3, flags, outer_size))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make top row always visible
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None);
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(1000);
- while (clipper.Step())
- {
- for (int row = clipper.DisplayStart; row < clipper.DisplayEnd; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Horizontal scrolling");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal scrolling"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, "
- "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n"
- "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX, "
- "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents "
- "(this may be improved in future versions).");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable;
- static int freeze_cols = 1;
- static int freeze_rows = 1;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
- ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
- ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container!
- // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call.
- ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8);
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrollx", 7, flags, outer_size))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Line #", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); // Make the first column not hideable to match our use of TableSetupScrollFreeze()
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Four");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Five");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Six");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 20; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 7; column++)
- {
- // Both TableNextColumn() and TableSetColumnIndex() return true when a column is visible or performing width measurement.
- // Because here we know that:
- // - A) all our columns are contributing the same to row height
- // - B) column 0 is always visible,
- // We only always submit this one column and can skip others.
- // More advanced per-column clipping behaviors may benefit from polling the status flags via TableGetColumnFlags().
- if (!ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column) && column > 0)
- continue;
- if (column == 0)
- ImGui::Text("Line %d", row);
- else
- ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::TextUnformatted("Stretch + ScrollX");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker(
- "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: "
- "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n"
- "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns "
- "along with ScrollX doesn't make sense.");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
- static float inner_width = 1000.0f;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::PushID("flags3");
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
- ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width", &inner_width, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.1f");
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
- ImGui::PopID();
- PopStyleCompact();
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 7, flags2, outer_size, inner_width))
- {
- for (int cell = 0; cell < 20 * 7; cell++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(), ImGui::TableGetRowIndex());
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns flags");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns flags"))
- {
- // Create a first table just to show all the options/flags we want to make visible in our example!
- const int column_count = 3;
- const char* column_names[column_count] = { "One", "Two", "Three" };
- static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags[column_count] = { ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide };
- static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags_out[column_count] = { 0, 0, 0 }; // Output from TableGetColumnFlags()
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags_checkboxes", column_count, ImGuiTableFlags_None))
- {
- PushStyleCompact();
- for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::PushID(column);
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation across columns
- ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]);
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::Text("Input flags:");
- EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]);
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::Text("Output flags:");
- ImGui::BeginDisabled();
- ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]);
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- PopStyleCompact();
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- // Create the real table we care about for the example!
- // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above,
- // otherwise in a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible
- // + resizing the parent window down).
- const ImGuiTableFlags flags
- = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY
- | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV
- | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable;
- ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9);
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size))
- {
- bool has_angled_header = false;
- for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
- {
- has_angled_header |= (column_flags[column] & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0;
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]);
- }
- if (has_angled_header)
- ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow();
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
- column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column);
- float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2);
- for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++)
- {
- // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags.
- ImGui::Indent(indent_step);
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("%s %s", (column == 0) ? "Indented" : "Hello", ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column));
- }
- }
- ImGui::Unindent(indent_step * 8.0f);
-
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns widths");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns widths"))
- {
- HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup default width.");
-
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize);
- PopStyleCompact();
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags1))
- {
- // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed.
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("one", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); // Default to 100.0f
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 200.0f); // Default to 200.0f
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Default to auto
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- if (row == 0)
- ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
- else
- ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- HelpMarker(
- "Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, "
- "fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host.");
-
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
- PopStyleCompact();
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2))
- {
- // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and then all columns
- // will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed.
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f);
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 4; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- if (row == 0)
- ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
- else
- ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Nested tables");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables"))
- {
- HelpMarker("This demonstrates embedding a table into another table cell.");
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A0");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A1");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("A0 Row 0");
- {
- float rows_height = TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 2;
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested2", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B0");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B1");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("B0 Row 0");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("B1 Row 0");
- ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("B0 Row 1");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("B1 Row 1");
-
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- }
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 0");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Row 1");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 1");
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, "
- "so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\n"
- "We cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++)
- {
- float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row);
- ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("min_row_height = %.2f", min_row_height);
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- HelpMarker(
- "Showcase using SameLine(0,0) to share Current Line Height between cells.\n\n"
- "Please note that Tables Row Height is not the same thing as Current Line Height, "
- "as a table cell may contains multiple lines.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_share_lineheight", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::ColorButton("##1", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40));
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Line 1");
- ImGui::Text("Line 2");
-
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::ColorButton("##2", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40));
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); // Reuse line height from previous column
- ImGui::Text("Line 1, with SameLine(0,0)");
- ImGui::Text("Line 2");
-
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- HelpMarker("Showcase altering CellPadding.y between rows. Note that CellPadding.x is locked for the entire table.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_changing_cellpadding_y", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
- for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++)
- {
- if ((row % 3) == 2)
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, ImVec2(style.CellPadding.x, 20.0f));
- ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("CellPadding.y = %.2f", style.CellPadding.y);
- if ((row % 3) == 2)
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Outer size");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outer size"))
- {
- // Showcasing use of ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX and ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY
- // Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors!
- ImGui::Text("Using NoHostExtendX and NoHostExtendY:");
- PushStyleCompact();
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.");
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 5.5f);
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags, outer_size))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Text("Hello!");
-
- ImGui::Spacing();
-
- ImGui::Text("Using explicit size:");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f)))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f)))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow(0, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 1.5f);
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Background color");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Background color"))
- {
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg;
- static int row_bg_type = 1;
- static int row_bg_target = 1;
- static int cell_bg_type = 1;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg automatically sets RowBg0 to alternative colors pulled from the Style.");
- ImGui::Combo("row bg type", (int*)&row_bg_type, "None\0Red\0Gradient\0");
- ImGui::Combo("row bg target", (int*)&row_bg_target, "RowBg0\0RowBg1\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Target RowBg0 to override the alternating odd/even colors,\nTarget RowBg1 to blend with them.");
- ImGui::Combo("cell bg type", (int*)&cell_bg_type, "None\0Blue\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We are colorizing cells to B1->C2 here.");
- IM_ASSERT(row_bg_type >= 0 && row_bg_type <= 2);
- IM_ASSERT(row_bg_target >= 0 && row_bg_target <= 1);
- IM_ASSERT(cell_bg_type >= 0 && cell_bg_type <= 1);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 5, flags))
- {
- for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
-
- // Demonstrate setting a row background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBgX, ...)'
- // We use a transparent color so we can see the one behind in case our target is RowBg1 and RowBg0 was already targeted by the ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg flag.
- if (row_bg_type != 0)
- {
- ImU32 row_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(row_bg_type == 1 ? ImVec4(0.7f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.65f) : ImVec4(0.2f + row * 0.1f, 0.2f, 0.2f, 0.65f)); // Flat or Gradient?
- ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 + row_bg_target, row_bg_color);
- }
-
- // Fill cells
- for (int column = 0; column < 5; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("%c%c", 'A' + row, '0' + column);
-
- // Change background of Cells B1->C2
- // Demonstrate setting a cell background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, ...)'
- // (the CellBg color will be blended over the RowBg and ColumnBg colors)
- // We can also pass a column number as a third parameter to TableSetBgColor() and do this outside the column loop.
- if (row >= 1 && row <= 2 && column >= 1 && column <= 2 && cell_bg_type == 1)
- {
- ImU32 cell_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.3f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 0.65f));
- ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, cell_bg_color);
- }
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Tree view");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree view"))
- {
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody;
-
- static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &tree_node_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns);
-
- HelpMarker("See \"Columns flags\" section to configure how indentation is applied to individual columns.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags))
- {
- // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Size", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 12.0f);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 18.0f);
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- // Simple storage to output a dummy file-system.
- struct MyTreeNode
- {
- const char* Name;
- const char* Type;
- int Size;
- int ChildIdx;
- int ChildCount;
- static void DisplayNode(const MyTreeNode* node, const MyTreeNode* all_nodes)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0);
- if (is_folder)
- {
- bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::TextDisabled("--");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type);
- if (open)
- {
- for (int child_n = 0; child_n < node->ChildCount; child_n++)
- DisplayNode(&all_nodes[node->ChildIdx + child_n], all_nodes);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type);
- }
- }
- };
- static const MyTreeNode nodes[] =
- {
- { "Root", "Folder", -1, 1, 3 }, // 0
- { "Music", "Folder", -1, 4, 2 }, // 1
- { "Textures", "Folder", -1, 6, 3 }, // 2
- { "desktop.ini", "System file", 1024, -1,-1 }, // 3
- { "File1_a.wav", "Audio file", 123000, -1,-1 }, // 4
- { "File1_b.wav", "Audio file", 456000, -1,-1 }, // 5
- { "Image001.png", "Image file", 203128, -1,-1 }, // 6
- { "Copy of Image001.png", "Image file", 203256, -1,-1 }, // 7
- { "Copy of Image001 (Final2).png","Image file", 203512, -1,-1 }, // 8
- };
-
- MyTreeNode::DisplayNode(&nodes[0], nodes);
-
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Item width");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Item width"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n"
- "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for "
- "e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense.");
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("half");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("right-align");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- if (row == 0)
- {
- // Setup ItemWidth once (instead of setting up every time, which is also possible but less efficient)
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 3.0f); // Small
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f);
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2);
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); // Right-aligned
- }
-
- // Draw our contents
- static float dummy_f = 0.0f;
- ImGui::PushID(row);
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
- ImGui::SliderFloat("float0", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
- ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2);
- ImGui::SliderFloat("##float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // No visible label since right-aligned
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate using TableHeader() calls instead of TableHeadersRow()
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Custom headers");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Custom headers"))
- {
- const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3;
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_custom_headers", COLUMNS_COUNT, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Apricot");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Banana");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Cherry");
-
- // Dummy entire-column selection storage
- // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox.
- static bool column_selected[3] = {};
-
- // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves
- ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers);
- for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn()
- ImGui::PushID(column);
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0));
- ImGui::Checkbox("##checkall", &column_selected[column]);
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- ImGui::TableHeader(column_name);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++)
- {
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Selectable(buf, column_selected[column]);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate using ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag to create angled headers
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Angled headers");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Angled headers"))
- {
- const char* column_names[] = { "Track", "cabasa", "ride", "smash", "tom-hi", "tom-mid", "tom-low", "hihat-o", "hihat-c", "snare-s", "snare-c", "clap", "rim", "kick" };
- const int columns_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(column_names);
- const int rows_count = 12;
-
- static ImGuiTableFlags table_flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn;
- static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed;
- static bool bools[columns_count * rows_count] = {}; // Dummy storage selection storage
- static int frozen_cols = 1;
- static int frozen_rows = 2;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollX", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_ScrollY", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Resizable", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoBordersInBody", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_HighlightHoveredColumn", &table_flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen columns", &frozen_cols, 0, 2);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::SliderInt("Frozen rows", &frozen_rows, 0, 2);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Disable header contributing to column width", &column_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth);
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_angled_headers", columns_count, table_flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12)))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[0], ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder);
- for (int n = 1; n < columns_count; n++)
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[n], column_flags);
- ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(frozen_cols, frozen_rows);
-
- ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow(); // Draw angled headers for all columns with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader flag.
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Draw remaining headers and allow access to context-menu and other functions.
- for (int row = 0; row < rows_count; row++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(row);
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGui::Text("Track %d", row);
- for (int column = 1; column < columns_count; column++)
- if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column))
- {
- ImGui::PushID(column);
- ImGui::Checkbox("", &bools[row * columns_count + column]);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns,
- // while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader()
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\n"
- "Using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body.");
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody;
-
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody);
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- // Context Menus: first example
- // [1.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
- // [1.2] Right-click in columns also open the default table context menu (if ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody is set)
- const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3;
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags1))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
-
- // [1.1]] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- // Submit dummy contents
- for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++)
- {
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- }
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
-
- // Context Menus: second example
- // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
- // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup
- // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup
- HelpMarker(
- "Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) "
- "and custom per-colunm context menu (over column body).");
- ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders;
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
-
- // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu.
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++)
- {
- // Submit dummy contents
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column);
- ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup
- ImGui::PushID(row * COLUMNS_COUNT + column);
- ImGui::SmallButton("..");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
- {
- ImGui::Text("This is the popup for Button(\"..\") in Cell %d,%d", column, row);
- if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- }
-
- // [2.3] Right-click anywhere in columns to open another custom popup
- // (instead of testing for !IsAnyItemHovered() we could also call OpenPopup() with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup
- // to manage popup priority as the popups triggers, here "are we hovering a column" are overlapping)
- int hovered_column = -1;
- for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT + 1; column++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(column);
- if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered)
- hovered_column = column;
- if (hovered_column == column && !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(1))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup"))
- {
- if (column == COLUMNS_COUNT)
- ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for unused space after the last column.");
- else
- ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for Column %d", column);
- if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- ImGui::EndTable();
- ImGui::Text("Hovered column: %d", hovered_column);
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate creating multiple tables with the same ID
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Synced instances");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances"))
- {
- HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc.");
-
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn);
- for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++)
- {
- char buf[32];
- sprintf(buf, "Synced Table %d", n);
- bool open = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(buf, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen);
- if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 5)))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
- const int cell_count = (n == 1) ? 27 : 9; // Make second table have a scrollbar to verify that additional decoration is not affecting column positions.
- for (int cell = 0; cell < cell_count; cell++)
- {
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("this cell %d", cell);
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate using Sorting facilities
- // This is a simplified version of the "Advanced" example, where we mostly focus on the code necessary to handle sorting.
- // Note that the "Advanced" example also showcase manually triggering a sort (e.g. if item quantities have been modified)
- static const char* template_items_names[] =
- {
- "Banana", "Apple", "Cherry", "Watermelon", "Grapefruit", "Strawberry", "Mango",
- "Kiwi", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Blueberry", "Plum", "Coconut", "Pear", "Apricot"
- };
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Sorting");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sorting"))
- {
- // Create item list
- static ImVector items;
- if (items.Size == 0)
- {
- items.resize(50, MyItem());
- for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++)
- {
- const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names);
- MyItem& item = items[n];
- item.ID = n;
- item.Name = template_items_names[template_n];
- item.Quantity = (n * n - n) % 20; // Assign default quantities
- }
- }
-
- // Options
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags =
- ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti
- | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody
- | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY;
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).");
- PopStyleCompact();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_sorting", 4, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 15), 0.0f))
- {
- // Declare columns
- // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications.
- // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index!
- // Demonstrate using a mixture of flags among available sort-related flags:
- // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort
- // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending
- // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity);
- ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make row always visible
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed!
- if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs())
- if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty)
- {
- MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size);
- sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false;
- }
-
- // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(items.Size);
- while (clipper.Step())
- for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++)
- {
- // Display a data item
- MyItem* item = &items[row_n];
- ImGui::PushID(item->ID);
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("%04d", item->ID);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name);
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::SmallButton("None");
- ImGui::TableNextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // In this example we'll expose most table flags and settings.
- // For specific flags and settings refer to the corresponding section for more detailed explanation.
- // This section is mostly useful to experiment with combining certain flags or settings with each others.
- //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG]
- if (open_action != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Advanced");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced"))
- {
- static ImGuiTableFlags flags =
- ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable
- | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti
- | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody
- | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY
- | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit;
- static ImGuiTableColumnFlags columns_base_flags = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None;
-
- enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow };
- static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow;
- const char* contents_type_names[] = { "Text", "Button", "SmallButton", "FillButton", "Selectable", "Selectable (span row)" };
- static int freeze_cols = 1;
- static int freeze_rows = 1;
- static int items_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names) * 2;
- static ImVec2 outer_size_value = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12);
- static float row_min_height = 0.0f; // Auto
- static float inner_width_with_scroll = 0.0f; // Auto-extend
- static bool outer_size_enabled = true;
- static bool show_headers = true;
- static bool show_wrapped_text = false;
- //static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
- //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affect column sizing
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options"))
- {
- // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields
- PushStyleCompact();
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 28.0f);
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Features:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Decorations:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sizing:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- EditTableSizingFlags(&flags);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("In the Advanced demo we override the policy of each column so those table-wide settings have less effect that typical.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only available if ScrollX is disabled.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth.");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with ScrollFreeze options.");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Padding:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Scrolling:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
- ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
- ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sorting:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1).");
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0).");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Headers:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_HighlightHoveredColumn);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader", &columns_base_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable AngledHeader on all columns. Best enabled on selected narrow columns (see \"Angled headers\" section of the demo).");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text);
-
- ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x);
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- ImGui::Checkbox("outer_size", &outer_size_enabled);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n"
- "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n"
- "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n"
- "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch columns.\n"
- "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set).");
-
- // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling.
- // To facilitate toying with this demo we will actually pass 0.0f to the BeginTable() when ScrollX is disabled.
- ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width (when ScrollX active)", &inner_width_with_scroll, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX);
-
- ImGui::DragFloat("row_min_height", &row_min_height, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Specify height of the Selectable item.");
-
- ImGui::DragInt("items_count", &items_count, 0.1f, 0, 9999);
- ImGui::Combo("items_type (first column)", &contents_type, contents_type_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(contents_type_names));
- //filter.Draw("filter");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
- PopStyleCompact();
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Update item list if we changed the number of items
- static ImVector items;
- static ImVector selection;
- static bool items_need_sort = false;
- if (items.Size != items_count)
- {
- items.resize(items_count, MyItem());
- for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++)
- {
- const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names);
- MyItem& item = items[n];
- item.ID = n;
- item.Name = template_items_names[template_n];
- item.Quantity = (template_n == 3) ? 10 : (template_n == 4) ? 20 : 0; // Assign default quantities
- }
- }
-
- const ImDrawList* parent_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- const int parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = parent_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
- ImVec2 table_scroll_cur, table_scroll_max; // For debug display
- const ImDrawList* table_draw_list = NULL; // "
-
- // Submit table
- const float inner_width_to_use = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_width_with_scroll : 0.0f;
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_advanced", 6, flags, outer_size_enabled ? outer_size_value : ImVec2(0, 0), inner_width_to_use))
- {
- // Declare columns
- // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications.
- // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index!
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", columns_base_flags | ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch), 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", columns_base_flags | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort);
- ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows);
-
- // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed!
- ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs();
- if (sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsDirty)
- items_need_sort = true;
- if (sort_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1)
- {
- MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size);
- sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false;
- }
- items_need_sort = false;
-
- // Take note of whether we are currently sorting based on the Quantity field,
- // we will use this to trigger sorting when we know the data of this column has been modified.
- const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0;
-
- // Show headers
- if (show_headers && (columns_base_flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AngledHeader) != 0)
- ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRow();
- if (show_headers)
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- // Show data
- // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here?
- ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true);
-#if 1
- // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(items.Size);
- while (clipper.Step())
- {
- for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++)
-#else
- // Without clipper
- {
- for (int row_n = 0; row_n < items.Size; row_n++)
-#endif
- {
- MyItem* item = &items[row_n];
- //if (!filter.PassFilter(item->Name))
- // continue;
-
- const bool item_is_selected = selection.contains(item->ID);
- ImGui::PushID(item->ID);
- ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, row_min_height);
-
- // For the demo purpose we can select among different type of items submitted in the first column
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
- char label[32];
- sprintf(label, "%04d", item->ID);
- if (contents_type == CT_Text)
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(label);
- else if (contents_type == CT_Button)
- ImGui::Button(label);
- else if (contents_type == CT_SmallButton)
- ImGui::SmallButton(label);
- else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton)
- ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
- else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow)
- {
- ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None;
- if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height)))
- {
- if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl)
- {
- if (item_is_selected)
- selection.find_erase_unsorted(item->ID);
- else
- selection.push_back(item->ID);
- }
- else
- {
- selection.clear();
- selection.push_back(item->ID);
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1))
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name);
-
- // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity,
- // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity.
- // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released.
- // You will probably need some extra logic if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes.
- if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2))
- {
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; }
- if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("Eat")) { item->Quantity -= 1; }
- if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; }
- }
-
- if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(3))
- ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity);
-
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(4);
- if (show_wrapped_text)
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet");
- else
- ImGui::Text("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet");
-
- if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(5))
- ImGui::Text("1234");
-
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- }
- ImGui::PopButtonRepeat();
-
- // Store some info to display debug details below
- table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY());
- table_scroll_max = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY());
- table_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- static bool show_debug_details = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Debug details", &show_debug_details);
- if (show_debug_details && table_draw_list)
- {
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f);
- const int table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = table_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size;
- if (table_draw_list == parent_draw_list)
- ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in same window)",
- table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count);
- else
- ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in child window), Scroll: (%.f/%.f) (%.f/%.f)",
- table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - 1, table_scroll_cur.x, table_scroll_max.x, table_scroll_cur.y, table_scroll_max.y);
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- ImGui::PopID();
-
- ShowDemoWindowColumns();
-
- if (disable_indent)
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
-}
-
-// Demonstrate old/legacy Columns API!
-// [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!]
-static void ShowDemoWindowColumns()
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)");
- bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("Columns() is an old API! Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!");
- if (!open)
- return;
-
- // Basic columns
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Basic");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("Without border:");
- ImGui::Columns(3, "mycolumns3", false); // 3-ways, no border
- ImGui::Separator();
- for (int n = 0; n < 14; n++)
- {
- char label[32];
- sprintf(label, "Item %d", n);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) {}
- //if (ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f))) {}
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- }
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- ImGui::Text("With border:");
- ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns"); // 4-ways, with border
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Hovered"); ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Separator();
- const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" };
- const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" };
- static int selected = -1;
- for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
- {
- char label[32];
- sprintf(label, "%04d", i);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns))
- selected = i;
- bool hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered();
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("%d", hovered); ImGui::NextColumn();
- }
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Borders");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders"))
- {
- // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders.
- static bool h_borders = true;
- static bool v_borders = true;
- static int columns_count = 4;
- const int lines_count = 3;
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::DragInt("##columns_count", &columns_count, 0.1f, 2, 10, "%d columns");
- if (columns_count < 2)
- columns_count = 2;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders);
- ImGui::Columns(columns_count, NULL, v_borders);
- for (int i = 0; i < columns_count * lines_count; i++)
- {
- if (h_borders && ImGui::GetColumnIndex() == 0)
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a' + i, 'a' + i, 'a' + i);
- ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnWidth());
- ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x);
- ImGui::Text("Offset %.2f", ImGui::GetColumnOffset());
- ImGui::Text("Long text that is likely to clip");
- ImGui::Button("Button", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f));
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- }
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- if (h_borders)
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Mixed items");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items"))
- {
- ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed");
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- ImGui::Text("Hello");
- ImGui::Button("Banana");
- ImGui::NextColumn();
-
- ImGui::Text("ImGui");
- ImGui::Button("Apple");
- static float foo = 1.0f;
- ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f");
- ImGui::Text("An extra line here.");
- ImGui::NextColumn();
-
- ImGui::Text("Sailor");
- ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
- static float bar = 1.0f;
- ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, "%.3f");
- ImGui::NextColumn();
-
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) { ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); } ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Word wrapping
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Word-wrapping");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping"))
- {
- ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping");
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left");
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right");
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Horizontal Scrolling");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling"))
- {
- ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f));
- ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f);
- ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
- ImGui::Columns(10);
-
- // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists
- int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000;
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT);
- while (clipper.Step())
- {
- for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
- for (int j = 0; j < 10; j++)
- {
- ImGui::Text("Line %d Column %d...", i, j);
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- }
- }
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Tree");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree"))
- {
- ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true);
- for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++)
- {
- bool open1 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)x, "Node%d", x);
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Node contents");
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- if (open1)
- {
- for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++)
- {
- bool open2 = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)y, "Node%d.%d", x, y);
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- ImGui::Text("Node contents");
- if (open2)
- {
- ImGui::Text("Even more contents");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree in column"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- if (open2)
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
- ImGui::Columns(1);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
-}
-
-static void ShowDemoWindowInputs()
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus");
- if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs & Focus"))
- {
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- // Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs");
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n"
- "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n"
- "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'.");
- if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
- ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
- else
- ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: ");
- ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y);
- ImGui::Text("Mouse down:");
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
- ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
-
- // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges. This is a little unusual/odd but this allows
- // displaying the data for old/new backends.
- // User code should never have to go through such hoops!
- // You can generally iterate between ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN and ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END.
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } };
- ImGuiKey start_key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN;
-#else
- struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= 0 && key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array
- ImGuiKey start_key = (ImGuiKey)0;
-#endif
- ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = start_key; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); }
- ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : "");
- ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public.
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Display ImGuiIO output flags
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs");
- ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once);
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui "
- "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means "
- "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n"
- "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, "
- "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle "
- "rules leading to how those flags are set).");
- ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse);
- ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose);
- ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard);
- ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput);
- ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos);
- ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible);
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs/WantCapture override");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("WantCapture override"))
- {
- HelpMarker(
- "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n"
- "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering "
- "and true when clicking.");
- static int capture_override_mouse = -1;
- static int capture_override_keyboard = -1;
- const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" };
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15);
- ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse() on hover", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15);
- ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard() on hover", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
-
- ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(128.0f, 96.0f)); // Dummy item
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1)
- ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1);
-
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- // Display mouse cursors
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors"))
- {
- const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" };
- IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT);
-
- ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
- ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]);
- ImGui::BeginDisabled(true);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors);
- ImGui::EndDisabled();
-
- ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(
- "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. "
- "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, "
- "otherwise your backend needs to handle it.");
- for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++)
- {
- char label[32];
- sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]);
- ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false);
- if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
- ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i);
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Tabbing");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
- static char buf[32] = "hello";
- ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- ImGui::PushTabStop(false);
- ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
- ImGui::PopTabStop();
- ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Focus from code");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code"))
- {
- bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine();
- bool focus_2 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 2"); ImGui::SameLine();
- bool focus_3 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 3");
- int has_focus = 0;
- static char buf[128] = "click on a button to set focus";
-
- if (focus_1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
- ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 1;
-
- if (focus_2) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
- ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2;
-
- ImGui::PushTabStop(false);
- if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
- ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3;
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab.");
- ImGui::PopTabStop();
-
- if (has_focus)
- ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus);
- else
- ImGui::Text("Item with focus: ");
-
- // Use >= 0 parameter to SetKeyboardFocusHere() to focus an upcoming item
- static float f3[3] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f };
- int focus_ahead = -1;
- if (ImGui::Button("Focus on X")) { focus_ahead = 0; } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Y")) { focus_ahead = 1; } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Focus on Z")) { focus_ahead = 2; }
- if (focus_ahead != -1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(focus_ahead);
- ImGui::SliderFloat3("Float3", &f3[0], 0.0f, 1.0f);
-
- ImGui::TextWrapped("NB: Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code.");
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Dragging");
- if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging"))
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget.");
- for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++)
- {
- ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):", button);
- ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button));
- ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f));
- ImGui::Text(" w/ large threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f));
- }
-
- ImGui::Button("Drag Me");
- if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
- ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor
-
- // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold
- // (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold). You can request a lower or higher
- // threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta().
- ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f);
- ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0);
- ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta;
- ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):");
- ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y);
- ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y);
- ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow()
-// Access from Dear ImGui Demo -> Tools -> About
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open)
-{
- if (!ImGui::Begin("About Dear ImGui", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui");
- ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors.");
- ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
- ImGui::Text("If your company uses this, please consider sponsoring the project!");
-
- static bool show_config_info = false;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info);
- if (show_config_info)
- {
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
-
- bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard");
- ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18);
- ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle);
- if (copy_to_clipboard)
- {
- ImGui::LogToClipboard();
- ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make text appears without formatting when pasting on GitHub
- }
-
- ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("sizeof(size_t): %d, sizeof(ImDrawIdx): %d, sizeof(ImDrawVert): %d", (int)sizeof(size_t), (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx), (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert));
- ImGui::Text("define: __cplusplus=%d", (int)__cplusplus);
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS");
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR
- ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR");
-#endif
-#ifdef _WIN32
- ImGui::Text("define: _WIN32");
-#endif
-#ifdef _WIN64
- ImGui::Text("define: _WIN64");
-#endif
-#ifdef __linux__
- ImGui::Text("define: __linux__");
-#endif
-#ifdef __APPLE__
- ImGui::Text("define: __APPLE__");
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
- ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER);
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSVC_LANG
- ImGui::Text("define: _MSVC_LANG=%d", (int)_MSVC_LANG);
-#endif
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
- ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__");
-#endif
-#ifdef __MINGW64__
- ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW64__");
-#endif
-#ifdef __GNUC__
- ImGui::Text("define: __GNUC__=%d", (int)__GNUC__);
-#endif
-#ifdef __clang_version__
- ImGui::Text("define: __clang_version__=%s", __clang_version__);
-#endif
-#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
- ImGui::Text("define: __EMSCRIPTEN__");
-#endif
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("io.BackendPlatformName: %s", io.BackendPlatformName ? io.BackendPlatformName : "NULL");
- ImGui::Text("io.BackendRendererName: %s", io.BackendRendererName ? io.BackendRendererName : "NULL");
- ImGui::Text("io.ConfigFlags: 0x%08X", io.ConfigFlags);
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableKeyboard");
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableGamepad");
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" NavEnableSetMousePos");
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard) ImGui::Text(" NavNoCaptureKeyboard");
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) ImGui::Text(" NoMouse");
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange) ImGui::Text(" NoMouseCursorChange");
- if (io.MouseDrawCursor) ImGui::Text("io.MouseDrawCursor");
- if (io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors");
- if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink");
- if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges");
- if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly");
- if (io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = %.1f", io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer);
- ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags);
- if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad");
- if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors");
- if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos) ImGui::Text(" HasSetMousePos");
- if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) ImGui::Text(" RendererHasVtxOffset");
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("io.Fonts: %d fonts, Flags: 0x%08X, TexSize: %d,%d", io.Fonts->Fonts.Size, io.Fonts->Flags, io.Fonts->TexWidth, io.Fonts->TexHeight);
- ImGui::Text("io.DisplaySize: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplaySize.x, io.DisplaySize.y);
- ImGui::Text("io.DisplayFramebufferScale: %.2f,%.2f", io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y);
- ImGui::Separator();
- ImGui::Text("style.WindowPadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.WindowPadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y);
- ImGui::Text("style.WindowBorderSize: %.2f", style.WindowBorderSize);
- ImGui::Text("style.FramePadding: %.2f,%.2f", style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y);
- ImGui::Text("style.FrameRounding: %.2f", style.FrameRounding);
- ImGui::Text("style.FrameBorderSize: %.2f", style.FrameBorderSize);
- ImGui::Text("style.ItemSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemSpacing.x, style.ItemSpacing.y);
- ImGui::Text("style.ItemInnerSpacing: %.2f,%.2f", style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, style.ItemInnerSpacing.y);
-
- if (copy_to_clipboard)
- {
- ImGui::LogText("\n```\n");
- ImGui::LogFinish();
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - ShowFontSelector()
-// - ShowStyleSelector()
-// - ShowStyleEditor()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Forward declare ShowFontAtlas() which isn't worth putting in public API yet
-namespace ImGui { IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); }
-
-// Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts.
-// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is the more flexible one.
-void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label)
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont();
- if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName()))
- {
- for (ImFont* font : io.Fonts->Fonts)
- {
- ImGui::PushID((void*)font);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current))
- io.FontDefault = font;
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::EndCombo();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker(
- "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n"
- "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n"
- "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for more details.\n"
- "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame().");
-}
-
-// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options.
-// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string.
-// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally.
-bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label)
-{
- static int style_idx = -1;
- if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0"))
- {
- switch (style_idx)
- {
- case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break;
- case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break;
- case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break;
- }
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/Style Editor");
- // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to
- // (without a reference style pointer, we will use one compared locally as a reference)
- ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
- static ImGuiStyle ref_saved_style;
-
- // Default to using internal storage as reference
- static bool init = true;
- if (init && ref == NULL)
- ref_saved_style = style;
- init = false;
- if (ref == NULL)
- ref = &ref_saved_style;
-
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.50f);
-
- if (ImGui::ShowStyleSelector("Colors##Selector"))
- ref_saved_style = style;
- ImGui::ShowFontSelector("Fonts##Selector");
-
- // Simplified Settings (expose floating-pointer border sizes as boolean representing 0.0f or 1.0f)
- if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"))
- style.GrabRounding = style.FrameRounding; // Make GrabRounding always the same value as FrameRounding
- { bool border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &border)) { style.WindowBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- { bool border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &border)) { style.FrameBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- { bool border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &border)) { style.PopupBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } }
-
- // Save/Revert button
- if (ImGui::Button("Save Ref"))
- *ref = ref_saved_style = style;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref"))
- style = *ref;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker(
- "Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. "
- "Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere.");
-
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Sizes"))
- {
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Main");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Borders");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderSize", &style.WindowBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildRounding", &style.ChildRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Tables");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderAngle("TableAngledHeadersAngle", &style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f);
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
- int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1;
- if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0"))
- style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1;
- ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content.");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content.");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("SeparatorTextBorderSize", &style.SeparatorTextBorderSize, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f");
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Tooltips");
- for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
- if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(n == 0 ? "HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse" : "HoverFlagsForTooltipNav"))
- {
- ImGuiHoveredFlags* p = (n == 0) ? &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse : &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav;
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay);
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
-
- ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc");
- ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured).");
-
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Colors"))
- {
- static int output_dest = 0;
- static bool output_only_modified = true;
- if (ImGui::Button("Export"))
- {
- if (output_dest == 0)
- ImGui::LogToClipboard();
- else
- ImGui::LogToTTY();
- ImGui::LogText("ImVec4* colors = ImGui::GetStyle().Colors;" IM_NEWLINE);
- for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
- {
- const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i];
- const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
- if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
- ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE,
- name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w);
- }
- ImGui::LogFinish();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY\0");
- ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Colors", &output_only_modified);
-
- static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
- filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16);
-
- static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0;
- if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_None)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_None; } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker(
- "In the color list:\n"
- "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n"
- "Right-click to open edit options menu.");
-
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 10), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX));
- ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened);
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12);
- for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
- {
- const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i);
- if (!filter.PassFilter(name))
- continue;
- ImGui::PushID(i);
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
- if (ImGui::Button("?"))
- ImGui::DebugFlashStyleColor((ImGuiCol)i);
- ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Flash given color to identify places where it is used.");
- ImGui::SameLine();
-#endif
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags);
- if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
- {
- // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font,
- // so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons!
- // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.md about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient!
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) { ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; }
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) { style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; }
- }
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(name);
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
- ImGui::EndChild();
-
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Fonts"))
- {
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts;
- HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for details on font loading.");
- ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(atlas);
-
- // Post-baking font scaling. Note that this is NOT the nice way of scaling fonts, read below.
- // (we enforce hard clamping manually as by default DragFloat/SliderFloat allows CTRL+Click text to get out of bounds).
- const float MIN_SCALE = 0.3f;
- const float MAX_SCALE = 2.0f;
- HelpMarker(
- "Those are old settings provided for convenience.\n"
- "However, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, "
- "rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.\n"
- "Using those settings here will give you poor quality results.");
- static float window_scale = 1.0f;
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp)) // Scale only this window
- ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
- ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); // Scale everything
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering"))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well.");
-
- ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines use texture", &style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("Faster lines using texture data. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (not point/nearest filtering).");
-
- ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill);
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8);
- ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f");
- if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f;
-
- // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles.
- ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp);
- const bool show_samples = ImGui::IsItemActive();
- if (show_samples)
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos());
- if (show_samples && ImGui::BeginTooltip())
- {
- ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)");
- ImGui::Spacing();
- ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x;
- for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++)
- {
- const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f;
- const float RAD_MAX = 70.0f;
- const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (8.0f - 1.0f);
-
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
-
- ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad));
-
- const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f);
- const float offset_x = floorf(canvas_width * 0.5f);
- const float offset_y = floorf(RAD_MAX);
-
- const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p1.x + offset_x, p1.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2));
-
- /*
- const ImVec2 p2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(p2.x + offset_x, p2.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2));
- */
-
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- ImGui::SameLine();
- }
- ImGui::EndTooltip();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically.");
-
- ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
- ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha).");
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
-
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::ShowUserGuide()
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window.");
- ImGui::BulletText(
- "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n"
- "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents).");
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text.");
- ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window.");
- if (io.FontAllowUserScaling)
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents.");
- ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n");
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.");
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all.");
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste.");
- ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo.");
- ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert.");
- ImGui::Unindent();
- ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:");
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate.");
- ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget.");
- ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget.");
- ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window.");
- ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window.");
- ImGui::Unindent();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
-// - ShowExampleMenuFile()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it.
-// Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar():
-// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window (which needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag!)
-// - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it.
-static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
-{
- if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
- {
- ShowExampleMenuFile();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit"))
- {
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Undo", "CTRL+Z")) {}
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {} // Disabled item
- ImGui::Separator();
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Cut", "CTRL+X")) {}
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Copy", "CTRL+C")) {}
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Paste", "CTRL+V")) {}
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMainMenuBar();
- }
-}
-
-// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only
-// (future version will add explicit flags to BeginMenu() to request processing shortcuts)
-static void ShowExampleMenuFile()
-{
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu");
- ImGui::MenuItem("(demo menu)", NULL, false, false);
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {}
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {}
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent"))
- {
- ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.c");
- ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.inl");
- ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.h");
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("More.."))
- {
- ImGui::MenuItem("Hello");
- ImGui::MenuItem("Sailor");
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Recurse.."))
- {
- ShowExampleMenuFile();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) {}
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {}
-
- ImGui::Separator();
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Options");
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options"))
- {
- static bool enabled = true;
- ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled);
- ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), ImGuiChildFlags_Border);
- for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
- ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i);
- ImGui::EndChild();
- static float f = 0.5f;
- static int n = 0;
- ImGui::SliderFloat("Value", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::InputFloat("Input", &f, 0.1f);
- ImGui::Combo("Combo", &n, "Yes\0No\0Maybe\0\0");
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Colors");
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors"))
- {
- float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight();
- for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
- {
- const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName((ImGuiCol)i);
- ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + sz, p.y + sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i));
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(sz, sz));
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::MenuItem(name);
- }
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
-
- // Here we demonstrate appending again to the "Options" menu (which we already created above)
- // Of course in this demo it is a little bit silly that this function calls BeginMenu("Options") twice.
- // In a real code-base using it would make senses to use this feature from very different code locations.
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) // <-- Append!
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Append to an existing menu");
- static bool b = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("SomeOption", &b);
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Disabled", false)) // Disabled
- {
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- }
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {}
- ImGui::Separator();
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {}
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history.
-// For the console example, we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold both data and functions.
-struct ExampleAppConsole
-{
- char InputBuf[256];
- ImVector Items;
- ImVector Commands;
- ImVector History;
- int HistoryPos; // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history.
- ImGuiTextFilter Filter;
- bool AutoScroll;
- bool ScrollToBottom;
-
- ExampleAppConsole()
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Console");
- ClearLog();
- memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf));
- HistoryPos = -1;
-
- // "CLASSIFY" is here to provide the test case where "C"+[tab] completes to "CL" and display multiple matches.
- Commands.push_back("HELP");
- Commands.push_back("HISTORY");
- Commands.push_back("CLEAR");
- Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY");
- AutoScroll = true;
- ScrollToBottom = false;
- AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!");
- }
- ~ExampleAppConsole()
- {
- ClearLog();
- for (int i = 0; i < History.Size; i++)
- ImGui::MemFree(History[i]);
- }
-
- // Portable helpers
- static int Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; }
- static int Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; }
- static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = ImGui::MemAlloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); }
- static void Strtrim(char* s) { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; }
-
- void ClearLog()
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
- ImGui::MemFree(Items[i]);
- Items.clear();
- }
-
- void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
- {
- // FIXME-OPT
- char buf[1024];
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- vsnprintf(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt, args);
- buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0;
- va_end(args);
- Items.push_back(Strdup(buf));
- }
-
- void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open)
- {
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
-
- // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar.
- // So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar.
- // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar.
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
- {
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close Console"))
- *p_open = false;
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- ImGui::TextWrapped(
- "This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion (TAB key) and history (Up/Down keys). A more elaborate "
- "implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc.");
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help.");
-
- // TODO: display items starting from the bottom
-
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy");
- //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); }
-
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- // Options menu
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll);
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Options, Filter
- if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text
- const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing();
- if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
- {
- if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets.
- // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end());
- // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping
- // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then
- // "seek" to display only items in the visible area.
- // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop:
- // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
- // With:
- // ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- // clipper.Begin(Items.Size);
- // while (clipper.Step())
- // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
- // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height)
- // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index,
- // without processing all the ones before)
- // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property.
- // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list.
- // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices
- // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter,
- // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage
- // to improve this example code!
- // If your items are of variable height:
- // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list.
- // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items.
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing
- if (copy_to_clipboard)
- ImGui::LogToClipboard();
- for (const char* item : Items)
- {
- if (!Filter.PassFilter(item))
- continue;
-
- // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string.
- // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.)
- ImVec4 color;
- bool has_color = false;
- if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; }
- else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; }
- if (has_color)
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color);
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(item);
- if (has_color)
- ImGui::PopStyleColor();
- }
- if (copy_to_clipboard)
- ImGui::LogFinish();
-
- // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame.
- // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge.
- if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()))
- ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
- ScrollToBottom = false;
-
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- // Command-line
- bool reclaim_focus = false;
- ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
- if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this))
- {
- char* s = InputBuf;
- Strtrim(s);
- if (s[0])
- ExecCommand(s);
- strcpy(s, "");
- reclaim_focus = true;
- }
-
- // Auto-focus on window apparition
- ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus();
- if (reclaim_focus)
- ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus previous widget
-
- ImGui::End();
- }
-
- void ExecCommand(const char* command_line)
- {
- AddLog("# %s\n", command_line);
-
- // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back.
- // This isn't trying to be smart or optimal.
- HistoryPos = -1;
- for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0)
- {
- ImGui::MemFree(History[i]);
- History.erase(History.begin() + i);
- break;
- }
- History.push_back(Strdup(command_line));
-
- // Process command
- if (Stricmp(command_line, "CLEAR") == 0)
- {
- ClearLog();
- }
- else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HELP") == 0)
- {
- AddLog("Commands:");
- for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++)
- AddLog("- %s", Commands[i]);
- }
- else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HISTORY") == 0)
- {
- int first = History.Size - 10;
- for (int i = first > 0 ? first : 0; i < History.Size; i++)
- AddLog("%3d: %s\n", i, History[i]);
- }
- else
- {
- AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line);
- }
-
- // On command input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false
- ScrollToBottom = true;
- }
-
- // In C++11 you'd be better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks
- static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
- {
- ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData;
- return console->TextEditCallback(data);
- }
-
- int TextEditCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data)
- {
- //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd);
- switch (data->EventFlag)
- {
- case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:
- {
- // Example of TEXT COMPLETION
-
- // Locate beginning of current word
- const char* word_end = data->Buf + data->CursorPos;
- const char* word_start = word_end;
- while (word_start > data->Buf)
- {
- const char c = word_start[-1];
- if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == ',' || c == ';')
- break;
- word_start--;
- }
-
- // Build a list of candidates
- ImVector candidates;
- for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++)
- if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end - word_start)) == 0)
- candidates.push_back(Commands[i]);
-
- if (candidates.Size == 0)
- {
- // No match
- AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end - word_start), word_start);
- }
- else if (candidates.Size == 1)
- {
- // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing.
- data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start));
- data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]);
- data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " ");
- }
- else
- {
- // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can..
- // So inputing "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches.
- int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start);
- for (;;)
- {
- int c = 0;
- bool all_candidates_matches = true;
- for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size && all_candidates_matches; i++)
- if (i == 0)
- c = toupper(candidates[i][match_len]);
- else if (c == 0 || c != toupper(candidates[i][match_len]))
- all_candidates_matches = false;
- if (!all_candidates_matches)
- break;
- match_len++;
- }
-
- if (match_len > 0)
- {
- data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start));
- data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len);
- }
-
- // List matches
- AddLog("Possible matches:\n");
- for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size; i++)
- AddLog("- %s\n", candidates[i]);
- }
-
- break;
- }
- case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:
- {
- // Example of HISTORY
- const int prev_history_pos = HistoryPos;
- if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow)
- {
- if (HistoryPos == -1)
- HistoryPos = History.Size - 1;
- else if (HistoryPos > 0)
- HistoryPos--;
- }
- else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow)
- {
- if (HistoryPos != -1)
- if (++HistoryPos >= History.Size)
- HistoryPos = -1;
- }
-
- // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position.
- if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos)
- {
- const char* history_str = (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : "";
- data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen);
- data->InsertChars(0, history_str);
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
- }
-};
-
-static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open)
-{
- static ExampleAppConsole console;
- console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Usage:
-// static ExampleAppLog my_log;
-// my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123);
-// my_log.Draw("title");
-struct ExampleAppLog
-{
- ImGuiTextBuffer Buf;
- ImGuiTextFilter Filter;
- ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls.
- bool AutoScroll; // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom.
-
- ExampleAppLog()
- {
- AutoScroll = true;
- Clear();
- }
-
- void Clear()
- {
- Buf.clear();
- LineOffsets.clear();
- LineOffsets.push_back(0);
- }
-
- void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(2)
- {
- int old_size = Buf.size();
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, fmt);
- Buf.appendfv(fmt, args);
- va_end(args);
- for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++)
- if (Buf[old_size] == '\n')
- LineOffsets.push_back(old_size + 1);
- }
-
- void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL)
- {
- if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
-
- // Options menu
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("Options"))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-scroll", &AutoScroll);
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Main window
- if (ImGui::Button("Options"))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("Options");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- bool clear = ImGui::Button("Clear");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy");
- ImGui::SameLine();
- Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f);
-
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
- {
- if (clear)
- Clear();
- if (copy)
- ImGui::LogToClipboard();
-
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
- const char* buf = Buf.begin();
- const char* buf_end = Buf.end();
- if (Filter.IsActive())
- {
- // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled.
- // This is because we don't have random access to the result of our filter.
- // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of
- // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp).
- for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++)
- {
- const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
- const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end;
- if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end))
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer:
- // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end);
- // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward
- // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are
- // within the visible area.
- // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them
- // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires
- // - A) random access into your data
- // - B) items all being the same height,
- // both of which we can handle since we have an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text.
- // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display
- // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make
- // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries).
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size);
- while (clipper.Step())
- {
- for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++)
- {
- const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no];
- const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end;
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end);
- }
- }
- clipper.End();
- }
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
-
- // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame.
- // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge.
- if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())
- ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f);
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::End();
- }
-};
-
-// Demonstrate creating a simple log window with basic filtering.
-static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open)
-{
- static ExampleAppLog log;
-
- // For the demo: add a debug button _BEFORE_ the normal log window contents
- // We take advantage of a rarely used feature: multiple calls to Begin()/End() are appending to the _same_ window.
- // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call.
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open);
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Log");
- if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries"))
- {
- static int counter = 0;
- const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" };
- const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" };
- for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++)
- {
- const char* category = categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)];
- const char* word = words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)];
- log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n",
- ImGui::GetFrameCount(), category, ImGui::GetTime(), word);
- counter++;
- }
- }
- ImGui::End();
-
- // Actually call in the regular Log helper (which will Begin() into the same window as we just did)
- log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate create a window with multiple child windows.
-static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple layout");
- if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
- {
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W")) { *p_open = false; }
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
-
- // Left
- static int selected = 0;
- {
- ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX);
- for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
- {
- // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav
- char label[128];
- sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i);
- if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i))
- selected = i;
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
-
- // Right
- {
- ImGui::BeginGroup();
- ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us
- ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected);
- ImGui::Separator();
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description"))
- {
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ");
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details"))
- {
- ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789");
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {}
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {}
- ImGui::EndGroup();
- }
- }
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid)
-{
- // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID.
- ImGui::PushID(uid);
-
- // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high.
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid);
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
- ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich");
-
- if (node_open)
- {
- static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f };
- for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier.
- if (i < 2)
- {
- ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242);
- }
- else
- {
- // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well)
- ImGui::TableNextRow();
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0);
- ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding();
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet;
- ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i);
-
- ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1);
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN);
- if (i >= 5)
- ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f);
- else
- ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f);
- ImGui::NextColumn();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
- ImGui::TreePop();
- }
- ImGui::PopID();
-}
-
-// Demonstrate create a simple property editor.
-// This demo is a bit lackluster nowadays, would be nice to improve.
-static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
-
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor");
- HelpMarker(
- "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n"
- "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n");
-
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2));
- if (ImGui::BeginTable("##split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY))
- {
- ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1);
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object");
- ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Contents");
- ImGui::TableHeadersRow();
-
- // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data)
- for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++)
- ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i);
-
- ImGui::EndTable();
- }
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping.
-static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open)
-{
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", p_open))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Long text display");
-
- static int test_type = 0;
- static ImGuiTextBuffer log;
- static int lines = 0;
- ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text.");
- ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type,
- "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0"
- "Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0"
- "Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0");
- ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size());
- if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines"))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++)
- log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines + i);
- lines += 1000;
- }
- ImGui::BeginChild("Log");
- switch (test_type)
- {
- case 0:
- // Single call to TextUnformatted() with a big buffer
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end());
- break;
- case 1:
- {
- // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper.
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
- ImGuiListClipper clipper;
- clipper.Begin(lines);
- while (clipper.Step())
- for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
- ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i);
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- break;
- }
- case 2:
- // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0));
- for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
- ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i);
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- break;
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content.
-static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open)
-{
- if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Auto-resizing window");
-
- static int lines = 10;
- ImGui::TextUnformatted(
- "Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\n"
- "Note that you probably don't want to query the window size to\n"
- "output your content because that would create a feedback loop.");
- ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20);
- for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
- ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints.
-// Note that size constraints currently don't work on a docked window (when in 'docking' branch)
-static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open)
-{
- struct CustomConstraints
- {
- // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints
- // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier.
- // FIXME: None of the three demos works consistently when resizing from borders.
- static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data)
- {
- float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData;
- data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio);
- }
- static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data)
- {
- data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y);
- }
- static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data)
- {
- float step = *(float*)data->UserData;
- data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step);
- }
- };
-
- const char* test_desc[] =
- {
- "Between 100x100 and 500x500",
- "At least 100x100",
- "Resize vertical + lock current width",
- "Resize horizontal + lock current height",
- "Width Between 400 and 500",
- "Height at least 400",
- "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9",
- "Custom: Always Square",
- "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)",
- };
-
- // Options
- static bool auto_resize = false;
- static bool window_padding = true;
- static int type = 6; // Aspect Ratio
- static int display_lines = 10;
-
- // Submit constraint
- float aspect_ratio = 16.0f / 9.0f;
- float fixed_step = 100.0f;
- if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500
- if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100
- if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Resize vertical + lock current width
- if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Resize horizontal + lock current height
- if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500
- if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 500), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Height at least 400
- if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio
- if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square
- if (type == 8) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step
-
- // Submit window
- if (!window_padding)
- ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
- const ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0;
- const bool window_open = ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, window_flags);
- if (!window_padding)
- ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- if (window_open)
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Constrained Resizing window");
- if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift)
- {
- // Display a dummy viewport (in your real app you would likely use ImageButton() to display a texture.
- ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail();
- ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImGui::ColorButton("viewport", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.2f, 0.5f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, avail_size);
- ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(pos.x + 10, pos.y + 10));
- ImGui::Text("%.2f x %.2f", avail_size.x, avail_size.y);
- }
- else
- {
- ImGui::Text("(Hold SHIFT to display a dummy viewport)");
- if (ImGui::Button("Set 200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Set 500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Set 800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); }
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20);
- ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc));
- ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20);
- ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Window padding", &window_padding);
- for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++)
- ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, "");
- }
- }
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration
-// + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use.
-static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open)
-{
- static int location = 0;
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav;
- if (location >= 0)
- {
- const float PAD = 10.0f;
- const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
- ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any!
- ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize;
- ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot;
- window_pos.x = (location & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD);
- window_pos.y = (location & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD);
- window_pos_pivot.x = (location & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
- window_pos_pivot.y = (location & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot);
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
- }
- else if (location == -2)
- {
- // Center window
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
- window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
- }
- ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background
- if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags))
- {
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple Overlay");
- ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "(right-click to change position)");
- ImGui::Separator();
- if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid())
- ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
- else
- ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: ");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
- {
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, location == -1)) location = -1;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Center", NULL, location == -2)) location = -2;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, location == 0)) location = 0;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, location == 1)) location = 1;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, location == 2)) location = 2;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, location == 3)) location = 3;
- if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false;
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- }
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate creating a window covering the entire screen/viewport
-static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open)
-{
- static bool use_work_area = true;
- static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
-
- // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.)
- // Based on your use case you may want one or the other.
- const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos);
- ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size);
-
- if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fullscreen window", p_open, flags))
- {
- ImGui::Checkbox("Use work area instead of main area", &use_work_area);
- ImGui::SameLine();
- HelpMarker("Main Area = entire viewport,\nWork Area = entire viewport minus sections used by the main menu bars, task bars etc.\n\nEnable the main-menu bar in Examples menu to see the difference.");
-
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration);
- ImGui::Indent();
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse);
- ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
- ImGui::Unindent();
-
- if (p_open && ImGui::Button("Close this window"))
- *p_open = false;
- }
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate the use of "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation.
-// This applies to all regular items as well.
-// Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details.
-static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*)
-{
- const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
- const ImVec2 base_pos = viewport->Pos;
-
- // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title.
- // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID.
-
- // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier.
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1");
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Manipulating window titles");
- ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique.");
- ImGui::End();
-
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2");
- ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique.");
- ImGui::End();
-
- // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle"
- char buf[128];
- sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount());
- ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver);
- ImGui::Begin(buf);
- ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title.");
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes.
-static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open)
-{
- if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open))
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
- IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Custom Rendering");
-
- // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of
- // overloaded operators, etc. Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your
- // types and ImVec2/ImVec4. Dear ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not
- // exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) In this example we are not using the maths operators!
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar"))
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives"))
- {
- ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15);
- ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
-
- // Draw gradients
- // (note that those are currently exacerbating our sRGB/Linear issues)
- // Calling ImGui::GetColorU32() multiplies the given colors by the current Style Alpha, but you may pass the IM_COL32() directly as well..
- ImGui::Text("Gradients");
- ImVec2 gradient_size = ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight());
- {
- ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y);
- ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255));
- ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
- draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a);
- ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient1", gradient_size);
- }
- {
- ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y);
- ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
- ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255));
- draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a);
- ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient2", gradient_size);
- }
-
- // Draw a bunch of primitives
- ImGui::Text("All primitives");
- static float sz = 36.0f;
- static float thickness = 3.0f;
- static int ngon_sides = 6;
- static bool circle_segments_override = false;
- static int circle_segments_override_v = 12;
- static bool curve_segments_override = false;
- static int curve_segments_override_v = 8;
- static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f);
- ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 100.0f, "%.0f");
- ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f");
- ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12);
- ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override);
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- circle_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments override", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40);
- ImGui::Checkbox("##curvessegmentoverride", &curve_segments_override);
- ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
- curve_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Curves segments override", &curve_segments_override_v, 3, 40);
- ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x);
-
- const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf);
- const float spacing = 10.0f;
- const ImDrawFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight;
- const float rounding = sz / 5.0f;
- const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0;
- const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0;
- const ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(0.0f, sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(sz * 0.5f, -sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(sz, sz) }; // Control points for curves
- const ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(sz * 1.3f, sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz - sz * 1.3f, sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(sz, sz) };
-
- float x = p.x + 4.0f;
- float y = p.y + 4.0f;
- for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++)
- {
- // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness
- float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness;
- draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon
- draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle
- draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f, col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Ellipse
- draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square
- draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners
- draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners
- draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle
- //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!)
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line
-
- // Path
- draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, 3.141592f, 3.141592f * -0.5f);
- draw_list->PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_None, th);
- x += sz + spacing;
-
- // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points)
- draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), col, th, curve_segments);
- x += sz + spacing;
-
- // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points)
- draw_list->AddBezierCubic(ImVec2(x + cp4[0].x, y + cp4[0].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[1].x, y + cp4[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[2].x, y + cp4[2].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[3].x, y + cp4[3].y), col, th, curve_segments);
-
- x = p.x + 4;
- y += sz + spacing;
- }
-
- // Filled shapes
- draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon
- draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle
- draw_list->AddEllipseFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, sz * 0.3f, col, -0.3f, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing;// Ellipse
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners
- draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle
- //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness)
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine)
-
- // Path
- draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz * 0.5f, 3.141592f * -0.5f, 3.141592f);
- draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
- x += sz + spacing;
-
- // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points)
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[0].x, y + cp3[0].y));
- draw_list->PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(ImVec2(x + cp3[1].x, y + cp3[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp3[2].x, y + cp3[2].y), curve_segments);
- draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
- x += sz + spacing;
-
- // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points): this is concave so not drawing it yet
- //draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x + cp4[0].x, y + cp4[0].y));
- //draw_list->PathBezierCubicCurveTo(ImVec2(x + cp4[1].x, y + cp4[1].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[2].x, y + cp4[2].y), ImVec2(x + cp4[3].x, y + cp4[3].y), curve_segments);
- //draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
- //x += sz + spacing;
-
- draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255));
-
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 12.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f));
- ImGui::PopItemWidth();
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas"))
- {
- static ImVector points;
- static ImVec2 scrolling(0.0f, 0.0f);
- static bool opt_enable_grid = true;
- static bool opt_enable_context_menu = true;
- static bool adding_line = false;
-
- ImGui::Checkbox("Enable grid", &opt_enable_grid);
- ImGui::Checkbox("Enable context menu", &opt_enable_context_menu);
- ImGui::Text("Mouse Left: drag to add lines,\nMouse Right: drag to scroll, click for context menu.");
-
- // Typically you would use a BeginChild()/EndChild() pair to benefit from a clipping region + own scrolling.
- // Here we demonstrate that this can be replaced by simple offsetting + custom drawing + PushClipRect/PopClipRect() calls.
- // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g:
- // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding
- // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color
- // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove);
- // ImGui::PopStyleColor();
- // ImGui::PopStyleVar();
- // [...]
- // ImGui::EndChild();
-
- // Using InvisibleButton() as a convenience 1) it will advance the layout cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive()
- ImVec2 canvas_p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates!
- ImVec2 canvas_sz = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available
- if (canvas_sz.x < 50.0f) canvas_sz.x = 50.0f;
- if (canvas_sz.y < 50.0f) canvas_sz.y = 50.0f;
- ImVec2 canvas_p1 = ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + canvas_sz.x, canvas_p0.y + canvas_sz.y);
-
- // Draw border and background color
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255));
- draw_list->AddRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255));
-
- // This will catch our interactions
- ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight);
- const bool is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); // Hovered
- const bool is_active = ImGui::IsItemActive(); // Held
- const ImVec2 origin(canvas_p0.x + scrolling.x, canvas_p0.y + scrolling.y); // Lock scrolled origin
- const ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas(io.MousePos.x - origin.x, io.MousePos.y - origin.y);
-
- // Add first and second point
- if (is_hovered && !adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left))
- {
- points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
- points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
- adding_line = true;
- }
- if (adding_line)
- {
- points.back() = mouse_pos_in_canvas;
- if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left))
- adding_line = false;
- }
-
- // Pan (we use a zero mouse threshold when there's no context menu)
- // You may decide to make that threshold dynamic based on whether the mouse is hovering something etc.
- const float mouse_threshold_for_pan = opt_enable_context_menu ? -1.0f : 0.0f;
- if (is_active && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Right, mouse_threshold_for_pan))
- {
- scrolling.x += io.MouseDelta.x;
- scrolling.y += io.MouseDelta.y;
- }
-
- // Context menu (under default mouse threshold)
- ImVec2 drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton_Right);
- if (opt_enable_context_menu && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f)
- ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight);
- if (ImGui::BeginPopup("context"))
- {
- if (adding_line)
- points.resize(points.size() - 2);
- adding_line = false;
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove one", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.resize(points.size() - 2); }
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove all", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.clear(); }
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-
- // Draw grid + all lines in the canvas
- draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, true);
- if (opt_enable_grid)
- {
- const float GRID_STEP = 64.0f;
- for (float x = fmodf(scrolling.x, GRID_STEP); x < canvas_sz.x; x += GRID_STEP)
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y), ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p1.y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
- for (float y = fmodf(scrolling.y, GRID_STEP); y < canvas_sz.y; y += GRID_STEP)
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p0.y + y), ImVec2(canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40));
- }
- for (int n = 0; n < points.Size; n += 2)
- draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(origin.x + points[n].x, origin.y + points[n].y), ImVec2(origin.x + points[n + 1].x, origin.y + points[n + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f);
- draw_list->PopClipRect();
-
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("BG/FG draw lists"))
- {
- static bool draw_bg = true;
- static bool draw_fg = true;
- ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Background draw list", &draw_bg);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Background draw list will be rendered below every Dear ImGui windows.");
- ImGui::Checkbox("Draw in Foreground draw list", &draw_fg);
- ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The Foreground draw list will be rendered over every Dear ImGui windows.");
- ImVec2 window_pos = ImGui::GetWindowPos();
- ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize();
- ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f);
- if (draw_bg)
- ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0, 10 + 4);
- if (draw_fg)
- ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 0, 10);
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- // Demonstrate out-of-order rendering via channels splitting
- // We use functions in ImDrawList as each draw list contains a convenience splitter,
- // but you can also instantiate your own ImDrawListSplitter if you need to nest them.
- if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Draw Channels"))
- {
- ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
- {
- ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first: appears in back");
- ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after: appears in front");
- ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x, p0.y), ImVec2(p0.x + 50, p0.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x + 25, p0.y + 25), ImVec2(p0.x + 75, p0.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75));
- }
- ImGui::Separator();
- {
- ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first, into channel 1: appears in front");
- ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after, into channel 0: appears in back");
- ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
-
- // Create 2 channels and draw a Blue shape THEN a Red shape.
- // You can create any number of channels. Tables API use 1 channel per column in order to better batch draw calls.
- draw_list->ChannelsSplit(2);
- draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x, p1.y), ImVec2(p1.x + 50, p1.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue
- draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x + 25, p1.y + 25), ImVec2(p1.x + 75, p1.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red
-
- // Flatten/reorder channels. Red shape is in channel 0 and it appears below the Blue shape in channel 1.
- // This works by copying draw indices only (vertices are not copied).
- draw_list->ChannelsMerge();
- ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75));
- ImGui::Text("After reordering, contents of channel 0 appears below channel 1.");
- }
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
-
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
-
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Simplified structure to mimic a Document model
-struct MyDocument
-{
- const char* Name; // Document title
- bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!)
- bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update.
- bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified
- bool WantClose; // Set when the document
- ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document
-
- MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
- {
- Name = name;
- Open = OpenPrev = open;
- Dirty = false;
- WantClose = false;
- Color = color;
- }
- void DoOpen() { Open = true; }
- void DoQueueClose() { WantClose = true; }
- void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; }
- void DoSave() { Dirty = false; }
-
- // Display placeholder contents for the Document
- static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc)
- {
- ImGui::PushID(doc);
- ImGui::Text("Document \"%s\"", doc->Name);
- ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, doc->Color);
- ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.");
- ImGui::PopStyleColor();
- if (ImGui::Button("Modify", ImVec2(100, 0)))
- doc->Dirty = true;
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Save", ImVec2(100, 0)))
- doc->DoSave();
- ImGui::ColorEdit3("color", &doc->Color.x); // Useful to test drag and drop and hold-dragged-to-open-tab behavior.
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- // Display context menu for the Document
- static void DisplayContextMenu(MyDocument* doc)
- {
- if (!ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem())
- return;
-
- char buf[256];
- sprintf(buf, "Save %s", doc->Name);
- if (ImGui::MenuItem(buf, "CTRL+S", false, doc->Open))
- doc->DoSave();
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "CTRL+W", false, doc->Open))
- doc->DoQueueClose();
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
-};
-
-struct ExampleAppDocuments
-{
- ImVector Documents;
-
- ExampleAppDocuments()
- {
- Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Lettuce", true, ImVec4(0.4f, 0.8f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
- Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Eggplant", true, ImVec4(0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f, 1.0f)));
- Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Carrot", true, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.5f, 1.0f)));
- Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Tomato", false, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.3f, 0.4f, 1.0f)));
- Documents.push_back(MyDocument("A Rather Long Title", false));
- Documents.push_back(MyDocument("Some Document", false));
- }
-};
-
-// [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface.
-// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo,
-// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for
-// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has
-// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively
-// give the impression of a flicker for one frame.
-// We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch.
-// Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag.
-static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app)
-{
- for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
- {
- if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev)
- ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name);
- doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open;
- }
-}
-
-void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open)
-{
- static ExampleAppDocuments app;
-
- // Options
- static bool opt_reorderable = true;
- static ImGuiTabBarFlags opt_fitting_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_;
-
- bool window_contents_visible = ImGui::Begin("Example: Documents", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
- if (!window_contents_visible)
- {
- ImGui::End();
- return;
- }
-
- // Menu
- if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
- {
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
- {
- int open_count = 0;
- for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
- open_count += doc.Open ? 1 : 0;
-
- if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size))
- {
- for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
- if (!doc.Open && ImGui::MenuItem(doc.Name))
- doc.DoOpen();
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0))
- for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
- doc.DoQueueClose();
- if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open)
- *p_open = false;
- ImGui::EndMenu();
- }
- ImGui::EndMenuBar();
- }
-
- // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each
- for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++)
- {
- MyDocument& doc = app.Documents[doc_n];
- if (doc_n > 0)
- ImGui::SameLine();
- ImGui::PushID(&doc);
- if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc.Name, &doc.Open))
- if (!doc.Open)
- doc.DoForceClose();
- ImGui::PopID();
- }
-
- ImGui::Separator();
-
- // About the ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument / ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument flags.
- // They have multiple effects:
- // - Display a dot next to the title.
- // - Tab is selected when clicking the X close button.
- // - Closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab).
- // Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar.
- // We need to assume closure by default otherwise waiting for "lack of submission" on the next frame would leave an empty
- // hole for one-frame, both in the tab-bar and in tab-contents when closing a tab/window.
- // The rarely used SetTabItemClosed() function is a way to notify of programmatic closure to avoid the one-frame hole.
-
- // Submit Tab Bar and Tabs
- {
- ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = (opt_fitting_flags) | (opt_reorderable ? ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable : 0);
- if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##tabs", tab_bar_flags))
- {
- if (opt_reorderable)
- NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(app);
-
- // [DEBUG] Stress tests
- //if ((ImGui::GetFrameCount() % 30) == 0) docs[1].Open ^= 1; // [DEBUG] Automatically show/hide a tab. Test various interactions e.g. dragging with this on.
- //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway..
-
- // Submit Tabs
- for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
- {
- if (!doc.Open)
- continue;
-
- ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0);
- bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc.Name, &doc.Open, tab_flags);
-
- // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup.
- if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty)
- {
- doc.Open = true;
- doc.DoQueueClose();
- }
-
- MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(&doc);
- if (visible)
- {
- MyDocument::DisplayContents(&doc);
- ImGui::EndTabItem();
- }
- }
-
- ImGui::EndTabBar();
- }
- }
-
- // Update closing queue
- static ImVector close_queue;
- if (close_queue.empty())
- {
- // Close queue is locked once we started a popup
- for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents)
- if (doc.WantClose)
- {
- doc.WantClose = false;
- close_queue.push_back(&doc);
- }
- }
-
- // Display closing confirmation UI
- if (!close_queue.empty())
- {
- int close_queue_unsaved_documents = 0;
- for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
- if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
- close_queue_unsaved_documents++;
-
- if (close_queue_unsaved_documents == 0)
- {
- // Close documents when all are unsaved
- for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
- close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
- close_queue.clear();
- }
- else
- {
- if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?"))
- ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?");
- if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
- {
- ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?");
- float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
- if (ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
- if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
- ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name);
- }
- ImGui::EndChild();
-
- ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f);
- if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
- {
- if (close_queue[n]->Dirty)
- close_queue[n]->DoSave();
- close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
- }
- close_queue.clear();
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size))
- {
- for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++)
- close_queue[n]->DoForceClose();
- close_queue.clear();
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- }
- ImGui::SameLine();
- if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size))
- {
- close_queue.clear();
- ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
- }
- ImGui::EndPopup();
- }
- }
- }
-
- ImGui::End();
-}
-
-// End of Demo code
-#else
-
-void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool*) {}
-void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool*) {}
-void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() {}
-void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle*) {}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/Engine/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 1319a6e..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4308 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.4
-// (drawing and font code)
-
-/*
-
-Index of this file:
-
-// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation
-// [SECTION] Style functions
-// [SECTION] ImDrawList
-// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
-// [SECTION] ImDrawData
-// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
-// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
-// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
-// [SECTION] ImFont
-// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
-// [SECTION] Decompression code
-// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
-#endif
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
-#endif
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-#include "imgui_internal.h"
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
-#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h"
-#endif
-
-#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
-
-// Visual Studio warnings
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
-#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
-#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2).
-#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
-#endif
-
-// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great!
-#endif
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double.
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstack-protector" // warning: stack protector not protecting local variables: variable length buffer
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack)
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Compile time options:
-//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImStb
-//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h"
-//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h"
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
-//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
-namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
-{
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (push)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
-#pragma warning (disable: 6011) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'.
-#pragma warning (disable: 6385) // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer': the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read.
-#pragma warning (disable: 28182) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did.
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits" // warning: comparison is always true due to limited range of data type [-Wtype-limits]
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from type 'const xxxx *' to type 'xxxx *' casts away qualifiers
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
-#define STBRP_STATIC
-#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0)
-#define STBRP_SORT ImQsort
-#define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
-#include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME
-#else
-#include "imstb_rectpack.h"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
-#ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit
-#define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x))
-#define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x))
-#define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0)
-#define STBTT_fmod(x,y) ImFmod(x,y)
-#define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x)
-#define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y)
-#define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x)
-#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloor(x))
-#define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x))
-#define STBTT_STATIC
-#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
-#else
-#define STBTT_DEF extern
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
-#include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME
-#else
-#include "imstb_truetype.h"
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic pop
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-#pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
-} // namespace ImStb
-using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Style functions
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst)
-{
- ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
- ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
-
- colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.06f, 0.06f, 0.94f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.08f, 0.08f, 0.08f, 0.94f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 0.54f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.04f, 0.04f, 0.04f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.16f, 0.29f, 0.48f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.51f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.14f, 0.14f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.02f, 0.02f, 0.02f, 0.53f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.31f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.41f, 0.41f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.51f, 0.51f, 0.51f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.24f, 0.52f, 0.88f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border];
- colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.61f, 0.61f, 0.61f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f);
-}
-
-void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst)
-{
- ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
- ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
-
- colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.43f, 0.43f, 0.43f, 0.39f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.47f, 0.47f, 0.69f, 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.42f, 0.41f, 0.64f, 0.69f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.54f, 0.83f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.32f, 0.32f, 0.63f, 0.87f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.41f, 0.39f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.40f, 0.61f, 0.62f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.48f, 0.71f, 0.79f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
-}
-
-// Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder
-void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst)
-{
- ImGuiStyle* style = dst ? dst : &ImGui::GetStyle();
- ImVec4* colors = style->Colors;
-
- colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.94f, 0.94f, 0.94f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.98f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.30f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.96f, 0.96f, 0.96f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.82f, 0.82f, 0.82f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.51f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.86f, 0.86f, 0.86f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.98f, 0.98f, 0.98f, 0.53f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.69f, 0.69f, 0.69f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.49f, 0.49f, 0.49f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.78f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.46f, 0.54f, 0.80f, 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.06f, 0.53f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.31f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabHovered] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.60f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Tab], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.80f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_TabActive], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg], 0.40f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered];
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f);
- colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImDrawList
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData()
-{
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++)
- {
- const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx);
- ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a));
- }
- ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
-}
-
-void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error)
-{
- if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error)
- return;
-
- IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f);
- CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error;
- for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++)
- {
- const float radius = (float)i;
- CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX);
- }
- ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError);
-}
-
-// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer.
-void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame()
-{
- // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory.
- IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0);
- IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4));
- IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID));
- if (_Splitter._Count > 1)
- _Splitter.Merge(this);
-
- CmdBuffer.resize(0);
- IdxBuffer.resize(0);
- VtxBuffer.resize(0);
- Flags = _Data->InitialFlags;
- memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader));
- _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
- _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
- _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
- _ClipRectStack.resize(0);
- _TextureIdStack.resize(0);
- _Path.resize(0);
- _Splitter.Clear();
- CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd());
- _FringeScale = 1.0f;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory()
-{
- CmdBuffer.clear();
- IdxBuffer.clear();
- VtxBuffer.clear();
- Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None;
- _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
- _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
- _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
- _ClipRectStack.clear();
- _TextureIdStack.clear();
- _Path.clear();
- _Splitter.ClearFreeMemory();
-}
-
-ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const
-{
- ImDrawList* dst = IM_NEW(ImDrawList(_Data));
- dst->CmdBuffer = CmdBuffer;
- dst->IdxBuffer = IdxBuffer;
- dst->VtxBuffer = VtxBuffer;
- dst->Flags = Flags;
- return dst;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd()
-{
- ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
- draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy()
- draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
- draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
- draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size;
-
- IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w);
- CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
-}
-
-// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user)
-// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL
-void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd()
-{
- while (CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
- {
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
- return;// break;
- CmdBuffer.pop_back();
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data)
-{
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
- {
- AddDrawCmd();
- curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- }
- curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
- curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
-
- AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below)
-}
-
-// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp()
-#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (offsetof(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int))
-#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
-#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
-#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset)
-
-// Try to merge two last draw commands
-void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds()
-{
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
- if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
- {
- prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount;
- CmdBuffer.pop_back();
- }
-}
-
-// Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack.
-// The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only.
-void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect()
-{
- // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
- {
- AddDrawCmd();
- return;
- }
- IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
-
- // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
- ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
- {
- CmdBuffer.pop_back();
- return;
- }
-
- curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID()
-{
- // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId)
- {
- AddDrawCmd();
- return;
- }
- IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
-
- // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
- ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1;
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
- {
- CmdBuffer.pop_back();
- return;
- }
-
- curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset()
-{
- // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this.
- _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0);
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0)
- {
- AddDrawCmd();
- return;
- }
- IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL);
- curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset;
-}
-
-int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const
-{
- // Automatic segment count
- const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy
- if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts))
- return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value
- else
- return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError);
-}
-
-// Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
-void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
-{
- ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y);
- if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect)
- {
- ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
- if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x;
- if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y;
- if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z;
- if (cr.w > current.w) cr.w = current.w;
- }
- cr.z = ImMax(cr.x, cr.z);
- cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w);
-
- _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr);
- _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr;
- _OnChangedClipRect();
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen()
-{
- PushClipRect(ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.x, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.y), ImVec2(_Data->ClipRectFullscreen.z, _Data->ClipRectFullscreen.w));
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PopClipRect()
-{
- _ClipRectStack.pop_back();
- _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1];
- _OnChangedClipRect();
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id)
-{
- _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id);
- _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id;
- _OnChangedTextureID();
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PopTextureID()
-{
- _TextureIdStack.pop_back();
- _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1];
- _OnChangedTextureID();
-}
-
-// Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices.
-// You must finish filling your reserved data before calling PrimReserve() again, as it may reallocate or
-// submit the intermediate results. PrimUnreserve() can be used to release unused allocations.
-void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
-{
- // Large mesh support (when enabled)
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
- if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
- {
- // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here.
- // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us
- // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better.
- _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size;
- _OnChangedVtxOffset();
- }
-
- ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count;
-
- int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
- VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count);
- _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_old_size;
-
- int idx_buffer_old_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
- IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_old_size + idx_count);
- _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_old_size;
-}
-
-// Release the number of reserved vertices/indices from the end of the last reservation made with PrimReserve().
-void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
-{
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0);
-
- ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count;
- VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count);
- IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count);
-}
-
-// Fully unrolled with inline call to keep our debug builds decently fast.
-void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
-{
- ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv(_Data->TexUvWhitePixel);
- ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr += 4;
- _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
- _IdxWritePtr += 6;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_c, ImU32 col)
-{
- ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y), d(a.x, c.y), uv_b(uv_c.x, uv_a.y), uv_d(uv_a.x, uv_c.y);
- ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr += 4;
- _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
- _IdxWritePtr += 6;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col)
-{
- ImDrawIdx idx = (ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx;
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2);
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = idx; _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx+3);
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr += 4;
- _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
- _IdxWritePtr += 6;
-}
-
-// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds.
-// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement.
-// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers.
-#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0
-#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2 100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366)
-#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0
-
-// TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
-// We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
-void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
-{
- if (points_count < 2 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0;
- const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
- const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw
- const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale);
-
- if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
- {
- // Anti-aliased stroke
- const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
- const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
-
- // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0
- thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f);
- const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness;
- const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness;
-
- // Do we want to draw this line using a texture?
- // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved.
- // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path.
- const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f);
-
- // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines));
-
- const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12);
- const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3);
- PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
-
- // Temporary buffer
- // The first items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point
- _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5));
- ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
- ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
-
- // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment
- for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
- {
- const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
- float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x;
- float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y;
- IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
- temp_normals[i1].x = dy;
- temp_normals[i1].y = -dx;
- }
- if (!closed)
- temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2];
-
- // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point
- if (use_texture || !thick_line)
- {
- // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick)
- // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick)
-
- // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA.
- // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture
- // (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code.
- // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to
- // allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe).
- const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE;
-
- // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
- if (!closed)
- {
- temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
- temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size;
- temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
- temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size;
- }
-
- // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
- // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
- // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
- unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
- for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
- {
- const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment
- const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment
-
- // Average normals
- float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
- float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
- IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
- dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area
- dm_y *= half_draw_size;
-
- // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges
- ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2];
- out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x;
- out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y;
- out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x;
- out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y;
-
- if (use_texture)
- {
- // Add indices for two triangles
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri
- _IdxWritePtr += 6;
- }
- else
- {
- // Add indexes for four triangles
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2
- _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1
- _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2
- _IdxWritePtr += 12;
- }
-
- idx1 = idx2;
- }
-
- // Add vertexes for each point on the line
- if (use_texture)
- {
- // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices
- ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness];
- /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false!
- {
- const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1];
- tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp()
- tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness;
- tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness;
- tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness;
- }*/
- ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y);
- ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w);
- for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
- {
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge
- _VtxWritePtr += 2;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well
- for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
- {
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Center of line
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge
- _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge
- _VtxWritePtr += 3;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point
- const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f;
-
- // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend
- if (!closed)
- {
- const int points_last = points_count - 1;
- temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
- temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
- temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
- temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
- temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
- temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
- temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness);
- temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
- }
-
- // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges
- // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps)
- // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
- unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment
- for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment
- {
- const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment
- const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment
-
- // Average normals
- float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f;
- float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f;
- IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
- float dm_out_x = dm_x * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
- float dm_out_y = dm_y * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
- float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness;
- float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness;
-
- // Add temporary vertices
- ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4];
- out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x;
- out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y;
- out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x;
- out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y + dm_in_y;
- out_vtx[2].x = points[i2].x - dm_in_x;
- out_vtx[2].y = points[i2].y - dm_in_y;
- out_vtx[3].x = points[i2].x - dm_out_x;
- out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y;
-
- // Add indexes
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2);
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
- _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0);
- _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1);
- _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3);
- _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2);
- _IdxWritePtr += 18;
-
- idx1 = idx2;
- }
-
- // Add vertices
- for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
- {
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
- _VtxWritePtr += 4;
- }
- }
- _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
- }
- else
- {
- // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines
- const int idx_count = count * 6;
- const int vtx_count = count * 4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
- PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
-
- for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
- {
- const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1;
- const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
- const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2];
-
- float dx = p2.x - p1.x;
- float dy = p2.y - p1.y;
- IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
- dx *= (thickness * 0.5f);
- dy *= (thickness * 0.5f);
-
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr += 4;
-
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2);
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3);
- _IdxWritePtr += 6;
- _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
- }
- }
-}
-
-// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds.
-// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing.
-void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col)
-{
- if (points_count < 3 || (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
-
- if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill)
- {
- // Anti-aliased Fill
- const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale;
- const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
- const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6;
- const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2);
- PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
-
- // Add indexes for fill
- unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
- unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1;
- for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
- {
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1));
- _IdxWritePtr += 3;
- }
-
- // Compute normals
- _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count);
- ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data;
- for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
- {
- const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
- const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
- float dx = p1.x - p0.x;
- float dy = p1.y - p0.y;
- IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy);
- temp_normals[i0].x = dy;
- temp_normals[i0].y = -dx;
- }
-
- for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
- {
- // Average normals
- const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
- const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
- float dm_x = (n0.x + n1.x) * 0.5f;
- float dm_y = (n0.y + n1.y) * 0.5f;
- IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y);
- dm_x *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
- dm_y *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
-
- // Add vertices
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = (points[i1].x - dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = (points[i1].y - dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner
- _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = (points[i1].x + dm_x); _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = (points[i1].y + dm_y); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer
- _VtxWritePtr += 2;
-
- // Add indexes for fringes
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1));
- _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1));
- _IdxWritePtr += 6;
- }
- _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
- }
- else
- {
- // Non Anti-aliased Fill
- const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3;
- const int vtx_count = points_count;
- PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
- for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
- {
- _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
- _VtxWritePtr++;
- }
- for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
- {
- _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i);
- _IdxWritePtr += 3;
- }
- _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step)
-{
- if (radius < 0.5f)
- {
- _Path.push_back(center);
- return;
- }
-
- // Calculate arc auto segment step size
- if (a_step <= 0)
- a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
-
- // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle
- a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4);
-
- const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample);
- const int a_next_step = a_step;
-
- int samples = sample_range + 1;
- bool extra_max_sample = false;
- if (a_step > 1)
- {
- samples = sample_range / a_step + 1;
- const int overstep = sample_range % a_step;
-
- if (overstep > 0)
- {
- extra_max_sample = true;
- samples++;
-
- // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end,
- // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size.
- if (sample_range > 0)
- a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2;
- }
- }
-
- _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples);
- ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples);
-
- int sample_index = a_min_sample;
- if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
- {
- sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
- if (sample_index < 0)
- sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
- }
-
- if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample)
- {
- for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
- {
- // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
- if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX)
- sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
-
- const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
- out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
- out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
- out_ptr++;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step)
- {
- // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more
- if (sample_index < 0)
- sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
-
- const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index];
- out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
- out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
- out_ptr++;
- }
- }
-
- if (extra_max_sample)
- {
- int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
- if (normalized_max_sample < 0)
- normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
-
- const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample];
- out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius;
- out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius;
- out_ptr++;
- }
-
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
-{
- if (radius < 0.5f)
- {
- _Path.push_back(center);
- return;
- }
-
- // Note that we are adding a point at both a_min and a_max.
- // If you are trying to draw a full closed circle you don't want the overlapping points!
- _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
- for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
- {
- const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
- _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a) * radius));
- }
-}
-
-// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East
-void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12)
-{
- if (radius < 0.5f)
- {
- _Path.push_back(center);
- return;
- }
- _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
-{
- if (radius < 0.5f)
- {
- _Path.push_back(center);
- return;
- }
-
- if (num_segments > 0)
- {
- _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments);
- return;
- }
-
- // Automatic segment count
- if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff)
- {
- const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min;
-
- // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples.
- // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc.
- const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
- const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f);
-
- const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloor(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f);
- const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloor(a_max_sample_f);
- const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0);
-
- const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
- const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX;
- const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f;
- const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f;
-
- _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0)));
- if (a_emit_start)
- _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius));
- if (a_mid_samples > 0)
- _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0);
- if (a_emit_end)
- _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius));
- }
- else
- {
- const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min);
- const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius);
- const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length));
- _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count);
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PathEllipticalArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, float rot, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments)
-{
- if (num_segments <= 0)
- num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
-
- _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
-
- const float cos_rot = ImCos(rot);
- const float sin_rot = ImSin(rot);
- for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
- {
- const float a = a_min + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (a_max - a_min);
- ImVec2 point(ImCos(a) * radius_x, ImSin(a) * radius_y);
- const float rel_x = (point.x * cos_rot) - (point.y * sin_rot);
- const float rel_y = (point.x * sin_rot) + (point.y * cos_rot);
- point.x = rel_x + center.x;
- point.y = rel_y + center.y;
- _Path.push_back(point);
- }
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t)
-{
- float u = 1.0f - t;
- float w1 = u * u * u;
- float w2 = 3 * u * u * t;
- float w3 = 3 * u * t * t;
- float w4 = t * t * t;
- return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y);
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t)
-{
- float u = 1.0f - t;
- float w1 = u * u;
- float w2 = 2 * u * t;
- float w3 = t * t;
- return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y);
-}
-
-// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp
-static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
-{
- float dx = x4 - x1;
- float dy = y4 - y1;
- float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx;
- float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx;
- d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
- d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
- if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
- {
- path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4));
- }
- else if (level < 10)
- {
- float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
- float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
- float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f;
- float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
- float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f;
- float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f;
- PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1);
- PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1);
- }
-}
-
-static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level)
-{
- float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1;
- float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx;
- if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy))
- {
- path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3));
- }
- else if (level < 10)
- {
- float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f;
- float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f;
- float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f;
- PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1);
- PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1);
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
-{
- ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
- if (num_segments == 0)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);
- PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated
- }
- else
- {
- float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
- for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
- _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step));
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments)
-{
- ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
- if (num_segments == 0)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f);
- PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated
- }
- else
- {
- float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
- for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
- _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step));
- }
-}
-
-static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags)
-{
- /*
- IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4));
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021). This code was stripped/simplified and mostly commented in 1.90 (from September 2023)
- // - Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All)
- if (flags == ~0) { return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; }
- // - Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations). Read details in older version of this code.
- if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) { return (flags << 4); }
- // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f'
-#endif
- */
- // If this assert triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values.
- // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc. anyway.
- // See details in 1.82 Changelog as well as 2021/03/12 and 2023/09/08 entries in "API BREAKING CHANGES" section.
- IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!");
-
- if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
- flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll;
-
- return flags;
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
-{
- if (rounding >= 0.5f)
- {
- flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
- rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
- rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f);
- }
- if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
- {
- PathLineTo(a);
- PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y));
- PathLineTo(b);
- PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x, b.y));
- }
- else
- {
- const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f;
- const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
- const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f;
- const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f;
- PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9);
- PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12);
- PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3);
- PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_bl, b.y - rounding_bl), rounding_bl, 3, 6);
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
- PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
- PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f));
- PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
-}
-
-// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
-// Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly.
-void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
- if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines)
- PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags);
- else
- PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes.
- PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
- if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
- {
- PrimReserve(6, 4);
- PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col);
- }
- else
- {
- PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
- PathFillConvex(col);
- }
-}
-
-// p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right
-void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
-{
- if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel;
- PrimReserve(6, 4);
- PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2));
- PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3));
- PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left);
- PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right);
- PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right);
- PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_min.x, p_max.y), uv, col_bot_left);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- PathLineTo(p1);
- PathLineTo(p2);
- PathLineTo(p3);
- PathLineTo(p4);
- PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- PathLineTo(p1);
- PathLineTo(p2);
- PathLineTo(p3);
- PathLineTo(p4);
- PathFillConvex(col);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- PathLineTo(p1);
- PathLineTo(p2);
- PathLineTo(p3);
- PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- PathLineTo(p1);
- PathLineTo(p2);
- PathLineTo(p3);
- PathFillConvex(col);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
- return;
-
- if (num_segments <= 0)
- {
- // Use arc with automatic segment count
- _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
- _Path.Size--;
- }
- else
- {
- // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
- num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
-
- // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
- const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
- PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
- }
-
- PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f)
- return;
-
- if (num_segments <= 0)
- {
- // Use arc with automatic segment count
- _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0);
- _Path.Size--;
- }
- else
- {
- // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes)
- num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX);
-
- // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
- const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
- PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
- }
-
- PathFillConvex(col);
-}
-
-// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
-void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
- return;
-
- // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
- const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
- PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
- PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness);
-}
-
-// Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments'
-void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || num_segments <= 2)
- return;
-
- // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
- const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
- PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
- PathFillConvex(col);
-}
-
-// Ellipse
-void ImDrawList::AddEllipse(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments, float thickness)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- if (num_segments <= 0)
- num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
-
- // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
- const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
- PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius_x, radius_y, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
- PathStroke(col, true, thickness);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddEllipseFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius_x, float radius_y, ImU32 col, float rot, int num_segments)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- if (num_segments <= 0)
- num_segments = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(ImMax(radius_x, radius_y)); // A bit pessimistic, maybe there's a better computation to do here.
-
- // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points
- const float a_max = IM_PI * 2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
- PathEllipticalArcTo(center, radius_x, radius_y, rot, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1);
- PathFillConvex(col);
-}
-
-// Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points
-void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- PathLineTo(p1);
- PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments);
- PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
-}
-
-// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points
-void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- PathLineTo(p1);
- PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments);
- PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- if (text_end == NULL)
- text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
- if (text_begin == text_end)
- return;
-
- // Pull default font/size from the shared ImDrawListSharedData instance
- if (font == NULL)
- font = _Data->Font;
- if (font_size == 0.0f)
- font_size = _Data->FontSize;
-
- IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
-
- ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect;
- if (cpu_fine_clip_rect)
- {
- clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x);
- clip_rect.y = ImMax(clip_rect.y, cpu_fine_clip_rect->y);
- clip_rect.z = ImMin(clip_rect.z, cpu_fine_clip_rect->z);
- clip_rect.w = ImMin(clip_rect.w, cpu_fine_clip_rect->w);
- }
- font->RenderText(this, font_size, pos, col, clip_rect, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width, cpu_fine_clip_rect != NULL);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end)
-{
- AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
- if (push_texture_id)
- PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
-
- PrimReserve(6, 4);
- PrimRectUV(p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
-
- if (push_texture_id)
- PopTextureID();
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec2& uv2, const ImVec2& uv3, const ImVec2& uv4, ImU32 col)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
- if (push_texture_id)
- PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
-
- PrimReserve(6, 4);
- PrimQuadUV(p1, p2, p3, p4, uv1, uv2, uv3, uv4, col);
-
- if (push_texture_id)
- PopTextureID();
-}
-
-void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
-{
- if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0)
- return;
-
- flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags);
- if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone)
- {
- AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col);
- return;
- }
-
- const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId;
- if (push_texture_id)
- PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
-
- int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
- PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags);
- PathFillConvex(col);
- int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size;
- ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true);
-
- if (push_texture_id)
- PopTextureID();
-}
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap..
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory()
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
- {
- if (i == _Current)
- memset(&_Channels[i], 0, sizeof(_Channels[i])); // Current channel is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
- _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.clear();
- _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.clear();
- }
- _Current = 0;
- _Count = 1;
- _Channels.clear();
-}
-
-void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count)
-{
- IM_UNUSED(draw_list);
- IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter.");
- int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
- if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
- {
- _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable
- _Channels.resize(channels_count);
- }
- _Count = channels_count;
-
- // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
- // The content of Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
- // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into Channels[0] and then Channels[1] into draw_list->CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
- memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
- for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
- {
- if (i >= old_channels_count)
- {
- IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
- }
- else
- {
- _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0);
- _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list)
-{
- // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
- if (_Count <= 1)
- return;
-
- SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0);
- draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
-
- // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command.
- int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0;
- int new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
- ImDrawCmd* last_cmd = (_Count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 0) ? &draw_list->CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
- int idx_offset = last_cmd ? last_cmd->IdxOffset + last_cmd->ElemCount : 0;
- for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
- {
- ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
- if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd()
- ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back();
-
- if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL)
- {
- // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves.
- // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter.
- ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0];
- if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
- {
- // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching.
- last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount;
- idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount;
- ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges.
- }
- }
- if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0)
- last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back();
- new_cmd_buffer_count += ch._CmdBuffer.Size;
- new_idx_buffer_count += ch._IdxBuffer.Size;
- for (int cmd_n = 0; cmd_n < ch._CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_n++)
- {
- ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].IdxOffset = idx_offset;
- idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer.Data[cmd_n].ElemCount;
- }
- }
- draw_list->CmdBuffer.resize(draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
- draw_list->IdxBuffer.resize(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
-
- // Write commands and indices in order (they are fairly small structures, we don't copy vertices only indices)
- ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
- ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
- for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++)
- {
- ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
- if (int sz = ch._CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch._CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
- if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; }
- }
- draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
-
- // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer
- if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL)
- draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
-
- // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
- ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
- else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
- draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
-
- _Count = 1;
-}
-
-void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count);
- if (_Current == idx)
- return;
-
- // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap()
- memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
- memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
- _Current = idx;
- memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer));
- memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer));
- draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
-
- // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
- ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1];
- if (curr_cmd == NULL)
- draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
- else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0)
- ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset
- else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0)
- draw_list->AddDrawCmd();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImDrawData
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImDrawData::Clear()
-{
- Valid = false;
- CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0;
- CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them.
- DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- OwnerViewport = NULL;
-}
-
-// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list
-// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[].
-void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
-{
- if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
- return;
- if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL)
- return;
-
- // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc.
- // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly.
- IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
- IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
- if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset))
- IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size);
-
- // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window)
- // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually:
- // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds.
- // Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents.
- // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either:
- // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'.
- // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't.
- // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them.
- // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h.
- // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time:
- // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset);
- // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes.
- // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API.
- // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching
- // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists.
- if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2)
- IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above");
-
- // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData
- out_list->push_back(draw_list);
- draw_data->CmdListsCount++;
- draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
- draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
-}
-
-void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount);
- draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd();
- ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list);
-}
-
-// For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
-void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
-{
- ImVector new_vtx_buffer;
- TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
- {
- ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
- if (cmd_list->IdxBuffer.empty())
- continue;
- new_vtx_buffer.resize(cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
- for (int j = 0; j < cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size; j++)
- new_vtx_buffer[j] = cmd_list->VtxBuffer[cmd_list->IdxBuffer[j]];
- cmd_list->VtxBuffer.swap(new_vtx_buffer);
- cmd_list->IdxBuffer.resize(0);
- TotalVtxCount += cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
- }
-}
-
-// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd.
-// Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than draw_data->DisplaySize,
-// or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
-void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale)
-{
- for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists)
- for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer)
- cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched.
-void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1)
-{
- ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0;
- float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent);
- ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
- ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
- const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
- const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
- const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF;
- const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r;
- const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g;
- const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b;
- for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++)
- {
- float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent);
- float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f);
- int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t);
- int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t);
- int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t);
- vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK);
- }
-}
-
-// Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle
-void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp)
-{
- const ImVec2 size = b - a;
- const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a;
- const ImVec2 scale = ImVec2(
- size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f,
- size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f);
-
- ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
- ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
- if (clamp)
- {
- const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b);
- const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b);
- for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
- vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max);
- }
- else
- {
- for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
- vertex->uv = uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale);
- }
-}
-
-void ImGui::ShadeVertsTransformPos(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& pivot_in, float cos_a, float sin_a, const ImVec2& pivot_out)
-{
- ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx;
- ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx;
- for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex)
- vertex->pos = ImRotate(vertex->pos- pivot_in, cos_a, sin_a) + pivot_out;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImFontConfig
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
-{
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
- FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
- OversampleH = 2;
- OversampleV = 1;
- GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX;
- RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f;
- RasterizerDensity = 1.0f;
- EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
-// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes.
-// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true)
-const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing.
-const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27;
-static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] =
-{
- "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX - XX XX "
- "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X -X..X X..X"
- "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X -X...X X...X"
- "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X - X...X X...X "
- "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X - X...X...X "
- "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX - X.....X "
- "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX - X...X "
- "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX - X.X "
- "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X - X...X "
- "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X- X.....X "
- "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X- X...X...X "
- "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X- X...X X...X "
- "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X-X...X X...X"
- "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X-X..X X..X"
- "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X- XX XX "
- "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X--------------"
- "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X - "
- "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X - "
- "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X - "
- "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X - "
- " X..X - - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X - "
- " XX - - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX - "
- "------------- - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------- "
- " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - "
- " - X..X X..X - "
- " - X.X X.X - "
- " - XX XX - "
-};
-
-static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] =
-{
- // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
- { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
- { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
- { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll
- { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
- { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
- { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
- { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
- { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand
- { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed
-};
-
-ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas()
-{
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
- TexGlyphPadding = 1;
- PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
-}
-
-ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- Clear();
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData)
- if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
- {
- IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData);
- font_cfg.FontData = NULL;
- }
-
- // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font.
- for (ImFont* font : Fonts)
- if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
- {
- font->ConfigData = NULL;
- font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
- }
- ConfigData.clear();
- CustomRects.clear();
- PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1;
- // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- if (TexPixelsAlpha8)
- IM_FREE(TexPixelsAlpha8);
- if (TexPixelsRGBA32)
- IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32);
- TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
- TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
- TexPixelsUseColors = false;
- // Important: we leave TexReady untouched
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- Fonts.clear_delete();
- TexReady = false;
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::Clear()
-{
- ClearInputData();
- ClearTexData();
- ClearFonts();
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel)
-{
- // Build atlas on demand
- if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL)
- Build();
-
- *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
- if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
- if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight;
- if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 1;
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel)
-{
- // Convert to RGBA32 format on demand
- // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp
- if (!TexPixelsRGBA32)
- {
- unsigned char* pixels = NULL;
- GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
- if (pixels)
- {
- TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)TexWidth * (size_t)TexHeight * 4);
- const unsigned char* src = pixels;
- unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
- for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
- *dst++ = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, (unsigned int)(*src++));
- }
- }
-
- *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32;
- if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
- if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight;
- if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 4;
-}
-
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0);
- IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f);
-
- // Create new font
- if (!font_cfg->MergeMode)
- Fonts.push_back(IM_NEW(ImFont));
- else
- IM_ASSERT(!Fonts.empty() && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font.
-
- ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg);
- ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back();
- if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL)
- new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
- if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
- {
- new_font_cfg.FontData = IM_ALLOC(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
- new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
- memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
- }
-
- if (new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
- new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar;
-
- ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this);
-
- // Invalidate texture
- TexReady = false;
- ClearTexData();
- return new_font_cfg.DstFont;
-}
-
-// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
-static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input);
-static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length);
-static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
-static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c) { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; }
-static void Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst)
-{
- while (*src)
- {
- unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
- dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF); // We can't assume little-endianness.
- src += 5;
- dst += 4;
- }
-}
-
-// Load embedded ProggyClean.ttf at size 13, disable oversampling
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
-{
- ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
- if (!font_cfg_template)
- {
- font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
- font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
- }
- if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f)
- font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f * 1.0f;
- if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
- ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels);
- font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085;
- font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_TRUNC(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units
-
- const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
- const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault();
- ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
- return font;
-}
-
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- size_t data_size = 0;
- void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
- if (!data)
- {
- IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Could not load font file!");
- return NULL;
- }
- ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
- if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
- {
- // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience
- const char* p;
- for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {}
- ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels);
- }
- return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
-}
-
-// NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_data_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
- ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
- IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
- IM_ASSERT(font_data_size > 100 && "Incorrect value for font_data_size!"); // Heuristic to prevent accidentally passing a wrong value to font_data_size.
- font_cfg.FontData = font_data;
- font_cfg.FontDataSize = font_data_size;
- font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels;
- if (glyph_ranges)
- font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges;
- return AddFont(&font_cfg);
-}
-
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
-{
- const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
- unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size);
- stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
-
- ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
- IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
- font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
- return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(buf_decompressed_data, (int)buf_decompressed_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
-}
-
-ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
-{
- int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4;
- void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size);
- Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf);
- ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
- IM_FREE(compressed_ttf);
- return font;
-}
-
-int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
- IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
- r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
- r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
- CustomRects.push_back(r);
- return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
-}
-
-int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset)
-{
-#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32
- IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX);
-#endif
- IM_ASSERT(font != NULL);
- IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF);
- IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF);
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect r;
- r.Width = (unsigned short)width;
- r.Height = (unsigned short)height;
- r.GlyphID = id;
- r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x;
- r.GlyphOffset = offset;
- r.Font = font;
- CustomRects.push_back(r);
- return CustomRects.Size - 1; // Return index
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const
-{
- IM_ASSERT(TexWidth > 0 && TexHeight > 0); // Font atlas needs to be built before we can calculate UV coordinates
- IM_ASSERT(rect->IsPacked()); // Make sure the rectangle has been packed
- *out_uv_min = ImVec2((float)rect->X * TexUvScale.x, (float)rect->Y * TexUvScale.y);
- *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y);
-}
-
-bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2])
-{
- if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT)
- return false;
- if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)
- return false;
-
- IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1);
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors);
- ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y);
- ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1];
- *out_size = size;
- *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2];
- out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
- out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
- pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
- out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale;
- out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImFontAtlas::Build()
-{
- IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!");
-
- // Default font is none are specified
- if (ConfigData.Size == 0)
- AddFontDefault();
-
- // Select builder
- // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which
- // may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are
- // using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere
- // and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions.
- const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO;
- if (builder_io == NULL)
- {
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
- builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType();
-#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE)
- builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype();
-#else
- IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function
-#endif
- }
-
- // Build
- return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this);
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor)
-{
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- {
- unsigned int value = (unsigned int)(i * in_brighten_factor);
- out_table[i] = value > 255 ? 255 : (value & 0xFF);
- }
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride)
-{
- IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(w <= stride);
- unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride;
- for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride - w)
- for (int i = w; i > 0; i--, data++)
- *data = table[*data];
-}
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
-// Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
-// (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.)
-struct ImFontBuildSrcData
-{
- stbtt_fontinfo FontInfo;
- stbtt_pack_range PackRange; // Hold the list of codepoints to pack (essentially points to Codepoints.Data)
- stbrp_rect* Rects; // Rectangle to pack. We first fill in their size and the packer will give us their position.
- stbtt_packedchar* PackedChars; // Output glyphs
- const ImWchar* SrcRanges; // Ranges as requested by user (user is allowed to request too much, e.g. 0x0020..0xFFFF)
- int DstIndex; // Index into atlas->Fonts[] and dst_tmp_array[]
- int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint
- int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font)
- ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB)
- ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsSet)
-};
-
-// Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont)
-struct ImFontBuildDstData
-{
- int SrcCount; // Number of source fonts targeting this destination font.
- int GlyphsHighest;
- int GlyphsCount;
- ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // This is used to resolve collision when multiple sources are merged into a same destination font.
-};
-
-static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* out)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(sizeof(in->Storage.Data[0]) == sizeof(int));
- const ImU32* it_begin = in->Storage.begin();
- const ImU32* it_end = in->Storage.end();
- for (const ImU32* it = it_begin; it < it_end; it++)
- if (ImU32 entries_32 = *it)
- for (ImU32 bit_n = 0; bit_n < 32; bit_n++)
- if (entries_32 & ((ImU32)1 << bit_n))
- out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n));
-}
-
-static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0);
-
- ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas);
-
- // Clear atlas
- atlas->TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL;
- atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexHeight = 0;
- atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
- atlas->ClearTexData();
-
- // Temporary storage for building
- ImVector src_tmp_array;
- ImVector dst_tmp_array;
- src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size);
- dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size);
- memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
- memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes());
-
- // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++)
- {
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
- IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas));
-
- // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices)
- src_tmp.DstIndex = -1;
- for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++)
- if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i])
- src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i;
- if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array?
- return false;
- }
- // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct
- const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
- IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found.");
- if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
- {
- IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize.");
- return false;
- }
-
- // Measure highest codepoints
- ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
- src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault();
- for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
- {
- // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common
- // user error is to setup ImFontConfig::GlyphRanges with a pointer to data that isn't persistent.
- IM_ASSERT(src_range[0] <= src_range[1]);
- src_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest, (int)src_range[1]);
- }
- dst_tmp.SrcCount++;
- dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest = ImMax(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest, src_tmp.GlyphsHighest);
- }
-
- // 2. For every requested codepoint, check for their presence in the font data, and handle redundancy or overlaps between source fonts to avoid unused glyphs.
- int total_glyphs_count = 0;
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
- {
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex];
- src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(src_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
- if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Storage.empty())
- dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.Create(dst_tmp.GlyphsHighest + 1);
-
- for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2)
- for (unsigned int codepoint = src_range[0]; codepoint <= src_range[1]; codepoint++)
- {
- if (dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.TestBit(codepoint)) // Don't overwrite existing glyphs. We could make this an option for MergeMode (e.g. MergeOverwrite==true)
- continue;
- if (!stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, codepoint)) // It is actually in the font?
- continue;
-
- // Add to avail set/counters
- src_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
- dst_tmp.GlyphsCount++;
- src_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
- dst_tmp.GlyphsSet.SetBit(codepoint);
- total_glyphs_count++;
- }
- }
-
- // 3. Unpack our bit map into a flat list (we now have all the Unicode points that we know are requested _and_ available _and_ not overlapping another)
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
- {
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- src_tmp.GlyphsList.reserve(src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
- UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(&src_tmp.GlyphsSet, &src_tmp.GlyphsList);
- src_tmp.GlyphsSet.Clear();
- IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size == src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
- }
- for (int dst_i = 0; dst_i < dst_tmp_array.Size; dst_i++)
- dst_tmp_array[dst_i].GlyphsSet.Clear();
- dst_tmp_array.clear();
-
- // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
- // (We technically don't need to zero-clear buf_rects, but let's do it for the sake of sanity)
- ImVector buf_rects;
- ImVector buf_packedchars;
- buf_rects.resize(total_glyphs_count);
- buf_packedchars.resize(total_glyphs_count);
- memset(buf_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_rects.size_in_bytes());
- memset(buf_packedchars.Data, 0, (size_t)buf_packedchars.size_in_bytes());
-
- // 4. Gather glyphs sizes so we can pack them in our virtual canvas.
- int total_surface = 0;
- int buf_rects_out_n = 0;
- int buf_packedchars_out_n = 0;
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
- {
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
- continue;
-
- src_tmp.Rects = &buf_rects[buf_rects_out_n];
- src_tmp.PackedChars = &buf_packedchars[buf_packedchars_out_n];
- buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
- buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount;
-
- // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants
- ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
- src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity;
- src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0;
- src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data;
- src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size;
- src_tmp.PackRange.chardata_for_range = src_tmp.PackedChars;
- src_tmp.PackRange.h_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleH;
- src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)cfg.OversampleV;
-
- // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects)
- const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity);
- const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding;
- for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++)
- {
- int x0, y0, x1, y1;
- const int glyph_index_in_font = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]);
- IM_ASSERT(glyph_index_in_font != 0);
- stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(&src_tmp.FontInfo, glyph_index_in_font, scale * cfg.OversampleH, scale * cfg.OversampleV, 0, 0, &x0, &y0, &x1, &y1);
- src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w = (stbrp_coord)(x1 - x0 + padding + cfg.OversampleH - 1);
- src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h = (stbrp_coord)(y1 - y0 + padding + cfg.OversampleV - 1);
- total_surface += src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].w * src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h;
- }
- }
-
- // We need a width for the skyline algorithm, any width!
- // The exact width doesn't really matter much, but some API/GPU have texture size limitations and increasing width can decrease height.
- // User can override TexDesiredWidth and TexGlyphPadding if they wish, otherwise we use a simple heuristic to select the width based on expected surface.
- const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)total_surface) + 1;
- atlas->TexHeight = 0;
- if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0)
- atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth;
- else
- atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512;
-
- // 5. Start packing
- // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
- const int TEX_HEIGHT_MAX = 1024 * 32;
- stbtt_pack_context spc = {};
- stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, atlas->TexWidth, TEX_HEIGHT_MAX, 0, atlas->TexGlyphPadding, NULL);
- ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(atlas, spc.pack_info);
-
- // 6. Pack each source font. No rendering yet, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point.
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
- {
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
- continue;
-
- stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, src_tmp.Rects, src_tmp.GlyphsCount);
-
- // Extend texture height and mark missing glyphs as non-packed so we won't render them.
- // FIXME: We are not handling packing failure here (would happen if we got off TEX_HEIGHT_MAX or if a single if larger than TexWidth?)
- for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
- if (src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].was_packed)
- atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].y + src_tmp.Rects[glyph_i].h);
- }
-
- // 7. Allocate texture
- atlas->TexHeight = (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight) ? (atlas->TexHeight + 1) : ImUpperPowerOfTwo(atlas->TexHeight);
- atlas->TexUvScale = ImVec2(1.0f / atlas->TexWidth, 1.0f / atlas->TexHeight);
- atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
- memset(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, atlas->TexWidth * atlas->TexHeight);
- spc.pixels = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8;
- spc.height = atlas->TexHeight;
-
- // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
- {
- ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0)
- continue;
-
- stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects);
-
- // Apply multiply operator
- if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f)
- {
- unsigned char multiply_table[256];
- ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply);
- stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0];
- for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++)
- if (r->was_packed)
- ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(multiply_table, atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8, r->x, r->y, r->w, r->h, atlas->TexWidth * 1);
- }
- src_tmp.Rects = NULL;
- }
-
- // End packing
- stbtt_PackEnd(&spc);
- buf_rects.clear();
-
- // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
- for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++)
- {
- // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true:
- // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font.
- // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration.
- ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i];
- ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i];
- ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont;
-
- const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
- int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
- stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
-
- const float ascent = ImTrunc(unscaled_ascent * font_scale + ((unscaled_ascent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
- const float descent = ImTrunc(unscaled_descent * font_scale + ((unscaled_descent > 0.0f) ? +1 : -1));
- ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent);
- const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x;
- const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent);
-
- const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity;
-
- for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++)
- {
- // Register glyph
- const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i];
- const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i];
- stbtt_aligned_quad q;
- float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f;
- stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0);
- float x0 = q.x0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x;
- float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y;
- float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x;
- float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y;
- dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale);
- }
- }
-
- // Cleanup
- src_tmp_array.clear_destruct();
-
- ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas);
- return true;
-}
-
-const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype()
-{
- static ImFontBuilderIO io;
- io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype;
- return &io;
-}
-
-#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
-
-void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData)
- {
- ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont;
- if (!font_cfg.MergeMode)
- {
- font->ConfigData = &font_cfg;
- font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
- }
- font->ConfigDataCount++;
- }
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent)
-{
- if (!font_config->MergeMode)
- {
- font->ClearOutputData();
- font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels;
- IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config);
- font->ContainerAtlas = atlas;
- font->Ascent = ascent;
- font->Descent = descent;
- }
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque)
-{
- stbrp_context* pack_context = (stbrp_context*)stbrp_context_opaque;
- IM_ASSERT(pack_context != NULL);
-
- ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects;
- IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong.
-#ifdef __GNUC__
- if (user_rects.Size < 1) { __builtin_unreachable(); } // Workaround for GCC bug if IM_ASSERT() is defined to conditionally throw (see #5343)
-#endif
-
- ImVector pack_rects;
- pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size);
- memset(pack_rects.Data, 0, (size_t)pack_rects.size_in_bytes());
- for (int i = 0; i < user_rects.Size; i++)
- {
- pack_rects[i].w = user_rects[i].Width;
- pack_rects[i].h = user_rects[i].Height;
- }
- stbrp_pack_rects(pack_context, &pack_rects[0], pack_rects.Size);
- for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++)
- if (pack_rects[i].was_packed)
- {
- user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x;
- user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y;
- IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height);
- atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h);
- }
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
- IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
- unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
- for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
- for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
- out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00;
-}
-
-void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth);
- IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight);
- unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth);
- for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w)
- for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++)
- out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS;
-}
-
-static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors);
- IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
-
- const int w = atlas->TexWidth;
- if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
- {
- // Render/copy pixels
- IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
- const int x_for_white = r->X;
- const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1;
- if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
- {
- ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF);
- ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF);
- }
- else
- {
- ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE);
- ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Render 4 white pixels
- IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2);
- const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w;
- if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
- {
- atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF;
- }
- else
- {
- atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE;
- }
- }
- atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y);
-}
-
-static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)
- return;
-
- // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them
- ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines);
- IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked());
- for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row
- {
- // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle
- unsigned int y = n;
- unsigned int line_width = n;
- unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2;
- unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width);
-
- // Write each slice
- IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels
- if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL)
- {
- unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
- *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00;
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
- *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF;
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
- *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00;
- }
- else
- {
- unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)];
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++)
- *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++)
- *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE;
-
- for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++)
- *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0);
- }
-
- // Calculate UVs for this line
- ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
- ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale;
- float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts
- atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v);
- }
-}
-
-// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder
-void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- // Round font size
- // - We started rounding in 1.90 WIP (18991) as our layout system currently doesn't support non-rounded font size well yet.
- // - Note that using io.FontGlobalScale or SetWindowFontScale(), with are legacy-ish, partially supported features, can still lead to unrounded sizes.
- // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding.
- for (ImFontConfig& cfg : atlas->ConfigData)
- cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(cfg.SizePixels);
-
- // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels
- if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0)
- {
- if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors))
- atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H);
- else
- atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2);
- }
-
- // Register texture region for thick lines
- // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row
- if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0)
- {
- if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines))
- atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1);
- }
-}
-
-// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder.
-void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas)
-{
- // Render into our custom data blocks
- IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL);
- ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas);
- ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas);
-
- // Register custom rectangle glyphs
- for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++)
- {
- const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i];
- if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0)
- continue;
-
- // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH
- IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas);
- ImVec2 uv0, uv1;
- atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1);
- r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX);
- }
-
- // Build all fonts lookup tables
- for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts)
- if (font->DirtyLookupTables)
- font->BuildLookupTable();
-
- atlas->TexReady = true;
-}
-
-// Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesGreek()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0x0370, 0x03FF, // Greek and Coptic
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets
- 0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters
- 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
- 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
- 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
- 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
- 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid
- 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* accumulative_offsets, int accumulative_offsets_count, ImWchar* out_ranges)
-{
- for (int n = 0; n < accumulative_offsets_count; n++, out_ranges += 2)
- {
- out_ranges[0] = out_ranges[1] = (ImWchar)(base_codepoint + accumulative_offsets[n]);
- base_codepoint += accumulative_offsets[n];
- }
- out_ranges[0] = 0;
-}
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon()
-{
- // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese.
- // Sourced from https://zh.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E9%99%84%E5%BD%95:%E7%8E%B0%E4%BB%A3%E6%B1%89%E8%AF%AD%E5%B8%B8%E7%94%A8%E5%AD%97%E8%A1%A8
- // This table covers 97.97% of all characters used during the month in July, 1987.
- // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
- // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
- static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
- {
- 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,5,2,1,2,3,3,3,2,2,4,1,1,1,2,1,5,2,3,1,2,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,4,1,1,1,1,5,10,1,2,19,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,1,2,
- 1,5,1,6,3,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,4,8,5,1,1,4,1,1,3,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,1,1,10,1,1,5,2,4,6,1,4,2,2,2,12,2,1,1,6,1,1,1,4,1,1,4,6,5,1,4,2,2,4,10,7,1,1,4,2,4,
- 2,1,4,3,6,10,12,5,7,2,14,2,9,1,1,6,7,10,4,7,13,1,5,4,8,4,1,1,2,28,5,6,1,1,5,2,5,20,2,2,9,8,11,2,9,17,1,8,6,8,27,4,6,9,20,11,27,6,68,2,2,1,1,
- 1,2,1,2,2,7,6,11,3,3,1,1,3,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,8,3,4,1,5,7,2,1,4,4,8,4,2,1,2,1,1,4,5,6,3,6,2,12,3,1,3,9,2,4,3,4,1,5,3,3,1,3,7,1,5,1,1,1,1,2,
- 3,4,5,2,3,2,6,1,1,2,1,7,1,7,3,4,5,15,2,2,1,5,3,22,19,2,1,1,1,1,2,5,1,1,1,6,1,1,12,8,2,9,18,22,4,1,1,5,1,16,1,2,7,10,15,1,1,6,2,4,1,2,4,1,6,
- 1,1,3,2,4,1,6,4,5,1,2,1,1,2,1,10,3,1,3,2,1,9,3,2,5,7,2,19,4,3,6,1,1,1,1,1,4,3,2,1,1,1,2,5,3,1,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,3,1,1,1,3,7,1,4,1,1,2,1,
- 1,2,1,2,4,4,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,3,5,1,3,1,3,4,6,2,2,14,4,6,6,11,9,1,15,3,1,28,5,2,5,5,3,1,3,4,5,4,6,14,3,2,3,5,21,2,7,20,10,1,2,19,2,4,28,28,2,3,
- 2,1,14,4,1,26,28,42,12,40,3,52,79,5,14,17,3,2,2,11,3,4,6,3,1,8,2,23,4,5,8,10,4,2,7,3,5,1,1,6,3,1,2,2,2,5,28,1,1,7,7,20,5,3,29,3,17,26,1,8,4,
- 27,3,6,11,23,5,3,4,6,13,24,16,6,5,10,25,35,7,3,2,3,3,14,3,6,2,6,1,4,2,3,8,2,1,1,3,3,3,4,1,1,13,2,2,4,5,2,1,14,14,1,2,2,1,4,5,2,3,1,14,3,12,
- 3,17,2,16,5,1,2,1,8,9,3,19,4,2,2,4,17,25,21,20,28,75,1,10,29,103,4,1,2,1,1,4,2,4,1,2,3,24,2,2,2,1,1,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,2,1,1,3,1,1,1,6,1,5,3,1,1,
- 1,3,4,1,1,5,2,1,5,6,13,9,16,1,1,1,1,3,2,3,2,4,5,2,5,2,2,3,7,13,7,2,2,1,1,1,1,2,3,3,2,1,6,4,9,2,1,14,2,14,2,1,18,3,4,14,4,11,41,15,23,15,23,
- 176,1,3,4,1,1,1,1,5,3,1,2,3,7,3,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,6,2,4,1,9,7,1,10,5,8,16,29,1,1,2,2,3,1,3,5,2,4,5,4,1,1,2,2,3,3,7,1,6,10,1,17,1,44,4,6,2,1,1,6,
- 5,4,2,10,1,6,9,2,8,1,24,1,2,13,7,8,8,2,1,4,1,3,1,3,3,5,2,5,10,9,4,9,12,2,1,6,1,10,1,1,7,7,4,10,8,3,1,13,4,3,1,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,17,16,5,2,16,6,
- 1,4,2,1,3,3,6,8,5,11,11,1,3,3,2,4,6,10,9,5,7,4,7,4,7,1,1,4,2,1,3,6,8,7,1,6,11,5,5,3,24,9,4,2,7,13,5,1,8,82,16,61,1,1,1,4,2,2,16,10,3,8,1,1,
- 6,4,2,1,3,1,1,1,4,3,8,4,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,6,3,5,1,1,4,6,9,2,1,1,1,2,1,7,2,1,6,1,5,4,4,3,1,8,1,3,3,1,3,2,2,2,2,3,1,6,1,2,1,2,1,3,7,1,8,2,1,2,1,5,
- 2,5,3,5,10,1,2,1,1,3,2,5,11,3,9,3,5,1,1,5,9,1,2,1,5,7,9,9,8,1,3,3,3,6,8,2,3,2,1,1,32,6,1,2,15,9,3,7,13,1,3,10,13,2,14,1,13,10,2,1,3,10,4,15,
- 2,15,15,10,1,3,9,6,9,32,25,26,47,7,3,2,3,1,6,3,4,3,2,8,5,4,1,9,4,2,2,19,10,6,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,2,1,9,4,4,4,6,4,8,9,2,3,1,1,1,1,3,5,5,1,3,8,4,6,
- 2,1,4,12,1,5,3,7,13,2,5,8,1,6,1,2,5,14,6,1,5,2,4,8,15,5,1,23,6,62,2,10,1,1,8,1,2,2,10,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,3,2,3,1,5,3,3,2,1,3,8,1,1,1,11,3,1,1,4,
- 3,7,1,14,1,2,3,12,5,2,5,1,6,7,5,7,14,11,1,3,1,8,9,12,2,1,11,8,4,4,2,6,10,9,13,1,1,3,1,5,1,3,2,4,4,1,18,2,3,14,11,4,29,4,2,7,1,3,13,9,2,2,5,
- 3,5,20,7,16,8,5,72,34,6,4,22,12,12,28,45,36,9,7,39,9,191,1,1,1,4,11,8,4,9,2,3,22,1,1,1,1,4,17,1,7,7,1,11,31,10,2,4,8,2,3,2,1,4,2,16,4,32,2,
- 3,19,13,4,9,1,5,2,14,8,1,1,3,6,19,6,5,1,16,6,2,10,8,5,1,2,3,1,5,5,1,11,6,6,1,3,3,2,6,3,8,1,1,4,10,7,5,7,7,5,8,9,2,1,3,4,1,1,3,1,3,3,2,6,16,
- 1,4,6,3,1,10,6,1,3,15,2,9,2,10,25,13,9,16,6,2,2,10,11,4,3,9,1,2,6,6,5,4,30,40,1,10,7,12,14,33,6,3,6,7,3,1,3,1,11,14,4,9,5,12,11,49,18,51,31,
- 140,31,2,2,1,5,1,8,1,10,1,4,4,3,24,1,10,1,3,6,6,16,3,4,5,2,1,4,2,57,10,6,22,2,22,3,7,22,6,10,11,36,18,16,33,36,2,5,5,1,1,1,4,10,1,4,13,2,7,
- 5,2,9,3,4,1,7,43,3,7,3,9,14,7,9,1,11,1,1,3,7,4,18,13,1,14,1,3,6,10,73,2,2,30,6,1,11,18,19,13,22,3,46,42,37,89,7,3,16,34,2,2,3,9,1,7,1,1,1,2,
- 2,4,10,7,3,10,3,9,5,28,9,2,6,13,7,3,1,3,10,2,7,2,11,3,6,21,54,85,2,1,4,2,2,1,39,3,21,2,2,5,1,1,1,4,1,1,3,4,15,1,3,2,4,4,2,3,8,2,20,1,8,7,13,
- 4,1,26,6,2,9,34,4,21,52,10,4,4,1,5,12,2,11,1,7,2,30,12,44,2,30,1,1,3,6,16,9,17,39,82,2,2,24,7,1,7,3,16,9,14,44,2,1,2,1,2,3,5,2,4,1,6,7,5,3,
- 2,6,1,11,5,11,2,1,18,19,8,1,3,24,29,2,1,3,5,2,2,1,13,6,5,1,46,11,3,5,1,1,5,8,2,10,6,12,6,3,7,11,2,4,16,13,2,5,1,1,2,2,5,2,28,5,2,23,10,8,4,
- 4,22,39,95,38,8,14,9,5,1,13,5,4,3,13,12,11,1,9,1,27,37,2,5,4,4,63,211,95,2,2,2,1,3,5,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,1,3,2,4,1,2,1,1,5,2,2,1,1,2,3,1,3,1,1,1,
- 3,1,4,2,1,3,6,1,1,3,7,15,5,3,2,5,3,9,11,4,2,22,1,6,3,8,7,1,4,28,4,16,3,3,25,4,4,27,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,1,3,5,2,28,8,2,14,1,8,6,16,25,3,3,3,14,3,
- 3,1,1,2,1,4,6,3,8,4,1,1,1,2,3,6,10,6,2,3,18,3,2,5,5,4,3,1,5,2,5,4,23,7,6,12,6,4,17,11,9,5,1,1,10,5,12,1,1,11,26,33,7,3,6,1,17,7,1,5,12,1,11,
- 2,4,1,8,14,17,23,1,2,1,7,8,16,11,9,6,5,2,6,4,16,2,8,14,1,11,8,9,1,1,1,9,25,4,11,19,7,2,15,2,12,8,52,7,5,19,2,16,4,36,8,1,16,8,24,26,4,6,2,9,
- 5,4,36,3,28,12,25,15,37,27,17,12,59,38,5,32,127,1,2,9,17,14,4,1,2,1,1,8,11,50,4,14,2,19,16,4,17,5,4,5,26,12,45,2,23,45,104,30,12,8,3,10,2,2,
- 3,3,1,4,20,7,2,9,6,15,2,20,1,3,16,4,11,15,6,134,2,5,59,1,2,2,2,1,9,17,3,26,137,10,211,59,1,2,4,1,4,1,1,1,2,6,2,3,1,1,2,3,2,3,1,3,4,4,2,3,3,
- 1,4,3,1,7,2,2,3,1,2,1,3,3,3,2,2,3,2,1,3,14,6,1,3,2,9,6,15,27,9,34,145,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,1,2,1,1,1,2,3,5,8,3,5,2,4,1,3,2,2,2,12,
- 4,1,1,1,10,4,5,1,20,4,16,1,15,9,5,12,2,9,2,5,4,2,26,19,7,1,26,4,30,12,15,42,1,6,8,172,1,1,4,2,1,1,11,2,2,4,2,1,2,1,10,8,1,2,1,4,5,1,2,5,1,8,
- 4,1,3,4,2,1,6,2,1,3,4,1,2,1,1,1,1,12,5,7,2,4,3,1,1,1,3,3,6,1,2,2,3,3,3,2,1,2,12,14,11,6,6,4,12,2,8,1,7,10,1,35,7,4,13,15,4,3,23,21,28,52,5,
- 26,5,6,1,7,10,2,7,53,3,2,1,1,1,2,163,532,1,10,11,1,3,3,4,8,2,8,6,2,2,23,22,4,2,2,4,2,1,3,1,3,3,5,9,8,2,1,2,8,1,10,2,12,21,20,15,105,2,3,1,1,
- 3,2,3,1,1,2,5,1,4,15,11,19,1,1,1,1,5,4,5,1,1,2,5,3,5,12,1,2,5,1,11,1,1,15,9,1,4,5,3,26,8,2,1,3,1,1,15,19,2,12,1,2,5,2,7,2,19,2,20,6,26,7,5,
- 2,2,7,34,21,13,70,2,128,1,1,2,1,1,2,1,1,3,2,2,2,15,1,4,1,3,4,42,10,6,1,49,85,8,1,2,1,1,4,4,2,3,6,1,5,7,4,3,211,4,1,2,1,2,5,1,2,4,2,2,6,5,6,
- 10,3,4,48,100,6,2,16,296,5,27,387,2,2,3,7,16,8,5,38,15,39,21,9,10,3,7,59,13,27,21,47,5,21,6
- };
- static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation
- 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
- 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
- 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
- 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid
- };
- static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 };
- if (!full_ranges[0])
- {
- memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
- UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
- }
- return &full_ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
-{
- // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese
- // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points
- // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points
- // - Sourced from official information provided by the government agencies of Japan:
- // - List of Joyo Kanji by the Agency for Cultural Affairs
- // - https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kijun/naikaku/kanji/
- // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji by the Ministry of Justice
- // - http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html
- // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0).
- // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcode
- // - You can generate this code by the script at:
- // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji
- // - References:
- // - List of Joyo Kanji
- // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji
- // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji
- // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji
- // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details.
- // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters.
- // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.)
- static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
- {
- 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1,
- 1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3,
- 2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8,
- 2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5,
- 2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1,
- 1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30,
- 2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3,
- 13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4,
- 5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14,
- 2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1,
- 1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1,
- 7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,
- 1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,
- 6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2,
- 10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7,
- 2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5,
- 3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1,
- 6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7,
- 4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2,
- 4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5,
- 1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6,
- 12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2,
- 1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16,
- 22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11,
- 2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18,
- 18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9,
- 14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3,
- 1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6,
- 40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1,
- 12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8,
- 2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1,
- 1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10,
- 1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5,
- 3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2,
- 14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5,
- 12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1,
- 2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5,
- 1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4,
- 3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7,
- 2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5,
- 13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13,
- 18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,
- 37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,
- 5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38,
- 32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4,
- 1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4,
- 4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,
- 3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,
- };
- static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
- 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
- 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
- 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid
- };
- static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 };
- if (!full_ranges[0])
- {
- memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
- UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(0x4E00, accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00, IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00), full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges));
- }
- return &full_ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesCyrillic()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
- 0x0400, 0x052F, // Cyrillic + Cyrillic Supplement
- 0x2DE0, 0x2DFF, // Cyrillic Extended-A
- 0xA640, 0xA69F, // Cyrillic Extended-B
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
- 0x2010, 0x205E, // Punctuations
- 0x0E00, 0x0E7F, // Thai
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesVietnamese()
-{
- static const ImWchar ranges[] =
- {
- 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin
- 0x0102, 0x0103,
- 0x0110, 0x0111,
- 0x0128, 0x0129,
- 0x0168, 0x0169,
- 0x01A0, 0x01A1,
- 0x01AF, 0x01B0,
- 0x1EA0, 0x1EF9,
- 0,
- };
- return &ranges[0];
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end)
-{
- while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text)
- {
- unsigned int c = 0;
- int c_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, text, text_end);
- text += c_len;
- if (c_len == 0)
- break;
- AddChar((ImWchar)c);
- }
-}
-
-void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges)
-{
- for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2)
- for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560
- AddChar((ImWchar)c);
-}
-
-void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges)
-{
- const int max_codepoint = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX;
- for (int n = 0; n <= max_codepoint; n++)
- if (GetBit(n))
- {
- out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
- while (n < max_codepoint && GetBit(n + 1))
- n++;
- out_ranges->push_back((ImWchar)n);
- }
- out_ranges->push_back(0);
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImFont
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ImFont::ImFont()
-{
- FontSize = 0.0f;
- FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
- FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1;
- EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1;
- EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f;
- EllipsisCharCount = 0;
- FallbackGlyph = NULL;
- ContainerAtlas = NULL;
- ConfigData = NULL;
- ConfigDataCount = 0;
- DirtyLookupTables = false;
- Scale = 1.0f;
- Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
- MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
- memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
-}
-
-ImFont::~ImFont()
-{
- ClearOutputData();
-}
-
-void ImFont::ClearOutputData()
-{
- FontSize = 0.0f;
- FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f;
- Glyphs.clear();
- IndexAdvanceX.clear();
- IndexLookup.clear();
- FallbackGlyph = NULL;
- ContainerAtlas = NULL;
- DirtyLookupTables = true;
- Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
- MetricsTotalSurface = 0;
-}
-
-static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count)
-{
- for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++)
- if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL)
- return candidate_chars[n];
- return (ImWchar)-1;
-}
-
-void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
-{
- int max_codepoint = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++)
- max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint);
-
- // Build lookup table
- IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size > 0 && "Font has not loaded glyph!");
- IM_ASSERT(Glyphs.Size < 0xFFFF); // -1 is reserved
- IndexAdvanceX.clear();
- IndexLookup.clear();
- DirtyLookupTables = false;
- memset(Used4kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used4kPagesMap));
- GrowIndex(max_codepoint + 1);
- for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++)
- {
- int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint;
- IndexAdvanceX[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].AdvanceX;
- IndexLookup[codepoint] = (ImWchar)i;
-
- // Mark 4K page as used
- const int page_n = codepoint / 4096;
- Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] |= 1 << (page_n & 7);
- }
-
- // Create a glyph to handle TAB
- // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?)
- if (FindGlyph((ImWchar)' '))
- {
- if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times (FIXME: Flaky)
- Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
- ImFontGlyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
- tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ');
- tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t';
- tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE;
- IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX;
- IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1);
- }
-
- // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons)
- SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false);
- SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false);
-
- // Setup Fallback character
- const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' };
- FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
- if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
- {
- FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars));
- FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar);
- if (FallbackGlyph == NULL)
- {
- FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back();
- FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint;
- }
- }
- FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX;
- for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
- if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f)
- IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX;
-
- // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis).
- // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character.
- // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots.
- const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 };
- const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E };
- if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1)
- EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars));
- const ImWchar dot_char = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars));
- if (EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1)
- {
- EllipsisCharCount = 1;
- EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = FindGlyph(EllipsisChar)->X1;
- }
- else if (dot_char != (ImWchar)-1)
- {
- const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(dot_char);
- EllipsisChar = dot_char;
- EllipsisCharCount = 3;
- EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f;
- EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f;
- }
-}
-
-// API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size
-// e.g. use with IsGlyphRangeUnused(0, 255)
-bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last)
-{
- unsigned int page_begin = (c_begin / 4096);
- unsigned int page_last = (c_last / 4096);
- for (unsigned int page_n = page_begin; page_n <= page_last; page_n++)
- if ((page_n >> 3) < sizeof(Used4kPagesMap))
- if (Used4kPagesMap[page_n >> 3] & (1 << (page_n & 7)))
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible)
-{
- if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c))
- glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size);
- if (new_size <= IndexLookup.Size)
- return;
- IndexAdvanceX.resize(new_size, -1.0f);
- IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (ImWchar)-1);
-}
-
-// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero.
-// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis).
-// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font.
-void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x)
-{
- if (cfg != NULL)
- {
- // Clamp & recenter if needed
- const float advance_x_original = advance_x;
- advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX);
- if (advance_x != advance_x_original)
- {
- float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f;
- x0 += char_off_x;
- x1 += char_off_x;
- }
-
- // Snap to pixel
- if (cfg->PixelSnapH)
- advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x);
-
- // Bake spacing
- advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x;
- }
-
- Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
- ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back();
- glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint;
- glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1);
- glyph.Colored = false;
- glyph.X0 = x0;
- glyph.Y0 = y0;
- glyph.X1 = x1;
- glyph.Y1 = y1;
- glyph.U0 = u0;
- glyph.V0 = v0;
- glyph.U1 = u1;
- glyph.V1 = v1;
- glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x;
-
- // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round)
- // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling.
- float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f;
- DirtyLookupTables = true;
- MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad);
-}
-
-void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(IndexLookup.Size > 0); // Currently this can only be called AFTER the font has been built, aka after calling ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAs*() function.
- unsigned int index_size = (unsigned int)IndexLookup.Size;
-
- if (dst < index_size && IndexLookup.Data[dst] == (ImWchar)-1 && !overwrite_dst) // 'dst' already exists
- return;
- if (src >= index_size && dst >= index_size) // both 'dst' and 'src' don't exist -> no-op
- return;
-
- GrowIndex(dst + 1);
- IndexLookup[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexLookup.Data[src] : (ImWchar)-1;
- IndexAdvanceX[dst] = (src < index_size) ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[src] : 1.0f;
-}
-
-const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) const
-{
- if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
- return FallbackGlyph;
- const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
- if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
- return FallbackGlyph;
- return &Glyphs.Data[i];
-}
-
-const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const
-{
- if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size)
- return NULL;
- const ImWchar i = IndexLookup.Data[c];
- if (i == (ImWchar)-1)
- return NULL;
- return &Glyphs.Data[i];
-}
-
-// Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
-static inline const char* CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(const char* text, const char* text_end)
-{
- while (text < text_end && ImCharIsBlankA(*text))
- text++;
- if (*text == '\n')
- text++;
- return text;
-}
-
-// Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
-// This will return the next location to wrap from. If no wrapping if necessary, this will fast-forward to e.g. text_end.
-// FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
-const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
-{
- // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^
- // "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee fff. ggg!"
- // ^ ^ ^ ^ ^__ ^ ^
-
- // List of hardcoded separators: .,;!?'"
-
- // Skip extra blanks after a line returns (that includes not counting them in width computation)
- // e.g. "Hello world" --> "Hello" "World"
-
- // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line.
- // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish"
- float line_width = 0.0f;
- float word_width = 0.0f;
- float blank_width = 0.0f;
- wrap_width /= scale; // We work with unscaled widths to avoid scaling every characters
-
- const char* word_end = text;
- const char* prev_word_end = NULL;
- bool inside_word = true;
-
- const char* s = text;
- IM_ASSERT(text_end != NULL);
- while (s < text_end)
- {
- unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
- const char* next_s;
- if (c < 0x80)
- next_s = s + 1;
- else
- next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-
- if (c < 32)
- {
- if (c == '\n')
- {
- line_width = word_width = blank_width = 0.0f;
- inside_word = true;
- s = next_s;
- continue;
- }
- if (c == '\r')
- {
- s = next_s;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX);
- if (ImCharIsBlankW(c))
- {
- if (inside_word)
- {
- line_width += blank_width;
- blank_width = 0.0f;
- word_end = s;
- }
- blank_width += char_width;
- inside_word = false;
- }
- else
- {
- word_width += char_width;
- if (inside_word)
- {
- word_end = next_s;
- }
- else
- {
- prev_word_end = word_end;
- line_width += word_width + blank_width;
- word_width = blank_width = 0.0f;
- }
-
- // Allow wrapping after punctuation.
- inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"');
- }
-
- // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped)
- if (line_width + word_width > wrap_width)
- {
- // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere.
- if (word_width < wrap_width)
- s = prev_word_end ? prev_word_end : word_end;
- break;
- }
-
- s = next_s;
- }
-
- // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
- // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because caller loops use (text >= word_wrap_eol).
- if (s == text && text < text_end)
- return s + 1;
- return s;
-}
-
-ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining) const
-{
- if (!text_end)
- text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // FIXME-OPT: Need to avoid this.
-
- const float line_height = size;
- const float scale = size / FontSize;
-
- ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0);
- float line_width = 0.0f;
-
- const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
- const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
-
- const char* s = text_begin;
- while (s < text_end)
- {
- if (word_wrap_enabled)
- {
- // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
- if (!word_wrap_eol)
- word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width);
-
- if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
- {
- if (text_size.x < line_width)
- text_size.x = line_width;
- text_size.y += line_height;
- line_width = 0.0f;
- word_wrap_eol = NULL;
- s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- // Decode and advance source
- const char* prev_s = s;
- unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
- if (c < 0x80)
- s += 1;
- else
- s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-
- if (c < 32)
- {
- if (c == '\n')
- {
- text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
- text_size.y += line_height;
- line_width = 0.0f;
- continue;
- }
- if (c == '\r')
- continue;
- }
-
- const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size ? IndexAdvanceX.Data[c] : FallbackAdvanceX) * scale;
- if (line_width + char_width >= max_width)
- {
- s = prev_s;
- break;
- }
-
- line_width += char_width;
- }
-
- if (text_size.x < line_width)
- text_size.x = line_width;
-
- if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)
- text_size.y += line_height;
-
- if (remaining)
- *remaining = s;
-
- return text_size;
-}
-
-// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
-void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const
-{
- const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c);
- if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible)
- return;
- if (glyph->Colored)
- col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
- float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f;
- float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
- float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
- draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4);
- draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col);
-}
-
-// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound.
-void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
-{
- if (!text_end)
- text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls.
-
- // Align to be pixel perfect
- float x = IM_TRUNC(pos.x);
- float y = IM_TRUNC(pos.y);
- if (y > clip_rect.w)
- return;
-
- const float start_x = x;
- const float scale = size / FontSize;
- const float line_height = FontSize * scale;
- const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
-
- // Fast-forward to first visible line
- const char* s = text_begin;
- if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
- while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end)
- {
- const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s);
- if (word_wrap_enabled)
- {
- // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA().
- // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both.
- // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward!
- s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_end ? line_end : text_end, wrap_width);
- s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end);
- }
- else
- {
- s = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end;
- }
- y += line_height;
- }
-
- // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve()
- // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm)
- if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled)
- {
- const char* s_end = s;
- float y_end = y;
- while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end)
- {
- s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end);
- s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end;
- y_end += line_height;
- }
- text_end = s_end;
- }
- if (s == text_end)
- return;
-
- // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized)
- const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4;
- const int idx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 6;
- const int idx_expected_size = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size + idx_count_max;
- draw_list->PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max);
- ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
- ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
- unsigned int vtx_index = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
-
- const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK;
- const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
-
- while (s < text_end)
- {
- if (word_wrap_enabled)
- {
- // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
- if (!word_wrap_eol)
- word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x));
-
- if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
- {
- x = start_x;
- y += line_height;
- word_wrap_eol = NULL;
- s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- // Decode and advance source
- unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
- if (c < 0x80)
- s += 1;
- else
- s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
-
- if (c < 32)
- {
- if (c == '\n')
- {
- x = start_x;
- y += line_height;
- if (y > clip_rect.w)
- break; // break out of main loop
- continue;
- }
- if (c == '\r')
- continue;
- }
-
- const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph((ImWchar)c);
- if (glyph == NULL)
- continue;
-
- float char_width = glyph->AdvanceX * scale;
- if (glyph->Visible)
- {
- // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis as we've already skipped anything before clip_rect.y and exit once we pass clip_rect.w
- float x1 = x + glyph->X0 * scale;
- float x2 = x + glyph->X1 * scale;
- float y1 = y + glyph->Y0 * scale;
- float y2 = y + glyph->Y1 * scale;
- if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
- {
- // Render a character
- float u1 = glyph->U0;
- float v1 = glyph->V0;
- float u2 = glyph->U1;
- float v2 = glyph->V1;
-
- // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
- if (cpu_fine_clip)
- {
- if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
- {
- u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
- x1 = clip_rect.x;
- }
- if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
- {
- v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
- y1 = clip_rect.y;
- }
- if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
- {
- u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
- x2 = clip_rect.z;
- }
- if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
- {
- v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
- y2 = clip_rect.w;
- }
- if (y1 >= y2)
- {
- x += char_width;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- // Support for untinted glyphs
- ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col;
-
- // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here:
- {
- vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
- vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
- vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
- vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
- idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2);
- idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_index + 3);
- vtx_write += 4;
- vtx_index += 4;
- idx_write += 6;
- }
- }
- }
- x += char_width;
- }
-
- // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action.
- draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink()
- draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data);
- draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
- draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
- draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
- draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_index;
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGui Internal Render Helpers
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Vaguely redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state:
-// - RenderArrow()
-// - RenderBullet()
-// - RenderCheckMark()
-// - RenderArrowPointingAt()
-// - RenderRectFilledRangeH()
-// - RenderRectFilledWithHole()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Function in need of a redesign (legacy mess)
-// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard()
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state
-void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale)
-{
- const float h = draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 1.00f;
- float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
- ImVec2 center = pos + ImVec2(h * 0.50f, h * 0.50f * scale);
-
- ImVec2 a, b, c;
- switch (dir)
- {
- case ImGuiDir_Up:
- case ImGuiDir_Down:
- if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r;
- a = ImVec2(+0.000f, +0.750f) * r;
- b = ImVec2(-0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
- c = ImVec2(+0.866f, -0.750f) * r;
- break;
- case ImGuiDir_Left:
- case ImGuiDir_Right:
- if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r;
- a = ImVec2(+0.750f, +0.000f) * r;
- b = ImVec2(-0.750f, +0.866f) * r;
- c = ImVec2(-0.750f, -0.866f) * r;
- break;
- case ImGuiDir_None:
- case ImGuiDir_COUNT:
- IM_ASSERT(0);
- break;
- }
- draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, col);
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
-{
- // FIXME-OPT: This should be baked in font.
- draw_list->AddCircleFilled(pos, draw_list->_Data->FontSize * 0.20f, col, 8);
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz)
-{
- float thickness = ImMax(sz / 5.0f, 1.0f);
- sz -= thickness * 0.5f;
- pos += ImVec2(thickness * 0.25f, thickness * 0.25f);
-
- float third = sz / 3.0f;
- float bx = pos.x + third;
- float by = pos.y + sz - third * 0.5f;
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third));
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by));
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f));
- draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness);
-}
-
-// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side.
-void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col)
-{
- switch (direction)
- {
- case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
- case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
- case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
- case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return;
- case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings
- }
-}
-
-static inline float ImAcos01(float x)
-{
- if (x <= 0.0f) return IM_PI * 0.5f;
- if (x >= 1.0f) return 0.0f;
- return ImAcos(x);
- //return (-0.69813170079773212f * x * x - 0.87266462599716477f) * x + 1.5707963267948966f; // Cheap approximation, may be enough for what we do.
-}
-
-// FIXME: Cleanup and move code to ImDrawList.
-void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding)
-{
- if (x_end_norm == x_start_norm)
- return;
- if (x_start_norm > x_end_norm)
- ImSwap(x_start_norm, x_end_norm);
-
- ImVec2 p0 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_start_norm), rect.Min.y);
- ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(ImLerp(rect.Min.x, rect.Max.x, x_end_norm), rect.Max.y);
- if (rounding == 0.0f)
- {
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, col, 0.0f);
- return;
- }
-
- rounding = ImClamp(ImMin((rect.Max.x - rect.Min.x) * 0.5f, (rect.Max.y - rect.Min.y) * 0.5f) - 1.0f, 0.0f, rounding);
- const float inv_rounding = 1.0f / rounding;
- const float arc0_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p0.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
- const float arc0_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (p1.x - rect.Min.x) * inv_rounding);
- const float half_pi = IM_PI * 0.5f; // We will == compare to this because we know this is the exact value ImAcos01 can return.
- const float x0 = ImMax(p0.x, rect.Min.x + rounding);
- if (arc0_b == arc0_e)
- {
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y));
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y));
- }
- else if (arc0_b == 0.0f && arc0_e == half_pi)
- {
- draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 3, 6); // BL
- draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 6, 9); // TR
- }
- else
- {
- draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p1.y - rounding), rounding, IM_PI - arc0_e, IM_PI - arc0_b); // BL
- draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x0, p0.y + rounding), rounding, IM_PI + arc0_b, IM_PI + arc0_e); // TR
- }
- if (p1.x > rect.Min.x + rounding)
- {
- const float arc1_b = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p1.x) * inv_rounding);
- const float arc1_e = ImAcos01(1.0f - (rect.Max.x - p0.x) * inv_rounding);
- const float x1 = ImMin(p1.x, rect.Max.x - rounding);
- if (arc1_b == arc1_e)
- {
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y));
- draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y));
- }
- else if (arc1_b == 0.0f && arc1_e == half_pi)
- {
- draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, 9, 12); // TR
- draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, 0, 3); // BR
- }
- else
- {
- draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p0.y + rounding), rounding, -arc1_e, -arc1_b); // TR
- draw_list->PathArcTo(ImVec2(x1, p1.y - rounding), rounding, +arc1_b, +arc1_e); // BR
- }
- }
- draw_list->PathFillConvex(col);
-}
-
-void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding)
-{
- const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x);
- const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x);
- const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y);
- const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y);
- if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft));
- if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
- if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight));
- if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight));
- if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft);
- if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight);
- if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft);
- if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight);
-}
-
-// Helper for ColorPicker4()
-// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that.
-// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether.
-// FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32
-void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags)
-{
- if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0)
- flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_;
- if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF)
- {
- ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col));
- ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col));
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags);
-
- int yi = 0;
- for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++)
- {
- float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y);
- if (y2 <= y1)
- continue;
- for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f)
- {
- float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x);
- if (x2 <= x1)
- continue;
- ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone;
- if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; }
- if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; }
-
- // Combine flags
- cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags);
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags);
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags);
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Decompression code
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85.
-// Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
-// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
-// Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input)
-{
- return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11];
-}
-
-static unsigned char *stb__barrier_out_e, *stb__barrier_out_b;
-static const unsigned char *stb__barrier_in_b;
-static unsigned char *stb__dout;
-static void stb__match(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
-{
- // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next...
- IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
- if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
- if (data < stb__barrier_out_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
- while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++;
-}
-
-static void stb__lit(const unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
-{
- IM_ASSERT(stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier_out_e);
- if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier_out_e) { stb__dout += length; return; }
- if (data < stb__barrier_in_b) { stb__dout = stb__barrier_out_e+1; return; }
- memcpy(stb__dout, data, length);
- stb__dout += length;
-}
-
-#define stb__in2(x) ((i[x] << 8) + i[(x)+1])
-#define stb__in3(x) ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1))
-#define stb__in4(x) ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1))
-
-static const unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(const unsigned char *i)
-{
- if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small
- if (*i >= 0x80) stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2;
- else if (*i >= 0x40) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in2(0) - 0x4000 + 1), i[2]+1), i += 3;
- else /* *i >= 0x20 */ stb__lit(i+1, i[0] - 0x20 + 1), i += 1 + (i[0] - 0x20 + 1);
- } else { // more ifs for cases that expand large, since overhead is amortized
- if (*i >= 0x18) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x180000 + 1), i[3]+1), i += 4;
- else if (*i >= 0x10) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x100000 + 1), stb__in2(3)+1), i += 5;
- else if (*i >= 0x08) stb__lit(i+2, stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1), i += 2 + (stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1);
- else if (*i == 0x07) stb__lit(i+3, stb__in2(1) + 1), i += 3 + (stb__in2(1) + 1);
- else if (*i == 0x06) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), i[4]+1), i += 5;
- else if (*i == 0x04) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), stb__in2(4)+1), i += 6;
- }
- return i;
-}
-
-static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int buflen)
-{
- const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521;
- unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16;
- unsigned long blocklen = buflen % 5552;
-
- unsigned long i;
- while (buflen) {
- for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) {
- s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[1], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[2], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[3], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[4], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[5], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[6], s2 += s1;
- s1 += buffer[7], s2 += s1;
-
- buffer += 8;
- }
-
- for (; i < blocklen; ++i)
- s1 += *buffer++, s2 += s1;
-
- s1 %= ADLER_MOD, s2 %= ADLER_MOD;
- buflen -= blocklen;
- blocklen = 5552;
- }
- return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1;
-}
-
-static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i, unsigned int /*length*/)
-{
- if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0;
- if (stb__in4(4) != 0) return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB
- const unsigned int olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
- stb__barrier_in_b = i;
- stb__barrier_out_e = output + olen;
- stb__barrier_out_b = output;
- i += 16;
-
- stb__dout = output;
- for (;;) {
- const unsigned char *old_i = i;
- i = stb_decompress_token(i);
- if (i == old_i) {
- if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) {
- IM_ASSERT(stb__dout == output + olen);
- if (stb__dout != output + olen) return 0;
- if (stb_adler32(1, output, olen) != (unsigned int) stb__in4(2))
- return 0;
- return olen;
- } else {
- IM_ASSERT(0); /* NOTREACHED */
- return 0;
- }
- }
- IM_ASSERT(stb__dout <= output + olen);
- if (stb__dout > output + olen)
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ProggyClean.ttf
-// Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer
-// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.proggyfonts.net/index.php?menu=download)
-// Download and more information at http://www.proggyfonts.net or http://upperboundsinteractive.com/fonts.php
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes)
-// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding).
-// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] =
- "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/"
- "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a$FBjVQTSDgEKnIS7EM9>ZY9w0#L;>>#Mx&4Mvt//L[MkA#W@lK.N'[0#7RL_&#w+F%HtG9M#XL`N&.,GM4Pg;--VsM.M0rJfLH2eTM`*oJMHRC`N"
- "kfimM2J,W-jXS:)r0wK#@Fge$U>`w'N7G#$#fB#$E^$#:9:hk+eOe--6x)F7*E%?76%^GMHePW-Z5l'&GiF#$956:rS?dA#fiK:)Yr+`�j@'DbG&#^$PG.Ll+DNa&VZ>1i%h1S9u5o@YaaW$e+bROPOpxTO7Stwi1::iB1q)C_=dV26J;2,]7op$]uQr@_V7$q^%lQwtuHY]=DX,n3L#0PHDO4f9>dC@O>HBuKPpP*E,N+b3L#lpR/MrTEH.IAQk.a>D[.e;mc."
- "x]Ip.PH^'/aqUO/$1WxLoW0[iLAw=4h(9.`G"
- "CRUxHPeR`5Mjol(dUWxZa(>STrPkrJiWx`5U7F#.g*jrohGg`cg:lSTvEY/EV_7H4Q9[Z%cnv;JQYZ5q.l7Zeas:HOIZOB?Ggv:[7MI2k).'2($5FNP&EQ(,)"
- "U]W]+fh18.vsai00);D3@4ku5P?DP8aJt+;qUM]=+b'8@;mViBKx0DE[-auGl8:PJ&Dj+M6OC]O^((##]`0i)drT;-7X`=-H3[igUnPG-NZlo.#k@h#=Ork$m>a>$-?Tm$UV(?#P6YY#"
- "'/###xe7q.73rI3*pP/$1>s9)W,JrM7SN]'/4C#v$U`0#V.[0>xQsH$fEmPMgY2u7Kh(G%siIfLSoS+MK2eTM$=5,M8p`A.;_R%#u[K#$x4AG8.kK/HSB==-'Ie/QTtG?-.*^N-4B/ZM"
- "_3YlQC7(p7q)&](`6_c)$/*JL(L-^(]$wIM`dPtOdGA,U3:w2M-0+WomX2u7lqM2iEumMTcsF?-aT=Z-97UEnXglEn1K-bnEO`gu"
- "Ft(c%=;Am_Qs@jLooI&NX;]0#j4#F14;gl8-GQpgwhrq8'=l_f-b49'UOqkLu7-##oDY2L(te+Mch&gLYtJ,MEtJfLh'x'M=$CS-ZZ%P]8bZ>#S?YY#%Q&q'3^Fw&?D)UDNrocM3A76/"
- "/oL?#h7gl85[qW/NDOk%16ij;+:1a'iNIdb-ou8.P*w,v5#EI$TWS>Pot-R*H'-SEpA:g)f+O$%%`kA#G=8RMmG1&O`>to8bC]T&$,n.LoO>29sp3dt-52U%VM#q7'DHpg+#Z9%H[Ket`e;)f#Km8&+DC$I46>#Kr]]u-[=99tts1.qb#q72g1WJO81q+eN'03'eM>&1XxY-caEnO"
- "j%2n8)),?ILR5^.Ibn<-X-Mq7[a82Lq:F&#ce+S9wsCK*x`569E8ew'He]h:sI[2LM$[guka3ZRd6:t%IG:;$%YiJ:Nq=?eAw;/:nnDq0(CYcMpG)qLN4$##&J-XTt,%OVU4)S1+R-#dg0/Nn?Ku1^0f$B*P:Rowwm-`0PKjYDDM'3]d39VZHEl4,.j']Pk-M.h^&:0FACm$maq-&sgw0t7/6(^xtk%"
- "LuH88Fj-ekm>GA#_>568x6(OFRl-IZp`&b,_P'$MhLbxfc$mj`,O;&%W2m`Zh:/)Uetw:aJ%]K9h:TcF]u_-Sj9,VK3M.*'&0D[Ca]J9gp8,kAW]"
- "%(?A%R$f<->Zts'^kn=-^@c4%-pY6qI%J%1IGxfLU9CP8cbPlXv);C=b),<2mOvP8up,UVf3839acAWAW-W?#ao/^#%KYo8fRULNd2.>%m]UK:n%r$'sw]J;5pAoO_#2mO3n,'=H5(et"
- "Hg*`+RLgv>=4U8guD$I%D:W>-r5V*%j*W:Kvej.Lp$'?;++O'>()jLR-^u68PHm8ZFWe+ej8h:9r6L*0//c&iH&R8pRbA#Kjm%upV1g:"
- "a_#Ur7FuA#(tRh#.Y5K+@?3<-8m0$PEn;J:rh6?I6uG<-`wMU'ircp0LaE_OtlMb&1#6T.#FDKu#1Lw%u%+GM+X'e?YLfjM[VO0MbuFp7;>Q&#WIo)0@F%q7c#4XAXN-U&VBpqB>0ie&jhZ[?iLR@@_AvA-iQC(=ksRZRVp7`.=+NpBC%rh&3]R:8XDmE5^V8O(x<-+k?'(^](H.aREZSi,#1:[IXaZFOm<-ui#qUq2$##Ri;u75OK#(RtaW-K-F`S+cF]uN`-KMQ%rP/Xri.LRcB##=YL3BgM/3M"
- "D?@f&1'BW-)Ju#bmmWCMkk&#TR`C,5d>g)F;t,4:@_l8G/5h4vUd%&%950:VXD'QdWoY-F$BtUwmfe$YqL'8(PWX("
- "P?^@Po3$##`MSs?DWBZ/S>+4%>fX,VWv/w'KD`LP5IbH;rTV>n3cEK8U#bX]l-/V+^lj3;vlMb&[5YQ8#pekX9JP3XUC72L,,?+Ni&co7ApnO*5NK,((W-i:$,kp'UDAO(G0Sq7MVjJs"
- "bIu)'Z,*[>br5fX^:FPAWr-m2KgLQ_nN6'8uTGT5g)uLv:873UpTLgH+#FgpH'_o1780Ph8KmxQJ8#H72L4@768@Tm&Q"
- "h4CB/5OvmA&,Q&QbUoi$a_%3M01H)4x7I^&KQVgtFnV+;[Pc>[m4k//,]1?#`VY[Jr*3&&slRfLiVZJ:]?=K3Sw=[$=uRB?3xk48@aege0jT6'N#(q%.O=?2S]u*(m<-"
- "V8J'(1)G][68hW$5'q[GC&5j`TE?m'esFGNRM)j,ffZ?-qx8;->g4t*:CIP/[Qap7/9'#(1sao7w-.qNUdkJ)tCF&#B^;xGvn2r9FEPFFFcL@.iFNkTve$m%#QvQS8U@)2Z+3K:AKM5i"
- "sZ88+dKQ)W6>J%CL`.d*(B`-n8D9oK-XV1q['-5k'cAZ69e;D_?$ZPP&s^+7])$*$#@QYi9,5P r+$%CE=68>K8r0=dSC%%(@p7"
- ".m7jilQ02'0-VWAgTlGW'b)Tq7VT9q^*^$$.:&N@@"
- "$&)WHtPm*5_rO0&e%K&#-30j(E4#'Zb.o/(Tpm$>K'f@[PvFl,hfINTNU6u'0pao7%XUp9]5.>%h`8_=VYbxuel.NTSsJfLacFu3B'lQSu/m6-Oqem8T+oE--$0a/k]uj9EwsG>%veR*"
- "hv^BFpQj:K'#SJ,sB-'#](j.Lg92rTw-*n%@/;39rrJF,l#qV%OrtBeC6/,;qB3ebNW[?,Hqj2L.1NP&GjUR=1D8QaS3Up&@*9wP?+lo7b?@%'k4`p0Z$22%K3+iCZj?XJN4Nm&+YF]u"
- "@-W$U%VEQ/,,>>#)D#%8cY#YZ?=,`Wdxu/ae&#"
- "w6)R89tI#6@s'(6Bf7a&?S=^ZI_kS&ai`&=tE72L_D,;^R)7[$so8lKN%5/$(vdfq7+ebA#"
- "u1p]ovUKW&Y%q]'>$1@-[xfn$7ZTp7mM,G,Ko7a&Gu%G[RMxJs[0MM%wci.LFDK)(%:_i2B5CsR8&9Z&#=mPEnm0f`<&c)QL5uJ#%u%lJj+D-r;BoFDoS97h5g)E#o:&S4weDF,9^Hoe`h*L+_a*NrLW-1pG_&2UdB8"
- "6e%B/:=>)N4xeW.*wft-;$'58-ESqr#U`'6AQ]m&6/`Z>#S?YY#Vc;r7U2&326d=w&H####?TZ`*4?&.MK?LP8Vxg>$[QXc%QJv92.(Db*B)gb*BM9dM*hJMAo*c&#"
- "b0v=Pjer]$gG&JXDf->'StvU7505l9$AFvgYRI^&<^b68?j#q9QX4SM'RO#&sL1IM.rJfLUAj221]d##DW=m83u5;'bYx,*Sl0hL(W;;$doB&O/TQ:(Z^xBdLjLV#*8U_72Lh+2Q8Cj0i:6hp&$C/:p(HK>T8Y[gHQ4`4)'$Ab(Nof%V'8hL&#SfD07&6D@M.*J:;$-rv29'M]8qMv-tLp,'886iaC=Hb*YJoKJ,(j%K=H`K.v9HggqBIiZu'QvBT.#=)0ukruV&.)3=(^1`o*Pj4<-#MJ+gLq9-##@HuZPN0]u:h7.T..G:;$/Usj(T7`Q8tT72LnYl<-qx8;-HV7Q-&Xdx%1a,hC=0u+HlsV>nuIQL-5"
- "_>@kXQtMacfD.m-VAb8;IReM3$wf0''hra*so568'Ip&vRs849'MRYSp%:t:h5qSgwpEr$B>Q,;s(C#$)`svQuF$##-D,##,g68@2[T;.XSdN9Qe)rpt._K-#5wF)sP'##p#C0c%-Gb%"
- "hd+<-j'Ai*x&&HMkT]C'OSl##5RG[JXaHN;d'uA#x._U;.`PU@(Z3dt4r152@:v,'R.Sj'w#0<-;kPI)FfJ&#AYJ&#//)>-k=m=*XnK$>=)72L]0I%>.G690a:$##<,);?;72#?x9+d;"
- "^V'9;jY@;)br#q^YQpx:X#Te$Z^'=-=bGhLf:D6&bNwZ9-ZD#n^9HhLMr5G;']d&6'wYmTFmLq9wI>P(9mI[>kC-ekLC/R&CH+s'B;K-M6$EB%is00:"
- "+A4[7xks.LrNk0&E)wILYF@2L'0Nb$+pv<(2.768/FrY&h$^3i&@+G%JT'<-,v`3;_)I9M^AE]CN?Cl2AZg+%4iTpT3$U4O]GKx'm9)b@p7YsvK3w^YR-"
- "CdQ*:Ir<($u&)#(&?L9Rg3H)4fiEp^iI9O8KnTj,]H?D*r7'M;PwZ9K0E^k&-cpI;.p/6_vwoFMV<->#%Xi.LxVnrU(4&8/P+:hLSKj$#U%]49t'I:rgMi'FL@a:0Y-uA[39',(vbma*"
- "hU%<-SRF`Tt:542R_VV$p@[p8DV[A,?1839FWdFTi1O*H&#(AL8[_P%.M>v^-))qOT*F5Cq0`Ye%+$B6i:7@0IXSsDiWP,##P`%/L-"
- "S(qw%sf/@%#B6;/U7K]uZbi^Oc^2n%t<)'mEVE''n`WnJra$^TKvX5B>;_aSEK',(hwa0:i4G?.Bci.(X[?b*($,=-n<.Q%`(X=?+@Am*Js0&=3bh8K]mL69=Lb,OcZV/);TTm8VI;?%OtJ<(b4mq7M6:u?KRdFl*:xP?Yb.5)%w_I?7uk5JC+FS(m#i'k.'a0i)9<7b'fs'59hq$*5Uhv##pi^8+hIEBF`nvo`;'l0.^S1<-wUK2/Coh58KKhLj"
- "M=SO*rfO`+qC`W-On.=AJ56>>i2@2LH6A:&5q`?9I3@@'04&p2/LVa*T-4<-i3;M9UvZd+N7>b*eIwg:CC)c<>nO&#$(>.Z-I&J(Q0Hd5Q%7Co-b`-cP)hI;*_F]u`Rb[.j8_Q/<&>uu+VsH$sM9TA%?)(vmJ80),P7E>)tjD%2L=-t#fK[%`v=Q8WlA2);Sa"
- ">gXm8YB`1d@K#n]76-a$U,mF%Ul:#/'xoFM9QX-$.QN'>"
- "[%$Z$uF6pA6Ki2O5:8w*vP1<-1`[G,)-m#>0`P&#eb#.3i)rtB61(o'$?X3B2Qft^ae_5tKL9MUe9b*sLEQ95C&`=G?@Mj=wh*'3E>=-<)Gt*Iw)'QG:`@I"
- "wOf7&]1i'S01B+Ev/Nac#9S;=;YQpg_6U`*kVY39xK,[/6Aj7:'1Bm-_1EYfa1+o&o4hp7KN_Q(OlIo@S%;jVdn0'1h19w,WQhLI)3S#f$2(eb,jr*b;3Vw]*7NH%$c4Vs,eD9>XW8?N]o+(*pgC%/72LV-uW%iewS8W6m2rtCpo'RS1R84=@paTKt)>=%&1[)*vp'u+x,VrwN;&]kuO9JDbg=pO$J*.jVe;u'm0dr9l,<*wMK*Oe=g8lV_KEBFkO'oU]^=[-792#ok,)"
- "i]lR8qQ2oA8wcRCZ^7w/Njh;?.stX?Q1>S1q4Bn$)K1<-rGdO'$Wr.Lc.CG)$/*JL4tNR/,SVO3,aUw'DJN:)Ss;wGn9A32ijw%FL+Z0Fn.U9;reSq)bmI32U==5ALuG&#Vf1398/pVo"
- "1*c-(aY168o<`JsSbk-,1N;$>0:OUas(3:8Z972LSfF8eb=c-;>SPw7.6hn3m`9^Xkn(r.qS[0;T%&Qc=+STRxX'q1BNk3&*eu2;&8q$&x>Q#Q7^Tf+6<(d%ZVmj2bDi%.3L2n+4W'$P"
- "iDDG)g,r%+?,$@?uou5tSe2aN_AQU*'IAO"
- "URQ##V^Fv-XFbGM7Fl(N<3DhLGF%q.1rC$#:T__&Pi68%0xi_&[qFJ(77j_&JWoF.V735&T,[R*:xFR*K5>>#`bW-?4Ne_&6Ne_&6Ne_&n`kr-#GJcM6X;uM6X;uM(.a..^2TkL%oR(#"
- ";u.T%fAr%4tJ8&><1=GHZ_+m9/#H1F^R#SC#*N=BA9(D?v[UiFY>>^8p,KKF.W]L29uLkLlu/+4T"
- "w$)F./^n3+rlo+DB;5sIYGNk+i1t-69Jg--0pao7Sm#K)pdHW&;LuDNH@H>#/X-TI(;P>#,Gc>#0Su>#4`1?#8lC?#xL$#B.`$#F:r$#JF.%#NR@%#R_R%#Vke%#Zww%#_-4^Rh%Sflr-k'MS.o?.5/sWel/wpEM0%3'/1)K^f1-d>G21&v(35>V`39V7A4=onx4"
- "A1OY5EI0;6Ibgr6M$HS7Q<)58C5w,;WoA*#[%T*#`1g*#d=#+#hI5+#lUG+#pbY+#tnl+#x$),#&1;,#*=M,#.I`,#2Ur,#6b.-#;w[H#iQtA#m^0B#qjBB#uvTB##-hB#'9$C#+E6C#"
- "/QHC#3^ZC#7jmC#;v)D#?,)4kMYD4lVu`4m`:&5niUA5@(A5BA1]PBB:xlBCC=2CDLXMCEUtiCf&0g2'tN?PGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP"
- "GT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP-qekC`.9kEg^+F$kwViFJTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5o,^<-28ZI'O?;xp"
- "O?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xp;7q-#lLYI:xvD=#";
-
-static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85()
-{
- return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85;
-}
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 17935b1..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for OpenGL2 (legacy OpenGL, fixed pipeline)
-// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
-
-// Implemented features:
-// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
-
-// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
-// Learn about Dear ImGui:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
-// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
-
-// **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)**
-// **Prefer using the code in imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp**
-// This code is mostly provided as a reference to learn how ImGui integration works, because it is shorter to read.
-// If your code is using GL3+ context or any semi modern OpenGL calls, using this is likely to make everything more
-// complicated, will require your code to reset every single OpenGL attributes to their initial state, and might
-// confuse your GPU driver.
-// The GL2 code is unable to reset attributes or even call e.g. "glUseProgram(0)" because they don't exist in that API.
-
-// CHANGELOG
-// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
-// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
-// 2021-12-08: OpenGL: Fixed mishandling of the ImDrawCmd::IdxOffset field! This is an old bug but it never had an effect until some internal rendering changes in 1.86.
-// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
-// 2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
-// 2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_SHADE_MODEL state, disable GL_STENCIL_TEST and disable GL_NORMAL_ARRAY client state to increase compatibility with legacy OpenGL applications.
-// 2020-01-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_TEXTURE_ENV to increase compatibility with legacy OpenGL applications.
-// 2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state.
-// 2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display.
-// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
-// 2018-08-03: OpenGL: Disabling/restoring GL_LIGHTING and GL_COLOR_MATERIAL to increase compatibility with legacy OpenGL applications.
-// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl2.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL2 examples.
-// 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle.
-// 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.
-// 2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current polygon mode.
-// 2016-09-10: OpenGL: Uploading font texture as RGBA32 to increase compatibility with users shaders (not ideal).
-// 2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-#include "imgui_impl_opengl2.h"
-#include // intptr_t
-
-// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path"
-#endif
-
-// Include OpenGL header (without an OpenGL loader) requires a bit of fiddling
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY)
-#define APIENTRY __stdcall // It is customary to use APIENTRY for OpenGL function pointer declarations on all platforms. Additionally, the Windows OpenGL header needs APIENTRY.
-#endif
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(WINGDIAPI)
-#define WINGDIAPI __declspec(dllimport) // Some Windows OpenGL headers need this
-#endif
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-#define GL_SILENCE_DEPRECATION
-#include
-#else
-#include
-#endif
-
-struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data
-{
- GLuint FontTexture;
-
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
-// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
-static ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData()
-{
- return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr;
-}
-
-// Functions
-bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
-
- // Setup backend capabilities flags
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data)();
- io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
- io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl2";
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();
- IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects();
- io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
- io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
- IM_DELETE(bd);
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();
- IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init()?");
-
- if (!bd->FontTexture)
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects();
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height)
-{
- // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, vertex/texcoord/color pointers, polygon fill.
- glEnable(GL_BLEND);
- glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
- //glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); // In order to composite our output buffer we need to preserve alpha
- glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
- glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
- glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
- glDisable(GL_LIGHTING);
- glDisable(GL_COLOR_MATERIAL);
- glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
- glEnableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY);
- glEnableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY);
- glEnableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY);
- glDisableClientState(GL_NORMAL_ARRAY);
- glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
- glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
- glShadeModel(GL_SMOOTH);
- glTexEnvi(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_MODULATE);
-
- // If you are using this code with non-legacy OpenGL header/contexts (which you should not, prefer using imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp!!),
- // you may need to backup/reset/restore other state, e.g. for current shader using the commented lines below.
- // (DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! Add the code in your calling function)
- // GLint last_program;
- // glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, &last_program);
- // glUseProgram(0);
- // ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(...);
- // glUseProgram(last_program)
- // There are potentially many more states you could need to clear/setup that we can't access from default headers.
- // e.g. glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0), glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP).
-
- // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
- // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.
- glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height);
- glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
- glPushMatrix();
- glLoadIdentity();
- glOrtho(draw_data->DisplayPos.x, draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x, draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y, draw_data->DisplayPos.y, -1.0f, +1.0f);
- glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
- glPushMatrix();
- glLoadIdentity();
-}
-
-// OpenGL2 Render function.
-// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly.
-// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so.
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
-{
- // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
- int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x);
- int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y);
- if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0)
- return;
-
- // Backup GL state
- GLint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
- GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode);
- GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
- GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
- GLint last_shade_model; glGetIntegerv(GL_SHADE_MODEL, &last_shade_model);
- GLint last_tex_env_mode; glGetTexEnviv(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, &last_tex_env_mode);
- glPushAttrib(GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
-
- // Setup desired GL state
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height);
-
- // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
- ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
- ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2)
-
- // Render command lists
- for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
- {
- const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
- const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data;
- const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data;
- glVertexPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos)));
- glTexCoordPointer(2, GL_FLOAT, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv)));
- glColorPointer(4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (const GLvoid*)((const char*)vtx_buffer + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)));
-
- for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
- {
- const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
- if (pcmd->UserCallback)
- {
- // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
- // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
- if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height);
- else
- pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
- }
- else
- {
- // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
- ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
- ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
- if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
- continue;
-
- // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)
- glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y));
-
- // Bind texture, Draw
- glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID());
- glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset);
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Restore modified GL state
- glDisableClientState(GL_COLOR_ARRAY);
- glDisableClientState(GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY);
- glDisableClientState(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY);
- glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)last_texture);
- glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
- glPopMatrix();
- glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
- glPopMatrix();
- glPopAttrib();
- glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]);
- glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
- glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
- glShadeModel(last_shade_model);
- glTexEnvi(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, last_tex_env_mode);
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture()
-{
- // Build texture atlas
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();
- unsigned char* pixels;
- int width, height;
- io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory.
-
- // Upload texture to graphics system
- // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
- GLint last_texture;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
- glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
- glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture);
- glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
- glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
- glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0);
- glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels);
-
- // Store our identifier
- io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);
-
- // Restore state
- glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture()
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_GetBackendData();
- if (bd->FontTexture)
- {
- glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
- io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
- bd->FontTexture = 0;
- }
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects()
-{
- return ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture();
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic pop
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c756c7..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl2.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for OpenGL2 (legacy OpenGL, fixed pipeline)
-// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
-
-// Implemented features:
-// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
-
-// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
-// Learn about Dear ImGui:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
-// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
-
-// **DO NOT USE THIS CODE IF YOUR CODE/ENGINE IS USING MODERN OPENGL (SHADERS, VBO, VAO, etc.)**
-// **Prefer using the code in imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp**
-// This code is mostly provided as a reference to learn how ImGui integration works, because it is shorter to read.
-// If your code is using GL3+ context or any semi modern OpenGL calls, using this is likely to make everything more
-// complicated, will require your code to reset every single OpenGL attributes to their initial state, and might
-// confuse your GPU driver.
-// The GL2 code is unable to reset attributes or even call e.g. "glUseProgram(0)" because they don't exist in that API.
-
-#pragma once
-#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
-
-// Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateFontsTexture();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyFontsTexture();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_CreateDeviceObjects();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_DestroyDeviceObjects();
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index b3a510b..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,956 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
-// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
-// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
-// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
-
-// Implemented features:
-// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
-// [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
-
-// About WebGL/ES:
-// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.
-// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.
-// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.
-
-// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
-// Learn about Dear ImGui:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
-// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
-
-// CHANGELOG
-// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
-// 2024-01-09: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" and variants, fixing regression on distros missing a symlink.
-// 2023-11-08: OpenGL: Update GL3W based imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to load "libGL.so" instead of "libGL.so.1", accommodating for NetBSD systems having only "libGL.so.3" available. (#6983)
-// 2023-10-05: OpenGL: Rename symbols in our internal loader so that LTO compilation with another copy of gl3w is possible. (#6875, #6668, #4445)
-// 2023-06-20: OpenGL: Fixed erroneous use glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) on contexts lower than 3.2. (#6539, #6333)
-// 2023-05-09: OpenGL: Support for glBindSampler() backup/restore on ES3. (#6375)
-// 2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333)
-// 2023-03-23: OpenGL: Properly restoring "no shader program bound" if it was the case prior to running the rendering function. (#6267, #6220, #6224)
-// 2023-03-15: OpenGL: Fixed GL loader crash when GL_VERSION returns NULL. (#6154, #4445, #3530)
-// 2023-03-06: OpenGL: Fixed restoration of a potentially deleted OpenGL program, by calling glIsProgram(). (#6220, #6224)
-// 2022-11-09: OpenGL: Reverted use of glBufferSubData(), too many corruptions issues + old issues seemingly can't be reproed with Intel drivers nowadays (revert 2021-12-15 and 2022-05-23 changes).
-// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
-// 2022-09-27: OpenGL: Added ability to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG'.
-// 2022-05-23: OpenGL: Reworking 2021-12-15 "Using buffer orphaning" so it only happens on Intel GPU, seems to cause problems otherwise. (#4468, #4825, #4832, #5127).
-// 2022-05-13: OpenGL: Fixed state corruption on OpenGL ES 2.0 due to not preserving GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING and vertex attribute states.
-// 2021-12-15: OpenGL: Using buffer orphaning + glBufferSubData(), seems to fix leaks with multi-viewports with some Intel HD drivers.
-// 2021-08-23: OpenGL: Fixed ES 3.0 shader ("#version 300 es") use normal precision floats to avoid wobbly rendering at HD resolutions.
-// 2021-08-19: OpenGL: Embed and use our own minimal GL loader (imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h), removing requirement and support for third-party loader.
-// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
-// 2021-06-25: OpenGL: Use OES_vertex_array extension on Emscripten + backup/restore current state.
-// 2021-06-21: OpenGL: Destroy individual vertex/fragment shader objects right after they are linked into the main shader.
-// 2021-05-24: OpenGL: Access GL_CLIP_ORIGIN when "GL_ARB_clip_control" extension is detected, inside of just OpenGL 4.5 version.
-// 2021-05-19: OpenGL: Replaced direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId with a call to ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). (will become a requirement)
-// 2021-04-06: OpenGL: Don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN unless we're OpenGL 4.5 or greater.
-// 2021-02-18: OpenGL: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer.
-// 2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state.
-// 2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state.
-// 2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x)
-// 2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader.
-// 2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader.
-// 2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX.
-// 2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix.
-// 2020-04-12: OpenGL: Fixed context version check mistakenly testing for 4.0+ instead of 3.2+ to enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset.
-// 2020-03-24: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 2.x OpenGL loader.
-// 2020-01-07: OpenGL: Added support for glbinding 3.x OpenGL loader.
-// 2019-10-25: OpenGL: Using a combination of GL define and runtime GL version to decide whether to use glDrawElementsBaseVertex(). Fix building with pre-3.2 GL loaders.
-// 2019-09-22: OpenGL: Detect default GL loader using __has_include compiler facility.
-// 2019-09-16: OpenGL: Tweak initialization code to allow application calling ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture() before the first NewFrame() call.
-// 2019-05-29: OpenGL: Desktop GL only: Added support for large mesh (64K+ vertices), enable ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset flag.
-// 2019-04-30: OpenGL: Added support for special ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState callback to reset render state.
-// 2019-03-29: OpenGL: Not calling glBindBuffer more than necessary in the render loop.
-// 2019-03-15: OpenGL: Added a GL call + comments in ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() to detect uninitialized GL function loaders early.
-// 2019-03-03: OpenGL: Fix support for ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0).
-// 2019-02-20: OpenGL: Fix for OSX not supporting OpenGL 4.5, we don't try to read GL_CLIP_ORIGIN even if defined by the headers/loader.
-// 2019-02-11: OpenGL: Projecting clipping rectangles correctly using draw_data->FramebufferScale to allow multi-viewports for retina display.
-// 2019-02-01: OpenGL: Using GLSL 410 shaders for any version over 410 (e.g. 430, 450).
-// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendRendererName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
-// 2018-11-13: OpenGL: Support for GL 4.5's glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) / GL_CLIP_ORIGIN.
-// 2018-08-29: OpenGL: Added support for more OpenGL loaders: glew and glad, with comments indicative that any loader can be used.
-// 2018-08-09: OpenGL: Default to OpenGL ES 3 on iOS and Android. GLSL version default to "#version 300 ES".
-// 2018-07-30: OpenGL: Support for GLSL 300 ES and 410 core. Fixes for Emscripten compilation.
-// 2018-07-10: OpenGL: Support for more GLSL versions (based on the GLSL version string). Added error output when shaders fail to compile/link.
-// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp/.h away from the old combined GLFW/SDL+OpenGL3 examples.
-// 2018-06-08: OpenGL: Use draw_data->DisplayPos and draw_data->DisplaySize to setup projection matrix and clipping rectangle.
-// 2018-05-25: OpenGL: Removed unnecessary backup/restore of GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING since this is part of the VAO state.
-// 2018-05-14: OpenGL: Making the call to glBindSampler() optional so 3.2 context won't fail if the function is a nullptr pointer.
-// 2018-03-06: OpenGL: Added const char* glsl_version parameter to ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init() so user can override the GLSL version e.g. "#version 150".
-// 2018-02-23: OpenGL: Create the VAO in the render function so the setup can more easily be used with multiple shared GL context.
-// 2018-02-16: Misc: Obsoleted the io.RenderDrawListsFn callback and exposed ImGui_ImplSdlGL3_RenderDrawData() in the .h file so you can call it yourself.
-// 2018-01-07: OpenGL: Changed GLSL shader version from 330 to 150.
-// 2017-09-01: OpenGL: Save and restore current bound sampler. Save and restore current polygon mode.
-// 2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current blend func state.
-// 2017-05-01: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE.
-// 2016-09-05: OpenGL: Fixed save and restore of current scissor rectangle.
-// 2016-07-29: OpenGL: Explicitly setting GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH to reduce issues because SDL changes it. (#752)
-
-//----------------------------------------
-// OpenGL GLSL GLSL
-// version version string
-//----------------------------------------
-// 2.0 110 "#version 110"
-// 2.1 120 "#version 120"
-// 3.0 130 "#version 130"
-// 3.1 140 "#version 140"
-// 3.2 150 "#version 150"
-// 3.3 330 "#version 330 core"
-// 4.0 400 "#version 400 core"
-// 4.1 410 "#version 410 core"
-// 4.2 420 "#version 410 core"
-// 4.3 430 "#version 430 core"
-// ES 2.0 100 "#version 100" = WebGL 1.0
-// ES 3.0 300 "#version 300 es" = WebGL 2.0
-//----------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
-#endif
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-#include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h"
-#include
-#include // intptr_t
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-#include
-#endif
-
-// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnonportable-system-include-path"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
-#endif
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-function-type" // warning: cast between incompatible function types (for loader)
-#endif
-
-// GL includes
-#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
-#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
-#include // Use GL ES 2
-#else
-#include // Use GL ES 2
-#endif
-#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
-#ifndef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-#endif
-#include
-#endif
-#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
-#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV))
-#include // Use GL ES 3
-#else
-#include // Use GL ES 3
-#endif
-#elif !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
-// Modern desktop OpenGL doesn't have a standard portable header file to load OpenGL function pointers.
-// Helper libraries are often used for this purpose! Here we are using our own minimal custom loader based on gl3w.
-// In the rest of your app/engine, you can use another loader of your choice (gl3w, glew, glad, glbinding, glext, glLoadGen, etc.).
-// If you happen to be developing a new feature for this backend (imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp):
-// - You may need to regenerate imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h to add new symbols. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
-// - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases
-// Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version.
-#define IMGL3W_IMPL
-#include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h"
-#endif
-
-// Vertex arrays are not supported on ES2/WebGL1 unless Emscripten which uses an extension
-#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
-#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
-#define glBindVertexArray glBindVertexArrayOES
-#define glGenVertexArrays glGenVertexArraysOES
-#define glDeleteVertexArrays glDeleteVertexArraysOES
-#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_OES
-#endif
-
-// Desktop GL 2.0+ has extension and glPolygonMode() which GL ES and WebGL don't have..
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS // has glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE // has glPolygonMode()
-#endif
-
-// Desktop GL 2.1+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindBuffer() with GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER target.
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
-#endif
-
-// Desktop GL 3.1+ has GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_1)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
-#endif
-
-// Desktop GL 3.2+ has glDrawElementsBaseVertex() which GL ES and WebGL don't have.
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_2)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
-#endif
-
-// Desktop GL 3.3+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindSampler()
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && (defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) || defined(GL_VERSION_3_3))
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
-#endif
-
-// [Debugging]
-//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
-#include
-#define GL_CALL(_CALL) do { _CALL; GLenum gl_err = glGetError(); if (gl_err != 0) fprintf(stderr, "GL error 0x%x returned from '%s'.\n", gl_err, #_CALL); } while (0) // Call with error check
-#else
-#define GL_CALL(_CALL) _CALL // Call without error check
-#endif
-
-// OpenGL Data
-struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data
-{
- GLuint GlVersion; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
- char GlslVersionString[32]; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings.
- bool GlProfileIsES2;
- bool GlProfileIsES3;
- bool GlProfileIsCompat;
- GLint GlProfileMask;
- GLuint FontTexture;
- GLuint ShaderHandle;
- GLint AttribLocationTex; // Uniforms location
- GLint AttribLocationProjMtx;
- GLuint AttribLocationVtxPos; // Vertex attributes location
- GLuint AttribLocationVtxUV;
- GLuint AttribLocationVtxColor;
- unsigned int VboHandle, ElementsHandle;
- GLsizeiptr VertexBufferSize;
- GLsizeiptr IndexBufferSize;
- bool HasClipOrigin;
- bool UseBufferSubData;
-
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Backend data stored in io.BackendRendererUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
-// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
-static ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData()
-{
- return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendRendererUserData : nullptr;
-}
-
-// OpenGL vertex attribute state (for ES 1.0 and ES 2.0 only)
-#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
-struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState
-{
- GLint Enabled, Size, Type, Normalized, Stride;
- GLvoid* Ptr;
-
- void GetState(GLint index)
- {
- glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED, &Enabled);
- glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE, &Size);
- glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE, &Type);
- glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED, &Normalized);
- glGetVertexAttribiv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE, &Stride);
- glGetVertexAttribPointerv(index, GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER, &Ptr);
- }
- void SetState(GLint index)
- {
- glVertexAttribPointer(index, Size, Type, (GLboolean)Normalized, Stride, Ptr);
- if (Enabled) glEnableVertexAttribArray(index); else glDisableVertexAttribArray(index);
- }
-};
-#endif
-
-// Functions
-bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version)
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!");
-
- // Initialize our loader
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM)
- if (imgl3wInit() != 0)
- {
- fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n");
- return false;
- }
-#endif
-
- // Setup backend capabilities flags
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)();
- io.BackendRendererUserData = (void*)bd;
- io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3";
-
- // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2)
-#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
- // GLES 2
- bd->GlVersion = 200;
- bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true;
-#else
- // Desktop or GLES 3
- GLint major = 0;
- GLint minor = 0;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major);
- glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &minor);
- if (major == 0 && minor == 0)
- {
- // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "."
- const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION);
- sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor);
- }
- bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10);
-#if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK)
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
- glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK, &bd->GlProfileMask);
- bd->GlProfileIsCompat = (bd->GlProfileMask & GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT) != 0;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
- bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true;
-#endif
-
- bd->UseBufferSubData = false;
- /*
- // Query vendor to enable glBufferSubData kludge
-#ifdef _WIN32
- if (const char* vendor = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR))
- if (strncmp(vendor, "Intel", 5) == 0)
- bd->UseBufferSubData = true;
-#endif
- */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG
- printf("GlVersion = %d\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG]
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
- io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset; // We can honor the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset field, allowing for large meshes.
-#endif
-
- // Store GLSL version string so we can refer to it later in case we recreate shaders.
- // Note: GLSL version is NOT the same as GL version. Leave this to nullptr if unsure.
- if (glsl_version == nullptr)
- {
-#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2)
- glsl_version = "#version 100";
-#elif defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
- glsl_version = "#version 300 es";
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
- glsl_version = "#version 150";
-#else
- glsl_version = "#version 130";
-#endif
- }
- IM_ASSERT((int)strlen(glsl_version) + 2 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(bd->GlslVersionString));
- strcpy(bd->GlslVersionString, glsl_version);
- strcat(bd->GlslVersionString, "\n");
-
- // Make an arbitrary GL call (we don't actually need the result)
- // IF YOU GET A CRASH HERE: it probably means the OpenGL function loader didn't do its job. Let us know!
- GLint current_texture;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, ¤t_texture);
-
- // Detect extensions we support
- bd->HasClipOrigin = (bd->GlVersion >= 450);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_EXTENSIONS
- GLint num_extensions = 0;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_extensions);
- for (GLint i = 0; i < num_extensions; i++)
- {
- const char* extension = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, i);
- if (extension != nullptr && strcmp(extension, "GL_ARB_clip_control") == 0)
- bd->HasClipOrigin = true;
- }
-#endif
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
- IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No renderer backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
- io.BackendRendererName = nullptr;
- io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr;
- io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset;
- IM_DELETE(bd);
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
- IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?");
-
- if (!bd->ShaderHandle)
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_width, int fb_height, GLuint vertex_array_object)
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
-
- // Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled, polygon fill
- glEnable(GL_BLEND);
- glBlendEquation(GL_FUNC_ADD);
- glBlendFuncSeparate(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
- glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
- glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
- glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
- glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 310)
- glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART);
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
- glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, GL_FILL);
-#endif
-
- // Support for GL 4.5 rarely used glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT)
-#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
- bool clip_origin_lower_left = true;
- if (bd->HasClipOrigin)
- {
- GLenum current_clip_origin = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN, (GLint*)¤t_clip_origin);
- if (current_clip_origin == GL_UPPER_LEFT)
- clip_origin_lower_left = false;
- }
-#endif
-
- // Setup viewport, orthographic projection matrix
- // Our visible imgui space lies from draw_data->DisplayPos (top left) to draw_data->DisplayPos+data_data->DisplaySize (bottom right). DisplayPos is (0,0) for single viewport apps.
- GL_CALL(glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei)fb_width, (GLsizei)fb_height));
- float L = draw_data->DisplayPos.x;
- float R = draw_data->DisplayPos.x + draw_data->DisplaySize.x;
- float T = draw_data->DisplayPos.y;
- float B = draw_data->DisplayPos.y + draw_data->DisplaySize.y;
-#if defined(GL_CLIP_ORIGIN)
- if (!clip_origin_lower_left) { float tmp = T; T = B; B = tmp; } // Swap top and bottom if origin is upper left
-#endif
- const float ortho_projection[4][4] =
- {
- { 2.0f/(R-L), 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f },
- { 0.0f, 2.0f/(T-B), 0.0f, 0.0f },
- { 0.0f, 0.0f, -1.0f, 0.0f },
- { (R+L)/(L-R), (T+B)/(B-T), 0.0f, 1.0f },
- };
- glUseProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
- glUniform1i(bd->AttribLocationTex, 0);
- glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]);
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)
- glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 and GL ES 3.0 may set that otherwise.
-#endif
-
- (void)vertex_array_object;
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- glBindVertexArray(vertex_array_object);
-#endif
-
- // Bind vertex/index buffers and setup attributes for ImDrawVert
- GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VboHandle));
- GL_CALL(glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->ElementsHandle));
- GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos));
- GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV));
- GL_CALL(glEnableVertexAttribArray(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor));
- GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos)));
- GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV, 2, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv)));
- GL_CALL(glVertexAttribPointer(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor, 4, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, GL_TRUE, sizeof(ImDrawVert), (GLvoid*)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)));
-}
-
-// OpenGL3 Render function.
-// Note that this implementation is little overcomplicated because we are saving/setting up/restoring every OpenGL state explicitly.
-// This is in order to be able to run within an OpenGL engine that doesn't do so.
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data)
-{
- // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates)
- int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * draw_data->FramebufferScale.x);
- int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * draw_data->FramebufferScale.y);
- if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0)
- return;
-
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
-
- // Backup GL state
- GLenum last_active_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE, (GLint*)&last_active_texture);
- glActiveTexture(GL_TEXTURE0);
- GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program);
- GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
- GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; }
-#endif
- GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer);
-#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- // This is part of VAO on OpenGL 3.0+ and OpenGL ES 3.0+.
- GLint last_element_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_element_array_buffer);
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_pos; last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_uv; last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState last_vtx_attrib_state_color; last_vtx_attrib_state_color.GetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- GLuint last_vertex_array_object; glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_vertex_array_object);
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
- GLint last_polygon_mode[2]; glGetIntegerv(GL_POLYGON_MODE, last_polygon_mode);
-#endif
- GLint last_viewport[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, last_viewport);
- GLint last_scissor_box[4]; glGetIntegerv(GL_SCISSOR_BOX, last_scissor_box);
- GLenum last_blend_src_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_rgb);
- GLenum last_blend_dst_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_rgb);
- GLenum last_blend_src_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_src_alpha);
- GLenum last_blend_dst_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_dst_alpha);
- GLenum last_blend_equation_rgb; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_rgb);
- GLenum last_blend_equation_alpha; glGetIntegerv(GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA, (GLint*)&last_blend_equation_alpha);
- GLboolean last_enable_blend = glIsEnabled(GL_BLEND);
- GLboolean last_enable_cull_face = glIsEnabled(GL_CULL_FACE);
- GLboolean last_enable_depth_test = glIsEnabled(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
- GLboolean last_enable_stencil_test = glIsEnabled(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
- GLboolean last_enable_scissor_test = glIsEnabled(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
- GLboolean last_enable_primitive_restart = (bd->GlVersion >= 310) ? glIsEnabled(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART) : GL_FALSE;
-#endif
-
- // Setup desired GL state
- // Recreate the VAO every time (this is to easily allow multiple GL contexts to be rendered to. VAO are not shared among GL contexts)
- // The renderer would actually work without any VAO bound, but then our VertexAttrib calls would overwrite the default one currently bound.
- GLuint vertex_array_object = 0;
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- GL_CALL(glGenVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
-#endif
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
-
- // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
- ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports
- ImVec2 clip_scale = draw_data->FramebufferScale; // (1,1) unless using retina display which are often (2,2)
-
- // Render command lists
- for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++)
- {
- const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n];
-
- // Upload vertex/index buffers
- // - OpenGL drivers are in a very sorry state nowadays....
- // During 2021 we attempted to switch from glBufferData() to orphaning+glBufferSubData() following reports
- // of leaks on Intel GPU when using multi-viewports on Windows.
- // - After this we kept hearing of various display corruptions issues. We started disabling on non-Intel GPU, but issues still got reported on Intel.
- // - We are now back to using exclusively glBufferData(). So bd->UseBufferSubData IS ALWAYS FALSE in this code.
- // We are keeping the old code path for a while in case people finding new issues may want to test the bd->UseBufferSubData path.
- // - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4468 and please report any corruption issues.
- const GLsizeiptr vtx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert);
- const GLsizeiptr idx_buffer_size = (GLsizeiptr)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size * (int)sizeof(ImDrawIdx);
- if (bd->UseBufferSubData)
- {
- if (bd->VertexBufferSize < vtx_buffer_size)
- {
- bd->VertexBufferSize = vtx_buffer_size;
- GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->VertexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
- }
- if (bd->IndexBufferSize < idx_buffer_size)
- {
- bd->IndexBufferSize = idx_buffer_size;
- GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, bd->IndexBufferSize, nullptr, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
- }
- GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data));
- GL_CALL(glBufferSubData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data));
- }
- else
- {
- GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, vtx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
- GL_CALL(glBufferData(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, idx_buffer_size, (const GLvoid*)cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Data, GL_STREAM_DRAW));
- }
-
- for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
- {
- const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
- if (pcmd->UserCallback != nullptr)
- {
- // User callback, registered via ImDrawList::AddCallback()
- // (ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState is a special callback value used by the user to request the renderer to reset render state.)
- if (pcmd->UserCallback == ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState)
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(draw_data, fb_width, fb_height, vertex_array_object);
- else
- pcmd->UserCallback(cmd_list, pcmd);
- }
- else
- {
- // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space
- ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
- ImVec2 clip_max((pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y);
- if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y)
- continue;
-
- // Apply scissor/clipping rectangle (Y is inverted in OpenGL)
- GL_CALL(glScissor((int)clip_min.x, (int)((float)fb_height - clip_max.y), (int)(clip_max.x - clip_min.x), (int)(clip_max.y - clip_min.y)));
-
- // Bind texture, Draw
- GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, (GLuint)(intptr_t)pcmd->GetTexID()));
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 320)
- GL_CALL(glDrawElementsBaseVertex(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)), (GLint)pcmd->VtxOffset));
- else
-#endif
- GL_CALL(glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (void*)(intptr_t)(pcmd->IdxOffset * sizeof(ImDrawIdx))));
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Destroy the temporary VAO
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- GL_CALL(glDeleteVertexArrays(1, &vertex_array_object));
-#endif
-
- // Restore modified GL state
- // This "glIsProgram()" check is required because if the program is "pending deletion" at the time of binding backup, it will have been deleted by now and will cause an OpenGL error. See #6220.
- if (last_program == 0 || glIsProgram(last_program)) glUseProgram(last_program);
- glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3)
- glBindSampler(0, last_sampler);
-#endif
- glActiveTexture(last_active_texture);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array_object);
-#endif
- glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
-#ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- glBindBuffer(GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_element_array_buffer);
- last_vtx_attrib_state_pos.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxPos);
- last_vtx_attrib_state_uv.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxUV);
- last_vtx_attrib_state_color.SetState(bd->AttribLocationVtxColor);
-#endif
- glBlendEquationSeparate(last_blend_equation_rgb, last_blend_equation_alpha);
- glBlendFuncSeparate(last_blend_src_rgb, last_blend_dst_rgb, last_blend_src_alpha, last_blend_dst_alpha);
- if (last_enable_blend) glEnable(GL_BLEND); else glDisable(GL_BLEND);
- if (last_enable_cull_face) glEnable(GL_CULL_FACE); else glDisable(GL_CULL_FACE);
- if (last_enable_depth_test) glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); else glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
- if (last_enable_stencil_test) glEnable(GL_STENCIL_TEST); else glDisable(GL_STENCIL_TEST);
- if (last_enable_scissor_test) glEnable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST); else glDisable(GL_SCISSOR_TEST);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_PRIMITIVE_RESTART
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 310) { if (last_enable_primitive_restart) glEnable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); else glDisable(GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART); }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
- // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons
- if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat)
- {
- glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);
- glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]);
- }
- else
- {
- glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]);
- }
-#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE
-
- glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]);
- glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]);
- (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture()
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
-
- // Build texture atlas
- unsigned char* pixels;
- int width, height;
- io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); // Load as RGBA 32-bit (75% of the memory is wasted, but default font is so small) because it is more likely to be compatible with user's existing shaders. If your ImTextureId represent a higher-level concept than just a GL texture id, consider calling GetTexDataAsAlpha8() instead to save on GPU memory.
-
- // Upload texture to graphics system
- // (Bilinear sampling is required by default. Set 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines' or 'style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false' to allow point/nearest sampling)
- GLint last_texture;
- GL_CALL(glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture));
- GL_CALL(glGenTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture));
- GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, bd->FontTexture));
- GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
- GL_CALL(glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR));
-#ifdef GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH // Not on WebGL/ES
- GL_CALL(glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH, 0));
-#endif
- GL_CALL(glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, width, height, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, pixels));
-
- // Store our identifier
- io.Fonts->SetTexID((ImTextureID)(intptr_t)bd->FontTexture);
-
- // Restore state
- GL_CALL(glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture));
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture()
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
- if (bd->FontTexture)
- {
- glDeleteTextures(1, &bd->FontTexture);
- io.Fonts->SetTexID(0);
- bd->FontTexture = 0;
- }
-}
-
-// If you get an error please report on github. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version. See GL<>GLSL version table at the top of this file.
-static bool CheckShader(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
- GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
- glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status);
- glGetShaderiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
- if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
- fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to compile %s! With GLSL: %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
- if (log_length > 1)
- {
- ImVector buf;
- buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
- glGetShaderInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
- fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
- }
- return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-// If you get an error please report on GitHub. You may try different GL context version or GLSL version.
-static bool CheckProgram(GLuint handle, const char* desc)
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
- GLint status = 0, log_length = 0;
- glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_LINK_STATUS, &status);
- glGetProgramiv(handle, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &log_length);
- if ((GLboolean)status == GL_FALSE)
- fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects: failed to link %s! With GLSL %s\n", desc, bd->GlslVersionString);
- if (log_length > 1)
- {
- ImVector buf;
- buf.resize((int)(log_length + 1));
- glGetProgramInfoLog(handle, log_length, nullptr, (GLchar*)buf.begin());
- fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf.begin());
- }
- return (GLboolean)status == GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
-
- // Backup GL state
- GLint last_texture, last_array_buffer;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, &last_texture);
- glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_array_buffer);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
- GLint last_pixel_unpack_buffer;
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glGetIntegerv(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING, &last_pixel_unpack_buffer); glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, 0); }
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- GLint last_vertex_array;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING, &last_vertex_array);
-#endif
-
- // Parse GLSL version string
- int glsl_version = 130;
- sscanf(bd->GlslVersionString, "#version %d", &glsl_version);
-
- const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_120 =
- "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
- "attribute vec2 Position;\n"
- "attribute vec2 UV;\n"
- "attribute vec4 Color;\n"
- "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Frag_UV = UV;\n"
- " Frag_Color = Color;\n"
- " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_130 =
- "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
- "in vec2 Position;\n"
- "in vec2 UV;\n"
- "in vec4 Color;\n"
- "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Frag_UV = UV;\n"
- " Frag_Color = Color;\n"
- " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_300_es =
- "precision highp float;\n"
- "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
- "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
- "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
- "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
- "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Frag_UV = UV;\n"
- " Frag_Color = Color;\n"
- " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* vertex_shader_glsl_410_core =
- "layout (location = 0) in vec2 Position;\n"
- "layout (location = 1) in vec2 UV;\n"
- "layout (location = 2) in vec4 Color;\n"
- "uniform mat4 ProjMtx;\n"
- "out vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "out vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Frag_UV = UV;\n"
- " Frag_Color = Color;\n"
- " gl_Position = ProjMtx * vec4(Position.xy,0,1);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_120 =
- "#ifdef GL_ES\n"
- " precision mediump float;\n"
- "#endif\n"
- "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
- "varying vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "varying vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " gl_FragColor = Frag_Color * texture2D(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_130 =
- "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
- "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_300_es =
- "precision mediump float;\n"
- "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
- "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- const GLchar* fragment_shader_glsl_410_core =
- "in vec2 Frag_UV;\n"
- "in vec4 Frag_Color;\n"
- "uniform sampler2D Texture;\n"
- "layout (location = 0) out vec4 Out_Color;\n"
- "void main()\n"
- "{\n"
- " Out_Color = Frag_Color * texture(Texture, Frag_UV.st);\n"
- "}\n";
-
- // Select shaders matching our GLSL versions
- const GLchar* vertex_shader = nullptr;
- const GLchar* fragment_shader = nullptr;
- if (glsl_version < 130)
- {
- vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_120;
- fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_120;
- }
- else if (glsl_version >= 410)
- {
- vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_410_core;
- fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_410_core;
- }
- else if (glsl_version == 300)
- {
- vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_300_es;
- fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_300_es;
- }
- else
- {
- vertex_shader = vertex_shader_glsl_130;
- fragment_shader = fragment_shader_glsl_130;
- }
-
- // Create shaders
- const GLchar* vertex_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, vertex_shader };
- GLuint vert_handle = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER);
- glShaderSource(vert_handle, 2, vertex_shader_with_version, nullptr);
- glCompileShader(vert_handle);
- CheckShader(vert_handle, "vertex shader");
-
- const GLchar* fragment_shader_with_version[2] = { bd->GlslVersionString, fragment_shader };
- GLuint frag_handle = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER);
- glShaderSource(frag_handle, 2, fragment_shader_with_version, nullptr);
- glCompileShader(frag_handle);
- CheckShader(frag_handle, "fragment shader");
-
- // Link
- bd->ShaderHandle = glCreateProgram();
- glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
- glAttachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
- glLinkProgram(bd->ShaderHandle);
- CheckProgram(bd->ShaderHandle, "shader program");
-
- glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, vert_handle);
- glDetachShader(bd->ShaderHandle, frag_handle);
- glDeleteShader(vert_handle);
- glDeleteShader(frag_handle);
-
- bd->AttribLocationTex = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Texture");
- bd->AttribLocationProjMtx = glGetUniformLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "ProjMtx");
- bd->AttribLocationVtxPos = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Position");
- bd->AttribLocationVtxUV = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "UV");
- bd->AttribLocationVtxColor = (GLuint)glGetAttribLocation(bd->ShaderHandle, "Color");
-
- // Create buffers
- glGenBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle);
- glGenBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle);
-
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
-
- // Restore modified GL state
- glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture);
- glBindBuffer(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, last_array_buffer);
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_BUFFER_PIXEL_UNPACK
- if (bd->GlVersion >= 210) { glBindBuffer(GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER, last_pixel_unpack_buffer); }
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY
- glBindVertexArray(last_vertex_array);
-#endif
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects()
-{
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData();
- if (bd->VboHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->VboHandle); bd->VboHandle = 0; }
- if (bd->ElementsHandle) { glDeleteBuffers(1, &bd->ElementsHandle); bd->ElementsHandle = 0; }
- if (bd->ShaderHandle) { glDeleteProgram(bd->ShaderHandle); bd->ShaderHandle = 0; }
- ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-#endif
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic pop
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 23eb924..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui: Renderer Backend for modern OpenGL with shaders / programmatic pipeline
-// - Desktop GL: 2.x 3.x 4.x
-// - Embedded GL: ES 2.0 (WebGL 1.0), ES 3.0 (WebGL 2.0)
-// This needs to be used along with a Platform Backend (e.g. GLFW, SDL, Win32, custom..)
-
-// Implemented features:
-// [X] Renderer: User texture binding. Use 'GLuint' OpenGL texture identifier as void*/ImTextureID. Read the FAQ about ImTextureID!
-// [x] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only).
-
-// About WebGL/ES:
-// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES.
-// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets.
-// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h.
-
-// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
-// Learn about Dear ImGui:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
-// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
-
-// About GLSL version:
-// The 'glsl_version' initialization parameter should be nullptr (default) or a "#version XXX" string.
-// On computer platform the GLSL version default to "#version 130". On OpenGL ES 3 platform it defaults to "#version 300 es"
-// Only override if your GL version doesn't handle this GLSL version. See GLSL version table at the top of imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp.
-
-#pragma once
-#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
-// Backend API
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data);
-
-// (Optional) Called by Init/NewFrame/Shutdown
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateFontsTexture();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects();
-
-// Specific OpenGL ES versions
-//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Auto-detected on Emscripten
-//#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // Auto-detected on iOS/Android
-
-// You can explicitly select GLES2 or GLES3 API by using one of the '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_XXX' in imconfig.h or compiler command-line.
-#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) \
- && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3)
-
-// Try to detect GLES on matching platforms
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-#include
-#endif
-#if (defined(__APPLE__) && (TARGET_OS_IOS || TARGET_OS_TV)) || (defined(__ANDROID__))
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3 // iOS, Android -> GL ES 3, "#version 300 es"
-#elif defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__amigaos4__)
-#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2 // Emscripten -> GL ES 2, "#version 100"
-#else
-// Otherwise imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h will be used.
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4019f93..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,816 +0,0 @@
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// About imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h:
-//
-// We embed our own OpenGL loader to not require user to provide their own or to have to use ours,
-// which proved to be endless problems for users.
-// Our loader is custom-generated, based on gl3w but automatically filtered to only include
-// enums/functions that we use in our imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp source file in order to be small.
-//
-// YOU SHOULD NOT NEED TO INCLUDE/USE THIS DIRECTLY. THIS IS USED BY imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ONLY.
-// THE REST OF YOUR APP SHOULD USE A DIFFERENT GL LOADER: ANY GL LOADER OF YOUR CHOICE.
-//
-// IF YOU GET BUILD ERRORS IN THIS FILE (commonly macro redefinitions or function redefinitions):
-// IT LIKELY MEANS THAT YOU ARE BUILDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp' OR INCUDING 'imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h'
-// IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT AS ONE OF YOUR FILE WHICH IS USING A THIRD-PARTY OPENGL LOADER.
-// (e.g. COULD HAPPEN IF YOU ARE DOING A UNITY/JUMBO BUILD, OR INCLUDING .CPP FILES FROM OTHERS)
-// YOU SHOULD NOT BUILD BOTH IN THE SAME COMPILATION UNIT.
-// BUT IF YOU REALLY WANT TO, you can '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM' and imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp
-// WILL NOT BE USING OUR LOADER, AND INSTEAD EXPECT ANOTHER/YOUR LOADER TO BE AVAILABLE IN THE COMPILATION UNIT.
-//
-// Regenerate with:
-// python gl3w_gen.py --output ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h --ref ../imgui/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp ./extra_symbols.txt
-//
-// More info:
-// https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped
-// https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4445
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * This file was generated with gl3w_gen.py, part of imgl3w
- * (hosted at https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped)
- *
- * This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
- *
- * Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
- * distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
- * binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
- * means.
- *
- * In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
- * of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
- * software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
- * of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
- * successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
- * relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
- * software under copyright law.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef __gl3w_h_
-#define __gl3w_h_
-
-// Adapted from KHR/khrplatform.h to avoid including entire file.
-#ifndef __khrplatform_h_
-typedef float khronos_float_t;
-typedef signed char khronos_int8_t;
-typedef unsigned char khronos_uint8_t;
-typedef signed short int khronos_int16_t;
-typedef unsigned short int khronos_uint16_t;
-#ifdef _WIN64
-typedef signed long long int khronos_intptr_t;
-typedef signed long long int khronos_ssize_t;
-#else
-typedef signed long int khronos_intptr_t;
-typedef signed long int khronos_ssize_t;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
-typedef signed __int64 khronos_int64_t;
-typedef unsigned __int64 khronos_uint64_t;
-#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100)
-#include
-typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t;
-typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t;
-#else
-typedef signed long long khronos_int64_t;
-typedef unsigned long long khronos_uint64_t;
-#endif
-#endif // __khrplatform_h_
-
-#ifndef __gl_glcorearb_h_
-#define __gl_glcorearb_h_ 1
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-/*
-** Copyright 2013-2020 The Khronos Group Inc.
-** SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
-**
-** This header is generated from the Khronos OpenGL / OpenGL ES XML
-** API Registry. The current version of the Registry, generator scripts
-** used to make the header, and the header can be found at
-** https://github.com/KhronosGroup/OpenGL-Registry
-*/
-#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
-#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
-#endif
-#include
-#endif
-#ifndef APIENTRY
-#define APIENTRY
-#endif
-#ifndef APIENTRYP
-#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY *
-#endif
-#ifndef GLAPI
-#define GLAPI extern
-#endif
-/* glcorearb.h is for use with OpenGL core profile implementations.
-** It should should be placed in the same directory as gl.h and
-** included as .
-**
-** glcorearb.h includes only APIs in the latest OpenGL core profile
-** implementation together with APIs in newer ARB extensions which
-** can be supported by the core profile. It does not, and never will
-** include functionality removed from the core profile, such as
-** fixed-function vertex and fragment processing.
-**
-** Do not #include both and either of or
-** in the same source file.
-*/
-/* Generated C header for:
- * API: gl
- * Profile: core
- * Versions considered: .*
- * Versions emitted: .*
- * Default extensions included: glcore
- * Additional extensions included: _nomatch_^
- * Extensions removed: _nomatch_^
- */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0
-typedef void GLvoid;
-typedef unsigned int GLenum;
-
-typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat;
-typedef int GLint;
-typedef int GLsizei;
-typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;
-typedef double GLdouble;
-typedef unsigned int GLuint;
-typedef unsigned char GLboolean;
-typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte;
-#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT 0x00004000
-#define GL_FALSE 0
-#define GL_TRUE 1
-#define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004
-#define GL_ONE 1
-#define GL_SRC_ALPHA 0x0302
-#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA 0x0303
-#define GL_FRONT 0x0404
-#define GL_BACK 0x0405
-#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK 0x0408
-#define GL_POLYGON_MODE 0x0B40
-#define GL_CULL_FACE 0x0B44
-#define GL_DEPTH_TEST 0x0B71
-#define GL_STENCIL_TEST 0x0B90
-#define GL_VIEWPORT 0x0BA2
-#define GL_BLEND 0x0BE2
-#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX 0x0C10
-#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST 0x0C11
-#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH 0x0CF2
-#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0D05
-#define GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x0DE1
-#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE 0x1401
-#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT 0x1403
-#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405
-#define GL_FLOAT 0x1406
-#define GL_RGBA 0x1908
-#define GL_FILL 0x1B02
-#define GL_VENDOR 0x1F00
-#define GL_RENDERER 0x1F01
-#define GL_VERSION 0x1F02
-#define GL_EXTENSIONS 0x1F03
-#define GL_LINEAR 0x2601
-#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER 0x2800
-#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER 0x2801
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC) (GLenum cap);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC) (void);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
-typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC) (void);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
-typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC) (GLenum name);
-typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC) (GLenum cap);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonMode (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissor (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glClear (GLbitfield mask);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColor (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisable (GLenum cap);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnable (GLenum cap);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlush (void);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelStorei (GLenum pname, GLint param);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadPixels (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels);
-GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetError (void);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerv (GLenum pname, GLint *data);
-GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetString (GLenum name);
-GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabled (GLenum cap);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewport (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_0 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1
-typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf;
-typedef double GLclampd;
-#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D 0x8069
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElements (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTexture (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTextures (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTextures (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_1 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3
-#define GL_TEXTURE0 0x84C0
-#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E0
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_3 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4
-#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB 0x80C8
-#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB 0x80C9
-#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA 0x80CA
-#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA 0x80CB
-#define GL_FUNC_ADD 0x8006
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_4 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
-typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr;
-typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr;
-#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892
-#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893
-#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894
-#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895
-#define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0
-#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER 0x88EC
-#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING 0x88EF
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_1_5 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
-typedef char GLchar;
-typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort;
-typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte;
-typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort;
-#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009
-#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622
-#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623
-#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624
-#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625
-#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645
-#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D
-#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A
-#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30
-#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31
-#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81
-#define GL_LINK_STATUS 0x8B82
-#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH 0x8B84
-#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM 0x8B8D
-#define GL_UPPER_LEFT 0x8CA2
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
-typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void);
-typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
-typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
-typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
-typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader);
-GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void);
-GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
-GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
-GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer);
-GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgram (GLuint program);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_2_0 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
-typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf;
-#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION 0x821B
-#define GL_MINOR_VERSION 0x821C
-#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS 0x821D
-#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB 0x8DB9
-#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING 0x85B5
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
-typedef const GLubyte *(APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI const GLubyte *APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_0 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1
-#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1
-#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART 0x8F9D
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_1 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2
-#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1
-typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
-typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64;
-typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64;
-#define GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002
-#define GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK 0x9126
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices, GLint basevertex);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_2 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3
-#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1
-#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING 0x8919
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
-#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
-GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
-#endif
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_3_3 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_1 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_3
-typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_3 */
-#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_5
-#define GL_CLIP_ORIGIN 0x935C
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint *param);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKI64_VPROC) (GLuint xfb, GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLint64 *param);
-#endif /* GL_VERSION_4_5 */
-#ifndef GL_ARB_bindless_texture
-typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT;
-#endif /* GL_ARB_bindless_texture */
-#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
-struct _cl_context;
-struct _cl_event;
-#endif /* GL_ARB_cl_event */
-#ifndef GL_ARB_clip_control
-#define GL_ARB_clip_control 1
-#endif /* GL_ARB_clip_control */
-#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
-typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam);
-#endif /* GL_ARB_debug_output */
-#ifndef GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage
-typedef void *GLeglImageOES;
-#endif /* GL_EXT_EGL_image_storage */
-#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, void **params);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYINTEGERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *param);
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXARRAYPOINTERI_VEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **param);
-#endif /* GL_EXT_direct_state_access */
-#ifndef GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image
-typedef void (APIENTRY *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void);
-#endif /* GL_NV_draw_vulkan_image */
-#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5
-typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT;
-#endif /* GL_NV_gpu_shader5 */
-#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory
-typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result);
-#endif /* GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef GL3W_API
-#define GL3W_API
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __gl_h_
-#define __gl_h_
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#define GL3W_OK 0
-#define GL3W_ERROR_INIT -1
-#define GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN -2
-#define GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION -3
-
-typedef void (*GL3WglProc)(void);
-typedef GL3WglProc (*GL3WGetProcAddressProc)(const char *proc);
-
-/* gl3w api */
-GL3W_API int imgl3wInit(void);
-GL3W_API int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
-GL3W_API int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor);
-GL3W_API GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc);
-
-/* gl3w internal state */
-union ImGL3WProcs {
- GL3WglProc ptr[59];
- struct {
- PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC ActiveTexture;
- PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC AttachShader;
- PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC BindBuffer;
- PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC BindSampler;
- PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC BindTexture;
- PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC BindVertexArray;
- PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC BlendEquation;
- PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC BlendEquationSeparate;
- PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC BlendFuncSeparate;
- PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC BufferData;
- PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC BufferSubData;
- PFNGLCLEARPROC Clear;
- PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC ClearColor;
- PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC CompileShader;
- PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC CreateProgram;
- PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC CreateShader;
- PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC DeleteBuffers;
- PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC DeleteProgram;
- PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC DeleteShader;
- PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC DeleteTextures;
- PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC DeleteVertexArrays;
- PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC DetachShader;
- PFNGLDISABLEPROC Disable;
- PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC DisableVertexAttribArray;
- PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC DrawElements;
- PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC DrawElementsBaseVertex;
- PFNGLENABLEPROC Enable;
- PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC EnableVertexAttribArray;
- PFNGLFLUSHPROC Flush;
- PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC GenBuffers;
- PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC GenTextures;
- PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC GenVertexArrays;
- PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC GetAttribLocation;
- PFNGLGETERRORPROC GetError;
- PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC GetIntegerv;
- PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC GetProgramInfoLog;
- PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC GetProgramiv;
- PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC GetShaderInfoLog;
- PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC GetShaderiv;
- PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC GetString;
- PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC GetStringi;
- PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC GetUniformLocation;
- PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC GetVertexAttribPointerv;
- PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC GetVertexAttribiv;
- PFNGLISENABLEDPROC IsEnabled;
- PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC IsProgram;
- PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC LinkProgram;
- PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC PixelStorei;
- PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC PolygonMode;
- PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC ReadPixels;
- PFNGLSCISSORPROC Scissor;
- PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC ShaderSource;
- PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC TexImage2D;
- PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC TexParameteri;
- PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC Uniform1i;
- PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC UniformMatrix4fv;
- PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC UseProgram;
- PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC VertexAttribPointer;
- PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC Viewport;
- } gl;
-};
-
-GL3W_API extern union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
-
-/* OpenGL functions */
-#define glActiveTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.ActiveTexture
-#define glAttachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.AttachShader
-#define glBindBuffer imgl3wProcs.gl.BindBuffer
-#define glBindSampler imgl3wProcs.gl.BindSampler
-#define glBindTexture imgl3wProcs.gl.BindTexture
-#define glBindVertexArray imgl3wProcs.gl.BindVertexArray
-#define glBlendEquation imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquation
-#define glBlendEquationSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendEquationSeparate
-#define glBlendFuncSeparate imgl3wProcs.gl.BlendFuncSeparate
-#define glBufferData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferData
-#define glBufferSubData imgl3wProcs.gl.BufferSubData
-#define glClear imgl3wProcs.gl.Clear
-#define glClearColor imgl3wProcs.gl.ClearColor
-#define glCompileShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CompileShader
-#define glCreateProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateProgram
-#define glCreateShader imgl3wProcs.gl.CreateShader
-#define glDeleteBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteBuffers
-#define glDeleteProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteProgram
-#define glDeleteShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteShader
-#define glDeleteTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteTextures
-#define glDeleteVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.DeleteVertexArrays
-#define glDetachShader imgl3wProcs.gl.DetachShader
-#define glDisable imgl3wProcs.gl.Disable
-#define glDisableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.DisableVertexAttribArray
-#define glDrawElements imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElements
-#define glDrawElementsBaseVertex imgl3wProcs.gl.DrawElementsBaseVertex
-#define glEnable imgl3wProcs.gl.Enable
-#define glEnableVertexAttribArray imgl3wProcs.gl.EnableVertexAttribArray
-#define glFlush imgl3wProcs.gl.Flush
-#define glGenBuffers imgl3wProcs.gl.GenBuffers
-#define glGenTextures imgl3wProcs.gl.GenTextures
-#define glGenVertexArrays imgl3wProcs.gl.GenVertexArrays
-#define glGetAttribLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetAttribLocation
-#define glGetError imgl3wProcs.gl.GetError
-#define glGetIntegerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetIntegerv
-#define glGetProgramInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramInfoLog
-#define glGetProgramiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetProgramiv
-#define glGetShaderInfoLog imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderInfoLog
-#define glGetShaderiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetShaderiv
-#define glGetString imgl3wProcs.gl.GetString
-#define glGetStringi imgl3wProcs.gl.GetStringi
-#define glGetUniformLocation imgl3wProcs.gl.GetUniformLocation
-#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribPointerv
-#define glGetVertexAttribiv imgl3wProcs.gl.GetVertexAttribiv
-#define glIsEnabled imgl3wProcs.gl.IsEnabled
-#define glIsProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.IsProgram
-#define glLinkProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.LinkProgram
-#define glPixelStorei imgl3wProcs.gl.PixelStorei
-#define glPolygonMode imgl3wProcs.gl.PolygonMode
-#define glReadPixels imgl3wProcs.gl.ReadPixels
-#define glScissor imgl3wProcs.gl.Scissor
-#define glShaderSource imgl3wProcs.gl.ShaderSource
-#define glTexImage2D imgl3wProcs.gl.TexImage2D
-#define glTexParameteri imgl3wProcs.gl.TexParameteri
-#define glUniform1i imgl3wProcs.gl.Uniform1i
-#define glUniformMatrix4fv imgl3wProcs.gl.UniformMatrix4fv
-#define glUseProgram imgl3wProcs.gl.UseProgram
-#define glVertexAttribPointer imgl3wProcs.gl.VertexAttribPointer
-#define glViewport imgl3wProcs.gl.Viewport
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef IMGL3W_IMPL
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include
-
-#define GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
-
-#if defined(_WIN32)
-#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
-#endif
-#include
-
-static HMODULE libgl;
-typedef PROC(__stdcall* GL3WglGetProcAddr)(LPCSTR);
-static GL3WglGetProcAddr wgl_get_proc_address;
-
-static int open_libgl(void)
-{
- libgl = LoadLibraryA("opengl32.dll");
- if (!libgl)
- return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
- wgl_get_proc_address = (GL3WglGetProcAddr)GetProcAddress(libgl, "wglGetProcAddress");
- return GL3W_OK;
-}
-
-static void close_libgl(void) { FreeLibrary(libgl); }
-static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
-{
- GL3WglProc res;
- res = (GL3WglProc)wgl_get_proc_address(proc);
- if (!res)
- res = (GL3WglProc)GetProcAddress(libgl, proc);
- return res;
-}
-#elif defined(__APPLE__)
-#include
-
-static void *libgl;
-static int open_libgl(void)
-{
- libgl = dlopen("/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
- if (!libgl)
- return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
- return GL3W_OK;
-}
-
-static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
-
-static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
-{
- GL3WglProc res;
- *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
- return res;
-}
-#else
-#include
-
-static void *libgl;
-static GL3WglProc (*glx_get_proc_address)(const GLubyte *);
-
-static int open_libgl(void)
-{
- // While most systems use libGL.so.1, NetBSD seems to use that libGL.so.3. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6983
- libgl = dlopen("libGL.so", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
- if (!libgl)
- libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
- if (!libgl)
- libgl = dlopen("libGL.so.3", RTLD_LAZY | RTLD_LOCAL);
- if (!libgl)
- return GL3W_ERROR_LIBRARY_OPEN;
- *(void **)(&glx_get_proc_address) = dlsym(libgl, "glXGetProcAddressARB");
- return GL3W_OK;
-}
-
-static void close_libgl(void) { dlclose(libgl); }
-
-static GL3WglProc get_proc(const char *proc)
-{
- GL3WglProc res;
- res = glx_get_proc_address((const GLubyte *)proc);
- if (!res)
- *(void **)(&res) = dlsym(libgl, proc);
- return res;
-}
-#endif
-
-static struct { int major, minor; } version;
-
-static int parse_version(void)
-{
- if (!glGetIntegerv)
- return GL3W_ERROR_INIT;
- glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &version.major);
- glGetIntegerv(GL_MINOR_VERSION, &version.minor);
- if (version.major == 0 && version.minor == 0)
- {
- // Query GL_VERSION in desktop GL 2.x, the string will start with "."
- if (const char* gl_version = (const char*)glGetString(GL_VERSION))
- sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &version.major, &version.minor);
- }
- if (version.major < 2)
- return GL3W_ERROR_OPENGL_VERSION;
- return GL3W_OK;
-}
-
-static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc);
-
-int imgl3wInit(void)
-{
- int res = open_libgl();
- if (res)
- return res;
- atexit(close_libgl);
- return imgl3wInit2(get_proc);
-}
-
-int imgl3wInit2(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
-{
- load_procs(proc);
- return parse_version();
-}
-
-int imgl3wIsSupported(int major, int minor)
-{
- if (major < 2)
- return 0;
- if (version.major == major)
- return version.minor >= minor;
- return version.major >= major;
-}
-
-GL3WglProc imgl3wGetProcAddress(const char *proc) { return get_proc(proc); }
-
-static const char *proc_names[] = {
- "glActiveTexture",
- "glAttachShader",
- "glBindBuffer",
- "glBindSampler",
- "glBindTexture",
- "glBindVertexArray",
- "glBlendEquation",
- "glBlendEquationSeparate",
- "glBlendFuncSeparate",
- "glBufferData",
- "glBufferSubData",
- "glClear",
- "glClearColor",
- "glCompileShader",
- "glCreateProgram",
- "glCreateShader",
- "glDeleteBuffers",
- "glDeleteProgram",
- "glDeleteShader",
- "glDeleteTextures",
- "glDeleteVertexArrays",
- "glDetachShader",
- "glDisable",
- "glDisableVertexAttribArray",
- "glDrawElements",
- "glDrawElementsBaseVertex",
- "glEnable",
- "glEnableVertexAttribArray",
- "glFlush",
- "glGenBuffers",
- "glGenTextures",
- "glGenVertexArrays",
- "glGetAttribLocation",
- "glGetError",
- "glGetIntegerv",
- "glGetProgramInfoLog",
- "glGetProgramiv",
- "glGetShaderInfoLog",
- "glGetShaderiv",
- "glGetString",
- "glGetStringi",
- "glGetUniformLocation",
- "glGetVertexAttribPointerv",
- "glGetVertexAttribiv",
- "glIsEnabled",
- "glIsProgram",
- "glLinkProgram",
- "glPixelStorei",
- "glPolygonMode",
- "glReadPixels",
- "glScissor",
- "glShaderSource",
- "glTexImage2D",
- "glTexParameteri",
- "glUniform1i",
- "glUniformMatrix4fv",
- "glUseProgram",
- "glVertexAttribPointer",
- "glViewport",
-};
-
-GL3W_API union ImGL3WProcs imgl3wProcs;
-
-static void load_procs(GL3WGetProcAddressProc proc)
-{
- size_t i;
- for (i = 0; i < GL3W_ARRAY_SIZE(proc_names); i++)
- imgl3wProcs.ptr[i] = proc(proc_names[i]);
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7abeb0e..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,753 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2
-// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
-// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)
-// (Prefer SDL 2.0.5+ for full feature support.)
-
-// Implemented features:
-// [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
-// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen.
-// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
-// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
-// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
-// [X] Platform: Basic IME support. App needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.
-
-// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
-// Learn about Dear ImGui:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
-// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
-
-// CHANGELOG
-// (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details)
-// 2024-02-14: Inputs: Handle gamepad disconnection. Added ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetGamepadMode().
-// 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys.
-// 2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306)
-// 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen. (#2702)
-// 2023-02-23: Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. (#6189, #6114, #3644)
-// 2023-02-07: Implement IME handler (io.SetPlatformImeDataFn will call SDL_SetTextInputRect()/SDL_StartTextInput()).
-// 2023-02-07: *BREAKING CHANGE* Renamed this backend file from imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h to imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp/.h in prevision for the future release of SDL3.
-// 2023-02-02: Avoid calling SDL_SetCursor() when cursor has not changed, as the function is surprisingly costly on Mac with latest SDL (may be fixed in next SDL version).
-// 2023-02-02: Added support for SDL 2.0.18+ preciseX/preciseY mouse wheel data for smooth scrolling + Scaling X value on Emscripten (bug?). (#4019, #6096)
-// 2023-02-02: Removed SDL_MOUSEWHEEL value clamping, as values seem correct in latest Emscripten. (#4019)
-// 2023-02-01: Flipping SDL_MOUSEWHEEL 'wheel.x' value to match other backends and offer consistent horizontal scrolling direction. (#4019, #6096, #1463)
-// 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11.
-// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Disable SDL 2.0.22 new "auto capture" (SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE) which prevents drag and drop across windows for multi-viewport support + don't capture when drag and dropping. (#5710)
-// 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported).
-// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Fix mouse position issues when dragging outside of boundaries. SDL_CaptureMouse() erroneously still gives out LEAVE events when hovering OS decorations.
-// 2022-03-22: Inputs: Added support for extra mouse buttons (SDL_BUTTON_X1/SDL_BUTTON_X2).
-// 2022-02-04: Added SDL_Renderer* parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(), so we can use SDL_GetRendererOutputSize() instead of SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize() when bound to a SDL_Renderer.
-// 2022-01-26: Inputs: replaced short-lived io.AddKeyModsEvent() (added two weeks ago) with io.AddKeyEvent() using ImGuiKey_ModXXX flags. Sorry for the confusion.
-// 2021-01-20: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() for gamepad support, instead of writing directly to io.NavInputs[].
-// 2022-01-17: Inputs: calling new io.AddMousePosEvent(), io.AddMouseButtonEvent(), io.AddMouseWheelEvent() API (1.87+).
-// 2022-01-17: Inputs: always update key mods next and before key event (not in NewFrame) to fix input queue with very low framerates.
-// 2022-01-12: Update mouse inputs using SDL_MOUSEMOTION/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE + fallback to provide it when focused but not hovered/captured. More standard and will allow us to pass it to future input queue API.
-// 2022-01-12: Maintain our own copy of MouseButtonsDown mask instead of using ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() which will be obsoleted.
-// 2022-01-10: Inputs: calling new io.AddKeyEvent(), io.AddKeyModsEvent() + io.SetKeyEventNativeData() API (1.87+). Support for full ImGuiKey range.
-// 2021-08-17: Calling io.AddFocusEvent() on SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED/SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST.
-// 2021-07-29: Inputs: MousePos is correctly reported when the host platform window is hovered but not focused (using SDL_GetMouseFocus() + SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, requires SDL 2.0.5+)
-// 2021-06-29: *BREAKING CHANGE* Removed 'SDL_Window* window' parameter to ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() which was unnecessary.
-// 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX).
-// 2021-03-22: Rework global mouse pos availability check listing supported platforms explicitly, effectively fixing mouse access on Raspberry Pi. (#2837, #3950)
-// 2020-05-25: Misc: Report a zero display-size when window is minimized, to be consistent with other backends.
-// 2020-02-20: Inputs: Fixed mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter (using SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER instead of SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2).
-// 2019-12-17: Inputs: On Wayland, use SDL_GetMouseState (because there is no global mouse state).
-// 2019-12-05: Inputs: Added support for ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed mouse cursor.
-// 2019-07-21: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter.
-// 2019-04-23: Inputs: Added support for SDL_GameController (if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad is set by user application).
-// 2019-03-12: Misc: Preserve DisplayFramebufferScale when main window is minimized.
-// 2018-12-21: Inputs: Workaround for Android/iOS which don't seem to handle focus related calls.
-// 2018-11-30: Misc: Setting up io.BackendPlatformName so it can be displayed in the About Window.
-// 2018-11-14: Changed the signature of ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent() to take a 'const SDL_Event*'.
-// 2018-08-01: Inputs: Workaround for Emscripten which doesn't seem to handle focus related calls.
-// 2018-06-29: Inputs: Added support for the ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand cursor.
-// 2018-06-08: Misc: Extracted imgui_impl_sdl.cpp/.h away from the old combined SDL2+OpenGL/Vulkan examples.
-// 2018-06-08: Misc: ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL() now takes a SDL_GLContext parameter.
-// 2018-05-09: Misc: Fixed clipboard paste memory leak (we didn't call SDL_FreeMemory on the data returned by SDL_GetClipboardText).
-// 2018-03-20: Misc: Setup io.BackendFlags ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag + honor ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange flag.
-// 2018-02-16: Inputs: Added support for mouse cursors, honoring ImGui::GetMouseCursor() value.
-// 2018-02-06: Misc: Removed call to ImGui::Shutdown() which is not available from 1.60 WIP, user needs to call CreateContext/DestroyContext themselves.
-// 2018-02-06: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Space.
-// 2018-02-05: Misc: Using SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() instead of SDL_GetTicks() to be able to handle very high framerate (1000+ FPS).
-// 2018-02-05: Inputs: Keyboard mapping is using scancodes everywhere instead of a confusing mixture of keycodes and scancodes.
-// 2018-01-20: Inputs: Added Horizontal Mouse Wheel support.
-// 2018-01-19: Inputs: When available (SDL 2.0.4+) using SDL_CaptureMouse() to retrieve coordinates outside of client area when dragging. Otherwise (SDL 2.0.3 and before) testing for SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS instead of SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS.
-// 2018-01-18: Inputs: Added mapping for ImGuiKey_Insert.
-// 2017-08-25: Inputs: MousePos set to -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX when mouse is unavailable/missing (instead of -1,-1).
-// 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers.
-
-#include "imgui.h"
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-#include "imgui_impl_sdl2.h"
-
-// Clang warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic push
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
-#endif
-
-// SDL
-#include
-#include
-#if defined(__APPLE__)
-#include
-#endif
-
-#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__)
-#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1
-#else
-#define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 0
-#endif
-#define SDL_HAS_VULKAN SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6)
-
-// SDL Data
-struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data
-{
- SDL_Window* Window;
- SDL_Renderer* Renderer;
- Uint64 Time;
- char* ClipboardTextData;
-
- // Mouse handling
- Uint32 MouseWindowID;
- int MouseButtonsDown;
- SDL_Cursor* MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT];
- SDL_Cursor* MouseLastCursor;
- int MouseLastLeaveFrame;
- bool MouseCanUseGlobalState;
-
- // Gamepad handling
- ImVector Gamepads;
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode GamepadMode;
- bool WantUpdateGamepadsList;
-
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Backend data stored in io.BackendPlatformUserData to allow support for multiple Dear ImGui contexts
-// It is STRONGLY preferred that you use docking branch with multi-viewports (== single Dear ImGui context + multiple windows) instead of multiple Dear ImGui contexts.
-// FIXME: multi-context support is not well tested and probably dysfunctional in this backend.
-// FIXME: some shared resources (mouse cursor shape, gamepad) are mishandled when using multi-context.
-static ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData()
-{
- return ImGui::GetCurrentContext() ? (ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data*)ImGui::GetIO().BackendPlatformUserData : nullptr;
-}
-
-// Functions
-static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText(void*)
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- if (bd->ClipboardTextData)
- SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);
- bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText();
- return bd->ClipboardTextData;
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text)
-{
- SDL_SetClipboardText(text);
-}
-
-// Note: native IME will only display if user calls SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1") _before_ SDL_CreateWindow().
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data)
-{
- if (data->WantVisible)
- {
- SDL_Rect r;
- r.x = (int)data->InputPos.x;
- r.y = (int)data->InputPos.y;
- r.w = 1;
- r.h = (int)data->InputLineHeight;
- SDL_SetTextInputRect(&r);
- }
-}
-
-static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode)
-{
- switch (keycode)
- {
- case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab;
- case SDLK_LEFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftArrow;
- case SDLK_RIGHT: return ImGuiKey_RightArrow;
- case SDLK_UP: return ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
- case SDLK_DOWN: return ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
- case SDLK_PAGEUP: return ImGuiKey_PageUp;
- case SDLK_PAGEDOWN: return ImGuiKey_PageDown;
- case SDLK_HOME: return ImGuiKey_Home;
- case SDLK_END: return ImGuiKey_End;
- case SDLK_INSERT: return ImGuiKey_Insert;
- case SDLK_DELETE: return ImGuiKey_Delete;
- case SDLK_BACKSPACE: return ImGuiKey_Backspace;
- case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space;
- case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter;
- case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape;
- case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe;
- case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma;
- case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus;
- case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period;
- case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash;
- case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon;
- case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal;
- case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket;
- case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash;
- case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket;
- case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent;
- case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock;
- case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock;
- case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock;
- case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen;
- case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause;
- case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0;
- case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1;
- case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2;
- case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3;
- case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4;
- case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5;
- case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6;
- case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7;
- case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8;
- case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9;
- case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal;
- case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide;
- case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply;
- case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract;
- case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd;
- case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter;
- case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual;
- case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl;
- case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift;
- case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt;
- case SDLK_LGUI: return ImGuiKey_LeftSuper;
- case SDLK_RCTRL: return ImGuiKey_RightCtrl;
- case SDLK_RSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_RightShift;
- case SDLK_RALT: return ImGuiKey_RightAlt;
- case SDLK_RGUI: return ImGuiKey_RightSuper;
- case SDLK_APPLICATION: return ImGuiKey_Menu;
- case SDLK_0: return ImGuiKey_0;
- case SDLK_1: return ImGuiKey_1;
- case SDLK_2: return ImGuiKey_2;
- case SDLK_3: return ImGuiKey_3;
- case SDLK_4: return ImGuiKey_4;
- case SDLK_5: return ImGuiKey_5;
- case SDLK_6: return ImGuiKey_6;
- case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7;
- case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8;
- case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9;
- case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A;
- case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B;
- case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C;
- case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D;
- case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E;
- case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F;
- case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G;
- case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H;
- case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I;
- case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J;
- case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K;
- case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L;
- case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M;
- case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N;
- case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O;
- case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P;
- case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q;
- case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R;
- case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S;
- case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T;
- case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U;
- case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V;
- case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W;
- case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X;
- case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y;
- case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z;
- case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1;
- case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2;
- case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3;
- case SDLK_F4: return ImGuiKey_F4;
- case SDLK_F5: return ImGuiKey_F5;
- case SDLK_F6: return ImGuiKey_F6;
- case SDLK_F7: return ImGuiKey_F7;
- case SDLK_F8: return ImGuiKey_F8;
- case SDLK_F9: return ImGuiKey_F9;
- case SDLK_F10: return ImGuiKey_F10;
- case SDLK_F11: return ImGuiKey_F11;
- case SDLK_F12: return ImGuiKey_F12;
- case SDLK_F13: return ImGuiKey_F13;
- case SDLK_F14: return ImGuiKey_F14;
- case SDLK_F15: return ImGuiKey_F15;
- case SDLK_F16: return ImGuiKey_F16;
- case SDLK_F17: return ImGuiKey_F17;
- case SDLK_F18: return ImGuiKey_F18;
- case SDLK_F19: return ImGuiKey_F19;
- case SDLK_F20: return ImGuiKey_F20;
- case SDLK_F21: return ImGuiKey_F21;
- case SDLK_F22: return ImGuiKey_F22;
- case SDLK_F23: return ImGuiKey_F23;
- case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24;
- case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack;
- case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward;
- }
- return ImGuiKey_None;
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers(SDL_Keymod sdl_key_mods)
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_CTRL) != 0);
- io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_SHIFT) != 0);
- io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_ALT) != 0);
- io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, (sdl_key_mods & KMOD_GUI) != 0);
-}
-
-// You can read the io.WantCaptureMouse, io.WantCaptureKeyboard flags to tell if dear imgui wants to use your inputs.
-// - When io.WantCaptureMouse is true, do not dispatch mouse input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the mouse data.
-// - When io.WantCaptureKeyboard is true, do not dispatch keyboard input data to your main application, or clear/overwrite your copy of the keyboard data.
-// Generally you may always pass all inputs to dear imgui, and hide them from your application based on those two flags.
-// If you have multiple SDL events and some of them are not meant to be used by dear imgui, you may need to filter events based on their windowID field.
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event)
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
-
- switch (event->type)
- {
- case SDL_MOUSEMOTION:
- {
- ImVec2 mouse_pos((float)event->motion.x, (float)event->motion.y);
- io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->motion.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse);
- io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_pos.x, mouse_pos.y);
- return true;
- }
- case SDL_MOUSEWHEEL:
- {
- //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("wheel %.2f %.2f, precise %.2f %.2f\n", (float)event->wheel.x, (float)event->wheel.y, event->wheel.preciseX, event->wheel.preciseY);
-#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,18) // If this fails to compile on Emscripten: update to latest Emscripten!
- float wheel_x = -event->wheel.preciseX;
- float wheel_y = event->wheel.preciseY;
-#else
- float wheel_x = -(float)event->wheel.x;
- float wheel_y = (float)event->wheel.y;
-#endif
-#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
- wheel_x /= 100.0f;
-#endif
- io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->wheel.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse);
- io.AddMouseWheelEvent(wheel_x, wheel_y);
- return true;
- }
- case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
- case SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP:
- {
- int mouse_button = -1;
- if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) { mouse_button = 0; }
- if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) { mouse_button = 1; }
- if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE) { mouse_button = 2; }
- if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X1) { mouse_button = 3; }
- if (event->button.button == SDL_BUTTON_X2) { mouse_button = 4; }
- if (mouse_button == -1)
- break;
- io.AddMouseSourceEvent(event->button.which == SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ? ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen : ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse);
- io.AddMouseButtonEvent(mouse_button, (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN));
- bd->MouseButtonsDown = (event->type == SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN) ? (bd->MouseButtonsDown | (1 << mouse_button)) : (bd->MouseButtonsDown & ~(1 << mouse_button));
- return true;
- }
- case SDL_TEXTINPUT:
- {
- io.AddInputCharactersUTF8(event->text.text);
- return true;
- }
- case SDL_KEYDOWN:
- case SDL_KEYUP:
- {
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod);
- ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym);
- io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN));
- io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions.
- return true;
- }
- case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:
- {
- // - When capturing mouse, SDL will send a bunch of conflicting LEAVE/ENTER event on every mouse move, but the final ENTER tends to be right.
- // - However we won't get a correct LEAVE event for a captured window.
- // - In some cases, when detaching a window from main viewport SDL may send SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER one frame too late,
- // causing SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE on previous frame to interrupt drag operation by clear mouse position. This is why
- // we delay process the SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE events by one frame. See issue #5012 for details.
- Uint8 window_event = event->window.event;
- if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER)
- {
- bd->MouseWindowID = event->window.windowID;
- bd->MouseLastLeaveFrame = 0;
- }
- if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE)
- bd->MouseLastLeaveFrame = ImGui::GetFrameCount() + 1;
- if (window_event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)
- io.AddFocusEvent(true);
- else if (event->window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST)
- io.AddFocusEvent(false);
- return true;
- }
- case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED:
- case SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED:
- {
- bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true;
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- IM_ASSERT(io.BackendPlatformUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a platform backend!");
-
- // Check and store if we are on a SDL backend that supports global mouse position
- // ("wayland" and "rpi" don't support it, but we chose to use a white-list instead of a black-list)
- bool mouse_can_use_global_state = false;
-#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
- const char* sdl_backend = SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver();
- const char* global_mouse_whitelist[] = { "windows", "cocoa", "x11", "DIVE", "VMAN" };
- for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(global_mouse_whitelist); n++)
- if (strncmp(sdl_backend, global_mouse_whitelist[n], strlen(global_mouse_whitelist[n])) == 0)
- mouse_can_use_global_state = true;
-#endif
-
- // Setup backend capabilities flags
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data)();
- io.BackendPlatformUserData = (void*)bd;
- io.BackendPlatformName = "imgui_impl_sdl2";
- io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors; // We can honor GetMouseCursor() values (optional)
- io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos; // We can honor io.WantSetMousePos requests (optional, rarely used)
-
- bd->Window = window;
- bd->Renderer = renderer;
- bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState = mouse_can_use_global_state;
-
- io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText;
- io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText;
- io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr;
- io.SetPlatformImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData;
-
- // Gamepad handling
- bd->GamepadMode = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_AutoFirst;
- bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true;
-
- // Load mouse cursors
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND);
- bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO);
-
- // Set platform dependent data in viewport
- // Our mouse update function expect PlatformHandle to be filled for the main viewport
- ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport();
- main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr;
- SDL_SysWMinfo info;
- SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
- if (SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info))
- {
-#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
- main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.win.window;
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
- main_viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)info.info.cocoa.window;
-#endif
- }
-
- // From 2.0.5: Set SDL hint to receive mouse click events on window focus, otherwise SDL doesn't emit the event.
- // Without this, when clicking to gain focus, our widgets wouldn't activate even though they showed as hovered.
- // (This is unfortunately a global SDL setting, so enabling it might have a side-effect on your application.
- // It is unlikely to make a difference, but if your app absolutely needs to ignore the initial on-focus click:
- // you can ignore SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN events coming right after a SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED)
-#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH
- SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_FOCUS_CLICKTHROUGH, "1");
-#endif
-
- // From 2.0.18: Enable native IME.
- // IMPORTANT: This is used at the time of SDL_CreateWindow() so this will only affects secondary windows, if any.
- // For the main window to be affected, your application needs to call this manually before calling SDL_CreateWindow().
-#ifdef SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI
- SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");
-#endif
-
- // From 2.0.22: Disable auto-capture, this is preventing drag and drop across multiple windows (see #5710)
-#ifdef SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE
- SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_MOUSE_AUTO_CAPTURE, "0");
-#endif
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context)
-{
- IM_UNUSED(sdl_gl_context); // Viewport branch will need this.
- return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window)
-{
-#if !SDL_HAS_VULKAN
- IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");
-#endif
- return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window)
-{
-#if !defined(_WIN32)
- IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unsupported");
-#endif
- return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window)
-{
- return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer)
-{
- return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, renderer);
-}
-
-bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window)
-{
- return ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(window, nullptr);
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_CloseGamepads();
-
-void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown()
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "No platform backend to shutdown, or already shutdown?");
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- if (bd->ClipboardTextData)
- SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData);
- for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++)
- SDL_FreeCursor(bd->MouseCursors[cursor_n]);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_CloseGamepads();
-
- io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr;
- io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr;
- io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad);
- IM_DELETE(bd);
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData()
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below)
-#if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE
- // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside
- SDL_CaptureMouse((bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE);
- SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus();
- const bool is_app_focused = (bd->Window == focused_window);
-#else
- const bool is_app_focused = (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS) != 0; // SDL 2.0.3 and non-windowed systems: single-viewport only
-#endif
- if (is_app_focused)
- {
- // (Optional) Set OS mouse position from Dear ImGui if requested (rarely used, only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is enabled by user)
- if (io.WantSetMousePos)
- SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(bd->Window, (int)io.MousePos.x, (int)io.MousePos.y);
-
- // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured)
- if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)
- {
- int window_x, window_y, mouse_x_global, mouse_y_global;
- SDL_GetGlobalMouseState(&mouse_x_global, &mouse_y_global);
- SDL_GetWindowPosition(bd->Window, &window_x, &window_y);
- io.AddMousePosEvent((float)(mouse_x_global - window_x), (float)(mouse_y_global - window_y));
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor()
-{
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
- if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange)
- return;
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
-
- ImGuiMouseCursor imgui_cursor = ImGui::GetMouseCursor();
- if (io.MouseDrawCursor || imgui_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None)
- {
- // Hide OS mouse cursor if imgui is drawing it or if it wants no cursor
- SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_FALSE);
- }
- else
- {
- // Show OS mouse cursor
- SDL_Cursor* expected_cursor = bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] ? bd->MouseCursors[imgui_cursor] : bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow];
- if (bd->MouseLastCursor != expected_cursor)
- {
- SDL_SetCursor(expected_cursor); // SDL function doesn't have an early out (see #6113)
- bd->MouseLastCursor = expected_cursor;
- }
- SDL_ShowCursor(SDL_TRUE);
- }
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_CloseGamepads()
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- if (bd->GamepadMode != ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_Manual)
- for (SDL_GameController* gamepad : bd->Gamepads)
- SDL_GameControllerClose(gamepad);
- bd->Gamepads.resize(0);
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode mode, struct _SDL_GameController** manual_gamepads_array, int manual_gamepads_count)
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_CloseGamepads();
- if (mode == ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_Manual)
- {
- IM_ASSERT(manual_gamepads_array != nullptr && manual_gamepads_count > 0);
- for (int n = 0; n < manual_gamepads_count; n++)
- bd->Gamepads.push_back(manual_gamepads_array[n]);
- }
- else
- {
- IM_ASSERT(manual_gamepads_array == nullptr && manual_gamepads_count <= 0);
- bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = true;
- }
- bd->GamepadMode = mode;
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd, ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiKey key, SDL_GameControllerButton button_no)
-{
- bool merged_value = false;
- for (SDL_GameController* gamepad : bd->Gamepads)
- merged_value |= SDL_GameControllerGetButton(gamepad, button_no) != 0;
- io.AddKeyEvent(key, merged_value);
-}
-
-static inline float Saturate(float v) { return v < 0.0f ? 0.0f : v > 1.0f ? 1.0f : v; }
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd, ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiKey key, SDL_GameControllerAxis axis_no, float v0, float v1)
-{
- float merged_value = 0.0f;
- for (SDL_GameController* gamepad : bd->Gamepads)
- {
- float vn = Saturate((float)(SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(gamepad, axis_no) - v0) / (float)(v1 - v0));
- if (merged_value < vn)
- merged_value = vn;
- }
- io.AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, merged_value > 0.1f, merged_value);
-}
-
-static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads()
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- // Update list of controller(s) to use
- if (bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList && bd->GamepadMode != ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_Manual)
- {
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_CloseGamepads();
- int joystick_count = SDL_NumJoysticks();
- for (int n = 0; n < joystick_count; n++)
- if (SDL_IsGameController(n))
- if (SDL_GameController* gamepad = SDL_GameControllerOpen(n))
- {
- bd->Gamepads.push_back(gamepad);
- if (bd->GamepadMode == ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_AutoFirst)
- break;
- }
- bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = false;
- }
-
- // FIXME: Technically feeding gamepad shouldn't depend on this now that they are regular inputs.
- if ((io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) == 0)
- return;
- io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
- if (bd->Gamepads.Size == 0)
- return;
- io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad;
-
- // Update gamepad inputs
- const int thumb_dead_zone = 8000; // SDL_gamecontroller.h suggests using this value.
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X); // Xbox X, PS Square
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B); // Xbox B, PS Circle
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y); // Xbox Y, PS Triangle
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A); // Xbox A, PS Cross
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT, 0.0f, 32767);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT, 0.0f, 32767);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadButton(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, -thumb_dead_zone, -32768);
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepadAnalog(bd, io, ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY, +thumb_dead_zone, +32767);
-}
-
-void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame()
-{
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData();
- IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Did you call ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init()?");
- ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
-
- // Setup display size (every frame to accommodate for window resizing)
- int w, h;
- int display_w, display_h;
- SDL_GetWindowSize(bd->Window, &w, &h);
- if (SDL_GetWindowFlags(bd->Window) & SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED)
- w = h = 0;
- if (bd->Renderer != nullptr)
- SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(bd->Renderer, &display_w, &display_h);
- else
- SDL_GL_GetDrawableSize(bd->Window, &display_w, &display_h);
- io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h);
- if (w > 0 && h > 0)
- io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h);
-
- // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution)
- // (Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Happens in VMs and Emscripten, see #6189, #6114, #3644)
- static Uint64 frequency = SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency();
- Uint64 current_time = SDL_GetPerformanceCounter();
- if (current_time <= bd->Time)
- current_time = bd->Time + 1;
- io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0 ? (float)((double)(current_time - bd->Time) / frequency) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f);
- bd->Time = current_time;
-
- if (bd->MouseLastLeaveFrame && bd->MouseLastLeaveFrame >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0)
- {
- bd->MouseWindowID = 0;
- bd->MouseLastLeaveFrame = 0;
- io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
- }
-
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData();
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseCursor();
-
- // Update game controllers (if enabled and available)
- ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads();
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic pop
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.h b/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7020a29..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_impl_sdl2.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL2
-// This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..)
-// (Info: SDL2 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.)
-
-// Implemented features:
-// [X] Platform: Clipboard support.
-// [X] Platform: Mouse support. Can discriminate Mouse/TouchScreen.
-// [X] Platform: Keyboard support. Since 1.87 we are using the io.AddKeyEvent() function. Pass ImGuiKey values to all key functions e.g. ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space). [Legacy SDL_SCANCODE_* values will also be supported unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is set]
-// [X] Platform: Gamepad support. Enabled with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad'.
-// [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility. Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'.
-// [X] Platform: Basic IME support. App needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!.
-
-// You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this.
-// Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need.
-// Learn about Dear ImGui:
-// - FAQ https://dearimgui.com/faq
-// - Getting Started https://dearimgui.com/getting-started
-// - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder).
-// - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp
-
-#pragma once
-#include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
-struct SDL_Window;
-struct SDL_Renderer;
-struct _SDL_GameController;
-typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event;
-
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForMetal(SDL_Window* window);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForSDLRenderer(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOther(SDL_Window* window);
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_Shutdown();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame();
-IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event);
-
-// Gamepad selection automatically starts in AutoFirst mode, picking first available SDL_Gamepad. You may override this.
-// When using manual mode, caller is responsible for opening/closing gamepad.
-enum ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode { ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_AutoFirst, ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_AutoAll, ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_Manual };
-IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode mode, struct _SDL_GameController** manual_gamepads_array = NULL, int manual_gamepads_count = -1);
-
-#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
diff --git a/Engine/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/Engine/imgui/imgui_internal.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ac8b1c..0000000
--- a/Engine/imgui/imgui_internal.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3582 +0,0 @@
-// dear imgui, v1.90.4
-// (internal structures/api)
-
-// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility.
-
-/*
-
-Index of this file:
-
-// [SECTION] Header mess
-// [SECTION] Forward declarations
-// [SECTION] Context pointer
-// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
-// [SECTION] Macros
-// [SECTION] Generic helpers
-// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
-// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
-// [SECTION] Data types support
-// [SECTION] Popup support
-// [SECTION] Inputs support
-// [SECTION] Clipper support
-// [SECTION] Navigation support
-// [SECTION] Typing-select support
-// [SECTION] Columns support
-// [SECTION] Multi-select support
-// [SECTION] Docking support
-// [SECTION] Viewport support
-// [SECTION] Settings support
-// [SECTION] Localization support
-// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools
-// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
-// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context)
-// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow
-// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support
-// [SECTION] Table support
-// [SECTION] ImGui internal API
-// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API
-// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine)
-
-*/
-
-#pragma once
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Header mess
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
-#include "imgui.h"
-#endif
-
-#include // FILE*, sscanf
-#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi, atof
-#include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf
-#include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX
-
-// Enable SSE intrinsics if available
-#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE)
-#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
-#include
-#endif
-
-// Visual Studio warnings
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning (push)
-#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
-#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer)
-#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6).
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later
-#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types
-#endif
-#endif
-
-// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything
-#if defined(__clang__)
-#pragma clang diagnostic push
-#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option")
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#endif
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx'
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloor()
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion"
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision
-#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn'
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead
-#endif
-
-// In 1.89.4, we moved the implementation of "courtesy maths operators" from imgui_internal.h in imgui.h
-// As they are frequently requested, we do not want to encourage to many people using imgui_internal.h
-#if defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS) && !defined(IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED)
-#error Please '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' _BEFORE_ including imgui.h!
-#endif
-
-// Legacy defines
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74
-#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
-#endif
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74
-#error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
-#endif
-
-// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled.
-// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together.
-#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE
-#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Forward declarations
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value
-struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points)
-struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance
-struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
-struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
-struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context
-struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine
-struct ImGuiDataVarInfo; // Variable information (e.g. to avoid style variables from an enum)
-struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum
-struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
-struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
-struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a deactivating InputText() while another is stealing active id
-struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items
-struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry.
-struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only
-struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result
-struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData; // Temporary storage for last TreeNode() being a Left arrow landing candidate.
-struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions
-struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
-struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
-struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api
-struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api
-struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack
-struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file
-struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting
-struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
-struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar
-struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar)
-struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table
-struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table
-struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table
-struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables.
-struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings
-struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings
-struct ImGuiTypingSelectState; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
-struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public)
-struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window
-struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window)
-struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session)
-
-// Enumerations
-// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists.
-enum ImGuiLocKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiLocKey // Enum: a localization entry for translation.
-typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical
-
-// Flags
-typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later)
-typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags
-typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow();
-typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc.
-typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags
-typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
-typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns()
-typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight()
-typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests
-typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions
-typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions
-typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests
-typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx()
-typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx()
-typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx()
-typedef int ImGuiTypingSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_ // Flags: for GetTypingSelectRequest()
-
-typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...);
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Context pointer
-// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef GImGui
-extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer
-#endif
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] STB libraries includes
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace ImStb
-{
-
-#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
-#undef IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
-#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState
-#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar
-#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f)
-#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99
-#define IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999
-#include "imstb_textedit.h"
-
-} // namespace ImStb
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Macros
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Debug Printing Into TTY
-// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__)
-#else
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) ((void)0)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__)
-#else
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0)
-#endif
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_INPUTROUTING(...) do{if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting)IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
-
-// Static Asserts
-#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "")
-
-// "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much.
-// We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code.
-//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
-#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID
-#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR) IM_ASSERT(_EXPR)
-#else
-#define IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_EXPR)
-#endif
-
-// Error handling
-// Down the line in some frameworks/languages we would like to have a way to redirect those to the programmer and recover from more faults.
-#ifndef IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR
-#define IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(_EXP,_MSG) IM_ASSERT((_EXP) && _MSG) // Recoverable User Error
-#endif
-
-// Misc Macros
-#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" // Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!)
-#else
-#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
-#endif
-#ifndef IM_TABSIZE // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override
-#define IM_TABSIZE (4)
-#endif
-#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8
-#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose
-#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255
-#define IM_TRUNC(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImTrunc() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds
-#define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) //
-#define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) #_X
-#define IM_STRINGIFY(_X) IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
-#define IM_FLOOR IM_TRUNC
-#endif
-
-// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl
-#else
-#define IMGUI_CDECL
-#endif
-
-// Warnings
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
-#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX))
-#else
-#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX)
-#endif
-
-// Debug Tools
-// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item.
-// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference.
-#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
-#if defined (_MSC_VER)
-#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak()
-#elif defined(__clang__)
-#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap()
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))
-#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int3;nop")
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__)
-#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01")
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__)
-#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0")
-#else
-#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger!
-#endif
-#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK
-
-// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized...
-// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself.
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
-#define IM_PRId64 "I64d"
-#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u"
-#define IM_PRIX64 "I64X"
-#else
-#define IM_PRId64 "lld"
-#define IM_PRIu64 "llu"
-#define IM_PRIX64 "llX"
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Generic helpers
-// Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions.
-// ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// - Helpers: Hashing
-// - Helpers: Sorting
-// - Helpers: Bit manipulation
-// - Helpers: String
-// - Helpers: Formatting
-// - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
-// - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators
-// - Helpers: Maths
-// - Helpers: Geometry
-// - Helper: ImVec1
-// - Helper: ImVec2ih
-// - Helper: ImRect
-// - Helper: ImBitArray
-// - Helper: ImBitVector
-// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<>
-// - Helper: ImPool<>
-// - Helper: ImChunkStream<>
-// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helpers: Hashing
-IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImGuiID seed = 0);
-IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImGuiID seed = 0);
-
-// Helpers: Sorting
-#ifndef ImQsort
-static inline void ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); }
-#endif
-
-// Helpers: Color Blending
-IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b);
-
-// Helpers: Bit manipulation
-static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
-static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
-static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
-
-// Helpers: String
-IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); // Case insensitive compare.
-IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); // Case insensitive compare to a certain count.
-IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't).
-IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str); // Duplicate a string.
-IMGUI_API char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* str); // Copy in provided buffer, recreate buffer if needed.
-IMGUI_API const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str_begin, const char* str_end, char c); // Find first occurrence of 'c' in string range.
-IMGUI_API const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end); // End end-of-line
-IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); // Find a substring in a string range.
-IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); // Remove leading and trailing blanks from a buffer.
-IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); // Find first non-blank character.
-IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str); // Computer string length (ImWchar string)
-IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line (ImWchar string)
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; }
-static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
-static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-
-// Helpers: Formatting
-IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
-IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
-IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3);
-IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3);
-IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format);
-IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format);
-IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size);
-IMGUI_API void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
-IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size);
-IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value);
-
-// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions
-IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf
-IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count
-IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
-IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8
-IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8
-IMGUI_API const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const char* in_text_curr); // return previous UTF-8 code-point.
-
-// Helpers: File System
-#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
-typedef void* ImFileHandle;
-static inline ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char*, const char*) { return NULL; }
-static inline bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle) { return false; }
-static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) { return (ImU64)-1; }
-static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; }
-static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; }
-#endif
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS
-typedef FILE* ImFileHandle;
-IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode);
-IMGUI_API bool ImFileClose(ImFileHandle file);
-IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle file);
-IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileRead(void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
-IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 count, ImFileHandle file);
-#else
-#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS // Can't use stdout, fflush if we are not using default file functions
-#endif
-IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
-
-// Helpers: Maths
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-// - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS
-#define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X)
-#define ImSqrt(X) sqrtf(X)
-#define ImFmod(X, Y) fmodf((X), (Y))
-#define ImCos(X) cosf(X)
-#define ImSin(X) sinf(X)
-#define ImAcos(X) acosf(X)
-#define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X))
-#define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR)
-#define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X)
-static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision
-static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); }
-static inline float ImLog(float x) { return logf(x); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision
-static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x); }
-static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; }
-static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x); }
-static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x); }
-static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument
-static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; }
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE
-static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); }
-#else
-static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); }
-#endif
-static inline double ImRsqrt(double x) { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); }
-#endif
-// - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double
-// (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types)
-template static inline T ImMin(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-template static inline T ImMax(T lhs, T rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
-template static inline T ImClamp(T v, T mn, T mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
-template static inline T ImLerp(T a, T b, float t) { return (T)(a + (b - a) * t); }
-template static inline void ImSwap(T& a, T& b) { T tmp = a; a = b; b = tmp; }
-template static inline T ImAddClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b < 0 && (a < mn - b)) return mn; if (b > 0 && (a > mx - b)) return mx; return a + b; }
-template static inline T ImSubClampOverflow(T a, T b, T mn, T mx) { if (b > 0 && (a < mn + b)) return mn; if (b < 0 && (a > mx + b)) return mx; return a - b; }
-// - Misc maths helpers
-static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x < rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y < rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x >= rhs.x ? lhs.x : rhs.x, lhs.y >= rhs.y ? lhs.y : rhs.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& v, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2((v.x < mn.x) ? mn.x : (v.x > mx.x) ? mx.x : v.x, (v.y < mn.y) ? mn.y : (v.y > mx.y) ? mx.y : v.y); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
-static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); }
-static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
-static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); }
-static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); }
-static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; }
-static inline float ImTrunc(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); }
-static inline ImVec2 ImTrunc(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); }
-static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf()
-static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloor(v.x), ImFloor(v.y)); }
-static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; }
-static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); }
-static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; }
-static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); }
-static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; }
-static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; }
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-
-// Helpers: Geometry
-IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t);
-IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments
-IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol
-IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t);
-IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p);
-IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
-IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p);
-IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w);
-inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; }
-
-// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector)
-// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches)
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF
-struct ImVec1
-{
- float x;
- constexpr ImVec1() : x(0.0f) { }
- constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage)
-struct ImVec2ih
-{
- short x, y;
- constexpr ImVec2ih() : x(0), y(0) {}
- constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) : x(_x), y(_y) {}
- constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {}
-};
-
-// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box)
-// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here!
-struct IMGUI_API ImRect
-{
- ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left
- ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right
-
- constexpr ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {}
- constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {}
- constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {}
- constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {}
-
- ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); }
- ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); }
- float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; }
- float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; }
- float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); }
- ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left
- ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right
- ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left
- ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right
- bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; }
- bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x <= Max.x && r.Max.y <= Max.y; }
- bool ContainsWithPad(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& pad) const { return p.x >= Min.x - pad.x && p.y >= Min.y - pad.y && p.x < Max.x + pad.x && p.y < Max.y + pad.y; }
- bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; }
- void Add(const ImVec2& p) { if (Min.x > p.x) Min.x = p.x; if (Min.y > p.y) Min.y = p.y; if (Max.x < p.x) Max.x = p.x; if (Max.y < p.y) Max.y = p.y; }
- void Add(const ImRect& r) { if (Min.x > r.Min.x) Min.x = r.Min.x; if (Min.y > r.Min.y) Min.y = r.Min.y; if (Max.x < r.Max.x) Max.x = r.Max.x; if (Max.y < r.Max.y) Max.y = r.Max.y; }
- void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; }
- void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
- void Translate(const ImVec2& d) { Min.x += d.x; Min.y += d.y; Max.x += d.x; Max.y += d.y; }
- void TranslateX(float dx) { Min.x += dx; Max.x += dx; }
- void TranslateY(float dy) { Min.y += dy; Max.y += dy; }
- void ClipWith(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImMax(Min, r.Min); Max = ImMin(Max, r.Max); } // Simple version, may lead to an inverted rectangle, which is fine for Contains/Overlaps test but not for display.
- void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped.
- void Floor() { Min.x = IM_TRUNC(Min.x); Min.y = IM_TRUNC(Min.y); Max.x = IM_TRUNC(Max.x); Max.y = IM_TRUNC(Max.y); }
- bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; }
- ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImBitArray
-#define IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] & ((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31))) != 0) // Macro version of ImBitArrayTestBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
-#define IM_BITARRAY_CLEARBIT(_ARRAY, _N) ((_ARRAY[(_N) >> 5] &= ~((ImU32)1 << ((_N) & 31)))) // Macro version of ImBitArrayClearBit(): ensure args have side-effect or are costly!
-inline size_t ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(int bitcount) { return (size_t)((bitcount + 31) >> 5) << 2; }
-inline void ImBitArrayClearAllBits(ImU32* arr, int bitcount){ memset(arr, 0, ImBitArrayGetStorageSizeInBytes(bitcount)); }
-inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; }
-inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; }
-inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; }
-inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2)
-{
- n2--;
- while (n <= n2)
- {
- int a_mod = (n & 31);
- int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1;
- ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1);
- arr[n >> 5] |= mask;
- n = (n + 32) & ~31;
- }
-}
-
-typedef ImU32* ImBitArrayPtr; // Name for use in structs
-
-// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions)
-// Store 1-bit per value.
-template
-struct ImBitArray
-{
- ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5];
- ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); }
- void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); }
- void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); }
- bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
- void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); }
- void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); }
- void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2)
- bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage, n); }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImBitVector
-// Store 1-bit per value.
-struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector
-{
- ImVector Storage;
- void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); }
- void Clear() { Storage.clear(); }
- bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return IM_BITARRAY_TESTBIT(Storage.Data, n); }
- void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); }
- void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); }
-};
-IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE
-
-// Helper: ImSpan<>
-// Pointing to a span of data we don't own.
-template
-struct ImSpan
-{
- T* Data;
- T* DataEnd;
-
- // Constructors, destructor
- inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; }
- inline ImSpan(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
- inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
-
- inline void set(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; }
- inline void set(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; }
- inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); }
- inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); }
- inline T& operator[](int i) { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
- inline const T& operator[](int i) const { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; }
-
- inline T* begin() { return Data; }
- inline const T* begin() const { return Data; }
- inline T* end() { return DataEnd; }
- inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; }
-
- // Utilities
- inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<>
-// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena")
-// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges.
-template
-struct ImSpanAllocator
-{
- char* BasePtr;
- int CurrOff;
- int CurrIdx;
- int Offsets[CHUNKS];
- int Sizes[CHUNKS];
-
- ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; }
- inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; }
- inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; }
- inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); }
- inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); }
- template
- inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImPool<>
-// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer,
-// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object.
-typedef int ImPoolIdx;
-template
-struct ImPool
-{
- ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data
- ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index
- ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use
- ImPoolIdx AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose)
-
- ImPool() { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
- ~ImPool() { Clear(); }
- T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; }
- T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; }
- ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); }
- T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); }
- bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
- void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; }
- T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; }
- void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); }
- void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; }
- void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); }
-
- // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... }
- // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize()
- int GetAliveCount() const { return AliveCount; } // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose)
- int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; }
- int GetMapSize() const { return Map.Data.Size; } // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere
- T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImChunkStream<>
-// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures.
-// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count.
-// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries.
-// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings.
-template
-struct ImChunkStream
-{
- ImVector Buf;
-
- void clear() { Buf.clear(); }
- bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; }
- int size() const { return Buf.Size; }
- T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); }
- T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); }
- T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; }
- int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; }
- T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); }
- int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; }
- T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); }
- void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); }
-};
-
-// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<>
-// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API.
-struct ImGuiTextIndex
-{
- ImVector LineOffsets;
- int EndOffset = 0; // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?)
-
- void clear() { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; }
- int size() { return LineOffsets.Size; }
- const char* get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; }
- const char* get_line_end(const char* base, int n) { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); }
- void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size);
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImDrawList support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value.
-// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693
-// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation:
-// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r
-// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is
-// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will
-// will get this result.
-//
-// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce
-// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.)
-#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2)
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX)
-
-// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'.
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))))
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD))
-
-// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle.
-#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table.
-#endif
-#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle.
-
-// Data shared between all ImDrawList instances
-// You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure.
-struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData
-{
- ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas
- ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
- float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload)
- float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo()
- float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc
- ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen()
- ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards)
-
- // [Internal] Temp write buffer
- ImVector TempBuffer;
-
- // [Internal] Lookup tables
- ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle.
- float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo()
- ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead)
- const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas
-
- ImDrawListSharedData();
- void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error);
-};
-
-struct ImDrawDataBuilder
-{
- ImVector* Layers[2]; // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData.
- ImVector LayerData1;
-
- ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags used by upcoming items
-// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags.
-// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags
-// Current window shared by all windows.
-// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough.
-enum ImGuiItemFlags_
-{
- // Controlled by user
- ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav.
- ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings.
- ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211
- ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls)
- ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items)
- ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window
- ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets)
- ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed.
- ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable()
- ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 9, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame.
-
- // Controlled by widget code
- ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature.
- ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 11, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData()
-};
-
-// Status flags for an already submitted item
-// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags
-enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
-{
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test)
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets)
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues.
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state.
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag.
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set.
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing.
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 8, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()).
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect = 1 << 9, // g.LastItemData.ClipRect is valid
-
- // Additional status + semantic for ImGuiTestEngine
-#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode)
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // Opened status
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem)
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // Checked status
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Inputable = 1 << 24, // Item is a text-inputable (e.g. InputText, SliderXXX, DragXXX)
-#endif
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_
-enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_
-{
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_ = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay,
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary,
- ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_,
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_
-enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_
-{
- // [Internal]
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data
- ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match.
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_
-enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_
-{
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, // return true on click (mouse down event)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 5, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 7, // return true on release (default requires click+release)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 8, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat
- ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping
- ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable.
- ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED]
- //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled
- ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine
- ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held
- ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item
- ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold,
- ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease,
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_
-enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_
-{
- ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20, // enable BeginComboPreview()
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_
-enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_
-{
- ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically?
- ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead.
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_
-enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
-{
- // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20,
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav = 1 << 21, // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API.
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release)
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release)
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus)
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem)
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26, // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f
- ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 27, // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!)
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
-enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_
-{
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20,
- ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 21,// (FIXME-WIP) Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517)
-};
-
-enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_
-{
- ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar
- ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1,
- ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set.
-};
-
-// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags.
-// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf()
-// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in.
-enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_
-{
- ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild = 1 << 0, // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead.
- ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal = 1 << 1, // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal.
-};
-
-enum ImGuiTextFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0,
-};
-
-enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious = 1 << 1, // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append)
-};
-
-// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
-// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
-enum ImGuiLayoutType_
-{
- ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0,
- ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1
-};
-
-enum ImGuiLogType
-{
- ImGuiLogType_None = 0,
- ImGuiLogType_TTY,
- ImGuiLogType_File,
- ImGuiLogType_Buffer,
- ImGuiLogType_Clipboard,
-};
-
-// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2
-enum ImGuiAxis
-{
- ImGuiAxis_None = -1,
- ImGuiAxis_X = 0,
- ImGuiAxis_Y = 1
-};
-
-enum ImGuiPlotType
-{
- ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
- ImGuiPlotType_Histogram,
-};
-
-// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
-struct ImGuiColorMod
-{
- ImGuiCol Col;
- ImVec4 BackupValue;
-};
-
-// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable.
-struct ImGuiStyleMod
-{
- ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx;
- union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; };
- ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; }
- ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; }
- ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; }
-};
-
-// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview()
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData
-{
- ImRect PreviewRect;
- ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
- ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos;
- ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
- float BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset;
- ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout;
-
- ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData
-{
- ImGuiID WindowID;
- ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
- ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos;
- ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine;
- ImVec1 BackupIndent;
- ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset;
- ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize;
- float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset;
- ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive;
- bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
- bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive;
- bool BackupIsSameLine;
- bool EmitItem;
-};
-
-// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns
-{
- ImU32 TotalWidth;
- ImU32 NextTotalWidth;
- ImU16 Spacing;
- ImU16 OffsetIcon; // Always zero for now
- ImU16 OffsetLabel; // Offsets are locked in Update()
- ImU16 OffsetShortcut;
- ImU16 OffsetMark;
- ImU16 Widths[4]; // Width of: Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark (accumulators for current frame)
-
- ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- void Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing);
- float DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark);
- void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets);
-};
-
-// Internal temporary state for deactivating InputText() instances.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState
-{
- ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state (which just got deactivated)
- ImVector TextA; // text buffer
-
- ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- void ClearFreeMemory() { ID = 0; TextA.clear(); }
-};
-// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
-// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState()
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState
-{
- ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent UI context (needs to be set explicitly by parent).
- ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state
- int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not.
- ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
- ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity.
- ImVector InitialTextA; // value to revert to when pressing Escape = backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
- bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument)
- int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity
- float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset
- ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h
- float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately
- bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!)
- bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection
- bool Edited; // edited this frame
- ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set.
- bool ReloadUserBuf; // force a reload of user buf so it may be modified externally. may be automatic in future version.
- int ReloadSelectionStart; // POSITIONS ARE IN IMWCHAR units *NOT* UTF-8 this is why this is not exposed yet.
- int ReloadSelectionEnd;
-
- ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); }
- void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); }
- int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; }
- int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; }
- void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation
-
- // Cursor & Selection
- void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
- void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); }
- bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; }
- void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; }
- int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; }
- int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; }
- int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; }
- void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; }
-
- // Reload user buf (WIP #2890)
- // If you modify underlying user-passed const char* while active you need to call this (InputText V2 may lift this)
- // strcpy(my_buf, "hello");
- // if (ImGuiInputTextState* state = ImGui::GetInputTextState(id)) // id may be ImGui::GetItemID() is last item
- // state->ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll();
- void ReloadUserBufAndSelectAll() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = 0; ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; }
- void ReloadUserBufAndKeepSelection() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = Stb.select_start; ReloadSelectionEnd = Stb.select_end; }
- void ReloadUserBufAndMoveToEnd() { ReloadUserBuf = true; ReloadSelectionStart = ReloadSelectionEnd = INT_MAX; }
-
-};
-
-enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_
-{
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos = 1 << 0,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize = 1 << 1,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize = 1 << 2,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed = 1 << 3,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7,
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 8,
-};
-
-// Storage for SetNexWindow** functions
-struct ImGuiNextWindowData
-{
- ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags;
- ImGuiCond PosCond;
- ImGuiCond SizeCond;
- ImGuiCond CollapsedCond;
- ImVec2 PosVal;
- ImVec2 PosPivotVal;
- ImVec2 SizeVal;
- ImVec2 ContentSizeVal;
- ImVec2 ScrollVal;
- ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags;
- bool CollapsedVal;
- ImRect SizeConstraintRect;
- ImGuiSizeCallback SizeCallback;
- void* SizeCallbackUserData;
- float BgAlphaVal; // Override background alpha
- ImVec2 MenuBarOffsetMinVal; // (Always on) This is not exposed publicly, so we don't clear it and it doesn't have a corresponding flag (could we? for consistency?)
-
- ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; }
-};
-
-// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using SetNextItemSelectionUserData()/BeginMultiSelect()
-// (Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER as well.)
-typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData;
-
-enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_
-{
- ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0,
- ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1,
- ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 2,
-};
-
-struct ImGuiNextItemData
-{
- ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags;
- ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap.
- // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem()
- ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values)
- float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth()
- ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut()
- bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen()
- ImGuiCond OpenCond : 8;
-
- ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; }
- inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()!
-};
-
-// Status storage for the last submitted item
-struct ImGuiLastItemData
-{
- ImGuiID ID;
- ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // See ImGuiItemFlags_
- ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_
- ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle
- ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed)
- // Rarely used fields are not explicitly cleared, only valid when the corresponding ImGuiItemStatusFlags is set.
- ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set)
- ImRect ClipRect; // Clip rectangle at the time of submitting item (ONLY VALID IF ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasClipRect is set)
-
- ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere.
-// This is the minimum amount of data that we need to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult() and which we can't infer in TreePop()
-// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump.
-struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData
-{
- ImGuiID ID;
- ImGuiItemFlags InFlags;
- ImRect NavRect;
-};
-
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes
-{
- short SizeOfIDStack;
- short SizeOfColorStack;
- short SizeOfStyleVarStack;
- short SizeOfFontStack;
- short SizeOfFocusScopeStack;
- short SizeOfGroupStack;
- short SizeOfItemFlagsStack;
- short SizeOfBeginPopupStack;
- short SizeOfDisabledStack;
-
- ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- void SetToContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
- void CompareWithContextState(ImGuiContext* ctx);
-};
-
-// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack
-struct ImGuiWindowStackData
-{
- ImGuiWindow* Window;
- ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup;
- ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting
-};
-
-struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem
-{
- int Index;
- float Width;
- float InitialWidth;
-};
-
-struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex
-{
- void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool.
- int Index; // Usually index in a main pool.
-
- ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; }
- ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Data types support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImGuiDataVarInfo
-{
- ImGuiDataType Type;
- ImU32 Count; // 1+
- ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure
- void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); }
-};
-
-struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage
-{
- ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT
-};
-
-// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo().
-struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo
-{
- size_t Size; // Size in bytes
- const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging
- const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type
- const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type
-};
-
-// Extend ImGuiDataType_
-enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_
-{
- ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1,
- ImGuiDataType_Pointer,
- ImGuiDataType_ID,
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Popup support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy
-{
- ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default,
- ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox,
- ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip,
-};
-
-// Storage for popup stacks (g.OpenPopupStack and g.BeginPopupStack)
-struct ImGuiPopupData
-{
- ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup()
- ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
- ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close
- int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value
- int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup()
- ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items)
- ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse)
- ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
-
- ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Inputs support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Bit array for named keys
-typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys;
-
-// [Internal] Key ranges
-#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN 0
-#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END 512
-#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN)
-#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
-#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart)
-#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1)
-#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft)
-#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1)
-#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN)
-#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END)
-
-// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation
-#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow ImGuiMod_Ctrl
-#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift
-#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1
-#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1
-#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown
-#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight
-#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft
-#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp
-
-enum ImGuiInputEventType
-{
- ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0,
- ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos,
- ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel,
- ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton,
- ImGuiInputEventType_Key,
- ImGuiInputEventType_Text,
- ImGuiInputEventType_Focus,
- ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT
-};
-
-enum ImGuiInputSource
-{
- ImGuiInputSource_None = 0,
- ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, // Note: may be Mouse or TouchScreen or Pen. See io.MouseSource to distinguish them.
- ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard,
- ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad,
- ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText()
- ImGuiInputSource_COUNT
-};
-
-// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension?
-// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor'
-struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
-struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
-struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; ImGuiMouseSource MouseSource; };
-struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; };
-struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; };
-struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused { bool Focused; };
-
-struct ImGuiInputEvent
-{
- ImGuiInputEventType Type;
- ImGuiInputSource Source;
- ImU32 EventId; // Unique, sequential increasing integer to identify an event (if you need to correlate them to other data).
- union
- {
- ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos
- ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel MouseWheel; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel
- ImGuiInputEventMouseButton MouseButton; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton
- ImGuiInputEventKey Key; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key
- ImGuiInputEventText Text; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text
- ImGuiInputEventAppFocused AppFocused; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus
- };
- bool AddedByTestEngine;
-
- ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior.
-#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease.
-#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner.
-
-typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex;
-
-// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes)
-struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData
-{
- ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex;
- ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super.
- ImU8 RoutingCurrScore; // [DEBUG] For debug display
- ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score)
- ImGuiID RoutingCurr;
- ImGuiID RoutingNext;
-
- ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingCurrScore = RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; }
-};
-
-// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching.
-// Stored in main context (1 instance)
-struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable
-{
- ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[]
- ImVector Entries;
- ImVector EntriesNext; // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer)
-
- ImGuiKeyRoutingTable() { Clear(); }
- void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); }
-};
-
-// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features)
-// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData.
-struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData
-{
- ImGuiID OwnerCurr;
- ImGuiID OwnerNext;
- bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame.
- bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well.
-
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; }
-};
-
-// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
-// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (which is for ImGui::InputText() function)
-enum ImGuiInputFlags_
-{
- // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyChordPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut()
- ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0,
-
- // Repeat mode
- ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Enable repeat. Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default)
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster
-
- // Repeat mode: Specify when repeating key pressed can be interrupted.
- // In theory ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress may be a desirable default, but it would break too many behavior so everything is opt-in.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease = 1 << 4, // Stop repeating when released (default for all functions except Shortcut). This only exists to allow overriding Shortcut() default behavior.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange = 1 << 5, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are changed (default for Shortcut)
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone = 1 << 6, // Stop repeating when released OR if keyboard mods are leaving the None state. Allows going from Mod+Key to Key by releasing Mod.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress = 1 << 7, // Stop repeating when released OR if any other keyboard key is pressed during the repeat
-
- // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner()
- ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 8, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both)
- ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 9, // Only set if item is active (default to both)
- ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
-
- // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner()
- // Locking is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. If all code is input-owner-aware locking would never be necessary.
- ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 10, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame.
- ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 11, // Further accesses to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released.
-
- // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting()
- // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it.
- // Parent -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Parent is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
- // Child1 -> call Shortcut(Ctrl+S) // When Child1 is focused, Child1 gets the shortcut (Child1 overrides Parent shortcuts)
- // Child2 -> no call // When Child2 is focused, Parent gets the shortcut.
- // The whole system is order independent, so if Child1 does it calls before Parent results will be identical.
- // This is an important property as it facilitate working with foreign code or larger codebase.
- // - Visualize registered routes in 'Metrics->Inputs' and submitted routes in 'Debug Log->InputRouting'.
- // - When a policy (except for _RouteAlways *) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(),
- // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls.
- // (* Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to calling IsKeyChordPressed(key)).
- // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default. Meaning that a Shortcut() call will register
- // a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus-stack and if no-one with a higher priority
- // is claiming the same shortcut.
- // - You can chain two unrelated windows in the focus stack using SetWindowParentWindowForFocusRoute().
- // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow.
- // - Can select only 1 policy among all available.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 12, // (Default) Honor focus route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 13, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority IF you need a Global priority.
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 14, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will take priority over this).
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 15, // Register route globally (higher priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText will be overriden by this)
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 16, // Do not register route, poll keys directly.
- // Routing polices: extra options
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 17, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications.
-
- // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak,
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilRelease | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChange | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilKeyModsChangeFromNone | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilOtherKeyPress,
- ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatUntilMask_,
- ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive,
- ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this!
- ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_,
- ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsMouseClicked = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat,
- ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused,
- ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease,
- ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_,
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Clipper support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention.
-struct ImGuiListClipperRange
-{
- int Min;
- int Max;
- bool PosToIndexConvert; // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later)
- ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMin; // Add to Min after converting to indices
- ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMax; // Add to Min after converting to indices
-
- static ImGuiListClipperRange FromIndices(int min, int max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; }
- static ImGuiListClipperRange FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; }
-};
-
-// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances
-struct ImGuiListClipperData
-{
- ImGuiListClipper* ListClipper;
- float LossynessOffset;
- int StepNo;
- int ItemsFrozen;
- ImVector Ranges;
-
- ImGuiListClipperData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- void Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Navigation support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum ImGuiActivateFlags_
-{
- ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Enter key.
- ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default for Space key and if keyboard is not used.
- ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection)
- ImGuiActivateFlags_FromTabbing = 1 << 3, // Activation requested by a tabbing request
- ImGuiActivateFlags_FromShortcut = 1 << 4, // Activation requested by an item shortcut via SetNextItemShortcut() function.
-};
-
-// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem()
-enum ImGuiScrollFlags_
-{
- ImGuiScrollFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX = 1 << 0, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis]
- ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY = 1 << 1, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible]
- ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX = 1 << 2, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used]
- ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY = 1 << 3, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis
- ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX = 1 << 4, // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used]
- ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY = 1 << 5, // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window)
- ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent = 1 << 6, // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to).
- ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX,
- ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY,
-};
-
-enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_
-{
- ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact = 1 << 1, // Compact highlight, no padding
- ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse.
- ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3,
-};
-
-enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_
-{
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1,
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left)
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY,
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place)
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown)
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7,
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details)
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove = 1 << 11, // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request.
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 12, // Activate/select target item.
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 13, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo
- ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 14, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight
-};
-
-enum ImGuiNavLayer
-{
- ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer
- ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt)
- ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT
-};
-
-struct ImGuiNavItemData
-{
- ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window)
- ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID
- ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID
- ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space
- ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // ????,Move // Best candidate item flags
- ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData;//I+Mov // Best candidate SetNextItemSelectionData() value.
- float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId
- float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId
- float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId
-
- ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); }
- void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; SelectionUserData = -1; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; }
-};
-
-struct ImGuiFocusScopeData
-{
- ImGuiID ID;
- ImGuiID WindowID;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Typing-select support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags for GetTypingSelectRequest()
-enum ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_
-{
- ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowBackspace = 1 << 0, // Backspace to delete character inputs. If using: ensure GetTypingSelectRequest() is not called more than once per frame (filter by e.g. focus state)
- ImGuiTypingSelectFlags_AllowSingleCharMode = 1 << 1, // Allow "single char" search mode which is activated when pressing the same character multiple times.
-};
-
-// Returned by GetTypingSelectRequest(), designed to eventually be public.
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectRequest
-{
- ImGuiTypingSelectFlags Flags; // Flags passed to GetTypingSelectRequest()
- int SearchBufferLen;
- const char* SearchBuffer; // Search buffer contents (use full string. unless SingleCharMode is set, in which case use SingleCharSize).
- bool SelectRequest; // Set when buffer was modified this frame, requesting a selection.
- bool SingleCharMode; // Notify when buffer contains same character repeated, to implement special mode. In this situation it preferred to not display any on-screen search indication.
- ImS8 SingleCharSize; // Length in bytes of first letter codepoint (1 for ascii, 2-4 for UTF-8). If (SearchBufferLen==RepeatCharSize) only 1 letter has been input.
-};
-
-// Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest()
-struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTypingSelectState
-{
- ImGuiTypingSelectRequest Request; // User-facing data
- char SearchBuffer[64]; // Search buffer: no need to make dynamic as this search is very transient.
- ImGuiID FocusScope;
- int LastRequestFrame = 0;
- float LastRequestTime = 0.0f;
- bool SingleCharModeLock = false; // After a certain single char repeat count we lock into SingleCharMode. Two benefits: 1) buffer never fill, 2) we can provide an immediate SingleChar mode without timer elapsing.
-
- ImGuiTypingSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- void Clear() { SearchBuffer[0] = 0; SingleCharModeLock = false; } // We preserve remaining data for easier debugging
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Columns support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). This is an obsolete API. Prefer using BeginTable() nowadays!
-enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_
-{
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove.
-
- // Obsolete names (will be removed)
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
- //ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None,
- //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder,
- //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize,
- //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths,
- //ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow,
- //ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize,
-#endif
-};
-
-struct ImGuiOldColumnData
-{
- float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
- float OffsetNormBeforeResize;
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed
- ImRect ClipRect;
-
- ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-struct ImGuiOldColumns
-{
- ImGuiID ID;
- ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags;
- bool IsFirstFrame;
- bool IsBeingResized;
- int Current;
- int Count;
- float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x
- float LineMinY, LineMaxY;
- float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns()
- float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns()
- ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns()
- ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground()
- ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns()
- ImVector Columns;
- ImDrawListSplitter Splitter;
-
- ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Multi-select support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers)
-#define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1)
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
-//
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Docking support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-//
-#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Viewport support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!)
-// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP.
-struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport
-{
- int BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used
- ImDrawList* BgFgDrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays.
- ImDrawData DrawDataP;
- ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData
- ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!)
- ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height).
- ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f.
- ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f.
-
- ImGuiViewportP() { BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; }
- ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); }
-
- // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect)
- ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); }
- ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); }
- void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields
-
- // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry)
- ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); }
- ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); }
- ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Settings support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file
-// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily.
-// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure)
-struct ImGuiWindowSettings
-{
- ImGuiID ID;
- ImVec2ih Pos;
- ImVec2ih Size;
- bool Collapsed;
- bool IsChild;
- bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context)
- bool WantDelete; // Set to invalidate/delete the settings entry
-
- ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
- char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); }
-};
-
-struct ImGuiSettingsHandler
-{
- const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']'
- ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName)
- void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data
- void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order)
- void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]"
- void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry
- void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order)
- void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf'
- void* UserData;
-
- ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Localization support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack.
-enum ImGuiLocKey : int
-{
- ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr,
- ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne,
- ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit,
- ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault,
- ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder,
- ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar,
- ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup,
- ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled,
- ImGuiLocKey_COUNT
-};
-
-struct ImGuiLocEntry
-{
- ImGuiLocKey Key;
- const char* Text;
-};
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_
-{
- // Event types
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection = 1 << 5,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 6,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting = 1 << 7,
-
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting,
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 20, // Also send output to TTY
- ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine = 1 << 21, // Also send output to Test Engine
-};
-
-struct ImGuiDebugAllocEntry
-{
- int FrameCount;
- ImS16 AllocCount;
- ImS16 FreeCount;
-};
-
-struct ImGuiDebugAllocInfo
-{
- int TotalAllocCount; // Number of call to MemAlloc().
- int TotalFreeCount;
- ImS16 LastEntriesIdx; // Current index in buffer
- ImGuiDebugAllocEntry LastEntriesBuf[6]; // Track last 6 frames that had allocations
-
- ImGuiDebugAllocInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-struct ImGuiMetricsConfig
-{
- bool ShowDebugLog = false;
- bool ShowIDStackTool = false;
- bool ShowWindowsRects = false;
- bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder = false;
- bool ShowTablesRects = false;
- bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true;
- bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true;
- bool ShowTextEncodingViewer = false;
- bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false;
- int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1;
- int ShowTablesRectsType = -1;
- int HighlightMonitorIdx = -1;
- ImGuiID HighlightViewportID = 0;
-};
-
-struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo
-{
- ImGuiID ID;
- ImS8 QueryFrameCount; // >= 1: Query in progress
- bool QuerySuccess; // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo()
- ImGuiDataType DataType : 8;
- char Desc[57]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed.
-
- ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-// State for ID Stack tool queries
-struct ImGuiIDStackTool
-{
- int LastActiveFrame;
- int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level
- ImGuiID QueryId; // ID to query details for
- ImVector Results;
- bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC;
- float CopyToClipboardLastTime;
-
- ImGuiIDStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] Generic context hooks
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook);
-enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ };
-
-struct ImGuiContextHook
-{
- ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook()
- ImGuiContextHookType Type;
- ImGuiID Owner;
- ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback;
- void* UserData;
-
- ImGuiContextHook() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct ImGuiContext
-{
- bool Initialized;
- bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it.
- ImGuiIO IO;
- ImGuiStyle Style;
- ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
- float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window.
- float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height.
- ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData;
- double Time;
- int FrameCount;
- int FrameCountEnded;
- int FrameCountRendered;
- bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()
- bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed
- bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild()
- bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC
- bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log()
- void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data
-
- // Inputs
- ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be trickled/written into IO structure.
- ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail.
- ImGuiMouseSource InputEventsNextMouseSource;
- ImU32 InputEventsNextEventId;
-
- // Windows state
- ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front
- ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front.
- ImVector WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child
- ImVector CurrentWindowStack;
- ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow*
- int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame
- ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)
- ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call.
- ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into
- ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs.
- ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set.
- ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow.
- ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window.
- ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos;
- int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL
- int WheelingWindowScrolledFrame;
- float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer;
- ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder;
- ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg;
-
- // Item/widgets state and tracking information
- ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by ID Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line]
- ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame
- ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
- bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
- bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0.
- float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time
- float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active
- ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget
- ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame)
- float ActiveIdTimer;
- bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame
- bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always)
- bool ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss; // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused.
- bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch.
- bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state.
- bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame;
- bool ActiveIdFromShortcut;
- int ActiveIdMouseButton : 8;
- ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior)
- ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow;
- ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating source: ImGuiInputSource_Mouse OR ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard OR ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad
- ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
- bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive;
- bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore;
- ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow;
- ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation.
- float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation.
-
- // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system
- // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner.
- // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID.
- // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame().
- double LastKeyModsChangeTime; // Record the last time key mods changed (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
- double LastKeyModsChangeFromNoneTime; // Record the last time key mods changed away from being 0 (affect repeat delay when using shortcut logic)
- double LastKeyboardKeyPressTime; // Record the last time a keyboard key (ignore mouse/gamepad ones) was pressed.
- ImBitArrayForNamedKeys KeysMayBeCharInput; // Lookup to tell if a key can emit char input, see IsKeyChordPotentiallyCharInput(). sizeof() = 20 bytes
- ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT];
- ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable;
- ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it)
- bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency)
- ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakInShortcutRouting; // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls.
-#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO
- ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);'
-#endif
-
- // Next window/item data
- ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId.
- ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // Value for currently appending items == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()
- ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location
- ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions
- ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd)
- ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions
- bool DebugShowGroupRects;
-
- // Shared stacks
- ImGuiCol DebugFlashStyleColorIdx; // (Keep close to ColorStack to share cache line)
- ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin()
- ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin()
- ImVector